^°HkrT^H'tc\k^N"c^Ef^^^^^^^^ 


"        HX641 19424 
RC46  C83  1 91 1       The  secrets  of  speci 

.^MMattuiuuiiuiuiiiilllllllllllllUlini 

RECAP 


CS3 
91/ 


RC46 

Columbia  ®njt)ei^ttj) 
mtl)fCttpof3Srttig0rk 

College  of  ^fjpsiidang  anb  ^urgeonsJ 
ilibrarp 


W^'^^^i^..- H^r- 


fci:;:^'^l::\^, 


sf?sgl^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from. 

Open  Knowledge  Commons 


http://www.archive.org/details/secretsofspecialOOcove 


THE  SECRETS 


of 


SPECIALISTS 


by 


A.   DALE   COVEY,  M.  D. 


** Pro<vz  all  things  and  hold  fast  that  'which  is  good" 


THIRD    EDITION 


PHYSICIANS  DRUG  NEWS  CO. 

Publishers 

250   High    Street 

NEWARK,  NEW  JERSEY,  U.  S.  A. 


Copyrighted,  1911 

by 

PHYSICIANS  DRUG  NEWS  CO. 


PREFACE 

TO  THE  THIRD  EDITION 

Once  more  the  author  is  called  upon  to  revise  this 
publication,  as  the  two  large  former  editions  have  been 
completely  exhausted.  It  is  very  gratifying  to  the  au- 
thor to  witness  the  cordial  reception  the  former  editions 
of  this  book  received,  and  the  many  kind  words  of  com- 
mendation is  supporting  evidence  that  physicians  are  in- 
terested in  "mysterious  medicine"  and  that  many  of  the 
methods  of  treatment  given  in  this  publication  which  were 
formerly  used  in  an  unprofessional  way  can  be  adopted 
by  the  ethical  physician  with  unexcelled  therapeutic  re- 
sults and  large  financial  returns. 

The  principal  mission  of  this  book  is  to  outline  spe- 
cialties and  special  methods  of  treatment  which  will  be 
of  assistance  in  establishing  a  physicians  office  practice. 
With  this  object  in  view  I  have  endeavored  to  carry  out 
my  former  policy  by  briefly  discussing  the  different  sub- 
jects, believing  that  physicians  prefer  condensed  facts  to 
exhaustive  theorizing. 

It  is  always  a  pleasure  to  correspond  and  co-operate 
with  physicians  interested  in  this  line  of  investigation,  re- 
garding any  subject  this  publication  contains ;  believing 
our  mutual  interest  and  the  welfare  of  the  Profession  may 
be  benefited  thereby. 

A.  DALE  COVEY,  M.D. 


THE  SPECIALIST. 


PREFACE 

TO   THE    FIRST   EDITION 

In  offering  this  publication  to  the  medical  profession 
it  has  been  the  author's  aim  to  unfold  the  somber  robe 
which  has  formerly  clothed  some  of  the  secrets  and  mys- 
teries connected  with  the  healing  art,  and  present  in  a 
convenient  form  for  reference  information  which  is  not 
generally  found  in  medical  text  books,  relating  to  the  dif- 
ferent methods  of  treatment  which  are.successfullj^  used 
by  medical  men  who  style  themselves  as  specialists. 

It  has  been  said  that  ''one-half  the  world  knows  very 
little  what  the  other  half  is  doing."  It  is  also  said  that 
"there  are  tricks  in  all  trades."  This  is  particularly  so 
in  the  practice  of  medicine,  for  the  regular  physician  is 
seldom  familiar  with  the  methods  which  are  used  and 
have  made  fame  and  fortune  for  many  of  the  so-called  ir- 
regular and  other  specialists. 

The  object  of  this  book  is  not  only  to  expose  as  far 
as  possible  the  secret  methods  used  by  these  medical  men 
and  professional  promoters  who  are  fleecing  the  profes- 
sion by  the  sale  of  some  secret  system  with  an  extra 
charge  for  territorial  right,  but  also  to  offer  many  sugges- 
tions and  methods  of  treatment,  and  legitimate  medical 
specialties  which  have  exceptional  merit,  and  are  indis- 
pensable in  curing  diseases,  and  establishing  and  increas- 
ing an  office  practice  either  for  a  specialist  or  genera] 
practitioner. 


THE  SPECIALIST.  5 

Although  this  is  not  an  exhaustive  treatise,  I  believe 
that  it  fills  a  vacancy  which  has  long  existed,  more 
thoroughly  than  any  other  work  of  its  kind  ever  pub- 
lished, and  I  only  hope  that  the  practical  application  of 
many  of  the  methods  given  will  prove  to  be  as  successful 
in  other  hands  as  they  have  in  mine. 

The  compilation  of  this  volume  has  necessitated  the 
examination  of  a  large  amount  of  medical  literature,  and 
a  considerable  outlay  of  monej^  investigating  the  different 
secret  methods  used  by  specialists.  While  I  have  no 
apology  to  make  to  the  latter,  as  they  were  paid  in  full, 
I  fee.l  under  special  obligations  to  the  writings  of  Drs. 
Andrews,  Agnew,  Albright,  Moll,  Cortland,  Usher,  Shears, 
Waugh,  Scudder,  Hammond  and  others,  whose  efforts 
have  always  been  to  expose  the  methods  used  by  the  ir- 
regular practitioner.  I  also  feel  indebted  to  the  Medical 
World,  New  Idea,  Western  Druggist,  Medical  Brief,  Al- 
kaloidal  Clinic,  and  other  medical  journals,  whose  formulae 
I  have  used  with  due  credit. 

I  would  be  pleased  to  affiliate  with  members  of  the 
medical  profession  in  weeding  out  the  mysteries  which 
lurk  around  the  practice  of  medicine,  with  a  view  of 
throwing  more  light  on  the  subject  in  future  editions  of 
this  book.  The  information  here  contained  has  been 
gained  and  can  only  be  maintained  by  a  hearty  co-opera- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  profession,  and  I  hope  the.  same 
liberal  policy  will  govern  our  relations  in  the  future  as 
it  has  in  the  past. 

A.  DALE  COVEY,  M.D. 


THE  SPECIALIST 


THE  SPECIALIST. 

Of  the  genius  ^'City  Doctor" 

Are  species  not  a  few; 

There  are  many  arrant  humbugs, 

There  are  others  learn 'd  and  true. 

The  ever-weening  egotist 

Will  tell  you  all  he  knows, 

Some  flourish  on  society, 

And  some  depend  on  clothes. 

One  city  man's     an  oculist; 

A  second  treats  the  ear; 

A  third  devotes  himself  to  lungs, 

And  curious  sounds  doth  hear. 

A  fourth  with  his  laryngoscope. 
Will  see  your  glottis  quiver, 
While  manj^  men  the   kidneys   love, 
And  many  more  the  liver. 
Some  specialists  prefer  the  joints. 
A  few  the  brain  and  nerves; 
Some  spray  away  at  old  catarrhs,  - 
With  hope  that  never  swerves. 
Some  think  a  man  in  buttons, 
A  coach  and  pair  to  drive, 
May  serve  in  lieu  of  wisdom 
And  thus  expect  to  thrive. 

But  'mid  these  varied  callings  all. 

The  man  who  heads  the  list, 

Is  that  gentle  fingered  ge-in-us. 

The  gy-ne-col-o-gist! 

He's  such   a  charming  fellow. 

So  clever  in  his  way; 

He  always  thrives  in  cities — 

I  meet  him  every  day. 

His  rooms  are  over-crowded 

With  ladies,  quite  a  host, 

And  if  he  has  a  wife,  they  trust 

She'll  soon  give  up  the  ghost. 

God  bless  these  noble  specialists 
In  all  they  have  to  do; 
And  God  have  mercy  on  the  souls 
Of  all  the  patients,  too. 

W.  TOD  HELMUTH,  M.  D. 


THE  SPECIALIST. 


The  Special!^ 


A  medical  specialist  has  been  defined  as  a  physician 
or  a  surgeon  who  knows  something  about  every  disease 
and  everj^thing  about  some  disease,  but  we  find  that  this 
definition  is  not  applicable  to  all  physicians  who  are  in 
special  practice,  for  we  find  men  at  the  highest  pinnacle 
of  the  profession  adding  the  title  of  specialist  to  their 
names,  while  the  caption  is  also  adopted  by  the  boldest 
kind  of  an  advertising  quack. 

We  therefore  find  that  under  the  above  title  we  could 
discuss  many  types  of  medical  men,  but  inasmuch  as  every 
general  practitioner  is  familiar  with  the  work  of  the  Reg- 
ular Medical  Specialist,  we  shall  first  discuss  this  subject 
from  an  advertising  and  non-ethical  standpoint.  What  is 
to  be  said  regarding  advertising,  is  to  explain  the  method 
rather  than  to  encourage  the  practice. 

These  specialists  might  be  classed  as  the  itinerant  ad- 
vertising specialist;  the  local  advertising  specialist;  the 
special  disease  advertising  specialist;  the  mail  order  spe- 
cialist ;  the  ethical  specialist ;  the  office  specialist ;  the  ob- 
serving specialist,  etc. 

All  of  these  except  the  ethical  and  the  office  specialist 
are  considered  irregular  practitioners,  whose  methods  we 
wish  to  briefly  outline.  Those  who  think  all  advertising 
physicians  are  destitute  of  a  sound  knowledge  of  medicine 
are  entertaining  an  erroneous  idea,  which  should  be  re- 
leased as  soon  as  possible.  While  I  must  admit  that 
there  are  a  great  many  advertising  physicians  who  are 
nothing  more  than  medical  ignoramuses,  and  are  justly  en- 
titled to  the  name  ''quack"  which  best  identifies  them, 
on  the  other  hand  we  find  among  them  some  of  the  best 
therapeutics  we  have  ever  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting. 
These  physicians  are  advertising  purely  from  choice,  as 
they  are  better  remunerated  for  their  services  and  their 
labors  are  not  so  hard. 


8  THE  SPECIALIST. 

Many  advanced  methods  of  treatment  have  originated 
with  the  irregular  practitioner.  Many  condemnable,  de- 
moralizing influences  have  also  come  from  the  same  source. 
In  all  other  lines  of  business,  if  a  man  makes  a  discovery 
he  can  have  it  patented  and  his  rights  protected,  but  if  a 
physician  holds  his  special  method  of  treatment  a  secret, 
or  sells  the  right  to  use  it,  he  is  at  once  denounced  by  the 
regular  physicians. 

The  estates  of  Drs.  Keeley  and  Brinkerhoff,  and  the 
promoters  of  the  various  injection  treatments  for  hernia 
and  other  methods,  would  not  have  been  so  large  if  they 
had  made  their  treatments  publicly  known.  Fortunately 
"the  tricks  of  medicine  will  out,"  and  I  doubt  if  there  is 
a  secret  in  the  practice  of  medicine  today  which  cannot  be 
exposed  or  duplicated  with  equal  therapeutic  results.  I 
shall  endeavor  to  throw  some  light  on  the  subject  in  the 
following  pages,  but  I  will  scarcely  be  able  to  begin  to 
tell  what  might  be  said. 

There  has  been  many  discussions  at  medical  societies 
as  to  the  best  methods  of  eliminating  the  quack,  but  to  my 
knowledge  there  has  never  been  any  definite  decision.  My 
answer  to  this  perplexing  question  would  be,  to  adopt  his 
methods,  whenever  they  are  worthy  of  recognition. 

Advertising  physicians  are,  generally  speaking,  good 
financiers  and  business  men.  They  advertise  as  special- 
ists for  revenue  instead  of  for  the  honor  of  practicing 
medicine.  Oftentimes  they  depend  upon  their  business 

ability  more  than  on  their  knowledge  of  medicine  to  make 
a  success.  At  least,  I  have  seen  many  cases  in  which 
their  skill  was  not  apparent,  even  if  they  possessed  any. 

Of  the  advertising  specialists  I  have  met,  I  would  say 
that  fifty  per  cent,  of  them  have  a  medical  education  equal 
to  that  of  the  average  general  practitioner.  Twenty  per 
cent,  have  a  superior  knowledge  of  certain  diseases;  the 
remaining  thirty  per  cent,  are  far  below  the  average,  and 
why  they  should  class  themselves  as  specialists  is  beyond 
my  comprehension. 

The  inducements  from  a  financial  standpoint  are  cer- 
tainly such  as  to  encourage  one  to  enter  the  advertising 
arena,    for    advertising    specialists    often    receive    more 


THE  SPECIALIST.  0 

money  for  one  day's  labor  than  many  physicians  do  in  a 
year.  You  may  think  this  is  an  overdrawn  statement, 
but  it  is  a  fact. 

I  believe  that  there  comes  a  time  in  life  when  a  large 
percentage  of  physicians  feel  that  they  would  like  to  en- 
ter the  advertising  field,  but,  owing  either  to  a  lack  of 
confidence  in  themselves,  or  to  the  fear  of  being  called  a 
([uack  by  their  brother  practitioners  they  confine  them- 
selves to  the  code  of  ethics,  and  it  is  well  that  these  objec- 
tions are  considered,  for  advertising  practices  are  not  all 
sunshine,  and  they  have  been  the  means  of  ruining  both 
the  reputation  and  financial  standing  of  many  physicians. 

Many  of  the  most  successful  advertisers  will  tell  you 
that  if  they  had  their  lives  to  live  over  again  they  would 
prefer  the  general  practice  of  medicine,  wherein  they 
could  enjoy  the  esteem,  confidence  and  respect  of  their  pa- 
tients and  the  many  social  functions  of  Avhicli  the  adver- 
tiser knows  very  little.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  ad- 
vertising physicians  have  no  grateful  patients,  but  there 
is  not  the  same  friendly  and  respectful  feeling  towards 
them  that  there  is  between  the  general  practitioner  and 
his  patients. 

THE  ITINERANT  SPECIALIST. 

These  specialists  travel  from  town  to  town  and  gen- 
erally plan  their  circuit  so  as  to  make  each  point  either 
once  a  month  or  once  in  two  months.  They  advertise 
either  to  treat  all  chronic  diseases  or  else  they  limit  their 
practice  to  one  or  more  diseases,  such  as  piles,  rupture,  etc. 

Most  of  the  chronic  disease  specialists  who  travel 
have  a  deficient  knowledge  of  medicine,  and  could  not 
make  a  living  if  they  had  a  permanent  residence.  It  is 
rather  discouraging  for  the  local  physician,  who  labors 
night  and  day  for  the  good  of  his  patients,  and  does  more 
work  for  sweet  charity's  sake  than  any  one  else  in  the 
community,  to  read  the  advertisements  of  one  of  these 
specialists  and  witness  the  financial  success  of  his  visit, 
for,  no  doubt,  he  has  received  more  cash  in  his  pocket  for 
his  day's  work  than  the  local  practitioner  could  book  in 
a  month. 


10  THE  SPECIALIST. 

It  is  rather  amusing  to  read  the  headlines  of  some  of 
the  advertising  circulars  issued  by  the  traveling  doctor. 
I  once  picked  up  a  bill  on  the  street  in  a  neighboring  town 
with  the  bold  faced  headlines,  "The  President  is  com- 
ing." This  certainly  was  a  very  "catchy"  caption  and 
everybody  was  wondering  at  first  sight  if  the  Chief  Execu- 
tive of  the  United  States  was  going  to  make  them  a  visit, 
but  by  reading  a  little  farther  it  was  Dr.  Gordon,  a  travel- 
ing specialist,  who  was  President  of  some  Medical 
Institute. 

There  seems  to  be  no  way  to  suppress  the  practice  of 
the  itinerants,  unless  it  is  done  by  legislation.  The  laws 
of  many  states  are  so  rigid  that  it  prevents  their  opera- 
tions to  a  certain  extent. 

The  itinerant  specialist  treats  his  patients  by  the 
month ;  his  charges  range  from  five  dollars  to  as  much  as 
he  can  get  for  each  month's  treatment,  which,  of  course, 
includes  all  medicine.  He  always  tries  to  bind  them  by 
a  contract  to  take  several  months'  treatment  for  a  certain 
consideration;  for  this  he  takes  their  notes,  which  are  in- 
dorsed by  responsible  parties.  These  notes  are  made  pay- 
able each  month  as  he  visits  the  city.  If  possible,  he  will 
dispose  of  the  notes  at  the  bank  and  leave  the  city  with 
cash  on  hand. 

The  traveling  specialists  principle  field  is  in  the  treat- 
ment of  chronic,  obscure  and  long  standing  diseases,  the 
thus  afflicted  are  psudonymed  by  them  as  "rounders," 
for  nearly  all  patients  consulting  them  have  gone  the 
rounds  of  the  local  physicians,  and  when  they  see  the  ad- 
vertisements of  these  specialists,  appearing  in  their  local 
papers,  they  are  attracted  to  them,  as  a  boy  is  to  the 
aroma  of  sawdust  at  a  circus. 

These  specialists  always  dispense  their  own  medicines 
which  necessitates  a  road  equipment  and  dispensory, 
which  can  be  obtained  in  as  portable  and  compact  form 
as  possible.  In  these  days  of  compressed  tablets,  tablet 
triturates,  pills  and  alkaloid  granules.  Such  an  equip- 
ment is  an  easy  way  of  dispensing,  but  experience  has 
taught  them  in  many  instances,  in  order  to  secure  large 
fees  they  must  ' '  give  their  patients  their  moneys  worth, ' ' 


THE  SPECIALIST.  11 

and  dispense  large  packages;  they  therefore  cannot  be 
weaned  from  the  bottle  and  liquid  medications ;  with  this 
object  in  view  many  of  these  specialists  have  become  quite 
expert  extemporaneous  dispensors. 

There  is  no  prescription  writing  done  by  the  traveling 
specialists ;  he  exercises  sufficient  judgment  to  keep  his 
knowledge  to  himself  and  fatten  his  purse  by  direct  pre- 
scribing. In  order  to  carry  a  reasonably  well  equipped 
outfit  from  town  to  town,  it  is  necessary  that  such  reme- 
dies be  selected  as  will  occupy  as  little  space  as  possible. 
Fluid  extracts  and  Lloyd  Brothers  specific  tinctures, 
which  represent  one  grain  of  the  drug  to  the  minum  are 
selected.  Lloyd's  tinctures  are  often  preferred  for  this 
purpose,  as  they  mix  more  readily  with  water  and  do  not 
allow  the  resin  to  separate  and  be  deposited  on  the  side  of 
the  bottle  or  float  on  top  of  the  mixture.  The  principal 
menstruum  in  their  prescriptions  is  water  or  simple  syrup 
which  is  preserved  with  about  10  per  cent,  of  alcohol  or 
sufficient  resorcin  or  salicylic  acid  to  keep  their  mixtures 
from  decomposing  or  deteriorating  in  their  therapeutic 
value,  as  will  be  illustrated  in  the  following  prescriptions. 
Resorcin  seems  to  be  in  greatest  favor  as  a  preservative. 
A  few  grains  of  this  remedy  added  to  any  mixture  will 
preserve  the  preparation  indefinitely  and  is  one  of  the 
best  gastric  and  intestinal  antiseptics  the  physician  can 
select  and  is  always  followed  with  good  results  in  all  fer- 
mentations and  decompositions  within  the  digestive  tract. 
Many  times  a  concentrated  aromatic  elixir  is  added  in 
small  quantities  to  flavor  the  preparation,  extract  of 
licorice  is  made  from  the  common  commercial  stick  licorice 
by  adding  water  and  heat  and  condensing  the  product  to 
a  semi-solid  mass.  This  is  used  to  disguise  the  taste  of 
many  of  their  bitter  mixtures.  Caramel  is  the  principal 
coloring  matter  used  where  a  rich  brown  color  is  desired. 
Simple  syrup  is  made  by  simply  filling  the  dispensing  bot- 
tle about  one- third  full  of  granulated  sugar  into  which 
aqua  and  the  other  ingredients  are  added. 

In  selecting  remedies  for  the  road  you  must  bear  in 
mind  that  you  have  exclusive  chronic  diseases  to  deal 
with,  and  the  medications  required  are  not  such  as  are 


12  I^I-tS  SPECIALIST. 

always  used  in  the  treatment  of  acute  diseases,  but  in- 
corporate medicines  known  in  therapeutic  classification 
as  tonics,  alteratives,  stimulants,  aphrodisiacs,  diuretics, 
restoratives,  etc.  Of  the  entire  list  nux  vomica  and  its 
alkaloids  of  strychnine  perhaps  heads  the  list  and  is  added 
to  nearly  all  of  their  tonic  mixtures,  however  the  entire 
list  of  ^'multum  in  parvo  remedies"  enter  into  their -pre- 
scriptions, that  is  such  remedies  as  will  make  large  dis- 
pensing packages,  by  the  addition  of  a  small  amount  of. 
the  more  active  remedies  or  such  remedies  as  the  maxi- 
mum dose  is  from  one  to  five  minims,  such  as  the  fluid 
extracts  of  nux  vomica,  hyoscyamus,  Cannabis  Indica  and 
nitrohydrochloric  acid,  etc.  To  illustrate  their  methods 
of  dispensing,  I  will  briefly  outline  a  case,  and  also  give 
one  of  the  extemporaneous  prescriptions,  which  entered 
into  the  treatment,  which  was  taken  from  a  case  book  of 
a  traveling  specialist. 

Mrs.  H. aged  28  living  in  a  malarious  district, 

been  sick  for  three  years,  the  beginning  was  ushered  in 
with  intermittent  fever,  which  lasted  four  weeks,  from 
which  she  never  fully  regained  her  health  and  strength; 
when  consulted  the  patient  was  extremely  emaciated,  and 
constipated  by  the  use  of  cathartic  pills,  her  bowels  would 
move  every  third  day,  with  clay  colored  stools,  occasional 
attacks  of  sick  headache,  the  appetite  was  poor,  the  com- 
plexion was  pale  and  rather  yellow,  indicating  an  im- 
pairment of  the  blood,  hepatic  and  digestive  functions. 
It  was  plain  to  observe  that  she  had  a  case  of  chronic  ma- 
larial toxemia  to  deal  with,  the  following  prescription  was 
one  of  several  which  entered  into  the  treatment. 

Arsenious  acid   4  gr. 

Nitrohydrochloric   acid    2  dr. 

F.  E.  Nux  Vomica 2  dr. 

F.  E.  Iris  ^/^  oz. 

Resorcin   %  oz. 

Quinine  Sulphate  1  oz. 

Caramel    ^  dr. 

Sugar 

Aqua q.  s 16  oz. 


THE  SPECIALIST.  13 

Sig.  A  teaspoonful  in  a  wine  glass  two-thirds  full 
of  old  port  wine  after  each  meal. 

In  compounding  this  prescription  the  sixteen  ounce 
bottle  is  filled  two-thirds  full  of  water,  into  which  the 
arsenious  acid,  nitrohydrochloride  acid  and  resoroin  is 
dissolved,  the  sugar  is  now  added  and  when  partly  dis- 
solved the  other  ingredients  added.  Shake  the  bottle 
until  all  are  thoroughly  dissolved.  The  finished  product 
makes  a  beautiful  brown  mixture,  which  is  easily  pre- 
pared in  a  minutes  time  and  offers  all  the  advantages  of 
an  intestinal  antiseptic,  antiperiodic  gastro-intestinal  and 
hepatic  stimulant,  and  as  a  general  tonic,  although  iron  in 
the  form  of  Blauds  pills  and  other  adjunct  medication  was 
administered,  the  principle  credit  in  restoring  the  health 
of  the  above  patient  was  given  to  the  above  prescription. 

It  is  a  well  recognized  fact  that  minimum  doses  of 
Cascara  Sagrada  combined  with  Nux  Vomica  Avill  often 
accomplish  better  results  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  con- 
stipation and  inactivity  of  the  bowels  than  the  maximum 
dose  of  Cascara  Sagrada  alone.  The  following  prescrip- 
tion is  a  great  favorite  for  this  most  common  complaint 
and  shows  the  way  licorice  may  be  used  to  partially  dis- 
guise the  bitter  taste  of  the  other  ingredients. 

Resorcin 2  dr. 

F.  E.  Nux  Vomica 2  dr. 

F.  E.  Cascara  Sagrada 2  oz. 

Extract  of  Licorice   2  oz. 

Simple  Syrup q.  s 16  oz. 

Dropsy  is  a  frequent  complication  of  chronic  diseases 
of  the  heart,  liver  and  kidneys.  The  following  mixture 
is  a  great  favorite  as  an  adjunct  treatment  for  the  relief 
of  this  condition. 

^     F.  E.  Digitalis   3  dr. 

F.  E.  Scilla   3  dr. 

Tincture  Apocynum  (Lloyds') 4  dr. 

Resorcin    4  dr. 

Potassium  acetate   2  oz. 

Simple  Syrup q.  s 16  oz. 

Sig.     A  teaspoonful  every  three  hours. 


14  THE  SPECIALIST. 

There  are  hundreds  of  similar  formulaes  which  could 
be  given  but  the  above  examples  will  be  sufficient  to  give 
the  reader  an  idea  in  which  some  of  their  mixtures  are 
compounded  in  a  few  moments  time  in  the  parlors  they 
occupy  at  the  hotel  where  they  are  temporarily  domiciled. 


THE  LOCAL  ADVERTISING  SPECIALIST. 

This  man  advertises  either  under  his  own  name  or 
under  the  name  of  a  Medical  Institute,  or  both.  His 
business  methods  are  conducted  very  much  like  those  of 
the  itinerant.  Many  of  these  specialists  advertise  to 
treat  all  diseases  in  general ;  others  confine  their  advertis- 
ing to  eye  and  ear,  throat,  nose  and  lungs,  catarrh  and 
catarrhal  deafness,  hemorrhoids,  hernia,  etc.,  but  the  ad- 
vertisement most  frequently  seen  in  the  daily  papers  is 
one  concerning  the  disease  of  the  sexual  system. 

I  once  asked  a  physician,  who  had  a  large  experience 
in  advertising  and  treating  all  general  diseases,  why  he 
finally  confined  his  advertising  to  treatment  of  diseases 
of  the  sexual  organs.  He  replied  that  in  his  experience 
he  has  found  that  people  would  pay  more  money  for  the 
treatment  of  diseases  in  that  part  of  their  anatomy  than 
in  any  other.  He  also  stated  that  if  he  had  a  patient  who 
was  suffering  with  both  consumption  and  impotency  he 
would  be<  requested  to  cure  him  of  impotency  first. 

There  is  a  world  of  truth  in  what  he  said,  for  people 
will  neglect  every  other  disease  longer  than  they  will  any 
disorder  of  the  sexual  system.  Another  reason  Avhich 
makes  sexual  diseases  a  profitable  specialty  is,  that  most 
people  do  not  care  to  consult  their  family  physician  in 
such  matters,  and,  seeing  the  advertisement  of  a  special- 
ist, will  drift  into  his  hands. 

Many  of  these  specialists  endeavor  to  advertise  in  a 
modest  way,  but  the  majority  are  bold  and  offensive,  for 
the  louder  they  shout  the  more  victims  they  will  secure. 
Their  advertisements  are  often  decidedly  misleading,  with 
bold  headlines  of  "Free  Until  Cured,"  ''One  Month's 
Treatment  Free,"  etc.  Such  advertisements  are,  of  course, 


THE  SPECIALIST.  15 

only  to  get  the  patient  to  call  at  the  office  and  the  process 
of  landing  them  is  an  easy  one,  for  instead  of  giving  them 
one  month  treatment  free,  they  tell  the  patient  that  they 
only  offer  their  services  free,  but  they  will  expect  the  pa- 
tient to  pa}^  for  the  medicine  for  which  they  will  only 
charge  from  five  to  fifty  dollars  a  month.  Their  medi- 
cines are,  of  course,  very  expensive  (?).  They  also  is- 
sue circulars  depicting  the  despairing  future  of  the  mas- 
turbator.  These  are  illustrated  with  pictures  of  a  brain- 
less child  born  of  a  masturbator,  or  a  half-naked  man  be- 
hind the  bars,  made  insane  by  self-abuse. 

No  words  can  tell  the  demoralizing  influence  that 
such  publications  have  on  the  half-educated  youth  who 
gets  hold  of  them.  They  are  led  to  believe  if  they  have 
one  or  two  emissions  a  month  they  are  afflicted  with  some 
incurable  disease.  It  is  this  state  of  mind  that  is  desired 
by  the  advertisers,  for  the  more  morbidness  and  despair, 
the  more  money  in  their  pockets.  This  systematized 
method  of  attempting  to  create  disease  and  to  fatten  on 
the  distress  of  their  victims  is  the  foulest  possible  prosti- 
tution of  medicine. 

This  class  of  physicians  also  treat  syphilis,  gonor- 
rhoea, and  other  venereal  diseases.  When  business  gets 
a  little  dull  they  buy  a  list  of  letters  from  some  mail  order 
man  who  is  in  the  same  business,  and  get  a  new  list  of 
patients.  They  often  exchange  names  in  order  that  each 
may  work  the  discarded  or  discontented  patients  of  the 
other  and  thus  keep  the  machinery  running.  Some  of  the 
methods  of  treatment  used  by  these  specialists  will  be  dis- 
cussed in  the  chapter  on  genito-urinary  diseases. 


THE  SPECIAL  DISEASE  SPECIALIST. 

We  find  that  these  men  are  of  a  more  refined  nature, 
and  generally  very  skillful  in  the  special  branch  of  medi- 
cine or  surgery  which  they  are  practicing.  They  are 
entitled  in  every  sense  of  the  word  to  be  called  specialists. 
They  are  conscientious  and  are  interested  in  the  welfare 
of  their  patients ;  they  believe  that  their  methods  of  treat- 
ment are  the  best  and  they  demonstrate  in  many  cases 


16  THE  SPECIALIST. 

that  they  are.  Under  this  class  we  find  rectal,  hernia, 
diseases  of  the  stomach,  cancer  and  other  specialists, 
many  of  whom  would  be  shining  lights  in  the  medical 
fraternity  if  it  were  not  for  their  advertising,  which  is 
devoid,  however,  of  objectionable  matter.  Whether  or 
not  advertising  by  such  men  should  be  allowed  by  the 
medical  profession,  I  am  not  in  a  position  to  say,  but  it 
seems  to  me  that  if  a  man  devotes  his  time  in  perfecting 
a  treatment  for  some  special  disease,  which  his  brother 
practitioner  has  failed  to  cure  or  recognize  as  incurable, 
he  should  for  the  sake  of  humanity  let  the  world  know  it, 
and  the  easiest  way  is  through  printer's  ink,  unless  he 
teaches  his  method  to  the  profession,  the  members  of 
which  often  do  not  care  to  spend  the  time  to  learn. 

This  has  been  illustrated  hundreds  of  times  by  rectal, 
hernia,  and  cancer  specialists.  I  have  seen  many  patients 
with  cancer  and  hernia  cured  by  these  specialists,  who 
were  offered  little  or  no  encouragement  from  their  family 
physician. 

In  the  following  pages  I  will  give  several  methods 
of  treatment  used  by  these  specialists  which  are  worthy 
of  adopting  in,  your  practice,  and  by  making  use  of  them 
you  will  receive  large  financial  returns. 

THE  MAIL-ORDER  SPECIALIST. 

Most  physicians  have  very  little  conception  of  the 
amount  of  business  done  by  the  mail-order  specialist.  Up 
to  a  few  years  ago,  if  any  one  had  told  you  that  he  could 
establish  a  large  medical  practice  through  the  mail,  you 
would  have  thought  that  he  was  a  fit  subject  for  the  lun- 
atic asylum;  but  at  the  present  time  there  are  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  dollars  spent  every  year  in  advertising, 
and  many  more  thousands  of  dollars  received  by  the  ad- 
vertisers. 

There  are  about  one  hundred  and  seventy  periodicals 
published  for  the  sole  convenience  of  the  advertisers. 
These  are  called  Mail  Order  Journals  or  Magazines.  The 
rates  for  advertising  in  these  publications  range  all  the 
way  from  ten  cents  to  six  dollars  a  line.       A  four-line 


THE  SPECIALIST.  17 

advertisement  inserted  once  in  the  entire  list,  would  cost 
$529.20. 

This  will  give  you  an  idea  of  the  enormous  amount 
of  money  that  can  be  spent  in  advertising.  A  four-line 
advertisement  is  the  smallest  space  some  papers  will  al- 
low you  to  take. 

A  Mail  Order  Medical  Specialist  who  uses  only  from 
two  to  four  inches  of  space  each  month  is  considered 
rather  a  small  advertiser,  although  he  is  paying  $2,272.20 
each  month  for  his  advertising,  if  he  uses  the  entire  list. 
There  are  manj^  specialists  who  appropriate  $100,000.00 
each  year  for  their  advertising. 

By  advertising  in  the  so-called  Mail  Order  Journals, 
you  reach  patients  in  the  most  remote  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. You  will  have  no  idea  from  what  country  you  may 
receive  a  reply  from  your  advertisement.  You  may  re- 
ceive letters  from  Australia,  Japan  or  Iceland,  or  from 
a  mining  or  logging  camp,  which  is  many  miles  from  the 
nearest  railroad.  On  the  other  hand,  you  may  receive  a 
reply  from  j^our  own  or  from  a  distant  city.  Of  all  the 
medical  advertising  business,  the  mail  order  business  is 
the  most  fascinating,  for  when  one  once  gets  into  it,  it  is 
hard  for  him  to  get  out. 

The' specialists  who  are  following  the  mail  order  in- 
dustry generally  confine  their  practice  to  one  disease  or 
to  one  remedy  and  advertise  a  specific  treatment  for  Kid- 
ney complaint.  Rheumatism,  Catarrh,  Obesity,  Deafness, 
Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Impotency,  Female  Complaints,  Con- 
sumption, Asthma,  Epilepsy,  etc. 

The  remedies  for  the  cure  of  these  diseases  are  gen- 
erally first  furnished  to  the  patient  in  the  way  of  free 
samples.  If  the  remedy  has  any  merit,  the  patient  is 
quite  sure  to  order  a  supply.  In  this  way  he  is  induced 
to  continue  the  treatment  for  several  months. 

There  are  two  important  things  to  be  considered  in 
remedies  to  be  sent  through  the  mail.  They  should 
possess  a  certain  degree  of  merit,  and  should  contain  a  few 
or  no  poisonous  ingredients;  but  this  rule  is  not  always 
adhered  to.  as  will  be  seen  by  the  formulas  which  are  to 
follow^ 


18  THE  SPECIALIST. 

The  physician  who  treats  all  chronic  diseases,  sup- 
plies his  patients  with  question  blanks  which  the  patient 
can  fill  out  and  send  to  the  doctor,  together  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  his  case  in  his  own  language.  The  physician  may 
then  prepare  any  treatment  he  deems  the  case  requires. 
The  fees  for  such  treatments  are  from  one  to  ten  or  more 
dollars  a  month.  Mail  order  specialists  generally  treat 
their  patients  by  the  month,  as  do  other  advertising 
specialists. 

Mail  order  patients  should  be  treated  with  the  same 
integrity  and  respect  as  local  patients,  and,  under  all  cir- 
cumstances the  specialist  should  endeavor  to  hold  the 
esteem  and  good- will  of  his  patients.  If  a  patient  .should 
write  a  tart,  pointed,  or  impudent  letter,  it  should  never 
be  answered  by  one  of  the  same  character,  although  the 
specialist  may  feel  justified  in  doing  so.  No  good  can 
be  accomplished  from  such  correspondence,  and  much 
harm  is  often  done.  If  one  can  succeed  in  holding  the 
confidence  of  his  patient  and  the  treatment  benefits  him, 
he  is  sure  to  send  other  patients,  but  if  the  treatment  is 
absolutely  worthless,  he  will  not  hesitate  to  denounce  it 
as  a  fraud.  This  is  oftentimes  done  very  unjustly,  for 
no  physician  can  expect  as  great  a  number  of  cures  in  a 
mail  order  practice  as  he  can  in  patients  who  are  constant- 
ly under  his  observation. 

Although  there  are  several  preparations  given 
throughout  this  book  which  have  or  can  be  used  in  mail 
order  practice,  I  will  add  several  more  which  have  come 
to  my  notice  and  which  can  be  used  successfully  by  the 
general  practitioner. 

ASTHMA. 

Remedies  for  this  distressing  disease  have  always 
found  a  steady  and  increasing  sale.  I  know  of  one  gentle- 
man who  has  made  a  large  fortune  through  the  sale  of 
the  following  Asthma  cure,  which  is  compounded  after 
the  formula  of  Dr.  Covert.  The  formula  is  a  good  one 
and  has  been  published  in  several  Medical  Journals : 


THE  SPECIALIST.  19 

Iodide  of  ammonium 2  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  grindelia  robusta 4  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  gly cyrrhiza 4  dr. 

Tinct.  lobelia  2  dr. 

Tinct.  belladonna   2  dr. 

Syr.  Tolu q.  s.  ad.  4  oz. 

Dose — Teaspoonful  three  times  a  day;  extra  doses 
during  a  paroxysm. 

CONSUMPTION  CURE. 

The  Slocum  system  of  treatment  for  consumption  has 
established  quite  a  reputation,  and  the  company  is  among 
the  largest  of  mail-order  advertisers.  I  sent  for  a  sample 
of  their  preparations,  which  consist  of  a  bottle  of  Psychine, 
Ozomulsion,  Coltsfoot  Expectorant  and  Ozojell. 

The  Ozomulsion  is  about  a  twenty  per  cent,  cod  liver 
oil  emulsion  with  the  addition  of  guaiacol.  Psy chine, 
the  "greatest  of  all  tonics,"  is  a  decoction  of  nux  vomica 
and  cinnamon,  which  is  to  be  taken  in  a  wine-glass  full 
of  whiskey  before  each  meal  to  build  up  the  appetite.  The 
Coltsfoot  Expectorant  is  a  preparation  very  much  re- 
sembling Ayer's  Cherry  Pectoral,  given  on  another  page. 
This  treatment  will  cost  from  five  dollars  to  ten  dollars  a 
month. 

RHEUrVIATISM  CURE. 

These  are  also  freely  advertised  and  the  patient 
liberally  sampled.  A  gentleman  who  had  the  manage- 
ment of  a  large  mail-order  Rheumatism  Cure  Co.,  said 
that  they  only  used  one  drug  and  that  was  prepared  as  fol- 
lows in  large  quantities : 

5     Ammonium  chloride   160  gr. 

Aromatic  elix q.  s.  ad.         1  oz. 

Mix. — A  teaspoonful  from  three  to  six  times  a  day. 

Each  teaspoonful  of  the  above  mixture  represents 
twenty  grains  of  ammonium  chloride,  and  it  is  often  sur- 
prising to  note  the  influence  which  this  drug  has  in  con- 


20  THE  SPECIALIST. 

trolling  muscular  rheumatism.  The  cheapness  of  the  drug 
makes  it  a  very  profitable  remedy  to  handle,  and  it  is  a 
preparation  that  will  establish  a  reputation  upon  its  own 
merits,  as  the  thousands  of  testimonials  Avliich  this  com- 
pany possesses  will  attest. 

EPILEPSY. 

''I  cure  fits,"  is  a  headline  seen  in  all  mail-order  pub- 
lications, and  several  men  have  accumulated  large  estates 
by  selling  remedies  for  fits.  A  very  convenient  and  profit- 
able remedy  for  epilepsy  and  the  neuroses  is  hydrocyanate 
of  iron.  Although  this  remedy  has  been  used  by  a  few 
physicians  for  several  years,  it  has  never  gained  the  con- 
fidence of  the  profession  which  it  fully  deserves.  It 
will  seldom  disappoint  reasonable  expectations  and  has 
the  advantage  for  mail-order  purposes  that  it  can  be  dis- 
pensed in  pill  form,  each  pill  composed  of  the  following : 

IJ     Hydrocyanate  of  iron   1  gr. 

Extract  hyoscyamus %  gr. 

Powdered  valerian  (English)   2  gr. 

Sig.     A  pill  morning  and  night,  gradually  increasing. 

HEART  DISEASE. 

The  frequency  of  diseases  of  the  heart  has  created  a 
demand  for  a  "heart  cure."  The  accompanying  formula 
is  used  by  one  firm  and  I  am  told  that  they  have  the  tab- 
lets manufactured  in  car-load  lots.  The  formula  is  an 
old  one  and  extensively  used  by  the  medical  profession. 
Each  tablet  represents: 

^     Glonoin    1-100  gr. 

Tinct.  strophanthus 2  min. 

Tinct.  digitalis 2  min. 

Tinct.  belladonna V2  min. 

STOMACH  DISEASES. 

A  physician  who  has  a  large  local  and  mail  order 
practice  and  advertises  as  a  stomach  specialist,  claims  he 


THE  SPECIALIST.  21 

can  cure  ninety  per  cent,  of  all  cases  of  dyspepsia  by  con- 
fining his  patient  to  a  raw  or  very  slightly  cooked  beef 
diet.  In  Connection  with  this  diet,  his  favorite  stomach 
or  digestive  tablet  is  as  follows : 

R     Pepsin    1  gr. 

Sulphite  of  soda 2  gr. 

Resorcin    2  gr. 

Charcoal 2  gr. 

Capsicum   %  gr- 

Nux  vomica  1-6  gr. 

This  treatment  is  certainly  a  very  successful  one  and 
the  raw  meat  diet  should  never  be  overlooked  in  treating 
stomach  diseases,  as  it  has  a  very  soothing  influence  on 
the  stomach  when  it  is  in  an  irritable  or  a  diseased  state. 

ENURESIS. 

A  western  physician  has  extensively  advertised  a  cure 
for  ''bed  wetting,"  which  is  put  up  in  tablet  form  accord- 
ing to  this  formula : 

IJ     Atropine   1-120  gr. 

Santonin   %  gr. 

Rus  aromatica  5  gr. 

The  directions  which  accompany  the  treatment  in- 
struct children  to  retain  their  urine  as  long  as  possible 
during  the  day  and  not  to  drink  any  liquid  for  two  hours 
before  going  to  bed. 

CANDY  CARTHARTIC. 

The  following  formula  makes  a  preparation  very 
much  like  Cascarets,  which  has  had  a  remarkable  sale : 

R     Powd.  ext.  senna  1  oz. 

Powd.  ext  cascara  sagrada   1  oz. 

Powd.  ext.  licorice 2  oz. 

Powd.  sugar   2  oz. 

Oil  anise   2  dr. 

Oil  wintergreen   2  dr. 

Aqua   q.  s. 

Mix  the  first  six  remedies  and  add  sufficient  water  to 
make  a  paste,  then  divide  into  tablets  of  thirty  grains 
each. 


22  THE  SPECIALIST. 

OBESITY. 

Pills  for  reducing  weight  have  found  a  great  demand. 
These  pills  are  made  from  the  active  principals  of  the 
Phytolacca  berry  and  bladder  wrack,  and  put  on  the  mar- 
ket under  different  names. 

THE  EYE  SPECIALIST. 

For  the  last  four  years  eye  specialists  have  been  using 
large  space  in  mail  order  publications.  They  advertise 
to  cure  every  form  of  eye  disease,  from  cataract  to  the 
simpler  forms  of  inflammation,  and  the  surprising  part 
of  it  is,  they  have  been  remarkably  successful.  Since  the 
last  edition  of  this  book  I  have  received  many  letters  from 
physicians,  requesting  information  regarding  their  treat- 
ment. Finally  I  secured  the  secrets  of  their  business 
from  a  physician  who  attended  to  the  compounding  and 
shipping  of  the  treatment  for  one  of  these  specialists, 
whose  income  from  mail  order  patients  exceeded  over 
$100.00  a  day.  Their  treatment  for  the  disease  of  the 
eye  is  somewhat  stereotyped.  Their  principal  panacea 
for  all  diseases  of  the  eye  is  the  oil  of  thuja.  This  is  cer- 
tainly a  remarkable  remedy,  and  offers  us  one  of  the  best 
means  of  treatment  for  many  diseases  of  the  eye.  This 
remedy  is  advertised  as  a  '^  harmless,  painless,  soothing 
and  healing  preparation  that  gives  instant  relief  and  ab- 
solute cure  for  all  aches  and  pains,  burning  of  the  eyes, 
from  inflammation,  strain  or  granulated  lids.  It  is  also 
a  sure  cure  for  corneal  opacities,  etc." 

The  above  statement,  made  by  them,  is  true  in  many 
cases.  This  remedy  is  often  combined  with  cocaine  hy- 
drastin  and  coloring  matter,  to  disguise  it. 

Eeferring  to  this  remedy.  Prof.  W.  C.  Converse,  of 
Chicago,  says: 

"In  cases  of  ophthalmia  neonatorum  on  gonorrhoeal 
ophthalmia,  where  there  has  been  considerable  destruc- 
tion of  corneal  tissue,  the  cicatricial  tissue  which  takes 
the  place  of  the  destroyed  cornea  is  hard  and  opaque,  and 
cannot  be  absorbed  or  rendered  transparent ;  it  is  not  in 


THE  SPECIALIST.  23 

cases  of  this  kind  that  I  report  success,  but  in  the  diffuse 
nebula,  or  in  the  more  dense  form  called  a  macula,  which 
follow  corneal  ulcers,  that  I  have  had  my  best  results. 

The  classical  treatment  of  calomel  dusted  in  the  eye, 
or  the  daily  application  of  the  yellow  oxide-of-mercury 
in  cosmoline,  plus  the  indicated  remedy,  have  helped  to  a 
certain  point,  and  then  improvement  has  stopped,  and  it 
is  in  these  cases  that  I  have  used  Thuja  oil,  and  been  sur- 
prised and  gratified  with  the  results.  The  Thuja  oil 
seems  to  stimulate  the  blood-supply  of  the  conjunctiva, 
promoting  the  reproduction  of  clear  corneal  substance. 

My  method  of  application  is  to  have  the  patient  drop 
one  drop  of  Thuja  oil  on  the  affected  eye;  then  close  the 
lids  and  gently  massage  the  eye  over  the  closed  lids,  and 
apply  a  hot  wet  cloth  to  the  lids  for  five  minutes  once  a 
day  after  the  massage,  with  the  Thuja  oil  three  times  a 
day. 

The  two  following  cases  whose  records  I  give  are 
College  clinic  cases  that  have  been  watched  with  interest 
by  members  of  the  present  Senior  class : 

Olive  S.,  11  years  old,  has  had  many  attacks  of 
phlyctenular  keratitis.  The  cornea  had  the  appearance 
of  an  interstitial  keratitis;  she  had  been  treated  at  the 
neighboring  college  clinics.  She  was  not  attending  school, 
because  of  poor  vision,  for  six  months.  She  said  they 
had  used  a  yellow  salve  on  her  eyes  with  but  slight  im- 
provement. 

This  was  one  year  ago.  I  commenced  the  Thuja  oil, 
which  she  used  faithfully.  Improvement  was  noticeable 
in  two  weeks.  Vision  at  the  last  visit  was  20-30,  and 
she  is  now  attending  school. 

J.  P.,  29  years  old.  A  large  macula  following  a  large 
corneal  ulcer  treated  one  year  at  different  eye-clinics, 
with  no  improvement.  Up  to  date  he  has  used  one  ounce 
of  the  Thuja  oil,  and  now  there  is  but  a  slight  haziness  of 
the  cornea  which  can  be  noticed  only  with  oblique  il- 
lumination. 

In  the  past  year  I  have  used  Thuja  oil  on  many  other 
cases  in  my  clinic  and  in  private  practice  with  uniformly 
favorable  results.       I  consider  that  the  Thuja  oil  treat- 


24  THE  SPECIALIST. 

ment  is  superior  to  any  other  method  now  in  use  for  cor- 
neal opacities." 

Another  remedy  which  has  obtained  quite  a  reputa- 
tion as  a  solvent  for  cataract  and  other  diseases  of  the 
eye  is  cineraria  maritima.  This  is  another  remedy  im- 
ported from  South  America,  (the  land  of  healing  pro- 
ducts.) I  am  not  familiar  with  the  use  of  this  remedy, 
but  many  favorable  results  have  been  reported  from  its 
use,  and  it  is  worthy  of  trial  in  many  cases. 

The  sale  of  these  remedies,  together  with  the  fitting 
of  glasses,  makes  a  very  profitable  industry  for  the  mail 
order  eye  specialist. 


SELLING  RECIPES. 

Every  mail  order  Journal  contains  advertisements  for 
selling  recipes;  this  is  particularly  so  with  toilet  articles, 
household  preparations,  etc.  These  recipes  are  sold  at 
prices  ranging  from  twenty-five  cents  to  ten  or  more  dol- 
lars. I  give  the  following  as  illustrations  of  this  class, 
the  former  representing  a  $1.00  hair  restorative  recipe 
and  the  latter  recipe  for  making  artificial  maple  syrup, 
which  has  been  sold  many  times  to  manufacturers  from 
$10.00  up: 

GRAY  HAIR  MADE  DARK. 

^     Tannate   quinia    1%  dr. 

Lavendar  flowers   4  dr. 

Kosemary   leaves    6  dr. 

Bay  laurel  leaves   2  dr. 

Oil  mja^bane  20  min. 

Oil  citronella   20  min. 

Put  one  pint  of  boiling  water  on  the  above,  and  set 
it  aside  to  cool  for  one  hour.  Then  strain  through  a  cloth 
and  add  one  ounce  of  glycerine  and  two  ounces  of  alcohol 
(or  bay  rum).      It  is  then  ready  for  use. 

If  your  hair  is  naturally  oily,  you  may  omit  the 
glycerine. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  USING. 

After  shaking  the  bottle,  pour  a  few  spoonfuls  into  a 
vessel.      Take  a  sponge,  moisten  with  compound,  and  rub 


TPIE  SPECIALIST.  25 

the  scalp  thoroughl3^  Do  this  every  other  morning  and 
evening  until  the  hair  has  resumed  its  natural  color,  and 
then  apply  once  a  week  thereafter.  It  will  not  stain 
the  scalp,  and  contains  no  poisons. 

HARMLESS  BLACK  OR  BROWN  HAIR  DYE. 

I>     Pyro-gallic  acid   ^  dr. 

Sulphite    sodium    30  gr. 

Alcohol    1  oz. 

Soft  water    3  oz. 

Dissolve  the  Pyro-Gallic  Acid  in  the  Alcohol,  and  the 
Sulphite  Soda  in  the  water.  Mix  the  two  (2)  solutions 
together,  and  then  it  is  ready  to  use. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  USING. 

Before  using,  the  hair  should  be  thoroughly  washed 
with  soap  and  water.  It  can  be  so  applied  as  to  color  the 
hair  either  black  or  the  lighter  shade  of  brown.  If 
black  is  the  color  desired,  the  preparation  should  be  ap- 
plied while  the  hair  is  moist,  and  for  brown  it  should  not 
be  used  till  the  hair  is  perfectly  dry.  To  apply,  dip  the 
points  of  a  fine  tooth  comb  into  the  compound,  and  gent- 
ly draw  the  comb  through  the  hair,  commencing  at  the 
roots,  till  the  dj^e  has  preceptably  taken  effect.  When 
the  hair  is  entirely  dry,  oil  and  brush  it  as  usual. 

I  send  two  recipes — The  first  is  my  own  original 
recipe,  and  the  one  I  recommend.  The  second  one  is 
given  because  of  its  easy  use,  and  combining  both  black 
and  brown,  according  to  the  way  applied.  It  is  excellent 
for  dyeing  the  whiskers.  Ingredients  for  the  first  recipe 
(except  Alcohol  and  Glycerine)  sent  post-paid  for  25 
cents.  Ingredients  for  the  Harmless  Dye  (except  Alco- 
hol and  Water)  sent  post-paid  for  35  cents. 

NOTE — It  will  be  noticed  that  their  object  is  not  on- 
ly to  sell  the  recipes  but  also  to  supply  the  ingredients. 

ARTIFICIAL  MAPLE  SYRUP. 

Although  this  formula  is  a  deviation  from  the  theme 
of  this  publication,  the  product  is  a  useful  household  ar- 
ticle, and  the  process  of  manufacture  is  so  simple  and 


26  THE  SPECIALIST. 

valued  so  highly,  that  I  feel  justified  in  giving  it,  as  much 
of  the  maple  syrup  bought  at  stores  is  made  by  this  or  a 
similar  process  and  produces  an  article  which  is  hard  to 
detect  from  the  genuine.  The  simple  process  of  manu- 
facture is  as  follows:  Crack  two  quarts  of  hickory  nut 
shells,  remove  the  meat;  tie  the  shells  in  cheese  cloth  and 
boil  for  about  one-half  hour  in  one  gallon  of  water.  When 
the  solution  becomes  brown,  add  sufficient  sugar  to  make 
the  syrup  the  right  consistency,  and  strain  while  hot. 

THE  PREMIUM  TRUST  SCHEME. 

Another  way  of  introducing  proprietary  medicines  is 
to  advertise  for  agents  and  give  premiums.  The  appli- 
cant answering  the  advertisement  is  at  once  forwarded 
fifteen  packages  of  head  ache  powders,  which  he  sells  at 
ten  cents  a  package.  He  remits  the  full  amount,  $1.50 
and  receives,  as  a  remuneration  for  his  services,  jewelry 
and  other  articles.  This  is  a  very  successful  scheme  and 
rather  an  honorable  way  of  introducing  remedies.  If  the 
remedy  has  merit  the  medical  company  receives  many  or- 
ders, as  their  address  is  printed  on  each  package. 

THE  FREE  PRESCRIPTION  C.  0.  D.  SCHEME. 

This  scheme  has  formerly  been  used  by  the  ''Lost 
Manhood"  fakirs,  and  consists  of  advertising  a  free  pre- 
scription for  lost  vitality.  The  prescription  is  sent  to  the 
applicant  as  ordered,  in  due  time,  and  contains  the  ficti- 
tious names  of  many  remedies.  The  patient  also  re- 
ceives a  flowery  letter  stating  that  these  remedies  are  im- 
ported from  Central  Africa,  South  America  or  some  other 
foreign  country,  and  thinking  perhaps,  their  local  drug- 
gists might  not  carry  them  in  stock,  they  decide  to  send 
them  one  complete  month's  treatment,  by  express  C.  0. 
D.,  $6.00.  If  the  prospective  patient  is  slow  in  accepting 
the  package,  he  is  frequently  written  to  by  what  is  known 
as  the  "follow  up  system,"  which  consists  of  a  series  of 
letters  extolling  the  valuable  properties  of  the  treatment. 
The  price  of  the  treatment  is  also  gradually  reduced  dur- 
ing the  correspondence  from  $6.00  to  $1.50;  in  the  mean- 


THE  SPECIALIST.  27 

time  the  express  company  is  notified  if  the  package  is  not 
accepted,  it  can  be  destroyed,  as  its  value  is  less  than  the 
express  charges  to  return  it.  This  has  proven  to  be  a 
very  successful  scheme,  as  fully  three-fourths  of  the  pack- 
ages are  accepted.  There  were  no  less  than  twelve  of 
these  medical  companies  in  operation  at  one  time.  The 
Postoftice  authorities  have  refused  them  the  use  of  the 
mail,  however,  and  they  have  closed  out  their  business. 


THE  OBSERVING  SPECIALIST. 

DIAGNOSING  DISEASES   WITHOUT   ASKING   ANY 

QUESTIONS. 

This  is  a  new  feature  which  is  being  practiced  by 
many  advertising  specialists  and,  although  this  method 
cannot  be  applied  to  all  cases,  it  is  surprising  to  note  how 
often  they  will  hit  the  nail  on  the  head. 

I  had  occasion  to  visit  one  of  those  physicians  for 
the  purpose  of  learning  his  secret  if  possible,  and  was 
somewhat  surprised  at  the  accuracj^  in  Avhich  he  would 
often  describe  symptoms,  and  the  weight  it  had  in  gaining 
the  confidence  of  the  patients,  which  is  a  very  important 
feature  from  a  financial  standpoint.  People  generally 
think  that  if  a  physician  can  tell  their  ailments  without 
asking  any  questions  he  must  be  a  healer  of  wonderful 
skill  and  ability. 

This  physician  had  charge  of  one  of  the  largest  med- 
ical and  surgical  institutes  in  our  country,  which  afforded 
him  an  opportunity  to  examine  from  twenty  to  seventy- 
five  patients  a  day,  and  after  watching  him  take  cases,  I 
am  thoroughly  convinced  that  the  face  will  map  out  many 
diseases  and  the  physician,  who  is  the  least  observing 
and  familiar  with  the  symptoms  of  disease,  can  tell  many 
of  them  by  studying  the  physiognomy  of  his  patients. 

The  expression  and  the  color  of  the  face,  tempera- 
ment, the  carriage  of  the  body,  conversation,  breathing, 
eye,  the  pulse,  tongue,  and,  the  occupation,  are  the  prin- 
cipal things  upon  which  these  ''physiognomy  diagnosti- 
tions"  locate  disease. 


28  THE  SPECIALIST. 

There  are  only  three  questions  which  are  asked  the 
patient,  namely:  To  see  the  tongue,  his  age,  and  his  oc- 
cupation. 

During  my  stay  with  this  physician  I  watched  him 
take  many  interesting  cases,  and  I  think  it  will  be  of  suf- 
ficient interest  to  outline  the  ones  which  are  quite  familiar 
to  every  phj^sician. 

The  first  patient  was  a  gentleman,  forty-six  years  old, 
who  entered  the  consulting  room  rather  slowly  and  took 
a  seat.  There  was  an  expression  of  melancholy  on  his 
face ;  he  looked  sad  and  friendless ;  the  skin  and  com- 
plexion was  slightly  yellow,  but  not  decidedly  noticeable ; 
the  doctor  looked  at  his  tongue,  which  had  a  brown  coat, 
and  told  him  he  had  disease  of  the  liver;  a  feeling  of 
fullness  in  the  right  side,  laying  his  hand  on  the  right 
hypochondriac  region;  he  also  told  him  that  he  had  a 
pain  under  the  right  shoulder  blade ;  at  times  would  fee] 
drowsy;  had  no  ambition;  the  urine  at  times  was  scanty 
and  high-colored;  was  troubled  with  indigestion.  He 
also  mentioned  other  symptoms  which  are  generally  as- 
sociated with  diseases  of  the  liver.  In  this  case  you  will 
see  that  his  diagnosis  was  founded  upon  the  color  of  the 
skin,  the  general  torpidness  of  the  body  and  the  coating 
of  the  tongue. 

The  next  case  was  still  less  difficult.  A  young  lady 
eighteen  yesLYs  old,  whose  face  at  once  would  explain  her 
symptoms,  for  she  had  a  pronounced  case  of  anaemia. 
The  doctor  immediately  told  her  disease  was  due  to  lack 
of  red  blood  corpuscles  in  the  blood;  that  her  menstrual 
periods  were  scanty  and  irregular;  that  her  heart  would 
palpitate  on  the  least  exertion ;  that  she  would  get  dizzy 
when  rising  from  a  recumbent  position,  etc. 

The  next  patient  was  a  lady  thirty-seven  years  old, 
mother  of  four  children ;  was  nearly  as  pale  and  anaemic 
as  the  former  patient.  The  doctor  examined  her  care- 
fully and  told  her  that  she  was  suffering  with  female 
troubles;  that  her  menses  were  too  profuse  and  appeared 
oftener  that  they  should ;  that  this  excessive  loss  of  blood 
would  not  allow  her  body  the  proper  nourishment,  and 
at  times  she  was  extremely  nervous  and  irritable ;  and  also 


THE  SPECIALIST.  29 

that  her  digestive  organs  were  feeble,  due  to  lack  of 
nourishment  from  the  excessive  loss  of  blood,  and  that 
like  the  former  anaemic  patient,  she  had  palpitation  of 
the  heart,  faintness,  etc.,  all  of  which  she  admitted  to  be 
true. 

After  the  patient  was  dismissed,  I  asked  the  doctor 
why  he  should  diagnose  her  disease  as  originating  in  the 
female  organs.  He  discussed  the  temperament  of  the 
patient ;  the  tissues  of  the  body  were  sleazy  in  texture 
and  would  readily  yield  to  the  congestion  in  the  parts 
during  the  menstruation,  and  owing  to  this  excessive  loss 
of  blood  would  naturally  bring  other  organs  into  sym- 
pathetic suffering. 

The  next  patient  was  a  man,  fifty-one  years  old,  who 
apparently  seemed  to  be  enjoying  the  best  of  health,  but, 
after  examining  the  tongue,  he  was  immediately  told  that 
he  had  dyspepsia.  The  tongue  had  a  heavy  white  coat, 
which  indicated  that  an  excessive  amount  of  acid  was 
being  secreted  by  the  stomach  and  that  he  would  have 
sour  eructations,  heart-burn,  occasionally,  pain  in  the  pit 
of  the  stomach  and  soreness  on  pressure,  etc. 

In  this  case  it  was  plain  to  see  that  the  tongue  told 
the  story. 

The  next  case  was  a  man  sixtj^-one  j'ears  old,  with 
rather  a  plethoric  temperament.  After  the  doctor  felt 
of  his  pulse,  he  at  once  advised  him  that  he  had  a  valvular 
disease  of  the  heart.  He  called  my  attention  to  the  re- 
ceding pulse  which  was  particularly  characteristic  with 
its  forcible  impulse,  Avhich  rapidly  declined ;  the  so-called 
"water-hammer''  pulse.  The  blood  vessels  throughout 
the  body  would  pulsate  so  that  they  Avere  visible  to  the 
eye.  The  use  of  the  stethoscope  showed  plainly  that 
the  patient  was  suffering  with  arotic  regurgitation. 

The  above  only  illustrate  a  small  number  of  cases  met 
with  and,  although  he  made  many  failures,  he  was  rea- 
sonably successful  in  the  majority  of  cases.  I  have  seen 
him  locate  diseased  organs  by  finding  a  sore  spot  on  the 
spinal  column,  and  relieve  pain  by  making  pressure  on 
this  spot  and  desensitizing  the  nerve  supply,  which  is  the 
method  used  by  the  osteopaths.       He  would  locate  rectal 


30 


THE  SPECIALIST. 


diseases  by  the  position  which  the  patient  sits  in  the  chair. 
Kidney  troubles  can  also  be  located  by  the  condition  of 
the  eye,  and  the  desire  of  the  patient  to  press  the  small 
of  his  back  upon  some  hard  substance.  The  "color  of  the 
skin  will  point  out  diseases  of  the  blood  and  liver;  the 
character  of  a  cough  will  locate  disease  of  the  throat, 
bronchial  tubes  or  lungs  by  its  volume. 

Acna  rosacea  is  not  always  due  to  the  use  of  alcohol, 
but  is  frequently  associated  with  disease  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels.  Falling  out  of  hair  is  also  connected  with 
diseases  of  the  kidneys.  Dark  circles  and  discolorations 
under  the  eyes  are  associated  with  disturbances  within 
the  pelvic  cavity,  female  diseases,  etc.  Masturbators 
and  those  who  indulge  in  sexual  excesses  can  often  be 
identified  by  the  sheepish  expression  of  their  faces. 
Notched  teeth  are  often  a  sympton  of  hereditary  syphilis, 
etc. 


Pain  in  the  form  of  reflex  headaches  is  one  of  the 
most  frequent  symptoms  referred  to.  The  accompanying 
diagram  given  by  the  late  Dr.  Nichloas  Senn,  will  illus- 
trate the  methods  in  which  many  diseases  of  the  internal 
organs  are  located  through  this  reflex  neurosis. 

A — Ache  around  eyes  and  nose,  indicates  trouble  with 
stomach,  eyes  and  nose. 

B — Ache  in  center  of  forehead  above  nose,  indicates 
constipation,  decayed  teeth,  errors  of  refraction. 

C — Ache  in  center  of  forehead  above  "B"  indicates 
trouble  with  nose  and  intestines. 


THE  SPECIALIST.  31 

D — Ache  over  each  eye,  indicates  stomach  trouble. 

E — Ache  or  tight  band-line  sensation  all  around 
head  above  eyes,  indicates  an  anemic  or  bloodless  condi- 
tion. 

F — Ache  in  upper  region  center  of  forehead  indicates 
nasal  catarrh  and  nasal  trouble. 

G — Ache  over  entire  top  of  head  indicates  uterine 
trouble,  debility,  anaemia,  stomach  and  bladder  origin. 

H — Ache  side  of  head  over  ear,  indicates  anaemia  or 
poor  blood. 

I — Ache  near  center  of  back  of  head  level  with  top 
of  ear,  indicates  diseases  of  the  eye. 

J — Ache  just  below  "I"  indicates  constipated  con- 
dition of  colon. 

K — Ache  just  back  of  ear,  indicates  mastoid  compli- 
cation. 

L — Ache  back  of  neck  at  base  of  brain,  indicates 
nervousness  and  spinal  irritation. 

M — Ache  a  little  to  one  side  and  below  "L"  indi- 
cates derangement  of  stomach  and  irritation  of  spine. 

The  late  Dr.  J.  K.  Scudder,  of  Cincinnati,  was  among 
the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  different  coatings  of  the 
tongue  and  their  relation  to  diseases  of  the  stomach, 
bowels  and  blood.  The  doctor  says,  "If  the  tongue  is 
heavil}'  coated  at  its  base  with  a  yellowish  white  fur,  we 
know  that  there  are  morbid  accumulations  in  the  stomach. 
If  the  tongue  is  uniformly  coated  from  base  to  tip  with  a 
yellowish  fur,  rather  full,  and  moist,  we  have  the  history 
of  atony  of  the  small  intestines.  If  the  tongue  is  elong- 
ated and  pointed,  red  at  tip  and  edges,  papillae  elongated 
and  red,  we  have  evidence  of  irritations  of  the  stomach 
with  deterioration  of  the  blood. 

"Again,  we  have  a  tongue  that  might  be  designated 
as  'slick'."  It  is  variously  colored,  but  it  looks  as  if  a 
fly  should  light  on  it  he  would  slip  up  and  break  his  neck. 
It  is  evidence  of  a  want  of  functional  power,  not  only  of 
the  stomach  and  the  bowels,  but  of  all  parts  supplied  by 
the  sympathetic  nerves. 

"The  tongue  tells  us  of  acidity  and  alkalinity  of  the 
blood  in  language  so  plain  that  it  cannot  be  mistaken. 


32  THE  SPECIALIST. 

The  pallid  tongue  with  white  fur  is  an  index  of  acidity  of 
the  stomach  and  blood,  and  it  is  surprising  to  note  how 
rapidly  these  conditions  can  be  cured  by  the  use  of  sul- 
phite of  soda.  A  deep  red  tongue  indicates  alkalinity 
and  is  readily  cured  by  the  employment  of  an  acid. 

"Impoverishment  of  the  blood  (sepsis)  is  indicated 
by  a  dirty  dark  colored  fur,  and  requires  a  treatment  that 
will  antagonize  this  septic  process." 

You  will  notice  that  this  "unruly  member"  alone 
tells  us  a  good  deal  and  by  careful  study  might  tell  us 
more.  It  is  with  these  objective  and  semi-objective  symp- 
toms, together  with  the  sense  of  touch,  that  these  spe- 
cialists become  familiar  and  use  as  a  foundation  for  their 
diagnosis.  Although  I  have  only  given  jou  a  rough 
sketch  of  the  subject  and  present  this  article  only  as  good 
material  for  thought,  hoping  that  it  may  prove  of  some 
assistance  to  you  in  locating  diseases  by  observation. 


THE  ETHICAL  SPECIALIST. 

We  find  that  medical  men,  even  of  this  description, 
often  like  to  see  their  names  in  print,  which  will  react 
to  a  financial  advantage  on  their  part,  but  these  men  dif- 
fer from  the  regular  advertisers  inasmuch  as  they  do 
not  pay  for  their  advertising.  There  is  hardly  an  edition 
of  a  local  paper  that  does  not  contain  an  account  of  the 
discovery  of  some  physician  or  the  dexterity  of  some 
surgeon  in  a  certain  operation. 

The  detailed  copy  was,  no  doubt,  handed  to  the  editor 
by  the  physician  himself,  with  a  request  that  it  should  be 
printed.  This,  of  course,  is  profitable  advertising  for 
the  practitioner,  but  the  editor  is  led  to  believe  that  the 
article  was  written  for  the  advancement  of  science. 

This  is  well  illustrated  in  the  world-wide  advertising 
which  Profs.  Koch  and  Brown-Sequard  have  received  out 
of  their  consumption  Ij^nph  and  the  "elixir  of  life."  Al- 
though they  were  only  scientific  bubbles,  the  advertis- 
ing these  gentlemen  received  has  had  much  to  do  in  bring- 
ing their  names  before  the  public. 

In  smaller  towns  local  items  of  births,  fractures,  etc., 
are  handed  to  the  editor  with  the  name  of  the  doctor  at- 


THE  SPECIALIST.  33 

taclied  as  being  the  attending  physician.  This  is  a  very 
judicious  way  of  advertising. 

I  remember  once  meeting  a  young  physician,  who 
has  just  located  in  a  small  city,  who  was  called  to  ad- 
just a  fracture.  The  papers  wished  to  encourage  the 
young  man  and  devoted  a  half  column  to  praising  his 
success.  He  afterwards  told  me  that  the  editorial  was 
instrumental  in  placing  several  cases  of  fracture  in  his 
hands  that  year. 

Accoucheurs  have  also  established  a  large  obstetric 
practice  by  having  their  names  published  in  connection 
with  births.  The  mention  of  a  physician's  name  in  con- 
nection with  any  case,  medical  or  surgical,  will  be  of 
more  or  less  advantage  to  the  physician  and  is  considered 
legitimate  advertising. 

Perhaps  the  most  dangerous  member  of  the  Medical 
Profession  is  the  ethical  medical  hypocrite.  We  can  have 
some  respect  for  the  bold  faced  advertiser,  as  he  makes 
no  pretentions  other  than  what  he  is,  but  the  tricks  prac- 
ticed by  many  physicians  under  the  cloak  of  ethics,  would 
make  man}^  advertising  physicians  hang  their  heads  in 
shame. 

I  once  employed  a  stenographer  who  formerly  was  in 
the  employ  of  a  surgeon  who  was  the  shining  light  of  the 
community.  From  this  source  I  learned  many  of  his 
business  tactics,  which  will  outstrip  the  methods  of  the 
low^est  forms  of  quackery.  This  surgeon's  principle  ob- 
ject was  money  making,  and  it  made  no  difference  from 
what  source.  A  lady  wrote  to  him  that  she  was  afflicted 
with  uterine  cancer ;  he  advised  her  that  he  could  cure  her 
by  undergoing  an  operation  and  removing  the  organs. 
The  fee  asked  was  $200.00;  she  replied  the  only  posses- 
sions she  had  in  the  world  to  secure  money  was  to  sell 
her  cow  and  piano,  which  she  w^as  advised  to  do.  She 
finally  secured  $90.00  and  her  hospital  fees ;  she  entered 
the  hospital  with  the  understanding  that  she  was  to  have 
her  uterus  and  ovaries  removed,  but  instead  the  surgeon 
simplj^  curetted  the  ulcerated  surface.  She  left  the  hos- 
pital at  the  end  of  a  week,  thinking  she  had  departed  with 
her  diseased  organs.    She  continued  to  menstruate,  which 


34  TME  SPECIALIST. 

created  much  suspicion.  She  finally  consulted  another 
physician,  who  told  her  she  was  still  in  possession  of  both 
her  organs  and  disease.  The  patient  finally  died.  But 
the  brother  still  preserves  the  organs,  pending  legal  ac- 
tion against  the  surgeon  for  mistrust. 

Another  well  to  do  patient  wrote  this  surgeon  regard- 
ing her  case  and  the  cost  of  an  operation.  He  replied, 
''The  price  of  the  operation  w411  be  $400.00;  if  jon  are 
a  pauper  I  will  charge  you  only  $100.00."  It  was  a  ques- 
tion in  this  case  whether  or  not  one  could  admit  being  a 
pauper  for  $300.00.  I  do  not  wish  to  be  understood  as 
entertaining  pessimistic  ideas  regarding  the  ethical  sur- 
geon or  specialist,  for  as  a  general  rule  they  are  noble, 
conscientious  and  charitable  practitioners,  but  occasional- 
ly we  find  one  whose  trickiness  surpasses  that  of  the  regu- 
lar advertiser,  still  he  is  protected  under  the  wings  of 
ethics.  Of  all  the  specialities,  those  which  incorporate 
surgery  in  its  different  branches  are  the  most  compensa- 
tive. The  shrewd  and  unscrupulous  physician  realizes 
this  after  he  has  been  in  practice  but  few  years  and  never 
allows  an  opportunity  to  pass  where  an  operation  can  be 
justly  (or  perhaps,  unjustly),  performed.  You  will  ob- 
serve that  as  a  rule  specialists  who  have  the  largest  in- 
come are  classed  as  surgeons  or  are  practicing  some  spe- 
ciality involving  some  of  its  branches.  This  often  has  a 
tendency  to  produce  a  narrower  type  of  medical  men  by 
exaggerating  the  minute  and  advising  operations  when 
unnecessary.  When  you  hear  of  a  physician  repeatedly 
sajdng,  "he  just  arrived  in  time  to  save  her  life,  or  an 
operation  will  be  absolutely  necessary,"  he  can  general- 
ly be  regarded  as  a  medical  or  surgical  "grafter." 

THE  OFFICE  SPECIALIST. 

I  fully  realize  that  most  physicians  do  not  care  to 
advertise,  and  as  I  have  previously  stated,  I  do  not  wish 
to  be  understood  as  advocating  the  practice,  but  owing 
to  the  purpose  of  this  book  I  thought  it  would  not  be  out 
of  place  to  briefly  outline  some  of  the  methods  of  medical 
advertising,  which  are  in  use  at  the  present  day.  With 
justice  to  all  and  malice  toward  none,  we  have  now  come 


THE  SPECIALIST.  35 

to  the  point  where  we  can  consider  one  of  the  most  great- 
ly negh'cted  feature  of  a  general  practitioner's  work — 
office  practice  and  office  specialties. 

Of  all  the  professions,  the  Medical  Profession  is  the 
most  over  crowded,  and  still  our  155  Medical  Colleges  are 
turning  out  Physicians  at  the  rate  of  about  6,000  a  year. 

Referring  to  Polk's  directory,  we  find  there  are  over 
135,000  phj^sicians  in  the  United  States,  which,  according 
to  the  population,  makes  one  physician  to  every  655  in- 
habitants, w^ith  an  average  income  of.  about  $1,000.00  a 
year,  or  $2.73  a  day,  which  is  about  equal  to  ordinary  skill- 
ed labor.  There  are  thousands  of  learned  and  skillful  phy- 
sicians in  ,the  United  States  who  scarcely  make  a  living 
and  there  is  no  profession  in  the  Avorld  which  has  so 
many  side  issues  as  medicine,  and  the  general  practitioner 
finds  as  competitors  all  kinds  of  speculative  medical  philo- 
sophers. When  we  stop  to  think  that  there  are  over  one 
million  Christian  scientists,  to  say  nothing  of  the  various 
healers,  hypnotists,  mind  curers,  self  inspired  medical 
pretenders,  patient  medicines,  etc.,  on  the  illegitimate 
side,  while  in  legitimate  medicine  our  cities  are  crowded 
with  free  clinics,  dispensaries,  hospitals,  etc.,  which  are 
visited  by  many  people,  who  are  perfectly  able  to  pay 
for  their  medical  services. 

It  is  rather  discouraging  for  the  young  physician 
w^ho  has  spent  four  3^ears  in  medical  college  and  several 
hundred  dollars,  to  confront  the  world  with  a  laborious 
profession,  which  does  not  offer  him  a  yearly  income 
much  greater  than  ordinary  labor.  The  question  arises, 
what  can  be  done  to  make  the  practice  of  medicine  re- 
munerative in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  skill  required, 
capital  and  time  expended  in  obtaining  the  knowledge? 
It  has  been  said  that  this  is  the  age  of  specialists,  which 
is  quite  true,  and  with  this  w^e  find  the  general  practi 
tioner  leaning  towards  a  tendenc}^  to  become  sort  of  a 
general  advisor  and  distributing  agent,  we  find  him  send- 
ing  his  surgical  patients  to  the  surgeon,  female  patients 
to  the  gynaecologist,  eye  patients  to  the  occulist,  ear  pa- 
tients  to  the  aurist,  and  throat  and  nose  patients  to  the 
larjmgologist,  etc.      While  this  is  often  advisable  in  many 


36 


THE  SPECIALIST. 


cases  they  could  often  receive  as  effective  treatment  in 
his  hands  if  he  would  provide  himself  with  the  proper 
instruments  and  equipment  to  treat  them  and  thus  re- 
ceive the  credit  of  curing  them.  If  there  is  any  credit  or 
glory  in  the  practice  of  medicine  he  will  keep  it  within 
his  bounds.  The  physician  who  walks  the  street  with  his 
office  in  his  hat  and  depends  upon  writing  prescriptions 


In  these  days  of  rapid  progress  the  inventive  g-enius  of  expert  me- 
chanif's  and  the  requirements  of  a  progressive  profession,  have  developed 
the  "PERFECTION"  tables  to  the  highest  point  in  efficiency.  This  table 
meets  every  requirement  of  the  profession,  which  can  be  embodied  in  one 
simple  and  accurately  acting  piece  of  furniture  and  is  presented  in  its 
complete  design  with  the  best  quality  of  construction  and  finish.  Every 
position  is  instantly  and  easily  obtained  without  jar  or  vibration  and  with 
absolute  rigidity. 

These  tables  are  made  in  any  wood  and  finish  desired  at  prices  from 
$60.00  up  by  THE  PERFECTION  CHAIR  CO.,  Inc.,  923  E.  Pratt  St., 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 

and  visiting  the  bedside  of  the  sick  for  one  dollar  a  visit, 
is  generally  a  physician  who  is  always  financially  em- 
barrassed ;  while  on  the  other  hand,  we  find  the  physician 
who  has  a  well  equipped  and  regulated  office,  with  a 
working  library  and  endeavoring  to  keep  abreast  with  the 
times  by  subscribing  for  the  leading  medical  journals  and 
providing  himself  with  suitable  instruments,  we  find  a 
physician  who  is  progressive  and  prosperous  and  who 
no  doubt  is  receiving  the  cream  of  the  medical  practice, 
which  he  justly  deserves,  for  he  is  better  able  to  combat 
with  disease,  as  he  has  every  modern  appliance  at  hand 
for  the  benefit  of  his  patients.  This  brings  us  up  to  the 
point  of  what  may  be  considered  a  properly  equipped 
office  and  what  is  the  best  way  to  make  the  practice  of 
medicine  remunerative  in  a  legitimate  ethical  way.  This 
depends  upon  two  things,  a  reasonable   amount  of  tact 


THE  SPECIALIST.  87 

and  skill  and  a  proper  office  equipment,  and  utilizing  of- 
fice specialties  which  has  formerly  been  monopolized  by 
other  specialists. 

In  the  following-  chapters  we  will  endeavor  to  give 
the   details   of  several   specialties,   many   of   which   have 


REVOL'^^XG    C03IBIXATI0N   INSTRUMENT   &  DISPENSING    CABINTET. 

In  this  progressive  age  the  great  science  of  medicine,  assisted  by  the 
science  of  pharmacy,  has  developed  dispensing  from  the  crude  to  the 
more    concentrated    forms    of    exact    dosage. 

The  progressive  physician  keeps  pace  with  all  improvements  in  his 
profession.  These  improvements  make  a  demand  for  improved  appliances 
of  office  furniture,  among  which  an  instrument  cabinet  and  dispensing 
case  are  imperative. 

To  meet  this  demand  THE  PERFECTION  CHAIR  CO.,  Indianapolis, 
Ind..  have  succeeded  in  combining  in  the  most  compact  and  highly  fin- 
ished form  a  Combination  Instrument  and  Dispensing  Cabinet.  It  is  26 
inches  square,  54  inches  high,  four  sided  and  full  of  just  such  compart- 
ments as  needed.  It  contains  on  the  side  not  shown  in  the  above  illus- 
tration, a  case  of  shelves  for  medicines  and  standard  packages,  and  draw- 
ers, two  very  convenient  extension  shelves,  two  compartments  as  shown 
above  for  batterj',  pitcher  or  bowl  and  a  surgical  instrument  case  with 
two  shelves.  The  whole  cabinet  revolves  on  a  base  hidden  from  view,  and 
that  base  on  double  roller  anti-friction  casters;  hence  can  be  easily 
moved  or  can  be  revolved  easily  to  bring  any  side  to  the  front. 

These  cabinets  are  made  in  anj'  wood  or  fini.sh  desired.  Prices  from 
$37.50   up. 

made  fame  and  fortune  for  their  promoters,  and  can  be  as 
successfully  used  today  as  ever  before,  but  in  order  to 


38  TI-IE  SPECIALIST. 

siiccessfull}^  conduct  that  much  neglected  part  of  the  gen- 
eral practitioner's  work — office  practice — requires  the  ex- 
penditure of  a  small  sum  of  money  for  equipment,  the 
more  extensive  the  equipment,  the  greater  his  success  and 
income. 

If  a  physician  were  to  enter  any  commercial  business, 
one  thousand  dollars  would  be  a  very  small  capital  to 
commence  with.  By  appropriating  this  amount  for  the 
purpose  of  an  office  equipment  which  will  assist  him  in 
his  life  work,  he  can  have  nearly  every  modern  appliance 
and  instrument  in  present  use,  and  is  far  better  able  to 
meet  the  demands  of  the  public  and  cure  diseases  than 
the  physician  who  confines  his  stock  in  trade  within  the 
walls  of  his  cranium.  There  is  no  other  way  in  the  world 
which  Avill  give  a  physician  as  much  prestige  and  patron- 
age as  to  conduct  a  small  private  sanitarium,  or  equip  a 
suitable  suite  of  offices  with  all  modern  appliances.  I 
have  seen  this  plan  of  properly  equipping  offices  carried 
out  on  several  occasions  and  in  every  instance  the  plan 
has  been  sufficiently  remunerative  to  justify  the  extra 
expenditure  in  securing  the  equipment.  Nearly  every 
physician  who  has  adopted  this  plan  will  tell  you  that  his 
increased  income  for  the  first  six  months  has  paid  for  his 
complete  outfit.  It  requires  considerable  room  to  equip 
offices  of  this  kind  and  a  good,  modern,  centrally  located 
house,  or  a  flat  over  some  store  is  best  suited  for  the  pur- 
pose. The  sanitarium,  or  office,  as  you  choose  to  call  it, 
should  have  a  finely  furnished  reception  room.  Physi- 
cians as  a  rule,  do  not  appreciate  the  value  of  a  well  fur- 
nished reception  and  consultation  room,  which  has  much 
to  do  in  favorably  impressing  patients  regarding  the 
prosperity  and  refinement  of  your  institution  of  business. 

You  should  also  have  an  electrical  room,  containing 
all  modern  electrical  apparatus,  a  static  machine,  an 
X-ray  outfit,  a  galvanic  and  faradic  cabinet,  etc.  Baths 
of  every  description  can  be  added  at  very  little  expense 
and  are  very  profitable.  I  know  of  one  physician  in  this 
city  whose  income  is  over  six  thousand  dollars  a  year 
from  baths  alone,  who  is  using  the  same  bath  apparatus 
and  methods  given  in  another  chapter  in  this  book.    Other 


TTTK  SPEPIAl/rsn'.  39 

I'ooms  should  be  equipi)etl  with  n  compressed  air  outfit, 
for  throat  and  nose  Avork,  vil)rfitory  massage,  etc.  Other 
appliances  can  be  added  as  you  desire.  This  will  give 
yon  a  decidedly  np-to-date  office,  and  T  dare  say  there  is 
not  another  office  anywhere  near  you  which  is  prepared 
to  offer  the  treatment  for  diseases  you  are  able  to  supply. 
I  have  been  a  ver}-  close  observer  of  this  method  of  con- 
ducting offices  and  sanitariums,  as  they  are  frequently 
called,  and  I  have  never  known  of  a  failure  where  there 
was  a  reasonable  amount  of  energy  back  of  them. 

I  know  of  no  other  field  which  offers  the  general 
practitioner  as  great  a  prestige  or  a  richer  financial  har- 
vest than  a  well  equipped  office  outlined  above.  This  in- 
stitution requires  no  advertising  and  can  be  conducted  in 
a  strictly  ethical  and  legitimate  way,  for  "by  their  work 
ye  shall  know  them."  Many  physicians  are  conducting 
these  offices  in  small  towns  on  a  profitable  basis.  I  re,- 
cently  met  a  physician  Avho  resided  in  a  hamlet  of  only 
six  hundred  inhabitants,  who  stated  he  increased  his  busi- 
ness two  thousand  dollars  the  first  year  after  adding  the 
equipment.  In  selecting  a  location,  however,  it  is  best 
to  establish  yourself  in  a  city  of  at  least  ten  thousand  in- 
habitants. 

In  the  following  pages  I  will  outline  several  special- 
ties and  methods  of  treatment  which  will  be  of  much  ser- 
vice in  establishing  an  office  practice. 

"Go    to    the    pillow    of    disease 

When    night    brings   no   repose. 

And   on    the   cheek   where   sickness   preys 

Bid    health    to    plant    a    rose." 


40  BATHS. 


The  Balneotherapeutic 
SpeciahsR: 


BATHS. 


In  this  chapter  may  be  outlined  the  value  of  hot,  cold, 
warm  water,  steam,  medicated  vapor,  superheated  air, 
sand,  mud  and  electric  baths,  also  the  value  of  friction  and 
massage,  drinking  water,  etc.,  as  therapeutic  agents.  The 
earliest  history  has  given  facts  that  baths  have  always 
been  an  important  feature  in  the  healing  art,  and  bath  in- 
stitutions were  established  long  before  the  birth  of  hos- 
pitals and  sanitariums.  Romans  served  their  armies  with 
all  the  advantages  of  the  bath  and  wherever  their  armies 
were  stationed  elaborate  bath  institutions  were  founded, 
which  had  no  doubt  much  to  do  with  the  physical  superior- 
ity of  the  nation.  During  the  reign  of  Tiberius,  from  14 
to  37  A.  D.,  there  were  nearly  nine  hundred  public  and 
private  baths  in  Eome  alone,  and  no  Villa  was  considered 
properly  furnished  unless  provided  with  suitable  bath 
apartments.  Many  of  these  were  the  grandest  construc- 
tions that  architectural  genius  has  ever  created.  The  Au- 
gustan age  was  an  epoch  conspicuous  for  the  development 
of  sanitary  measures  for  the  promotion  of  public  health 
and  officers  of  high  dignity  were  appointed  for  the  man- 
agement of  these  establishments.  The  magnitude  and  gi- 
gantic proportions  of  some  of  these  establishments  is  al- 
most beyond  comprehension,  the  era  embraced  by  one  of 
these  immense  establishments  was  equal  to  the  space  oc- 
cupied by  twenty-five  ordinary  city  blocks.  There  were 
no  less  than  eleven  similar  institutions  in  one  city,  some 
of  them  covering  a  space  of  one  square  mile,  and  accom- 
modating 18,000  bathers  at  one  time. 


feA^THS.  41 

During  the  excavation  of  Pompeii,  in  the  years  of  1824 
and  1825,  many  public  baths  were  opened  in  a  good  state 
of  preservation.  It  is  my  belief  that  if  some  of  the  mod- 
ern philanthropists  who  wish  to  immortalize  themselves  by 
l)uilding  public  libraries,  etc.,  for  their  monuments,  would 
l)uild  public  bath  establishments,  their  efforts  would  be 
better  appreciated,  as  the  former  is  only  a  luxury  for  the 
few,  while  the  latter  is  a  necessity  for  the  many.  Most 
sanitariums  of  the  present  day  have  well  equipped  bath 
accommodations.  Many  of  these  institutions  are  located 
near  Mineral  Springs,  where  their  principal  drawing  fea- 
ture is  in  extolling  the  virtue  and  healing  properties  of  the 
water,  and  thus  we  learn  how  the  Warren  Springs,  Ind., 
mud  baths  were  discovered  by  a  laborer,  who  was  cured 
of  rheumatism  while  excavating  for  a  ditch.  Since  then 
thousands  have  been  burying  their  anatomy  with  the  same 
results.  It  is  also  handed  down  in  history  that  the  famous 
Bethesda  Springs,  located  at  Waukesha,  Wis.,  was  acci- 
dentally discovered  by  a  well  known  gentleman  who  was 
cured  of  diabetes  by  drinking  the  water,.  Similar  history 
is  generally  connected  with  most  watering  places  and  min- 
eral springs  in  both  this  country  and  abroad,  where 
thousands  of  people  go  every  year  to  wash  out  their  ills. 

Although  a  large  number  of  sanitariums  are  located 
at  these  watering  places,  it  is  not  necessary  to  be  estab- 
lished near  a  mineral  spring  to  derive  all  the  benefits  ob- 
tained from  baths.  With  a  very  little  outlay  of  money,  any 
physician  can  incorporate  baths  with  his  armamentarium 
with  equal  results  and  receive  large  financial  returns. 

THE  EQUIPMENT. 

The  equipment  required  to  conduct  a  bath  establish- 
ment can  be  secured  at  prices  ranging  from  fifty  to  sev- 
eral thousand  dollars.  The  four  essential  things  required 
is  water,  a  bathtub,  a  bath  cabinet  and  a  massage  table. 
Realizing  the  fact  that  many  physicians  live  in  places 
where  they  have  no  waterworks,  the  equipment  can  be 
arranged  independent  of  this  privilege,  with  an  outlay 
of  capital  amounting  to  a  very  few  dollars ;  by  securing 


42 


BATHS. 


a  portable  folding  bath  tub  and  heater  complete,  a  bath 
cabinet,  and  an  opoi-ating  table,  Avhich  can  be  used  for 
massage.      With  this  equipment  and  whatever  accessories 


PORTABLE    BATH    TUB — FREiNCH    PATTERN. 

you  require,  you  are  prepared  to  administer  nearly  every 
kind  of  bath  in  present  use.  If  yonr  bath  patronage  is 
very  extensive,  you  should  have  four  rooms,  two  for 
ladies  and  two  for  gentlemen,  although  the  entire  bath 
can  be  conducted  in  one  room,  but  to  save  time,  you 
should  have  a  drying  room  for  both  ladies  and  gentlemen 
where  they  may  rest  after  the  bath  and  their  bodies  have 
the  proper  reaction  to  resist  the  prevailing  atmospheric 
temperature. 


BATHS. 

Is  the  exposure  of  the  body  by  immersion  or  other- 
wise to  some  medium  to  which  it  is  unaccustomed,  or 
else  one  to  which  it  is  accustomed,  but  is  applied  in  an 


BATHS.  4r?, 

unusual  manner;  therefore,  we  may  take  baths  in  air, 
water,  mud,  vapor,  and  medicated  air,  superheated  dry 
air,  etc.,  either  for  the  purpose  of  cleanliness  or  medi- 
cation. Baths  taken  in  water,  mud  and  sand  have  a  range 
of  temperature  from  32  to  120  degrees  F.,  according  to 
the  eifect  we  desire  to  obtain/  The  temperature  of  baths 
are  divided  as  folloAvs:  Cold  baths  32  to  60  degrees,  F., 
Cool  baths  range  from  60  to  70  degrees  F.  Temperate 
from  85  to  92  degrees  F.  Tepid,  92  to  98  degrees  F. 
Warm  baths  have  a  temperature  of  98  degrees  F.  Above 
til  is  thev  are  considered  hot. 


COLD  BATHS. 

may  be  had  either  in  the  sea,  stream  or  bath  tub,  the 
former  offers  no  advantage  over  the  latter,  other  than 
the  motion  of  the  water  and  the  proportion  of  salt  the 
sea  water  contains,  which  varies  at  different  points.  An 
artificial  sea  bath  may  be  obtained  by  adding  five  pounds 
of  common  salt  to  30  gallons  of  water,  which  adds  much 
to  the  pleasure  and  stimulating  effect  of  the  bath.  Cold 
baths  should  only  be  given  to  the  robust,  as  they  cause 
contraction  of  the  external  capillaries  with  a  reduction 
of  the  external  and  a  primary  increase  of  the  internal  tem- 
perature, therefore  should  be  avoided  by  patients  suffer- 
ing with  heart  disease,  and  those  with  a  tendency  to  in- 
ternal hemorrhage,  also  emaciated,  anaemic  and  conval- 
escent people.  Cold  baths  are  given  for  their  tonic 
and  stimulating  effect  and  to  reduce  the  temperature  in 
fevers;  they  are  used  by  athletes  as  a  "hardening  pro- 
cess," to  develop  muscle  and  to  render  the  body  less  sus- 
ceptible to  atmospheric  changes,  they  are  also  beneficial 
in  neurasthenia,  insomnia  and  scrofula ;  they  seem  to  in- 
crease the  weight  in  thin,  and  decrease  the  weight  in 
fleshy  people ;  the  appetite  is  increased  and  general  ani- 
mation of  the  body  is  experienced  after  a  cold  plunge 
bath,  which  is  best  taken  immediately  on  rising  while 
the  body  is  warm.  After  the  bath  the  body  should  be 
rubbed  with  a  harsh  towel  until  the  blood  returns  to  the 
surface,  which  gives  the  skin  a  fine  glow  and  is  very  in- 


vigorating  and  refreshing.  The  cool  bath  has  a  similar 
effect  in  a  less  degree  and  is  the  proper  one  for  infants, 
the  weak  and  aged,  where  the  tonic  effect  is  desired. 
Before  immerging,  the  head  and  face  should  be  dampened 
with  water  of  an  equal  temperature. 


^  THE  HOT  OR  TEMPERATE  BATH. 

or  a  bath  in  liquid  about  the  same  temperature  as  the 
body,  has  a  larger  field  of  usefulness  than  all  other  baths 
combined.  This  bath  has  no  marked  effect  upon  the  tem- 
perature of  the  body,  which  remains  about  normal.  A 
bath  with  the  temperature  varying  from  103  F.  to  110  F., 
acts  as  an  antiphlogistic  and  analgesic,  and  is  particu- 
larly advantageous  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia,  mus- 
cular and  articular  rheumatism,  convulsion,  hysterical 
and  maniacal  excitement.  It  also  hastens  the  appearance 
of  the  rash  in  measles  and  other  eruptive  fevers.  It  may 
be  used  to  an  advantage  in  many  external  and  internal  in- 
flammations. These  baths  have  both  a  local  and  general 
sedative  effect  in  dysmenorrhoea,  cystitis,  vesical,  spasms, 
and  relieve  the  tension  in  strangulated  hernia;  they  also 
sustain  the  animal  heat  and  relieve  depression  in  cholera, 
dysentery  and  many  other  morbid  conditions.  Very  hot 
baths  should  be  administered  carefully  and  of  not  too 
long  duration,  as  prolonged  baths  are  generally  followed 
by  considerable  debility  and  muscular  lassitude.  They 
should  be  particularly  avoided  in  heart  disease  and  dia- 
betes. A  hot  or  cold  graduated  bath  may  be  had  by  add- 
ing hot  or  cold  water  to  the  bath  water  at  98  degrees  F. 
until  the  degree  desired  is  reached,  thus  avoiding  the  im- 
mediate shock  of  either  the  hot  or  cold  water. 


MEDICATIONS  FOR  BATHS. 

The  following  formulae  for  the  more  commonly  em- 
ployed medicated  baths  used  in  diseases  of  the  skin,  etc., 
are  as  follows : 


BATHS.  45 

THE  ACID  BATH. 

I^     Acid  nitric  fort   1%  oz. 

Acid  hydrochloric  fort 1      oz. 

Aqua   30  gal. 

These  baths  are  employed  in  pruritus  urticaria  and 
papular  eczema. 

THE  ALKALINE  BATH. 

J^     Soda  carb    3  oz. 

Potassium   carb    4  oz. 

Borax  pulv   2  oz. 

Use  one  of  these  powders  for  30  gallons  of  bath  water, 
with  one-half  pound  of  starch  employed  in  acute  eczoma 
ichthyosis  psoriasis  erythema  and  urticaria. 

THE  CREASOTE  BATH. 

^     Creasote    2  dr. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Aqua    30  gal. 

MERCURY  BATH. 

1>     Hydrarg.  chlor.  corrosive   45      gr. 

Ammonium  chloride   2%  dr. 

Aqua    2%  oz. 

This  solution  is  to  be  poured  into  30  gallons  of  bath 
water,  is  used  in  pruritus  parasitic  skin  diseases  and 
syphilis.  Great  care  should  be  taken  in  this  bath  and 
avoid  the  water  from  coming  in  contact  with  the  eyes  or 
mouth. 

TAN  AND  TAR  BATHS. 

Tar  baths  are  employed  by  rubbing  the  diseased 
patches  with  tar,  and  then  removing  the  tar  by  the  or- 
dinary bath.  This  bath  was  much  employed  by  the  late 
Professor  Hebra  in  psoriasis.  Tan  baths  contain  a  hand- 
ful of  fresh  tan  bark  in  each  bath.  This  has  been  re- 
commended for  purpura. 


46  BATHS. 

MUD  AND  SAND  BATHS. 

Are  also  sometimes  called  Moor  baths,  antiphlogistic 
baths,  and  lava  baths.  They  are  of  ancient  origin  and 
have  recently  become  popular  through  the  advertising  ef- 
forts of  the  Sanitarium  located  at  Warren  Springs,  Ind. 
They  consist  in  burying  the  entire  body,  except  the  head, 
in  mud  mixed  with  mineral  or  common  water  until  it 
assumes  the  consistency  of  the  homogeneous  mass.  These 
baths  can  be  given  either  in  a  bath  tub  or  on  a  large 
table  with  elevated  edges.  The  mud  should  be  sifted 
and  devoid  of  all  coarseness  before  mixing  with  the  water ; 
the  body  is  then  packed  in  this  substance  thoroughly. 
These  baths  can  be  given  in  a  higher  degree  of  heat  than 
ordinary  water.  The  friction  and  heat  from  these  baths 
is  very  stimulating  to  the  skin  and  seems  to  have  the 
power  of  eliminating  many  substances  from  the  body, 
hence  the  term,  "antiphlogistic."  These  baths  are  of 
special  value  in  skin  diseases,  rheumatism,  neuralgia, 
syphilis,  diabetes  and  chronic  exudations  and  indurations 
in  the  pelvic  cavity,  and  are  also  useful  in  peripheral 
paralysis,  contracted  muscular  ankylosis,  etc.  Baths  of 
this  description  can  be  successfully  conducted  at  any 
place. 

I  recently  visited  a  physician  who  was  conducting  a 
very  successful  and  prosperous  Sanitarium,  and  although 
he  was  not  located  near  a  Mineral  Springs,  he  adminis- 
tered nearly  every  bath  utilized  at  the  more  fashionable 
watering  health  resorts. 

For  the  simple  mud  bath,  he  used  a  good  quality  of 
blue  clay,  which  he  secured  from  a  neighboring  town,  in 
car  load  lots.  His  patients  were  led  to  believe,  however, 
that  the  clay  was  imported  from  a  long  distance  and 
looked  upon  this  earth  very  mysteriously,  as  being  the 
panacea  for  all  ills.  Aside  from  the  simple  mud  baths 
he  made  a  great  "advertising  hit"  with  his  sulphur,  and 
what  is  termed  "sulpho-lava"  baths.  Most  invalids  who 
visit  health  resorts  expect  an  odor  of  some  obnoxious 
healing  water,  and  he  successfully  covered  this  point 
with  the  following  fluid ; 


BATHS.  47 

ARTIFICIAL  SULPHUR  BATHS. 

are  generally  obtained  by  adding  one  or  two  ounces  of 
sulphurated  potassa  in  forty  gallons  of  water.  The  fol- 
lowing, however,  is  the  one  used  at  this  institution : 

R     Sulphurated  potassa  or  soda   I/2  o^- 

Sodium   bicarbonate    1  oz. 

Sodium  chloride    60  gr. 

Castile  soap  shavings   30  gr. 

Alum    30  gr. 

Calcium   carbonate    30  gr. 

Water    1  gal. 

Mix  and  boil,  stirring  with  a  wooden  rod  until 
thoroughly  dissolved.  This  gives  off  an  odor  of  sul- 
phureted  hydrogen,  which  has  the  characteristic  odor  of 
most  sulphur  mineral  waters.  This  solution  is  added  to 
forty  gallons  of  water  for  the  bath.  The  most  popular 
l:>ath   o-iven   at  this  institution.  hoAvever.  was   called  the 


SULPHO-LAVA  BATH. 

It  was  this  bath  which  gave  this  Sanitarium  its  great- 
est reputation.  The  bath  was  a  mixture  of  the  above  so- 
lution, with  the  blue  clay  and  an  addition  of  sufficient 
water  to  make  the  mud  the  consistency  of  plastering 
mortor.  The  patient  was  placed  upon  a  massage  table 
with  elevated  edges,  and  completely  covered  (except  the 
head)  with  this  mixture.  During  the  bath  the  patient 
was  constantly  massaged  by  kneeding  and  rotating  the 
muscles  from  head  to  foot.  This  might  seem  rather 
ludicrous  to  one  who  is  unfamiliar  with  baths,  but  as  it 
was,  it  was  ver^^  curative  in  its  eft'ects  in  many  cases,  and 
when  patients  left  the  institution  they  would  ever  sound 
the  praises  of  Sulpho-Lava  baths. 


4S  BATHS. 

SAND  BATHS. 

Are  given  in  a  similar  way  to  the  mud  baths  by 
completely  covering  the  body  with  the  sand.  There  is  no 
place  in  the  world  in  which  sand  baths  are  taken  in  the 
natural  state  so  extensively  as  at  Atlantic  City.  You  can 
stroll  along  the  ''Board  Walk"  for  miles  and  see  people 
burying  their  anatomy  in  sand.  Most  of  the  bathers  take 
these  baths  for  pleasure,  while  others  claim  they  derive 
much  benefit  from  the  practice.  On  a  recent  visit  to  this 
resort  I  counted  no  less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty,  fat 
and  lean,  rich  and  poor,  awkward  and  indifferent,  isola- 
ted in  a  place  back  of  the  "Board  Walk"  not  over  eight 
rods  square. 


HOT  AIR  AND  VAPOR  BATHS. 

Are  also  called  Turkish,  Roman  and  Russian  baths.  These 
baths  are  best  administered  in  a  bath  cabinet  where  the 
entire  body  is  concealed  (except  the  head)  which  is  al- 
lowed to  protrude  through  an  opening,  with  a  tight-fitting 
cover  around  the  neck.  There  are  several  cabinets  on  the 
market,  which  can  be  secured  at  prices  ranging  from  $5.00 
to  $100.00.  The  accompanying  cuts  illustrate  the  bath 
chair  and  hot  air  apparatus,  the  two  styles  which  are  the 
most  frequently  used  in  hospitals,  sanitariums  and  habi- 
tue institutes.  The  super-heated  air  and  vapor  baths  are 
indispensable  as  a  "boiling  out"  process  for  the  elimina- 
tion of  the  poisonous  elements  of  many  diseases.  The 
smaller  cabinet,  although  not  as  impressive,  is  equally  as 
serviceable  in  many  cases  and  has  the  advantage  that  med- 
icated vapor  can  be  obtained  by  placing  the  medicated  so- 
lution in  a  receptacle  over  a  heater.  These  two  cabinets 
should  be  added  to  a  physician's  equipment  to  make  it 
complete. 

The  use  of  vapor  baths  to  aid  the  penetration  of  me- 
dicinal substances  is  well  known  in  the  treatment  of 
syphilis  by  the  use  of  the  mercurial  vapor  bath.  While 
the  body  is  immerged  in  the  mercurial  vapor  bath,  it  not 


BATHS. 


49 


only  eliminates  the  syphilitic  virus,  but  we  get  the  con- 
stitutional effect  of  the  mercury.  This  is  also  true  with 
many  skin  diseases,  where  sulphur  and  its  compounds  are 
chiefly  used.  A  higher  temperature  can  be  tolerated  in 
hot  air  than  in  vapor;  by  wrapping  the  patient  in  robes 
a  temperature  as  high  as  five  hundred  degrees  F.  can  be 
reached.  If  the  body  is  naked,  however,  it  cannot  stand 
this  degree  of  heat.  In  giving  these  baths  the  heat  should 
be  admitted  gradually,  and  when  a  sufficient  degree  of 
heat  has  been  reached  to  produce  profuse  perspiration  or 


THE    TURKISH    BATH    CABINET. 


the  bath  feels  uncomfortable  it  should  be  modified  or  dis- 
continued. These  baths  should  not  be  of  longer  duration 
than  twenty  or  thirty  minutes.  The  patient  is  allowed  all 
the  water  to  drink  he  desires,  and  to  prevent  cerebral  con- 
gestion, the  head  should  be  wrapped  in  cold  cloths ;  the 
pulse  should  also  be  watched  carefully,  and  never  allowed 
to  exceed  125  pulsations  per  minute.  By  the  use  of  the 
apparatus  these  baths  may  be  localized  to  any    diseased 


50 


13A.THS. 


part  of  the  body,  as  the  arm,  leg,  back,  etc,  where  we  wish 
the  specific  effect  of  superheated  air  to  cure  certain  organs 
and  conditions.  Superheated  air,  vapor  and  medicated 
baths  will  unquestionably  cure  many  diseases  where  other 
medications  are  a  total  failure.  They  are  of  special  value 
in  the  treatment  of  kidney  diseases,  rheumatism,  gout, 
obesity,  and  as  an  eliminative  process  in  the  treatment  of 
syphilis,  malaria,  lead  and  other  metallic  poisons,  alcohol- 
ism and  the  drug  habits,  colds  and  certain  forms  of  insom- 
nia are  also  rapidly  cured.    In  some  instances  it  is  a  good 


SUPERHEATED    AIR    BATH    APPARATUS. 


plan  to  follow  these  baths  with  a  hot  water  or  shower  bath, 
which  can  be  gradually  cooled  as  desired. 

Drs.  Skinner,  Sterrett  and  others  have  made  micro- 
scopic and  chemical  observations  with  patients  taking  hot 
air  baths,  with  the  following  results :  Both  the  white  and 
red  blood  corpuscles  are  greatly  increased.  The  quantity 
of  urine  passed  for  twenty-four  hours  following  the  bath 
is  increased  from  twenty-five  to  one  hundred  per  cent,  as 
is  also  the  excretion  of  urea. 

Dr.  Skinner  in  his  excellent  little  book  "The  Thera- 


BATHS.  51 

peutics  of  Dry  Hot  Air,"  says:  "When  we  consider  the 
large  number  of  pathologic  conditions  in  which  the  recon- 
structive functions  are  deficient,  the  modifications  in  the 
composition  of  the  blood  noted  above  assume  an  interest- 
ing significance ;  and  when  we  think  of  the  number  and 
variety  of  diseases  which  are  dependent  wholly  or  in  part 
upon  the  retention  in  the  system  of  products  of  sub-oxida- 
tion, the  sphere  of  the  body  hot  air  treatment  as  indicated 
by  its  effect  upon  oxidation  and  the  excretory  functions 
become  extended  within  the  limits  of  considerable  magni- 
tude.'' 

THE  ELECTRIC  LIGHT  BATH. 

Is  supposed  to  have  been  originated  by  Dr.  Kellogg,  of 
Battle  Creek,  Michigan.  This  bath  is  conducted  upon 
the  same  plan  as  the  hot  air  bath,  only  electric  lights  are 
depended  upon  to  furnish  the  heat.  The  cabinet  contains 
several  incandescent  lights  to  produce  the  required  heat ; 
the  globes  are  of  different  colors,  which  are  supposed  by 
some  to  have  a  curative  effect  upon  disease,  but  this  is 
doubtful. 


52 


BATHS. 


THE    ELECTRIC    BATH    EQTTIPMENT 


THE  ELECTRIC  BATH. 

The  electric  bath  is  a  great  benefit  and  is  applied  in 
all  cases  where  electricity  in  general  is  of  service  as  a 
therapeutic  agent.  These  baths  are  obtained  by  applying 
the  two  poles  at  different  points  of  the  bath  tub  by  means 
of  two  portable  electrodes  used  for  this  purpose,  as  illus- 
trated in  the  accompanying  cut.  Any  small  portable  bat- 
tery will  be  sufficient  to  supply  the  current.  These  baths 
are  very  stimulating  and  invigorating,  and  are  of  special 
service  in  nervousness,  paralytic  diseases,  insomnia,  etc, 


BATHS. 


53 


THE    SHOWER    BATH    EQUIPMENT. 

THE  SHOWER  BATH 

Is  generally  used  as  an  after  bath,  as  a  stimulating,  cleans- 
ing, rinsing  or  cooling  process,  after  mud,  soap  and  other 
materials  have  been  used.  It  offers  a  very  agreeable 
morning  bath,  where  the  plunge  bath  is  objectionable. 
This  bath  can  be  added  to  any  equipment  at  very  little 
expense  by  the  use  of  the  portable  attachment  illustrated 
in  the  accompanying  cut. 


54    OSTEOPATHY,  MASSAGE  AND  PHYSICAL  CULTDEE. 


O^eopathy,  Massage  and 
Physical  Culture 

The  above  caption  describes  subjects  which  are  fast 
becoming  recognized  as  holding  respectives  places  as  a 
means  of  restoring  and  preserving  health.  To  the  phy- 
sician who  has  formerly  been  wedded  to  drugs,  physical 
methods  of  curing  disease  may  seem  absurd.  No  attempt 
will  be  made  in  this  chapter  to  give  the  minute  technique 
of  the  different  manipulations  and  movements  used  by 
these  specialists,  but  I  feel  the  subject  is  an  important 
one,  especially  is  used  in  connection  with  baths  and  de- 
serves at  least  a  passing  notice,  as  it  is  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  the  healing  process  in  many  ways. 

Osteopathy  and  Massage  have  been  defined  as  a  scien- 
tific method  of  treating  disease  by  systematic  manipula- 
tion, and  it  can  be  executed  with  better  results  if  used  in 
connection  with  baths.  No  bath  institution  in  the  coun- 
try could  obtain  the  results  and  the  percentage  of  cures 
they  do  if  it  were  not  for  the  manipulations  used  during 
and  after  the  baths. 

Like  many  others,  I  have  always  objected  to  the  term 
Osteopathy,  believing  these  manipulations  have  a  larger 
field  of  usefulness  on  nerve  centers  and  muscular  tissue 
than  on  bones,  as  the  term  suggests.  The  Osteopath  has 
a  decided  advantage  over  the  ordinary  masseuse,  as  he 
generally  possesses  an  accurate  knowledge  of  anatomy 
and  physiology  and  can  determine  when  and  where  to 
manipulate  and  what  results  can  be  obtained. 

Although  Osteopathy  was  a  subject  of  much  ridicule 
in  its  infancy,  the  same  as  many  other  healing  processes, 
its  value  has  been  demonstrated  and  I  believe  I  am  safe 
in  prophesying  that  in  a  few  years  the  subject  will  be- 
come recognized  by  all  Medical  Colleges.      This  subject 


OSTEOPATHY,  MASSAGE  AND  PHYSICAL  CULTURE.     55 

has  too  broad  a  scope  to  be  discussed  here,  but  if  I  can 
succeed  in  pointing  out  its  value,  text-books  can  be  con- 
sulted with  the  complete  technique  of  all  manipulations, 
and  a  physician's  time  will  be  well  spent  in  becoming 
familiar  with  these  manual  and  mechanical  agents.  When 
a  physician  can  suppress  pain  and  open  canals,  that  re- 
fuse matter  may  escape  through  nature's  drainage  sys- 
tem, or  allow  nutritive  matter  to  enter  without  the  aid  of 
medicine,  it  is  my  belief  that  it  is  a  far  more  scientific  ac- 
complishment than  to  give  an  opiate  or  cathartic  pill  for 
the  same  purpose. 

Although  this  practice  may  have  a  limited  field  of 
usefulness,  it  can  be  specifically  applied  in  many  cases 
where  other  therapeutic  measures  do  not  have  access.  The 
fundamental  principal  of  Osteopathy,  Massage,  and  per- 
haps Physical  Culture,  is  to  create  activity  of  ceil  life; 
equalize  circulation,  restore  misplaced  organs  and  func- 
tions, relax  contracted  muscles,  nerve  tissue,  partial  or 
complete  ankylosed  joints,  stimulate  nerve  force  and  re- 
lieve ner^e  pressure.  With  this  end  in  view  the  masseuse 
depends  upon  stroking,  kneeding,  friction  and  percussion, 
while  the  Osteopath  has  access  to  the  more  remote  or- 
gans through  manipulation  of  the  nerve  centers,  using  the 
entire  length  of  the  spinal  column  for  his  principal  oper- 
ating grounds. 

The  spinal  column  bears  the  same  relation  to  the 
Osteopath  as  the  keyboard  of  a  piano  does  to  the  pianist. 
Those  who  are  not  familiar  with  this  method  of  treatment, 
it  may  seem  exaggerating  to  state  that  fully  one-half  of 
all  aches  and  pains  of  the  body  may  be  instantly  relieved 
and  cured  by  making  pressure  and  interrupting  nerve 
force  from  the  spinal  nerve  centers.  I  have  learned  that 
in  many  cases  it  is  more  convenient  to  have  educated 
fingers  than  to  possess  drugs.  I  will  illustrate  this  point 
with  my  first  introduction  to  Osteopathy. 

While  in  attendance  at  a  social  gathering  in  the  coun- 
try, a  lady  was  taken  suddenly  ill  with  excruciating  pain 
in  her  stomach,  and  unfortunately,  or  perhaps  fortunate- 
ly, I  could  not  relieve  her  with  the  usual  hypodermic  in- 
jection of  morphine,  she  had  been  in  the  habit  of  taking 


56     OSTEOPATHY,  MASSAGE  AND  PHYSICAL  CULTURE. 

for  these  attacks,  as  I  had  left  my  medicine  case  at  home. 
There  was  an  Osteopath  present,  however,  who  gracefully 
came  to  her  assistance ;  he  advised  her  to  remove  her  cor- 
set, and  in  less  than  two  minutes  he  located  the  nerve 
centers  in  the  spinal  column,  which  were  very  sensitive 
to  the  touch.  With  a  few  manipulations  and  increased 
pressure,  the  patient  experienced  immediate  relief.  This 
terminated  her  suffering  for  the  day  and  consequently 
gave  him  much  credit  for  his  display  of  skill.  From  this 
observation  alone  I  learned  the  value  of  an  educated 
finger  and  its  superior  advantages  to  morphine  and  other 
drugs  in  many  cases. 

Baths  and  manipulation  are  companionable  adjuncts 
in  restoring  health ;  both  can  be  practiced  with  a  greater 
degree  of  success  if  used  in  conjunction.  In  visiting  any 
reputable  bath  establishment  much  stress  is  laid  upon 
massage  and  manipulations,  and  although  many  cures 
are  credited  to  the  baths  and  water,  equal  credit  should 
be  given  to  the  manipulations.  Simple  friction  of  the 
skin  with  the  hands  or  a  rough  towel,  has  long  been  recog- 
nized as  a  valuable  means  of  suppressing  local  pain,  while 
vigorous  rubbing  of  the  extremities  hastens  the  general 
circulation  and  secretory  functions  of  the  skin,  also  soothes 
the  nervous  system  even  to  a  state  of  drowsiness,  especial- 
ly if  used  in  connection  with  baths.  These  facts  illustrate 
its  value  in  conditions  ranging  from  the  simple  stroking 
of  the  head  to  cure  headache,  to  the  more  vigorous  rub- 
bing used  to  restore  collapse,  with  which  every  physician 
is  familiar.  If  these  conditions  can  be  relieved  by  simple 
friction  of  the  hands  of  the  uneducated  masseuse,  is  it  to 
be  wondered  at  that  scientific  manipulators  with  the 
knowledge  of  anatomy  and  physiology  can  manipulate 
surfaces  which  will  have  a  specific  reaction  on  the  more 
remote  organs  of  the  body? 

Masseuses,  or  rubbers,  as  they  are  called,  which  best 
identifies  them,  as  found  at  bath  houses,  have  a  deficient 
knowledge  of  massage  other  than  superficial  rubbing  and 
kneeding.  With  a  rheumatic  patient  coming  under  their 
care  they  are  instructed  to  give  a  general  rubbing,  not 
only  of  the  affected  part,  but  of  the  entire  body  and  to 


OSTEOPATHY,  MASSAGE  AND  PJIYSICAL  CULTURE.     57 

apply  g-eiitle  teusioii  to  the  local  muscles  surrounding  the 
diseased  parts;  this  is  done  by  rotating  the  muscles  on 
the  bones  and  stretching  the  extremities.  This  results  in 
a  readjustment  of  circulation,  elimination  of  waste  and  a 
general  stimulation  of  the  tissues  and  nerve  centers,  all  of 
which  tend  toward  the  restoration  of  health. 

These  rubbings  and  baths  are  taken  with  great  bene- 
fit by  those  who  live  a  sedentary  life  and  with  the  lazy 
and  luxurious,  as  a  rejuvenating  and  beautifying  process. 
I  quite  agree  with  physical  culturists  that  these  groom- 
ings  are  not  a  suitable  substitute  for  exercise  and  pure 
air,  but  the  effects  received  from  the  combined  treatment 
is  wonderfull.y  beneficial  in  many  cases. 

PHYSICAL  CULTURE. 

Since  the  beginning  of  the  x)resent  century  physical 
culture  lias  created  widespread  interest  and  perhaps  has 
gained  more  followers  among  the  laity  than  any  other  sub- 
ject for  the  preservation  of  health  and  preventation  of 
disease.  Although  many  physicians  who  are  devoting 
their  lives  to  the  application  of  drugs  as  the  only  healing 
agents,  look  npon  this  subject  in  the  same  skeptical  way 
they  do  regarding  Osteopath^",  massage,  etc.,  it  is  the 
writer's  belief,  that  much  good  can  be  accomplished  in 
many  ways  from  this  source. 

Physical  Culture  differs  from  Osteopathy  and  Mas- 
sage inasmuch  as  its  principals  endeavor  to  teach  the  pa- 
tient how  to  care  for  and  cure  their  own  weaknesses,  while 
the  Osteopath  depends  upon  his  knowledge  of  anatomy 
and  skill  in  making  the  proper  manipulations  of  the  weak 
and  diseased  parts.  Physical  culture  teaches  people  how 
they  may  establish  hygienic  methods  in  dress,  diet  and 
habits,  relax  stiff  joints  and  contracted  muscles,  reduce 
adipose  tissue  and  convert  it  into  muscle,  how  to  create 
vivacity  of  manner,  sprightliness  of  carriage  and  activity 
of  circulation ;  it  teaches  those  who  live  sedentar}^  and  in- 
dolent lives  as  well  as  the  hj^pochondriac,  round  shoul- 
dered and  ill-shaped  persons  how  they  may  overcome 
their  difficulty,  or  develop  their  bodies  to  healthy,  and 
graceful  proportions  and  cure  many  diseases  by  devoting 


58     OSTEOPATHY,  MASSAGE  AND  PHYSICAL  CULTURE. 

a  small  portion  of  their  time  to  this  practice.  If  we  can 
accomplish  these  things,  it  certainly  should  receive  a  few 
tender  thoughts  from  physicians. 

Exercise  and  living  close  to  nature  is  the  foundation 
of  the  teachings.  Of  all  exercises  there  are  none  from 
which  more  benefit  can  be  derived  than  in  walking.  The 
people  who  are  most  in  need  of  physical  culture  are  those 
who  live  a  sedentary  life.  In  our  crowded  cities  there 
are  hundreds  of  clerks  and  business  men  who  hurridedly 
eat  their  breakfast,  take  a  car  to  their  place  of  business, 
sit  at  their  desk  all  day,  return  to  their  home  in  the  eve- 
ning; after  dinner  read  the  paper  and  retire.  By  foUow^- 
ing  this  out  for  years  their  limbs  become  devoid  of  muscle 
and  strength.  Although  their  stomach  may  be  "rounded 
out"  the  tissue  is  sleazy  in  texture,  while  if  they  had 
walked  to  and  from  their  employment,  their  brain  would 
be  more  active  and  all  their  mental  and  physical  functions 
greatly  improved.  It  is  this  class  of  people  who  furnish 
material  for  the  various  schools  and  ''professors"  of  phy- 
sical culture  who  manage  their  business,  either  by  direct 
teaching  or  by  a  course  of  instruction  through  the  mail. 
They  outline  different  movements  which  can  be  carried 
out  either  by  personal  efforts  or  with  the  assistance  of  a 
developing  machine;  the  latter  is  generally  included  in  a 
course  of  instruction,  which  costs  from  $10.00  to  $25.00. 

I  have  investigated  several  of  their  systems  and  find 
they  are  very  much  alike.  Their  principal  object  is  to 
incorporate  such  movements  of  the  body,  which  will,  dur- 
ing the  course  of  the  exercise,  bring  every  muscle  of  the 
body  into  action.  If  certain  parts  of  the  body  require 
developing  more  than  others,  this  is  the  part  which  re- 
ceives very  particular  attention.  In  carrying  out  this 
systematic  way  of  exercise,  each  movement  is  practiced 
a  certain  number  of  times.  These  exercises  are  never  al- 
lowed to  be  carried  to  the  extreme,  and  as  soon  as  the 
patient  feels  fatigue  from  one  movement,  he  is  placed  up- 
on another  until  the  regular  routine  is  completed. 

I  admit  that  at  the  present  time  physical  culture  is 
somewhat  a  fad.  It  is  instrumental,  however,  in  animat- 
ing many  lazy  livers. 


MINERAL  WATER.  59 

MINERAL  WATERS. 

If  physicians  were  to  accept  the  testimony  of  the 
proprietors  of  the  various  mineral  water  resorts,  they 
would  be  led  to  believe  that  mineral  water  was  a  panacea 
for  all  ills.  The  fact  of  the  matter  is  mineral  waters  are 
very  much  overestimated  therapeutic  agents.  Although 
the  water  is  the  commercial  drawing  feature  for  many 
health  resorts,  the  invalid  who  visits  these  places  receives 
more  benefit  from  the  change  of  scene  and  the  freedom 
of  cares,  business  worry  and  the  rigid  dietetic  and  hy- 
gienic restrictions  instituted  at  these  watering  places  than 
they  do  from  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  water. 

I  am  located  only  a  few  miles  from  Mt.  Clemens, 
which  has  a  world-wide  reputation  for  its  ' '  wonder  work- 
ing water. ' '  I  venture  to  say  if  the  thousands  of  invalids 
who  visit  this  city  seeking  for  health,  depended  only  upon 
drinking  this  water,  many  of  them  would  be  doomed  to 
disappointment,  but  the  use  of  water  in  connection  with 
baths  and  massage  eliminate  many  poisonous  elements  in- 
dependent of  any  mineral  the  water  may  contain.  I  be- 
lieve invalids  can  receive  equally  as  effectual  treatment 
with  appropriate  medication  and  the  use  of  ordinary  pure 
water. 

The  chemical  and  medicinal  constituents  of  all  min- 
eral waters  are  well  known,  and  if  we  decide  they  are  the 
remedies  required  for  an  individual  case,  apply  the  medi- 
cation in  its  regular  commercial  form,  or  they  can  be 
given  in  the  way  of  artificial  mineral  water  if  preferred. 

Although  this  country  supplies  mineral  waters  equal 
in  medicinal  value  to  the  imported  waters,  distance  seems 
to  lend  enchantment  and  more  value  is  placed  on  the 
foreign  products.  It  has  been  stated  that  much  of  the 
imported  water  bottled  and  sold  in  this  country  as  the 
genuine,  is  made  from  artifical  salts,  according  to  the 
following  formulae: 


60  MINERAL  WATER. 

HUNYADI  JANOS  WATER. 

The  following  makes  an  excellent  imitation: 

1^     Potassium  sulphate   6  gr. 

Calcium  sulphate    60  gr. 

Sodium  sulphate   31/4  oz. 

"  Magnesium  sulphate   4%  oz. 

Water  enough  to  make 1  gal. 

Mix,  dissolve  and  filter. 


CARLSBAD  WATER. 
(Sprudel  Springs.) 

1^     Sulphate  of  potassium   2  gr. 

Chloride  of  sodium 18  gr. 

Bicarbonate  of  sodium  ^ 36  gr. 

Sulphate  of  sodium,  dried 44  gr. 

Triturate  the  ingredients  previously  well  dried  to  a 
fine  uniform  powder.  A  solution  of  about  sixteen  grains 
of  the  above  with  six  fluid  ounces  of  water  represents  an 
equal  volume  of  Carlsbad  water  in  its  essential  constitu- 
ents. 

KISSINGEN  WATER. 

(Rakoczi  Springs.) 

1^     Chloride  of  potassium 17  gr. 

Chloride  of  Sodium  357  gr. 

Sulphate  of  Magnesium,  anhydrous   ...   59  gr. 
Bicarbonate  of  soda   107  gr. 

Triturate  the  ingredients,  previously  well  dried,  to  a 
fine  uniform  powder.  A  solution  of  about  24  grains  of 
this  preparation  in  6  fluid  ounces  of  water,  represents  an 
equal  volume  of  Kissingen  "Water  in  its  essential  con- 
stituents. 


MINERAL  WATER.  61 

VICHY  WATER. 

(Grande  Grille  Springs.) 

I>     Bicarbonate  of  sodium 352  gr. 

Carbonate  of  potassium 16  gr. 

Sulphate  of  magnesium,  anhydrous   ...   16  gr. 
Chloride  of  sodium 32  gr. 

Triturate  the  ingredients,  previously  well  dried,  to  a 
fine,  uniform  powder.  A  solution  of  about  14  grains  of 
this  preparation,  in  6  fluid  ounces  of  water,  represents  an 
equal  volume  of  Vichj"  Water  in  its  essential  constituents. 


CONGRESS  WATER. 

I^     Potassium  bicarbonate %  oz. 

Sodium  bicarbonate    5%  oz. 

Magnesium  sulphate   3%  oz. 

Sodium  chloride (  pure) .2%  oz. 

Calcium  chloride  (anhydrous)    3%  oz. 

Water    10  gal. 

Mix.,  dissolve  and  filter 


FRIEDRICHSHALL  WATER. 

5     Sodium  bicarbonate 384  gr. 

Sodium  sulphate  crys li/4  oz. 

Potassium  sulphate   165  gr. 

Magnesium  sulphate   20  oz. 

Sodium  chloride  (pure)    10^4  oz. 

Calcium  chloride  (anhydrous)   1  oz. 

Water   10  gal. 

Mix.,  dissolve  and  filter. 


62  THE  CANCER  SPECIALIST. 


The  Cancer  Special!^ 

Surgeons,  as  a  rule,  regard  the  knife  as  the  only  ef- 
fective means  of  removing  tumors  and  cancerous  growths, 
consequently,  in  systematic  treatises  very  little  is  said 
concerning  other  means  for  their  removal;  and  what  is 
said  is  often  in  condemnation  of  them  as  useless,  if  not 
pernicious.  This  indifference,  neglect  and  perhaps  preju- 
dice on  the  part  of  surgical  teachers  has  opened  a  field  for 
the  cancer  specialist  who  can  remove  these  growths  with- 
out cutting  operations. 

I  have  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  several  of  their 
institutes,  and  I  find  them  enjoying  a  very  remunerative 
practice.  I  consider  their  methods  of  treatment  far  more 
successful  and  desirable  than  those  of  the  surgeon  who 
depends  upon  the  knife  exclusively. 

It  may  be  laid  down  as  almost  a  positive  result  of 
surgical  practice  that  a  cancer  extirpated  with  the  knife 
returns  sooner  than  one  removed  by  the  caustic  treatment. 
The  separation  attendant  upon  the  latter,  seems  to  re- 
move the  remaining  cancer  cells,  while  excision  leaves 
them  to  begin  anew  their  destructive  proliferation.  We 
therefore  find  that  the  principal  objection  to  the  knife  in 
removing  malignant  growths  is,  that  no  surgeon  in  the 
world,  no  matter  how  skilled  he  may  be,  is  able  to  dis- 
tinguish the  healthy  from  the  diseased  tissue,  and  after 
he  feels  that  he  has  thoroughly  removed  every  trace  of 
the  difficulty,  some  diseased  cells  may  be  left  behind,  and 
the  growth  will  again  develop. 

From  a  therapeutic  standpoint,  there  have  been  three 
methods  devised  for  destroying  these  growths. 

•First,  by  local  external  applications  •  second,  by  hypo- 
dermic injections  into  the  substance  of  the  growth;  and 
third^   by   internal   treatment.         While   the   two   latter 


THE   CANCER  SPECIALIST.  63 

methods  are  not  practical,  the  former,  in  my  opinion,  is 
the  treatment  par  excellence  for  all  superficial  malignant 
growths.  I  have  had  quite  an  extensive  experience  in 
the  use  of  the  caustic  treatment  and  in  this  chapter  I  wish 
to  disclose  the  methods  which  were  used  by  myself,  and 
which  are  identical  with  those  used  with  success  in  most 
of  the  cancer  institutes.  Before  discussing  the  treat- 
ment, I  wish  to  outline  in  brief  the  characteristics  of  the 
different  forms  of  malignant  tumors,  which  may  be  of 
some,  assistance  to  you  in  forming  a  diagnosis. 


SARCOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  composed  almost  en- 
tirely of  cells,  which  have  their  origin  in  those  of  the  con- 
nective tissues  and  which  are  embroyonic  in  character. 

Character  and  Growth.  The  connective  tissues  are 
always  the  starting  point  of  sarcoma.  The  cell  elements 
are  either  round,  spindle-celled,  or  in  large,  plate-like 
forms,  and  may  exist  either  separately  or  in  conjunction 
in  the  same  tumor.  External  injury  or  local  irritation 
seems  in  many  instances  to  be  the  cause  of  the  growth, 
but  in  others  there  is  no  evident  cause.  It  may  occur  at 
any  age,  but  is  most  common  between  the  ages  of  twenty 
and  forty.  It  begins  as  a  single  nodule,  or  several  may 
commence  at  the  same  time,  and  it  grows  rapidly.  After 
a  time  the  neighboring  glands  become  the  seat  of  disease, 
the  primary  tumor  ulcerates,  and  with  the  advent  of  ul- 
ceration the  growth  increases  rapidly,  the  system  be- 
comes infected,  and  death  supervenes.  Sometimes  the 
most  distant  organs,  for  example,  the  lungs  or  the  liver, 
may  be  involved,  without  the  intervening  lymphatics  be- 
ing affected. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Always  begins  in  the  connective 
tissues,  is  most  common  in  the  skin,  periosteum  and 
bone,  infrequent  in  secreting  and  glandular  organs.  Dif- 
fers in  feel  according  as  it  occurs  in  hard  or  soft  tissue. 
In  the  former  it  may  be  firm,  tense  and  elastic,  but  is  gen- 
erally soft  and  fluctuating.    May  occur  at  any  age,  but  is 


64 


THE   CANCER   SPECIALIST. 


most  common  between  twenty  and  forty.  Growth  is  gen- 
erally rapid  and  may  attain  a  large  size.  Ulceration  is 
usually  present,  but  does  not  take  place  until  late  in  life 
of  the  disease.  Little  pain  until  ulceration  occurs.  The 
subcutaneous  veins  are  only  slightly  enlarged.  The  con- 
tiguous lymphatics  become  infected  with  the  disease,  but 
not  until  late  in  its  progress.      Unless  thoroughly  removed 


SARCOMAS — Supposed    to    have    their    origin    in    the   periosteum 
of    the    inferior    maxillarj''    bone. 


the  tumor  usually  recurs  and  in  the  locality  from  which 
it  was  removed.  The  microscope  shows  the  tumor  to  be 
composed  of  a  mass  of  connective  tissues  without  alveolar 
arrangement. 

Prognosis.  Is  never  favorable  unless  the  growth  is 
promptly  removed  by  the  caustic  treatment.  If  allowed 
to  run  their  course  they  terminate  in  death  in  six  months, 
while  others  may  continue  for  several  years. 

SCIRRHUS. 

Definition.  A  malignant  growth,  composed  of  fibrous 
tissue  and  undeveloped  epithelial  tissue,  known  also  as 
atrophying  eanoer,  and  stone  cancel'. 


THE   CAXCKR    SPECIALTST.  60 

Character  and  Growth.  Cause  cannot  always  be  de- 
termined. Frequently  follows  injury.  Attacks  in  most 
cases  the  liver,  uterus,  or  breasts.  In  the  latter  organs  is 
more  frequently  found  than  all  other  forms  of  tumors.  Is 
very  rare  before  the  fortieth  year  of  age.  Commences 
as  a  firm,  hard,  dense  nodule  under  the  skin,  being  at  first 
easily  movable.  As  it  grows  it  contracts  adhesions  to 
the  surrounding  parts,  becomes  firmly  fixed  and  is  the 
seat  of  sharp,  lancinating  pains.  As  the  disease  pro- 
gresses, the  integument  becomes  infiltrated,  hard,  livid, 
and  traversed  by  numerous  blood-vessels.  The  glands 
in  the  immediate  neighborhood  take  on  the  cancerous  dis- 
ease, the  tumor  ulcerates,  the  whole  system  becomes  de- 
praved and  the  patient  dies. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Seldom  occurs  before  the 
fortieth  year.  jMost  common  of  all  tumors  of  the  breast 
at  that  age.  Is  uniformly  hard.  Grows  slowly  compared 
with  other  epithelial  tumors.  Early  becomes  anchored 
to  the  skin  and  surrounding  tissue.  Does  not  attain  a 
large  size.  Sharp  shooting  pains.  In  the  breast  the  nip- 
ple is  retracted.  The  superficial  veins  are  but  slightly 
enlarged.  Ulceration  in  about  one  year.  The  edges  are 
steep  and  abrupt,  and  the  discharge  is  very  offensive.  The 
neighboring  lymphatic  glands  are  early  affected  with 
similar  disease.  There  is  a  marked  constitutional  involve- 
ment. The  microscope  shows  small  round  cells  with  lit- 
tle pits  or  depressions,  surrounded  by  a  fibrous  stroma. 

Prognosis. .  Invariably  bad.  Case  usually  terminates 
fatally  in  from  two  to  four  j^ears,  unless  thoroughly  re- 
moved by  proper  treatment. 


ENCEPHALOMA. 

Definition.  A  malignant  growth  containing  less 
fibrous  tissue  than  scirrhus,  but  a  greater  quantity  of 
epithelial  cells.  Known  also  as  the  soft  cancer,  the  cere- 
briform  cancer,  rose  cancer,  fungus  hematodes. 

Character  and  Growth.  Is  most  common  in  the  bones, 
the  testicles,  the  eye,  the  lymphatic  glands,  mammae, 
uterus  and  liver.      It  may  attack  any  portion  of  the  body 


66  THE   CANCEE  SPECIALIST. 

and  occur  at  any  age.  It  is  almost  the  only  form  of  can- 
cer that  occurs  in  childhood.  It  may  begin  as  a  single 
nodule,  or  many  nodules  may  appear  simultaneously.  Be- 
ing an  extremely  vascular  structure  it  grows  with  great 
rapidity,  and  often  attains  a  large  size  in  a  short  period 
of  time.  It  is  usually  soft  and  fluctuating,  and  being 
easily  compressed  is  modified  much  in  form  by  the  tissues 
surrounding  it.  Is  peculiarly  liable  to  extend  into  the 
muscular  and  other  interspaces,  acquiring  deep-seated 
connections  and  surrounding  important  organs.  At  a 
period  varying  from  a  few  months  to  a  year  and  a  half, 
ulceration  takes  place,  a  foul  ulcer  is  formed,  the  lympha- 
tic glands  become  affected,  and  the  whole  system  becomes 
diseased.  The  disease  may  terminate  by  exhausting  the 
strength  of  the  patient  or  by  the  destruction  of  some  im- 
portant organ. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Occurs  at  all  periods  of  life. 
Soft,  elastic  and  lobulated.  Grows  rapidly  and  attains  a 
large  size.  Pain  dull  and  heavy;  not  pronounced  until 
ulceration  takes  place.  Superficial  veins  early  enlarged. 
Ulcerates  readily.  The  ulcer  has  undermined  edges.  The 
lymphatics  are  early  involved,  and  the  constitutional 
symptoms  pronounced.  Miscroscopic  appearances  similar 
to  those  of  scirrhus. 

Prognosis  Very  grave.  Terminates  fatally  in  from 
eight  months  to  two  years,  unless  thoroughly  removed  in 
the  early  stages. 


EPITHELIOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth,  developed  from  the 
squamous  epithelium.  Comprises  the  malignant  diseases 
of  skin  and  mucous  tissue. 

Character  and  Growth.  Most  frequent  locality  is  the 
lower  lip,  but  it  is  often  found  in  the  tongue,  cervix,, 
uteri,  face,  anus,  vagina,  penis  and  scrotum.  It  begins 
usually  in  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane,  but  by  exten- 
sion may  occupy  any  tissue,  bone,  muscle  or  cartilage. 
Occurs  most  frequently  after  the  fortieth  year.  Long- 
continued-irritations  is  the  most  common  cause.     It  be- 


THE  CANCER   SPECIALIST. 


67 


gins  early  as  a  crack,  tubercule,  wart,  or  incrustation, 
and  extends  with  the  progress  of  the  induration.  Lym- 
phatic involvement  occurs,  but  not  until  the  disease  has 
made   considerable   progress.     The   extension  of  disease, 


EPITHELIOMAS    OF    FACE. 


except  in  epithelioma  of  the  tongue  is  not  rapid,  many 
years  oftimes  elapsing  before  its  termination. 

Diagnostic  Features.    Situated  at  the  junction  of  the 
skin  and  mucous  membrane  or  upon  either  of  these  struc- 


EPITHELIOMAS    OF    LOWER    LIP. 


tures.  Originates  in  a  crack,  fissure  or  wart-like  excres- 
cence. Has  an  indurated  base.  Slow  growth.  Ac- 
companied by  similar  disease  in  neighboring  glands,  and 


68  THE   CANCER    SPECIALIST. 

eventually  by  constitutional  disease.  Microscope  shows 
squamous-celled  epithelium  with  the  characteristic  alve- 
olar arrangement.- 

Prognosis.  Very  grave.  When  the  tongue  is  affected 
terminates  fatally  in  from  six  to  eighteen  months,  in  the 
lip  and  upper  jaw,  may  exist  for  years.  Free  and  early 
removal  is  followed  by  permanent  cure. 


COLLOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  resembling  struc- 
turally the  encephaloma,  but  containing  besides  a  quanti- 
ty of  clear  colloid  material.  Known  as  gelatiform  can- 
cer. 

Character  and  Growth.  Is  found  most  frequently 
in  the  omentum,  stomach,  ovary,  rectum  and  bones  of 
the  extremities.  It  may  occur  as  an  infiltration,  its  most 
common  form,  taking  on  the  shape  of  the  organ  in  which 
it  is  situated,  or  it  may  grow  as  a  pronounced  tumor.  Its 
general  history  is  similar  to  that  of  encephaloma,  except 
that  it  rarely  occurs  in  childhood,  grows  somewhat  more 
slowly,  and  does  not  so  readily  involve  lymphatic  glands. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Is  difficult  to  distinguish,  pre- 
vious to  removal  from  other  forms  of  carcinoma.  Is  often 
situated  in  the  abdominal  cavity.  Grows  slowly.  Upon 
section,  clear,  gelatinous  substance  is  found  in  abund- 
ance. 

Prognosis  Grave.  Usually  terminates  in  death  in  a 
short  time  if  allowed  to  run  its  course. 


MELANOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  resembling  enceph- 
aloma, but  containing  in  addition  a  large  amount  of  black 
pigment.       Known  as  black  cancer. 

Character  and  Growth.  Occurs  most  commonly  in 
the  eye  and  skin.       In  all  the  main  facts  of  its  history  it 


THE   CAXCER    SPECIALIST.  69 

is  ill  close  conformity  to  the  encephaloid  cancer,  but  is 
particularly  noticeable  on  account  of  the  pigment  which 
marks  it  in  varying  shades  from  iron  gray  to  deep  black. 
This  coloring  matter  is  similar  to  that  which  is  found  in 
the  choroid  membrane,  and  the  rete-mucosum  of  colored 
skins.  The  cancer  is  very  apt  to  begin  in  or  underneath 
a  pigmentary  mole.  Although  popularly  believed  to  be 
excessively  malignant,  its  rate  of  progress  differs  but  lit- 
tle from  the  ordinary  encephaloid  cancer. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Has  the  same  general  charac- 
teristics as  the  encephaloma,  except  that  it  is  marked  by 
an  excess  of  pigment. 

Prognosis.  Grave.  Terminates  in  death  in  a  .short 
time,  unless  early  removed. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  TUMORS. 

]\Iust  necessarily  be  divided  into  two  methods,  viz. : 
The  knife  and  the  caustic  treatment.  For  all  tumors  of  a 
benign  nature,  whether  internal  or  external,  I  would  re- 
commend a  thorough  dissection  with  the  knife,  as  it  will 
not  leave  as  large  a  scar,  and  can  be  done  more  quickly, 
and  causes  less  suffering,  making  use  of  either  a  local  or 
a  general  anaesthetic. 

If  the  tumors  are  no  longer  than  a  hen's  egg,  I  have 
frequently  removed  them  without  any  suffering  whatever, 
by  injecting  cocaine  as  given  in  the  Obtundent  formulas 
on  another  page. 

The  injection  should  be  made  around  the  borders  of 
the  tumor,  rather  than  into  its  center.  There  are  also  a 
few  well-selected  cases  of  malignant  growths  that  can  be 
removed  by  the  knife  in  this  way,  but  as  a  general  prac- 
tice, the  caustic  treatment  is  the  best.  On  the  other 
hand,  there  are  tumors  of  a  harmless  nature  which  may 
be  removed  with  the  caustic  treatment  if  preferred. 


70 


THE   CANCEE  SPECIALIST. 


People  usually  have  a  perfect  horror  of  the  knife  and 
the  surgeon  who   will  remove   their  unwelcome   visitors 


ENCEPHALO  MELANOMA. 


without  its  use,  is  the  one  they  seek  for  relief,  and  he  is 
the  one  to  judge  of  the  best  method  of  treatment. 


THE   CANCER  SPECIALIST.  71 

INTERNAL  TREATMENT. 

There  have  been  many  internal  remedies  highly  laud- 
ed from  time  to  time  as  a  care  for  cancer,  but  I  believe 
that  nearly  every  physician  will  agree  with  me  that  their 
use  will  be  attended  with  more  of  a  psychic  effect  than 
one  of  any  real  curative  value. 

Lassar  stands  almost  alone  in  the  belief  that  the 
iodide  of  arsenic,  given  internally,  has  an  influence  in 
curing  carcinomatous  formations. 

Denissenko  recently  reported  good  results  from  the 
use  of  chelidonium  majus  as  a  constitutional  and  local 
remedy.  But  the  good  results  that  he  seemed  to  have 
at  first,  have  later  failed  both  in  his  and  in  other  hands, 
although  this  remedy  does  seem  to  have  some  deterrent 
action  upon  epithelial  cell-growth. 

Conium  and  Phytolacca  have  been  advocated  at  dif- 
ferent times,  but  have  fallen  into  disuse. 


CAUSTIC  REMEDIES. 

The  local  remedies  used  for  destroying  these  growths 
are  numerous.  Nitric  acid,  sulphuric  acid,  lactic  acid 
and  pyrogallic  acid  have  all  been  advocated,  but  are  of 
very  little  use.  Nitrate  of  silver  has  also  been  used,  but 
its  action  is  too  superficial  to  be  practical.  Caustic  potash 
is  another  remedy  worth  mentioning,  but  its  action  has 
a  tendency  to  destroy  too  much  healthy  tissue.  In  my 
opinion,  there  are  only  three  remedies  worthy  of  men- 
tion in  the  removal  of  cancers  by  the  caustic  method  of 
treatment,  viz:  Salicylic  acid,  chloride  of  zinc  and  ar- 
senic. 

Salicylic  acid  has  only  a  limited  action,  but,  often- 
times it  is  a  valuable  one,  as  this  agent  may  be  used  to 
good  advantage  in  softening  and  removing  the  superficial 
layers  of  epithelium  and  preparing  the  way  for  other 
caustics,  as  will  be  mentioned  later. 

Chloride  of  zinc  is  perhaps  the  oldest  caustic  used  in 
the  local  treatment  of  cancer,  and  has  formerly  entered 
largely  into  the  "plasters"  of  the  older  cancer  specialists. 


n  THE   CANCER   Sl^ECIALlST. 

Its  action  is  very  effective,  but  causes  considerable  pain. 
It  establishes  an  aseptic  slough  and  thus  avoids  any 
hemorrhage  or  constitutional  poisoning.  I  have  removed 
several  growths  by  its  use  and  have  found  it  very  satis- 
factory. 


ARSENIC. 


Dr.  Marsden,  the  surgeon-in-chief  of  the  London  Can- 
cer Hospital,  was  among  the  first  to  bring  the  use  of  ar- 
senic into  prominence  as  a  caustic  for  cancer.  He  has 
used  it  in  over  six  thousand  cases  with  phenomenal  suc- 
cess, and  arsenic  stands  today  the  banner  remedy  in  the 
local  treatment  of  all  forms  of  cancer.  This  remedy  has 
many  advantages  over  any  other  caustic.  It  can  be  used 
with  less  pain,  and  seems  to  produce  just  the  degree  of 
sloughing  required  to  destroy  the  growth,  whether  super- 
ficial or  deep-seated.  It  is  rather  select  in  its  action,  as  it 
destroys  only  the  diseased  tissue  and  does  not  damage 
the  healthy  structures  or  through  absorption  cause  ar- 
senical poisoning,  even  if  used  over  large  surfaces.  It 
removes  every  particle  of  the  growth,  and  does  not  leave 
any  cancer-cells  to  develop  again.  It  does  not  leave  an 
ugly-looking  scar,  as  do  other  caustics.  The  deformity  is 
very  slight,  even  if  the  growth  has  been  of  large  size. 

Dr.  Marsden's  original  paste  was  two  drachms  of 
arsenic  and  one  of  powdered  acacia,  but  I  prefer  the  ad- 
dition of  cocaine,  which  lessens  the  pain,  as  used  by  Prof. 
John  A.  Wyeth,  M.D.,  in  the  following  formula ; 

I^     Acid  arsenicous   2  dr. 

Powdered  acacia   1  dr. 

Cocaine  muriate 5  to  20  gr. 

Aqua    q.  s. 

Mix  the  first  three  ingredients  and  add  just  enough 
water  to  make  the  paste  the  consistency  of  cream.  The 
paste  should  always  be  prepared  fresh  before  each  ap- 
plication. 


THE    CANCER   SPEf'TALIST.  7?, 

THE  METHOD  OF  APPLYING. 

I  always  begin  tlie  treatment  of  cancer  by  taking  a 
piece  of  isinglass  plaster  and  placing  it  over  the  parts  to 
be  removed.  I  then  take  a  le.id  pencil  and  mark  a  line 
around  the  growth  about  one-quarter  of  an  inch  from  the 
diseased  margin.  I  now  cut  the  center  out  of  the  isin- 
glass plaster  and  dampen  the  piece  which  has  a  hole  in  the 
center  and  place  it  on  the  healthy  parts  which  surround 
the  growth.  We  have  now  outlined  the  exact  tissue  to 
be  removed  and  the  plaster  will  protect  the  healthy  parts. 


The   above   picture    illustrates    the    action    of   Marsden's   Paste    in 

removing   cancers.      This   growth   was   removed    with 

two    applications    of    the    paste. 


The  skin  or  outer  integument  should  now  be  removed 
either  by  curetting,  with  the  use  of  a  local  anaesthetic,  or 
by  the  use  of  salicylic  acid  as  mentioned  before.  Now 
you  have  an  abraded  surface  on  which  to  apply  your 
plaster. 

The  paste  should  now^  be  prepared  and  spread  on  the 
piece  of  isinglass  plaster  you  cut  out,  which  is  the  exact 
size  of  the  cancer  to  be  removed,  and  applied  to  the 
growth,  over  which  vou  can  dress  with  absorbent  cotton 


U  Mi:   CANCER  SPECIALiSl'. 

and  bandages.  This  should  be  allowed  to  remain  insitue 
from  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours,  as  long  as  the 
patient  can  stand  the  pain.  His  suffering  may  be  re- 
lieved, however,  by  the  use  of  morphine  hypodermically. 

When  the  time  comes  to  remove  the  plaster,  you  will 
find  a  black  necrossed  mass.  You  should  now  apply  a 
flaxseed  poultice  until  the  slough  separates,  and  the  can- 
cer comes  away  in  one  body.  If  you  have  any  reason 
to  believe  that  every  particle  has  not  been  destroyed,  you 
may  apply  another  plaster,  but  if,  in  your  opinion,  the 
operation  has  been  complete,  apply  iodoform  ointment 
and  a  simple  dressing  and  allow  it  to  heal. 

You  will  find  that  the  plaster  will  cause  extensive 
swelling.  If  on  the  face,  the  eyes  may  be  swollen  shut, 
but  this  will  gradually  subside  and  cause  no  trouble.  You 
should  always  advise  the  patient  that  he  may  expect 
some  swelling.  Much  caution  must  be  exercised  in  ap- 
plying this  treatment  around  the  lips  and  other  mucous 
surfaces,  and  the  parts  must  be  protected,  so  that  the 
patient  will  not  swallow  any  of  the  paste,  resulting  in 
arsenical  poisoning. 

This  method  of  treatment  may  be  used  in  all  cases  in 
which  the  cancerous  tumor  is  not  over  four  inches  in 
diameter.  If  the  growth  is  larger  than  that,  apply  to  one 
side  first  and  after  that  has  been  removed,  apply  the  treat- 
ment to  the  other  side. 

Although  this  is  the  best  and  most  generally  accepted 
treatment  which  is  used  by  cancer  specialists,  I  will  add 
several  formulas  which  have  also  been  used  with  a  greater 
or  less  degree  of  success,  and  have  formerly  made  a  repu- 
tation for  their  originators. 


DR.  LANDOLFI'S  CANCER  PASTE. 

This  practitioner  obtained  a  wide  celebrity  through- 
out Italy  by  the  use  of  a  preparation  which  he  claimed  to 
be  a  specific  cure  for  cancer,  providing  that  the  growth 
was  accessible,  and  that  the  system  was  not  already  too 
deeply  implicated  in  the  cancerous  cachexia.     The  for- 


THE   CANCER   SPECIALIST.  7S 

mula  he  usually  employed,  although  it  differed  somewhat 
in  the  relative  proportion  of  the  ingredients,  was  the  fol- 
lowing : 

1^     Zinci  chloridi   1  dr. 

Auri  chloridi    1  dr. 

Antimonii  chloridi   1  dr. 

Brominii  chloridi   1  dr. 

Farinae  and  acqua.  .q.  s.  to  separate  form  a 
thick  paste. 

To  be  applied  on  small  portions  of  linen  to  the  ulcer- 
ated surface. 

The  essential  element  he  regarded  w^as  the  chloride  of 
bromine,  the  quantity  of  which  he  often  increased  to  two 
or  three  drachms.  The  chloride  of  zinc  was  used  chiefly 
for  its  hemostatic  qualities,  and  he  increased  this  ingre- 
dient when  there  was  a  marked  tendency  to  hemorrhage. 
The  pain  of  the  application  is  considerable,  and  must  be 
allayed  by  opiates.  The  application  need  not  remain 
on  more  than  twenty  hours,  and  may  then  be  replaced  by 
an  emollient  cataplasm.  About  the  eighth  day  the  eschar 
should  become  detached  and  leave  a  healthy  granulating 
surface.  If  any  points  remain  of  less  satisfactory  appear- 
ance, or  still  presenting  cancerous  ulcerations,  a  little  of 
the  caustic  paste  is  again  to  be  applied.  Dr.  Landolfi  be- 
lieved it  best,  though  not  in  all  cases  indispensable,  to  ad- 
minister the  chloride  of  bromine  internally  in  doses  of  one- 
tenth  or  one-twelfth  of  a  drop,  in  pill  form,  twice  a  day, 
for  three  to  six  months. 


BOUGARD'S  PASTE. 


I^     Ilydrarg.  chlor.  cor 1  part. 

Acid  arseniosi 2  parts. 

Hydrarg.  sulphuret.  rub 10  parts. 

Ammonium  mur 10  parts. 

Farini  trit 120  parts. 

Amyli   120  parts. 

Zinc  chlorid.  crys 120  parts. 


76  THE   CANCER  SPECIALIST. 

CERNY  AND  TRUNEOEK'S  TREATMENT. 

1}     Acid   arseniosi 1  part. 

Spts.  vini  rect 75  parts. 

Aqua  dis    75  parts. 

Mix,  spread  over  the  parts  each     day  with  a  brush, 
until  the  entire  cancer  has  sloughed  off. 


COSME'S  PASTE. 


The  following     is  the  formula  of  Cosme's  Paste     as 
modified  by  Herba : 

1}     Acid,  arseniosi 1  part. 

Hydrarg.   sulphuret  rub 1  part. 

Ungt.  aq.  rosae 40  parts. 


WHEELER'S  PASTE. 

I>     Acid   arsenious 1  part. 

Morphine  sulphate 1  part. 

Calomel  8  parts. 

Pulv.   acacia 48  parts. 


HUE'S  TREATMENT. 

Dr.  Hue  uses  the  following  formula  hypodermically : 

T>     Acid   arsenous 1  part. 

Cocaine  hydrochlor 5  parts. 

Aqua  dist    500  parts. 

Mix,  inject  into  the  substance  of  the  cancer  every  few 
days.  This  treatment  he  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
internal  cancers,  where  it  seemed  impossible  to  npply  the 
plaster : 


TI!E   CANCER    SPECIALIST.  77 

DAVISSON'S  CANCER  REMEDY. 

For  several  years  a  man  named  Davisson  resided  near 
Lake  Zurich,  111.,  who  established  quite  a  reputation  as  a 
cancer  specialist.  The  folloAving-  formula  is  said  to  be  the 
correct  recipe  for  his  plaster  : 

K     Rochelle  salts 1  oz. 

Sulphur   1  oz. 

Sulph  zinc 1  oz. 

Arsenous   acid 1  oz. 


DR.  FELL'S  CANCER  PASTE. 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  cancer  remedies  and  was  suc- 
cessfully used  three-quarters  of  a  century  ago.     The  au- 


The  above  cancer  was  removed  with  Dr.   Fell's  Cancer  Paste,   and 
illustrates    before    and    one    month    after    treatment. 


tlior  has  used  this  paste  several  times  with  excellent  suc- 
cess.    The  formula  is  as  follows : 

R     Zinc    chloride 1  dr. 

Pulv.  sanguinar.  rad 1  dr. 

Flour  and  aqua. q.s.  to  form  paste. 


78  THE    CANCER   SPECIALIST. 

KLINE'S  PAINLESS  CANCER  PASTE. 

^     White  wax 1  oz. 

Fir.  balsam 1  oz. 

Chromic  acid 1  oz. 

Melt  the  wax  and  the  balsam  together,  and  add  the 
acid  slowl}^,  stirring  while  cooling.  Remove  the  cuticle  by 
blistering  if  necessary,  and  apply  the  plaster,  spread  upon 
thin  muslin.  When  a  sufficient  depth  of  tissue  has  been 
destroyed,  slough  out  with  poultices  if  necessary. 


OZONE  CANCER  PLASTER. 

A  Physician  recently  canvassed  this  country,  selling 
a  cancer  cure  under  the  above  name,  for  the  formula  of 
which  he  charged  from  ten  dollars  up.  Out  of  curiosity, 
I  purchased  the  formula,  which  was  as  follows: 

1^     Zinc  chloride i^  dr. 

Arsenous    acid ^ 1  dr. 

Powdered  sanguinaria 1  dr. 

Flour  and  water q.s.  to  make  paste. 

In  Southern  Illinois  a  cancer  cure  has  been  extensive- 
ly sold  in  a  similar  way,  under  the  name  of 


THE  HOWARD  CANCER  CLAY. 

IJ     Chloride  of  zinc 1  dr. 

Powdered  blood  root 1  dr. 

Pulv.  charcoal 1  dr. 

Aqua q.  s.  to  make  a  paste. 

While  the  above  formulae  possesses  a  certain  degree 
of  merit  it  onl}^  illustrates  "what  fools  we  mortals  be," 
who  pay  from  ten  to  twenty-five  or  more  dollars  for  a 
name  and  receive  formulae  which  are  the  common  prop- 
erty of  the  medical  profession. 


THE   CANCER   SPECIALIST.  79 

FUSCHIUS  PASTE. 

I^     Arsenous   acid 1  oz. 

Vegetable   charcoal 1  oz. 

Powd.  serpentaria 1  oz. 

Mix.    Make  into  a  thick  paste  with  water  and  apply. 


GUY'S  ARCANUM. 


This  formula  was  held  a  secret  for  many  years  : 

R     Acid  arsenous 1  dr. 

Powd.  sulphur 1  dr. 

Peucedanum  off 1  dr. 

Ranunculus  sylvestris 1  dr. 

Mix.     Make  into  paste  with  water. 

ESMARCK'S  PASTE. 

1^     Acid  arsenous 1  dr. 

Morphine  sulphate 1  dr. 

Mercurous  chloride,  mild 1  oz. 

Powd.  acacia 6  dr. 

Aqua enough  to  make  paste. 

HEBRA'S  PASTE. 

I^     Acid  arsenous .1  dr. 

Mercuric  sulphide,  red 3  dr. 

Vaseline    3  oz. 


SHERMAN'S  PASTE. 

^     Zinc  chloride 5  gr. 

Alum    5  orr. 

Acid  tannic 2  gr. 

Persulphate  of  iron 3  gr. 

Glycerine q.s.  to  make  paste. 


so  THE   CANCEE   SPECFALIST. 

LASSAR'S  PASTE. 

3^     Acid  salicylic 10  gr. 

Powd.  starch 2  dr. 

Zinc   oxide 2  dr. 

Lard 4  dr. 


DR.  LUTTERLOH'S  PASTE. 

I^     Sanguinaria  piilv 1  part. 

Galangal  pulv 3  parts. 

Zinc  chloride q.s.  to  make  paste. 

There  are  several  other  formidae  of  cancer  piasters 
which  could  be  added,  but  it  would  only  be  a  repetition  of 
those  already  given,  somewhat  modified,  and  by  publishing 
them  would  not  offer  a  means  of  broadening  our  know- 
ledge on  the  subject,  as  what  has  been  said  will  allow  you 
to  treat  .cancers  as  successfully  as  any  specialist  who 
holds  his  methods  a  secret. 


RECTI' M  81 


The  Recftal  Special!^ 

Most  practitioners  have  greatly  neglected  the  treat- 
ment of  diseases  of  the  rectum,  and  like  many  other 
things,  it  has  been  rather  a  green  pasture  for  the  special- 
ist. Although  diseases  of  this  organ  have  existed  for  cen- 
turies, the  medical  profession  has  been  slow  to  recognize 
the  different  pathological  conditions  which  exist,  and  un- 
til the  invention  of  the  speculum  this  Avas  one  of  the  unex- 
plored parts  of  our  anatomy,  but  by  the  use  of  this  instru- 
ment, the  surgeon  may  now  have  full  access  to  different 
diseased  conditions  which  exist.  Until  recent  years  rec- 
tal operations  were  considered  of  so  grave  a  character 
that  they  could  only  be  successfully  treated  by  the  regu- 
lar surgeon,  and  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  treatment  of 
diseases  of  the  rectum  would  have  still  remained  exclusive- 
ly in  the  hands  of  the  surgeons  if  it  had  not  been  for  the 
much  condemned  advertising  and  itinerant  rectal  special- 
ist, whose  visits  invited  competition  and  compelled  local 
physicians  to  investigate  his  methods  and  devote  more 
time  to  the  treatment  of  rectal  diseases. 

The  opinions  of  surgeons  differ  as  to  the  best  method 
of  treatment  for  hemorrhoids.  Allingham's  ligature  opera- 
tion seems  to  be  in  general  favor  with  most  surgeons,  but 
is  considered  by  Dr.  Pratt  and  others  as  '  'unscientific  and 
a  relic  of  past  rectal  inquisition."  Allingham  says  that 
the  clamp  and  cautery  is  six  times  as  fatal  as  the  ligature. 
Others  speak  of  it  as  being  a  barbarous  practice.  The 
Whitehead  and  American  operations  are  too  tedious,  diffi- 
cult and  bloody  for  the  general  practitioner,  and  few  spec- 
ialists care  to  undertake  them. 

We  now  come  to  the  injection  method,  which  has  sel- 
dom met  the  approval  of  the  regular  rectal  surgeon;  on 
the  other  hand,  he  is  ever  ready  to  raise  the  following  ob- 
jections: 


82  RECTTTM. 

First — That  it  takes  too  long  to  effect  a  cure,  owing 
to  the  fact  that  only  two  or  three  pile  tumors  can  be  treat- 
ed at  a  time.  It  is  quite  true  that  this  method  takes  longer, 
but  we  find  that  patients,  as  a  rule,  prefer  longer  and 
gentler  methods  of  treatment  to  speedy  cutting  opera- 
tions. 

Second — That  the  operation  is  not  uniformly  success- 
ful. At  this  point  we  differ  with  him,  as  this  method  of 
treatment  may  be  used  with  the  same  degree  of  success 
as  other  operations  if  the  proper  fluid  is  injected  and  the 
application  made  in  the  right  place. 

Third — That  it  cannot  be  used  in  external  piles. 
This,  to  a  certain  extent,  is  true,  although  many  operators 
are  using  it  with  a  degree  of  success.  We  shall  limit  its 
application  to  internal  piles  and  the  ligature  to  the  ex- 
ternal. 

Fourth — That  it  causes  excessive  sloughing.  This  is  a 
great  mistake.  If  the  fluid  is  properly  used,  it  will  not 
cause  any  more  sloughing  than  the  ligature  or  cautery  and 
it  is  surprising  to  note  that  the  surgeon  who  advocates 
the  cautery  and  ligature  will  condemn  this  method  because 
it  causes  a  sloughing  of  the  pile  tumor.  Tell  me  how  their 
methods  cure,  if  it  is  not  by  sloughing?  That  is  what  we 
make  the  injections  for  and  the  sloughing  from  this  meth- 
od is  no  greater  than  from  theirs. 

Fifth — That  the  method  is  more  dangerous  than  other 
operations.  We  must  admit  that  when  this  method  of 
treatment  was  introduced  into  this  country,  unfortunate- 
ly, it  fell  into  the  hands  of  not  only  a  few  unskillful  prac- 
titioners, but  also  into  the  hands  of  some  men  who  were 
entirely  destitute  of  a  sound  medical  knowledge,  and  out- 
side of  what  they  had  learned  about  treating  piles,  knew 
nothing  of  the  true  and  sacred  mission  of  the  healing  art ; 
hence  the  mortality  which  followed  the  operations  of  these 
men,  who  would  buy  some  secret  method  and  indiscrimi- 
nately inject  their  fluids  into  the  walls  of  the  rectum, 
cannot  be  compared  with  the  careful  and  judicious  way  the 
method  is  being  practiced  today ;  but  even  as  it  was,  this 
method  of  treatment  compares  quite  favorably  with  other 
methods.     Dr.  Andrews  has     collected  reports  of    3,304 


RECTUM.  83 

cases  with  thirteen  deaths.  This  was  when  the  method 
was  in  its  infancy  and  used  by  unskilled  operators,  as  just 
mentioned.  AUingham  reports  six  deaths  in  5,863  cases 
from  the  use  of  the  ligature.  Dr.  Matthews  after  success- 
fully using  the  ligature  in  over  a  thousand  cases  reports 
one  death  from  tetanus,  also  several  alarming  cases  of 
hemorrhage. 

I  am  sure  that  the  injection  method  is  as  free  from 
danger  as  the  cautery,  for  several  cases  of  excessive 
sloughing  and  hemorrhage  have  followed  that  operation. 
Furthermore,  I  am  satisfied  that  the  injection  method  of 
treating  hemorrhoids,  where  indicated,  is  fully  as  success- 
ful as  any  operation  in  use  at  the  present  time.  With  the 
right  fluid,  skillfully  injected,  this  method  may  be  used 
with  uniformly  curative  results,  and  is  free  from  all  dan- 
ger and  practically  painless. 

The  diseases  of  the  rectum  which  the  physician  is  call- 
ed upon  to  treat  are  hemorrhoids,  fissure,  fistula,  rectal  ul- 
cer, prolapsus  and  polypus,  and  in  order  that  these  condi- 
tions may  be  successfully  treated,  it  is  necessary  that  the 
operator  should  have  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  parts. 
A  detailed  description  of  the  anatomical  hystological  and 
pathological  conditions  of  this  organ  would  be  rather  out 
of  place  in  this  book,  but  this  information  is  aecessable  to 
every  phj^sician  in  other  works,  and  it  will  repay  him  to 
devote  his  time  in  studying  them. 


DIAGNOSIS  OF  RECTAL  DISEASES. 

When  a  patient  consults  you  in  regard  to  any  form 
of  rectal  disease,  he  will  almost  invariably  tell  you  that  he 
has  piles.  This  is  the  extent  of  his  knowledge  in  the  mtit- 
ter.  After  he  has  described  his  ailments  as  best  he  can. 
the  physician  may  often  determine  the  nature  of  his  dis- 
ease by  carefully  questioning  him.  Pain  will,  no  doubt, 
be  the  most  prominent  symptom.  The  pain  from  a  fissure, 
fistula  or  hemorrhoids  may  often  be  told  by  its  character. 
Is  there  constipation  or  diarrhoea?  How  long  has  this 
disease  been  existing?     Is  there  a  discharge  of  blood  or 


84 


EECTUM. 


mucous?  Do  the  bowels  protrude  during  defecation? 
Does  he  have  an  irritable  bladder?  etc.  After  you  have  a 
history  of  his  case,  it  is  always  best  to  request  him  to  sub- 
mit to  a  local  examination,  as  this  will  allow  you  to  obtain 
a  more  thorough  knowledge  of  his  case.  No  patient  with 
an  atom  of  common  sense  will  object  to  this,  and  by  plac- 
ing the  patient  on  a  table,  either  in  the  Sims  or  the  Litho- 
tomy position,  with  the  aid  of  a  good  light  and  the  specu- 
lum, you  can  determine  the  exact  nature  of  his  trouble. 
This  brings  us  to  the  point  of  considering  the  value  of  dif- 
ferent speculums.  For  the  preliminary  examination  of  the 
rectum  and  a  few  minor  operations,  I  prefer  a  very  small 
Sims  speculum.     This  can  be  introduced  with    but  little 


The  3rinkerhoff  Speculum. 


pain  and  will  reveal  the  condition  of  affairs.  For  operat- 
ing by  the  injection  method,  the  Brinkerhoff  speculum  is, 
beyond  a  doubt,  the  best  instrument  in  existence.  This 
speculum  is  a  hollow,  conical  tube,  with  a  slide  which  can 
be  withdrawn,  exposing  the  surface  you  wish  to  operate 
on.  It  also  has  the  advantage  of  a  reflector  in  the  end 
which  throws  light  on  all  sides  of  the  tumor.  Another 
good  feature  of  this  speculum  is,  that  its  tubular  shape  will 
act  as  a  basin  to  catch  any  superflous  fluid  which  may  es- 
cape while  injecting.  In  this  way  you  will  cauterize  only 
the  surface  of  the  rectum  which  has  been  punctured. 

For  dilating  and  other  operative  work  Pratt's  bivalve 


RECTUM 


speculum  is  to  be  recommended.  All  speculums  should  be 
well  oiled  with  vaseline  and  heated  to  the  temperature  of 
the  body  before  introducing  them.  After  learning  the  na- 
ture of  the  diseased  condition  which  exists,  we  will  next 
consider  its  treatment. 


LOCAL  ANAESTHESIA  IN  RECTAL  OPERATIONS. 

It  has  been  only  within  the  last  few  years  that  local 
anaesthetics  have  been  used  to  any  great  extent  in  the 
surgical  treatment  of  rectal  diseases.  Cocaine  has  al- 
ways been  considered  too  dangerous  a  drug  to  anaesthize 
as  large  a  surface  as  is  often  required  in  rectal  operations. 


Since  the  introduction  of  quinine  and  urea-hydrochloride, 
however,  the  rectal  surgeon  has  at  his  command  a  local 
anaesthetic  whereby  smy  rectal  operation  can  be  sucess- 
fully  performed  nearly  or  absolutely  painless.  The  tech- 
nique of  producing  anaesthesia  with  this  valuable  remedy 
is  as  follows :  The  index  finger  of  the  left  hand  is  intro- 
duced into  the  rectum  as  a  guide  for  the  needle.  The 
sj^ringe  should  hold  at  least  one  dram  of  a  one  or  two  per 
cent,  solution  of  the  quinine  and  urea-hydrochloride 
anaesthetic.  The  needle  is  now  introduced  about  one-half 
of  an  inch  from  the  muco-cutanious  border  to  avoid  the 
hemorrhoidal  vessels  and  directed  as  near  as  possible  to 
the  center  of  the  internal  sphincter  which  can  be  detected 
by  the  finger  in  the  rectum.  When  you  are  satisfied  that 
you  reached  the  internal  sphincter  the  entire  dram  of  the 


86  RECTUM. 

anaestlietc  should  be  discharged.  This  procedure  should 
be  repeated  three  or  four  times  at  different  parts  around 
the  anal  oriface.  "When  the  last  injection  is  made  the 
finger  can  still  remain  in  the  rectum  and  massage  the  in- 
ternal sphincter  by  rotating  it  around  this  muscle.  This 
diffuses  the  anassthetic  and  at  the  end  of  about  five  min- 
utes nearly  any  operation  can  be  performed  painlessly. 
Owing  to  the  fact  that  this  remedy  retains  its  anaesthetic 
effect  for  several  days,  offers  an  advantage  over  any 
other  local  or  general  anesthetic  ever  introduced,  and 
many  operations  can  be  performed  in  the  physician's  office 
or  the  patient's  home  without  the  assistance  of  another 
physician  to  administer  anaesthetic  as  was  formerly  re- 
quired. 


HEMORRHOIDS. 


These  are  generally  classified  as  external  and  internal 
tumors,  resulting  from  a  varicose  condition  of  the  hemor- 
rhoidal veins  or  other  blood  vessels,  of  the  rectum.  The 
former  have  their  attachment  outside  of  the  external 
sphincter,  while  the  latter  have  their  attachment  inside 
the  grasp  of  this  muscle,  but  can  be  forced  down  by 
straining  if  they  are  of  sufficient  size.  Internal  hemor- 
rhoids are  covered  with  mucous  membrane  and  may  be 
found  of  almost  any  shape,  size  and  color.  The  color 
will  generally  indicate  whether  they  are  of  a  venous, 
capilliary  or  arterial  origin.  Venous  hemorrhoids  are 
bluish  in  color  unless  they  are  strangulated,  when  they 
become  more  purple.  Capillary  hemorrhoids  are  of  dark 
color.  They  are  not  painful,  but  bleed  easily.  Arterial 
hemorrhoides  are  of  a  bright  red  appearance,  are  irrita- 
ble, and  also  bleed  freely. 

External  hemorrhoids  are  visible  to  the  eye  without 
the  use  of  the  speculum,  and  may  assume  different  shapes 
and  color.  The  skin  and  mucous  membrane  covering 
external  piles  is  extremely  sensitive,  while  internal  piles 
are  nearly  devoid  of  sensibility.  All  forms  of  piles  seem 
to  have  a  remarkable  erectile  power,  much  resembling 
the    corpus   spongiosum   of   the   penis,    and,   if   handled 


RECTUM.  6t 

roughly,  will  become  more  prominent.  This  is  very  ad- 
vantageous to  the  operator  as  it  brings  them  into  more 
prominence,  where  they  can  be  easily  treated. 


TREATMENT  OF  HEMORRHOIDS. 

The  words  knife  or  surgical  operation  pierces  the  ears 
of  most  patients  almost  as  keenly  as  the  instrument  itself, 
and  if  they  are  assured  that  they  can  be  cured  without 
pain,  detention  from  business,  and  cutting  operations, 
without  endangering  their  lives,  they  are  sure  to  favor 
such  a  procedure.  Thus  we  find  that  patients  will  submit 
to  the  injection  treatment  w^hen  they  would  prolong  their 
suffering  in  silence  rather  than  undergo  a  surgical  oper- 
ation. 

The  injection  treatment  has  many  advantages  other 
than  the  ones  just  mentioned,  from  the  physician's  point 
of  view.  The  busy  general  practitioner  can  not  always 
devote  the  time  to  learning  the  technique  of  cutting  oper- 
ations, as  it  is  a  well  known  fact  that  such  operations 
require  much  skill  and  practice,  and  the  practitioner  who 
sends  all  his  rectal  patients  to  the  surgeon,  is  depriving 
himself  of  both  reputation  and  revenue  which  could  be 
retained  by  the  use  of  this  method. 

Since  the  injection  treatment  has  been  used,  nearly 
every  caustic  in  the  vegetable  and  mineral  kingdom  has 
been  tested,  but  it  is  the  universal  opinion  of  physicians 
w^ho  use  this  method  that  carbolic  acid,  either  used  single 
or  in  combination  with  other  remedies,  is  the  best,  and 
that  better  results  can  be  obtained  from  a  forty  per  cent. 
or  stronger  solution  than  from  the  weaker  ones.  The 
following  formula  is  the  most  generally  accepted  one : 

^     Carbolic   acid 40  parts. 

Olive    oil 60  parts. 

Mix.  Sig. — Inject  enough  of  the  fluid  to  change  the 
color  of  the  tumor  to  a  grayish  white.  The  amount  of 
the  fluid  required  to  accomplish  this  will  depend  upon 
the  size  of  the  tumor.  Small  tumors  require  only  from 
one  to  three  minims,  while  larger  ones  will  require  more. 


88  RECTUM. 

The  hj^podermic  sj^ringe  for  hemorrhoidal  work 
should  have  a  large  piston-head  and  strong  finger-brace. 
The  piston  stem  should  be  graduated  in  minims  with  a 


mm 


-^ Q 


'Vs^M^SB 


JmnHm 


GUARDED  NEEDLE  AND  CANULA. 

set-screw.  After  you  determine  the  amount  of  fluid  a 
pile  tumor  w^ill  require,  regulate  the  set-screw  on  the 
piston-stem  so  as  to  get  about  the  amount  of  fluid  you 
will  require  for  each  injection.  In  this  Avay  you  can  de- 
termine the  exact  amount  of  fluid  used  in  each  operation. 
The  Hypodermic  syringe  plays  quite  an  important  part 
in  the  different  operations  mentioned  in  this  book,  and  we 
wish  it  understood  that  when  we  use  the  term  minims 
we  mean  minims  as  regulated  by  the  piston  and  set-screw 
of  the  syringe,  and  not  drops  as  they  are  ejected  from  the 
point  of  the  needle,  as  there  is  quite  a  difference,  for  five 
graduated  minims  will  be  equivalent  to  nearly  fifteen 
drops  if  a  fine  needle  is  used.  The  hypodermic  syringe 
is  more  thoroughly  discussed  in  the  obtundent  system  of 
painless  dentistry  on  another  page  to  which  you  are  re- 
ferred. 

The  needle  used  for  injecting  hemorrhoids  should  be 
of  extra  length.  I  prefer  a  needle  with  a  finer  caliber 
than  most  operators  use,  as  the  larger  needles  have  a 
tendency  to  allow  the  fluid  to  escape  more  freely  when  it 
is  withdrawn,  and  thus  cauterize  the  healthy  walls  of  the 
rectum. 

Needles  for  this  work  should  have  a  set-screw  near 
the  point,  which  will  prevent  you  from  puncturing  the 
opposite  walls  of  the  tumor  and  injecting  the  fluid  where 
it  is  not  required.  If  you  have  a  plain  needle,  you  can 
regulate  the  depth  of  the  injections  by  putting  a  very 
small  piece  of  paper  on  the  needle  at  the  distance  you 
deem  necessary  from  the  point. 


RECTUM.  80 

HOW  TO  OPERATE. 

After  you  have  exaniiiicd  the  patient  and  located  the 
piles  you  wish  to  treat,  the  Brinkerhoff  speculum  should 
be  gently  introduced  and  the  slide  withdrawn,  so  that  the 
tumor  Avill  protrude  through  this  opening.  This  will  give 
you  full  view  of  the  tumor.  The  patient  may  be  placed 
on  either  side,  or  on  his  back.  He  should  always  be 
placed  in  such  a  position  as  to  allow  the  tumor  to  point 
downward  if  possible.  This  has  two  advantages,  first, 
you  are  not  so  liable  to  inject  the  fluid  too  near  the  base 
of  the  tumor;  second,  if  any  fluid  should  escape  when 
you  withdraw  the  needle,  it  will  be  caught  by  the  specu- 
lum. There  will  not  be  an  overflow^,  however,  unless  you 
use  too  large  a  needle  and  withdraw  it  too  quickly. 

After  you  have  exposed  the  tumor  to  full  view,  tell 
the  patient  to  strain  a  little,  then  take  a  wire  snare,  such 
as  is  used  in  throat  and  nose  work,  and  surround  the 
tumor  you  wish  to  inject.  Do  not  make  sufficient  ten- 
sion on  the  snare  to  cut  the  tissues,  but  just  enough  to 
restrict  its  base.  The  needle  should  now  be  inserted 
about  one-third  the  distance  from  the  apex.  The  injec- 
tion should  be  made  as  near  the  center  of  the  tumor  as 
possible  and  forced  into  the  pile  a  drop  at  a  time.  This 
will  allow  the  coagulum  to  gradually  form  and  avoid 
forcing  any  of  the  contents  of  the  tumor  back  into  the 
main  blood  vessels.  If  the  tumor  is  an  extra  large  one, 
several  injections  may  be  required  to  thoroughly  cauter- 
ize it.  The  needle  should  be  gently  mthdrawn  and,  if 
any  blood  .should  follow  its  withdrawal,  it  indicates  that 
there  has  not  been  enough  of  the  fluid  used  and  the  opera- 
tion should  be  repeated.  One  who  is  not  accustomed  to 
making  these  injections  might  think  the  operation  Avould 
be  attended  with  pain,  but  such  is  not  generall}^  the  case, 
as  carbolic  acid  is  a  powerful  anaesthetic  when  used  in  this 
strength.  If  there  should  be  pain,  it  generally  comes  on 
a  few  hours  after  the  operation,  and  indicates  that  the 
injection  has  been  made  too  near  the  base  of  the  tumor 
into  the  deep  structure.  This  should  be  avoided,  as  ex- 
tensive ulceration  has  been  attributed  to  this  mistake. 
The   tumor   should   be   covered   with   an    ointment   com- 


90  3ECTUM. 

posed  of  boric  acid,  two  drachms,  and  vaseline,  six 
drachms,  and  the  speculum  withdrawn.  Not  more  than 
two  small  or  medium  sized,  or  one  large  pile  tumor  should 
be  treated  at  a  time  and  two  or  three  weeks  should  elapse 
before  another  treatment.  It  is  always  best  to  treat  the 
large  tumors  first,  for  as  soon  as  they  are  removed,  the 
smaller  ones  are  thrown  into  better  view. 

There  are  several  complications  to  be  considered  in 
all  rectal  operations.  Retention  of  urine  may  follow  an 
operation.  This  can  be  relieved  by  the  catheter  or  other 
treatments.  Constipation  is  present  in  a  large  majority 
of  people  who  are  suffering  with  piles  and  great  care 
should  be  taken  to  relieve  the  patient  of  this  difficulty  as 
it  has  a  decided  tendency  to  retard  the  progress  of  your 
treatment.  Secondary  hemorrhage  is  a  complication  of 
all  rectal  operations,  but  it  seldom  occurs  with  the  injec- 
tion treatment.  If  it  should  occur,  the  rectum  should  be 
tamponed  above  the  bleeding  point  and  astringent  appli- 
cations made  to  the  bleeding  surface. 

Extensive  ulceration  will  not  occur  unless  the  injec- 
tions have  been  made  too  deep.  These  ulcerations  can 
be  treated  like  other  ulcerations  of  the  rectum. 

One  of  the  dangers  which  has  been  pointed  out  by  sur- 
geons, opposed  to  this  method  is,  that  the  injection  fluid 
might  form  a  thrombus,  but  I  am  doubtful  if  any  such  com- 
plication ever  occurs.  This  can  be  guarded  against,  how- 
ever, by  the  use  of  the  circular  pressure  at  the  base  of  the 
tumors  with  a  snare  as  described  before.  It  might  be  sta- 
ted that  weaker  solutions  of  carbolic  acid  would  have  a 
tendency  to  produce  this  condition  more  than  the  stronger 
ones,  as  the  latter  make  a  complete  coagulum  and  cauter- 
ize the  tissue  as  completely  as  the  actual  cautery. 


EXTERNAL  HEMORRHOIDS. 

There  are  certain  forms  of  external  hemorrhoids  that 
can  be  successfully  treated  by  the  injection  method.  These 
tumors  are  of  recent  formation  and  decidedly  vesicular. 

Pile  tumors  which  are  hard  and  fibrous  should  be  re- 
moved by  excision  or  the  ligature.  Many  prefer  the  lat- 
ter because  it  is  practically  bloodless.    The  minute  details 


RECTTIM. 


di 


of  these  operations  are  given  in  nearly  all  works  on  sur- 
gery, and  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  repeat  them  here,  but 
I  will  give  you  a  brief  outline  of  the  operation,  which  is 
very  simple. 

These  tumors  do  not  require  the  use  of  the  speculum 
as  they  are  already  exposed  to  your  view.  Anaesthetize 
the  surface  to  be  operated  upon  by  first  saturating  a  piece 
of  absorbent  cotton  with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of  cocaine, 
and  cover  the  parts.  This  is  applicable  only  to  tumors  that 
are  covered  with  mucus  membrane  as  the  anaesthetic  will 
have  no  effect  upon  the  skin.  This  should  be  allowed  to 
remain  about  ten  minutes.  Then  inject  a  three  per  cent, 
solution  of  cocaine  as  given  in  formula  No.  3  in  the  Ob- 


RECTAL.    CASE. 

This  makes  a  very  convenient  set  for  the  Rectal  Specialist.  It  con- 
tains four  metal  screw-top  bottles  for  holding  medicines,  two  syringes, 
one  BrinkerhofE  speculum,  one  rectal  polj-pus  or  dressing  forceps,  one 
suppositor  for  ointments,  one  silver  probe-pointed  canula,  one  guarded 
and   one   plain   hypodermic   needle. 

tundent  formula  on  another  page.  These  injections  should 
be  made  just  under  the  skin  or  the  mucous  membrane 
around  the  base  of  the  tumor.  The  snare  should  now  be 
applied  at  about  the  place  you  have  made  the  injection,  or 
just  a  little  above,  and  sufficient  force  used  to  make  circu- 
lar pressure  around  the  tumor  without  cutting  the  surface. 


92  I^KCTUM. 

Now  take  a  knife  or  a  pair  of  fine-pointed  scissors,  and 
sever  the  outer  integument  along  the  line  of  the  snare, 
being  careful  not  to  cut  too  deep.  This  incision  severs  the 
nerves  of  sensation  and  will  lessen  the  suffering  and  also 
hasten  the  sloughing  process.  The  ligature  can  noAV  be 
applied  to  the  cut  surface  and  the  tumor  strangulated.  1 
generally  use  two  silk  ligatures  and  tie  several  knots  in 
each.    This  will  prevent  after-hemorrhage. 

After  the  tumor  has  been  thoroughy  ligated,  snip  oft' 
a  little  of  the  summit  of  the  tumor  and  dust  the  parts 
well  with  antiseptic  powder.  Apply  over  this  a  piece  of 
absorbent  cotton  and  a  bandage.  If  the  patient  suffers 
much  pain  after  the  operation,  he  can  be  allowed  suffi- 
cient morphine  to  quiet  him. 

FISTULA. 

It  is  claimed  by  AUingham  that  two-thirds  of  the 
rectal  operations  performed  at  the  St.  Mark's  Hospital, 
London,  were  for  fistula,  but  American  surgeons  find 
hemorrhoids  the  most  common  affection.  There  are  sev- 
eral varieties  of  fistula,  generally  classed  as  complete, 
which  have  an  external  and  an  internal  opening ;  internal 
incomplete,  Avhich  have  an  internal  opening  leading  to  a 
blind  pouch  which  may  become  a  receptacle  for  foreign 
matter;  external  incomplete,  with  an  external  opening 
only.  The  complete  and  external  incomplete  are  very 
easily  detected  by  the  eye  by  their  openings.  The  in- 
ternal incomplete  may  require  the  use  of  the  speculum. 

Fistulas  are  not  always  attended  with  severe  pain, 
but  they  give  the  patient  a  feeling  of  uneasiness,  owing  to 
the  discharge  from  them,  which  may  cause  a  soreness  of 
itching  at  the  anus. 


DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT. 

If  on  examination,  Ave  find  an  external  opening,  we 
can  determine  whether  or  not  the  fistula  is  complete  by 
inserting  a  probe  into  the  opening  and  following  the 
point  of  the  probe  with  the  finger  in  the  rectum.  If  the 
internal  opening  is  a  little  obscure  injections  of  antisep- 


RECTUM.  !»:'' 

tic  colored  wntcr  injected  into  the  external  opening  can 
be  seen  oozing  throuuh  the  internal  orifice. 

After  determining  the  nature  of  the  affection,  we  can 
apply  the  treatment  we  deem  required.  Most  operators 
prefer  to  treat  these  affections  upon  a  surgical  basis. 
For  the  details  of  these  operations  we  refer  the  reader 
to  any  text-book  on  surgery.  There  are  several  ways 
in  which  this  ailment  can  be  cured,  however,  without  re- 
sorting to  surgery.  The  oldest  of  these  is  the  ligature, 
which  is  said  to  have  been  used  by  Hippocrates. 

This  method  consists  in  passing  a  ligature  through 
the  sinus  into  the  bowel  and  tying  it  outside  allowing  the 
ligature  to  gradually  cut  its  way  to  the  external  surface. 
The  silk  ligature  was  soon  replaced  by  the  rubber  liga- 
ture as  the  contraction  of  the  rubber  would  have  a 
tendency  to  cut  through  to  the  surface  in  less  time,  gen- 
erally requiring  from  five  to  ten  days.  If  the  rubber 
should  break  or  become  relaxed,  the  operations  should  be 
repeated.  Rubber  ligatures  should  never  be  tied,  but 
the  ends  placed  in  a  small  piece  of  lead  and  pinched  to- 
gether so  as  to  avoid  slipping. 

Another  way  of  successfully  treating  many  cases  of 
fistula  is  to  first  inject  peroxide  of  hydrogen  into  the 
cavity.  After  this  has  thoroughly  "boiled  out.''  the  pus, 
the  interior  of  the  fistulous  tract  should  be  scarified  by 
passing  a  probe  or  a  scarifier  up  and  down  the  canal 
several  times:  then  inject  carbolic  acid  through  a  silver 
probe,  canula,  commencing  at  the  internal  opening, 
gradually  withdraw  the  probe  and  press  out  a  drop  at  a 
time.  The  finger  should  now  follow  the  canal  and  press 
out  the  excess  of  acid,  if  there  should  be  any.  This  can 
be  followed  up  by  an  injection,  at  least  once  a  week,  of 
eucalyptol,  thoroughly  saturating  the  cavity.  Brinker- 
hoff  used  the  following  mixture  which  he  called  ''Ulcer 
Specific : ' ' 


« 


Jy     Dist.  ext.   hamamelis 5  dr. 

Liq.  ferri.  subsulph    1  dr. 

Acid  carbol.   eryst 2  gr. 

Glvcerine    -  cli'- 


94  RECTUM. 

Mix.  Sig.  Inject  ten  or  fifteen  drops  deeply  into 
the  fistula  and  press  the  tract  of  the  fistula  with  the  finger 
to  force  the  fluid  more  deeply  in. 

The  principal  thing  to  avoid  is  having  the  external 
opening  heal  before  the  internal.  You  should  always 
keep  the  external  orifice  open ;  this  will  allow  free  drain- 
age for  the  septic  fluids  as  the  healing  process  should 
start  from  within  and  work  towards  the  surface. 


FISSURE. 

Of  all  diseases  of  the  rectum  a  fissure  is  the  most  pain- 
ful. To  the  inexperienced,  it  Avould  seem  almost  im- 
possible that  such  an  innocent-looking  little  ulcer  could 
cause  so  much  suffering.  It  is,  however,  the  cause  of 
intolerable  pain  and  gravely  disordered  reflexes. 

A  fissure  is  simply  an  ulcerated  abrasion  of  the  muco- 
cutaneous membrane  which  lays  bare  certain  nerve  fibers 
which  come  in  contact  with  foreign  matter  and  produce 
spasmodic  contraction  and  pain  of  an  intense  character. 
The  treatment  of  a  fissure  is  the  simplest  known  in  sur- 
gery and  it  can  be  cured  in  several  ways.  Dilating  the 
sphincters  to  the  full  extent  with  a  Pratt's  bivalve  specu- 
lum will,  in  nearly  every  case,  effect  a  cure.  If  you 
haven't  a  speculum  at  hand,  the  thumbs  of  each  hand  can 
be  inserted  into  the  rectum  and  the  same  force  applied. 
Patients  can  object  to  this  treatment  for  no  other  reason 
except  that  they  should  take  a  general  anaesthetic.  If 
patients  fear  this,  you  can  effect  a  cure  by  saturating  a 
piece  of  absorbent  cotton  with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of 
cocaine  and  allow  it  to  remain  on  the  ulcer  for  five  or  ten 
minutes,  then  scarify  the  surface  and  apply  a  solution 
containing  equal  parts  of  carbolic  acid  and  glycerine. 
This  will  convert  the  ulcer  into  a  simple  sore  which  will 
rapidly  heal  by  keeping  it  dressed  with  antiseptic  pow- 
ders or  ointment. 


RECTAL  ULCERS. 

Situated  above  the  anus  are  not  of  uncommon  oc- 
curence and  give  rise  to  many  reflex  troubles.  These 
ulcers  may  be  caused  by  mechanical  injury,  as  from  in- 


RECTUM.  95 

trodiicing  the  nozzle  of  a  syringe,  or  by  a  seed  lying  in 
the  folds  of  the  mucous  membrane.  They  may  also  re- 
sult from  simple  inflammatory  or  specific  diseases. 

Ulcers  of  the  rectum  are  attended  with  pain  and 
tenesmus  and  a  feeling  of  uneasiness  in  the  lower  bowel. 
There  may  be  a  discharge  of  pus,  mucous  or  blood. 
]\Iorning  diarrhoea  is  nearly  always  present,  although  in 
some  cases  the  bowels  are  constipated. 

If  ulceration  of  the  rectum  is  suspected,  the  speculum 
should  be  introduced  and  the  extent  and  character  of  the 
ulceration  ascertained.  If  they  should  be  due  to  syphilis, 
constitutional  treatment  alone  is  all  that  will  be  required; 
but,  if  from  any  other  cause,  they  will  require  local  medi- 
cation, in  the  form  of  antiseptics  and  astringents. 

When  ulcers  can  be  outlined  through  a  speculum, 
they  may  become  converted  into  a  simple  sore  by  satur- 
ating the  surface  with  nitrate  of  silver,  seventy  grains  to 
an  ounce  of  water.  This  can  be  applied  with  a  cotton 
pointed  applicator  or  the  surface  can  be  ancesthetized 
with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of  cocaine,  then  scarified 
and  touched  with  a  solution  containing  one  drachm  of 
carbolic  acid  and  three  drachms  of  olive  oil.  These  treat- 
ments should  be  applied  by  the  physician  once  or  twice 
a  week.  The  patient  should  also  be  supplied  with  an 
antiseptic  astringent  home  treatment.  The  vaginal  sup- 
positories as  given  on  another  page  in  the  chapter  on 
diseases  of  women,  form  the  best  treatment  to  my  knowl- 
edge, and  they  are  used  with  wonderful  curative  results 
in  all  cases  or  rectal  ulcerations  and  inflammations.  The 
patient  should  insert  one  of  these  suppositories  up  the 
rectum  at  the  ulcerated  surface  each  night  before  going 
to  bed  and  after  the  bowels  move  in  the  morning.  These 
suppositories  contain  a  happy  combination  of  remedies 
which  is  all  that  can  be  desired  to  promote  healing,  and 
extensive  ulceration  will  rapidly  yield  to  their  use. 


PROLAPSUS  OF  THE  RECTUM. 

This  condition  is  of  quite  common  occurence  in  chil- 
dren and  is  also  occasionally  found  in  adults  and  is  fre- 


06  KECTUM. 

quently  associated  with  hemorrhoids.  This  protrusion  of 
the  rectum  is  generally  due  to  excessive  strainino:  at  stool, 
or  in  patients  who  are  paralyzed.  The  walls  of  the  rec- 
tum can  easily  be  placed  in  their  normal  position  by  lu- 
bricating- the  fore  finser  with  vaseline  and  inserting  it 
into  the  rectum  and  gently  pushing  the  membrane  over 
the  finger  into  the  orifice. 

The  patient  should  be  supplied  with  antiseptic  and 
astringent  treatment  such  as  the  vaginal  suppository  just 
mentioned,  and  be  instructed  to  avoid  straining  at  stool. 
If  the  bowels  are  constipated,  treatment  should  be  di- 
rected so  as  to  produce  free  watery  stools  without  strain- 
ing. If  the  prolapsus  is  due  to  hemorrhoids,  they  should 
be  removed :  this  will  also  cure  this  condition. 


POLYPUS  OF  THE  RECTUM. 

Polypoid  tumors  are  found  in  the  rectum  the  same  as 
on  other  mucous  membranes.  The  treatment  is  very 
simple.  They  may  be  removed  either  by  injecting  the 
same  hemorrhoidal  fluid  as  that  used  for  piles  into  the 
pedicle  of  the  tumor,  or  they  may  be  ligated  at  the  base 
of  the  pedicle  and  the  top  cut  off.  They  may  also  be 
removed  by  the  snare,  and  the  pedicle  cauterized.  Polypi 
have  a  tendency  to  bleed  quite  freely  at  times  and  the 
treatment  should  be  directed  to  avoid  this  complication. 


PRURITUS. 


This  is  a  very  common  and  troublesome  ailment.  It 
may  be  caused  from  acid,  mucous,  or  purulent  discharges 
from  the  anus.  Some  phj'^sicians  believe  many  cases  are 
of  a  purely  parasitic  origin.  The  folloAving  formula  has 
always  been  very  serviceable  in  my  practice : 

I^     Acid  carbolic 20  gr. 

Camphor 20  gr. 

Zinc    oxide 15  gr. 

Vaseline    1  oz. 


KEC'TUAr.  1)7 

M.  Sig.  Apply  to  the  surface  two  or  three  times  a 
day. 

The  folloAviiig  formulae  have  been  advocated  and  suc- 
cessfully used  by  their  originators  for  the  hypodermic 
treatment  of  piles : 

POWELL'S   FORMULA. 

ly     Acid  carbolic   (crystals) 2  dr. 

Tinct.  thuja 1  dr. 

Aqua  dist q.  s.  ad.  1  oz. 


OVERALL'S  FORMULA. 

^     Acid    carbolic 1  dr. 

Fl.   ex.  ergot 1  dr. 

01.    olive 1  dr. 


BRINKERHOFF'S  FORMULA. 

1>      Carbolic  acid 1  oz. 

Olive   oil 5  oz. 

Chloride  of  zinc 8  gr. 

The  little  pamplet  furnished  to  the  itinerants  pur- 
chasing the  "System"  directs  that  the  amount  of  injec- 
tion inserted  into  the  tumors  shall  be  as  follows: 

Largest  piles 8  min. 

Medium   piles 4  to  8  min. 

Small  piles 2  to  3  min. 

Club-shaped  painless  piles  near  orifice  2  min. 

"Brinkerhoff 's  System"  forbids  the  injunction  of  any 
but  internal  piles. 


98  RECTUM. 

RORICK'S  FORMULA. 

I^     Carbolic    acid 2  dr. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Fl.  ex.  ergot 1  dr. 

Water    11/2  dr. 


DR.  GREEN'S  FORMULA. 

1>     Carbolic   acid    1  oz. 

Creosote   10  min. 

Acid   hydrocyanic 1  min. 

Olive  oil 1  oz. 


DR.  SMITH'S  FORMULA. 

^     Acid  carbolic -.  . .  35  parts. 

Fl.  ext.  ergot 20  parts.- 

Glycerine  30  parts. 

Distilled   water 15  parts. 


DR.  SHUFORD'S  FORMULA. 

3^     Sodium   biborate 1  dr. 

Acid  salicylic 1  dr. 

Glycerine    1  oz. 

Acid   carbolic 3  dr. 

Mix.     Sig.     Inject  three  to  five  drops  in  small  and 
eight  or  ten  or  more  in  large  ones. 


DR.  HOYT'S  FORMULA. 

1^     Acid   carbolic 80  min. 

Ext.   hamamelis 6  dr. 

Distilled  water 6  dr. 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  99 


The  Alcohol  and  Drug  Habit 

Special!^ 

What  are  the  factors  which  predispose  certain  indi- 
viduals to  the  excessive  use  of  liquor,  while  others  do  not 
care  to  use  it  at  all?  This  is  a  question  that  has  never 
been  satisfactorily  answered.  I  believe  that  certain  in- 
dividuals are  born  drunkards,  just  as  I  believe  that 
others  are  born  thieves,  and  there  are  children  born  every 
day  cursed  in  their  mother's  womb  by  the  dissipation  of 
one  or  both  parents.  Bad  company  and  poor  literature 
contribute,  perhaps,  more  toward  the  development  of  the 
drink  habit  than  any  other  cause.  A  man  with  a  timid 
disposition  often  thinks  he  is  better  able  to  combat  with 
the  world  if  he  imbibes  freely  of  the  amber-colored 
liquid,  while  a  man  with  an  unevenly  balanced  mind  be- 
lieves he  can  be  made  more  worldly  if  he  flushes  his 
stomach  with  the  fiery  fluid.  A  poor  man  feels  rich  if  he 
is  in  a  state  of  semi-intoxication,  and  especially  so  if  he 
is  in  a  glittering  bar-room  with  company  in  a  similar 
state.  Finally,  the  intoxication  increases,  stupor  comes 
on,  and  after  this  has  Worn  off  in  the  morning  comes 
thirst,  misery,  headache,  tremor  and  nervous  irritability. 
Again  he  seeks  relief  by  the  usual  "eye-opener,"  and 
again  he  keeps  his  jaded  nervous  system  stimulated  dur- 
ing the  day  until  outraged  nature  rebels,  and  his 
stomach  will  no  longer  retain  the  poison,  and  the  dis- 
ordered brain  and  nervous  system  are  on  the  border  of 
collapse  unless  rest  or  medical  aid  will  restore  him  to  the 
normal,  and  compel  him  to  leave  alcoholic  liquors  alone 
for  a  few  weeks  or  months.  This  is  the  history  of  the 
average  periodical  drinker. 

There  is  another  class  of  men  whom  we  generally  find 


100  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

in  active  business  who  do  not  intoxicate  themselves  to 
the  extent  just  described,  but  who  consume  a  large 
amount  of  liquor  every  day  and  keep  it  up  for  years, 
without  much  apparent  injurj^^,  but  by  carefully  watch- 
ing these  subjects,  we  find  that  they  finally  die  from 
some  disease  for  which  alcohol  is  responsible.  Possibly 
the  heart  may  become  exhausted  or  the  liver  or  the  kid- 
neys give  out,  or  the  weakened  blood  vessels  at  some 
point  of  the  brain  will  yield  and  apoplexy  result. 

There  is  another  class  of  men  who  may  properly  be 
called  degenerates.  These  individuals  are  certainly  phy- 
sically and  mentally  weak,  and,  if  allowed,  will  consume 
as  much  liquor  as  they  can  get  their  hands  on.  They 
wish  to  keep  in  a  state  of  intoxication  all  the  time,  until 
they  are  finally  taken  to  the  prison  or  madhouse  or  wear 
out  the  lives  of  their  most  devoted  friends. 

From  so  high  authority  as  Sir  William  Roberts  we 
find  in  his  excellent  little  work  on  ''Diet  and  Digestion," 
that  tea,  coffee,  tobacco  and  alcohol  have  been  bene- 
ficial in  strengthening  both  the  muscles  and  the  brains 
of  Americans.  He  argues  that  this  is  one  of  the  reasons 
why  we  have  outstripped  our  eastern  brethren  in  civiliza- 
tion and  intellectual  attainments.  If  such  be  the  case,  we 
have  bought  our  civilization  and  our  intelligence  at  an 
enormous  expense. 

There  has  been  much  discussion  in  medical  literature 
as  to  whether  the  excessive  use  of  alcohol  is  a  disease  or 
a  habit.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  it  is  both,  and  that 
it  may  be  either  hereditary  or  acquired.  If  a  man  goes 
on  an  occasional  spree  and  has  no  particular  taste  or 
craving  for  liquors,  we  may  say  that  he  has  a  habit.  If 
he  has  an  uncontrollable  appetite  for  alcohol  and  feels 
that  he  cannot  exist  without  the  stimulant,  we  must  ad- 
mit that  it  is  a  disease,  for  there  are  certain  pathological 
changes  which  take  place  in  his  nervous  system. 

Whether  or  not  alcohol  may  be  used  without  being 
abused  is  too  broad  a  question  to  be  discussed  here,  but 
we  all  know  that  it  is  a  dangerous  companion  with  which 
to  associate,  and  we  maj^  live  longer  and  better  lives  if 
we  disinherit  this  king  of  many  crimes. 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  101 

It  was  Henry  W.  Grady  who  said  that  whisky  had 
wasted  more  lives,  dug  more  graves  and  sent  more  souls 
unshrived  to  judgment  than  all  the  pestilences  and  wars 
since  God  sent  the  plague  into  Egypt  and  Joshua  stood 
before  Jericho. 


HOW  TO  ADMIT  PATIENTS  FOR  TREATMENT. 

When  a  person  applies  for  treatment  for  alcoholism 
he  is  generally  in  a  state  of  intoxication;  he  wants  sym- 
pathy and  a  friend.  Possibly  he  has  been  called  a 
drunken  brute,  which  may  be  true  in  many  instances,  for 
there  are  many  individuals  who  are  correct  impersona- 
tions of  Dr.  Jekyll  and  ^Ir.  Hyde  when  under  the  influ- 
ence of  liquor.  Men  who  have  a  kind,  lovable  and  char- 
itable disposition  are  transformed  into  perfect  demons  by 
its  influence.  A  person  not  addicted  to  the  liquor  habit 
might  think  that  it  is  not  a  diflicult  task  to  stop  drinking, 
and  we  often  find  people  who  subject  the  drunkard  to  the 
most  severe  criticism,  is  a  habitue  or  perhaps  a  milder 
stimulant  or  narcotic,  i.  e.,  tea,  coffee,  snuff  or  tobacco. 
I  have  seen  as  pronounced  tea  drunkards  as  I  ever  have 
Avhisky  addicts. 

Although  Dr.  Keeley  and  others  who  were  among 
the  first  to  classify  alcoholism  as  a  disease,  were  ridiculed 
by  the  Medical  Profession,  we  are  pleased  to  note  at  this 
writing  that  their  views  have  been  generally  accepted, 
and  by  treating  these  conditions  as  disease,  patients  can 
be  rapidly  restored  to  their  former  manhood. 

Any  man  of  ordinary  intelligence  knows  right  from 
wrong,  and  by  explaining  to  him  the  evil  effects  of  his 
habits  and  Iioav  his  dissipation  has  reflected  upon  himself 
and  family :  how  he  and  his  have  been  shunned  by  so- 
ciety: hoAv  his  noble  and  faithful  wife  has  patiently 
Availed  for  the  time  to  come  when  he  would  abandon  the 
evil  habit  and  become  the  same  kind  father,  brother  or 
son  that  he  once  was.  She  has,  no  doubt,  many  times 
knelt  in  prayer,  and  implored  the  Divine  Giver  of  Life 
to  shield  her  loved  one  from  this  terrible  curse.  Have 
your  patient  to  understand  that  he  is  able  to  live  a  dif- 


102  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

ferent  and  a  better  life  and  that  he  has  applied  to  you 
for  the  purpose  of  having  you  cure  him  of  an  uncon- 
trollable disease,  alcoholism,  and  when  he  has  completed 
his  treatment,  he  will  return  to  his  loved  ones  a  much 
different  man.  But  in  order  to  be  successful,  he  must 
avoid  his  former  associates  and  places  where  liquor  is 
sold,  and  in  order  that  the  treatment  may  be  properly 
carried  out,  you  must  have  his  fullest  co-operation. 


EQUIPMENT. 


There  has  been  a  diversity  of  opinion  whether  or  not 
a  phj^sician  in  general  practice,  can  treat  alcoholism  and 
the  drug  habits  as  successfully  as  they  could  be  treated  at 
habitue  institutes.  The  principal  and  only  advantage  the 
institutes  have  they  are  generally  equipped  for  treating 
such  cases,  and  the  psychic  influence  it  has  on  the  pa- 
tient, of  "leaving  home  for  a  vacation,"  which  is  gener- 
ally their  excuse.  Alcoholic  habitues  dislike  to  admit 
their  weakness  and  acknowledge  that  alcohol  is  their  mas- 
ter. You  often  hear  the  most  profound  drunkard  remark, 
"I  can  drink  or  let  it  alone,"  but  they  more  often  drink 
to  show  you  they  can  drink  than  they  do  to  abandon  its 
use  for  demonstrative  purposes. 

There  is  rather  a  fraternity  among  drinking  men,  and 
while  at  an  institute  they  discuss  many  experiences  re- 
garding the  evil  effects  of  alcohol,  which  often  leads  from 
the  cradle  to  the  prison  or  mad  house.  If  the  modern 
temperance  lecturer  is  deficient  for  food  for  argument, 
his  time  will  be  well  spent  in  visiting  one  of  these  insti- 
tutes. There  is  no  special  class  of  men  exempt  from  this 
evil,  and  we  find  inmates  at  these  places  who  were  clergy- 
men, doctors,  lawyers,  etc.,  holding  respective  repentance 
with  men  of  the  lower  classes,  all  congregated  for  one 
grand  purpose  of  restoring  manhood  and  placing  them- 
selves before  the  world  once  more,  the  same  honorable, 
upright  citizen  they  once  were.  They  leave  the  institute 
with  new  resolutions  and  a  brighter  future  before  them. 

A  well  equipped  institute  should  possess  everything 


ALCOHOL  AND  "DRUG   HABIT.  103 

which  will  be  conductive  to  entertainment  and  health. 
For  this  purpose  a  small  gymnasium  is  of  special  value, 
not  only  for  amusement,  but  as  a  strengthening  process. 
Baths  of  every  description  offers  the  same  advantages.  I 
feel  I  cannot  say  too  much  regarding  baths,  as  they  offer 
us  one  of  the  best  means  of  elimination  obtainable,  the 
Turkish  bath  chairs  and  folding  bath  cabinet  mentioned 
on  another  page  will  answer  the  purpose,  but  the  shower 
and  other  baths  can  be  added  to  a  good  advantage.  Pa- 
tients should  be  required  to  take  a  Turkish  bath,  at  least 
every  other  day  throughout  the  treatment.  Although 
the  institutes  have  a  few  advantages,  a  physician  in  gen- 
eral practice  can  treat  patients  equally  as  successful  as 
far  as  actual  medication  is  concerned.  The  only  equip- 
ment other  than  medicine  is  the  bath  outfit  just  men- 
tioned. His  first  step  toward  success  is  to  obtain  the 
utmost  confidence  and  co-operation  of  his  patients  and 
keep  them  under  his  observation  and  treatment  for  at 
least  four  weeks.  At  the  end  of  the  first  week,  he  no 
doubt  will  abandon  the  use  of  liquor  and  by  the  judicious 
use  of  remedial  measures,  at  the  end  of  the  remaining 
three  weeks,  he  will  leave  your  care  with  no  further  de- 
sire for  alcohol  beverages. 


PRELIMINARY  TREATMENT. 

The  preliminary  treatment  for  alcoholism  depends 
somewhat  upon  the  condition  of  the  patient  when  he  pre- 
sents himself  for  treatment.  He  may  be  perfectly  sober, 
or,  on  the  other  extreme,  he  may  be  brought  to  you  in  a 
state  of  total  collapse,  or  suffering  with  delirium  tremens, 
or  manifesting  symptons  bordering  upon  this  condition, 
as  a  result  of  a  recent  debauch;  the  former  condition 
will  require  no  special  treatment,  while  the  latter  de- 
mands the  physician's  immediate  attention.  The  pa- 
tient's stomach  may  be  in  such  a  state  that  he  cannot 
tolerate  solid  foods ;  in  such  cases  we  find  hot  broths, 
milk  and  invalid  foods  are  the  best  diet.  If  the  patient  is 
not  able  to  take  this  nourishment  by  the  mouth,  it  can 


104  ALCOHOL   AND  DRUG   HABTT. 

be  given  by  the  rectum.  Many  drunkards  eat  and  sleep 
very  little  while  on  a  debauch,  and  it  is  owing  to  this  de- 
ficiency of  rest  and  diet  which  have  a  tendency  to  induce 
collapse  and  dciirium  tremens,  by  over-taxing  their  al- 
ready shattered  nervous  system. 

It  has  often  been  observed  that  alcoholics  who  eat 
and  sleep  well  never  manifest  delirious  symptons.  We 
therefore  find  that  the  most  important  factors  as  a  pre- 
liminary restorative  treatment  will  be  to  sustain  nourish- 
ment, quiet  the  nervous  system  and  induce  nature's  sweet 
restorative — sleep — and  eliminate  all  the  poisonous  ele- 
ments from  the  body.  The  patient  should  be  encouraged 
to  eat,  the  congested  liver  and  portal  system  should  be 
relieved  by  a  full  dose  of  calomel  followed  by  a  saline 
puragative  or  the  continuous  use  of  phosphate  of  soda. 
The  congested  kidneys  should  also  be  relieved  with  an 
active  diuretic,  through  diaphoresis  should  be  obtained 
by  means  of  the  Turkish  bath  given  in  the  bath  cabinet 
illustrated  on  another  page  and  followed  by  a  hot  plunge 
bath  for  a  few  minutes  in  water  of  110  degrees  F. 

These  baths  are  indispensable  as  a  means  of  elimina- 
tion, and  should  produce  sleep.  If  the  baths  should  fail 
to  produce  sleep,  the  patient  can  be  given  a  full  dose  of 
bromidia,  sulphonal,  trional,  veronal  paraldehyd,  or  any 
other  suitable  hypnotic,  which  will  be  discussed  later  in 
what  is  known  as  the  ''Rest  Cure." 

Patients  have  been  educated  by  the  former  founders 
of  the  so-called  "gold-cure"  institutes  to  believe  they  can 
have  all  the  liquor  they  desire.  Thus  we  often  find  it 
necessary  to  carry  out  our  treatment  on  the  same  plan,  or 
the  patient  may  think  our  treatment  an  inferior  one.  If 
the  patient  is  very  weak  he  should  only  be  allowed  suffi- 
cient liquor  to  support  him.  There  is  no  remedy  in  ex- 
istence which  will  support  an  irritable  heart  or  calm  the 
nerves  of  the  whisky  habitue  as  quickly  as  whisky.  This 
should  only  be  allowed  in  moderate  doses,  however,  for  a 
few  days,  until  nature  has  an  opportunity  of  recuperating 
from  other  sources.  If  the  patient  is  a  moderate  drinker 
and  in  a  state  of  intoxication  or  semi-intoxication,  he 
may  be  allowed  a  four  ounce  bottle  of  whisky  and  ad- 


ALCOHOI.   AND    DhTfi    flABIT.  105 

vised  to  see  how  lonu  lie  can  make  that  last.  All  patients 
sliould  be  emphatically  forbidden  to  enter  any  place 
where  liquors  are  sold,  or  drink  any  intoxicating  liquor 
other  than  that  which  he  receives  from  you. 

In  order  that  the  reader  may  become  familiar  with 
the  different  methods  of  treatment,  I  will  first  give  the 
treatment  I  used  while  in  charge  of  an  institute  and 
which  1  have  since  used  in  private  practice  with  excellent 
results  for  the  treatment  of  alcoholism  and  the  drug 
habits.  I  will  also  outline  many  secret  cures  and  sys- 
tems, sold  to  the  profession  at  different  prices  according 
to  territorial  right,  etc.  By  the  judicious  use  of  these 
treatments  you  Avill  be  prepared  to  treat  and  cure  alco- 
holism and  the  drug  habits  as  successfully  as  they  can  be 
treated  elsewhere. 


THE  REST  CURE. 


Some  institutes  have  w^bat  is  known  as  the  "Rest 
Cure,"  which  in  detail  is  very  much  like  the  preliminary 
treatment  just  described.  This  treatment  is  of  special 
value  as  a  preliminary  treatment  for  patients  Avho  are 
nervous  or  present  themselves  in  a  state  bordering  on 
collapse,  or  manifest  symptons  of  delirium  tremens.  The 
patient  is  given  a  hot  water  bath  or  a  hot  blanket  bath, 
which  consists  of  wrapping  the  patient  in  woolen  blank- 
ets taken  from  water  with  the  temperature  140  degrees 
F.  These  baths  are  frequently  repeated  to  keep  up  free 
diaphoresis.  Nourishment  is  given  in  small  amounts  as 
the  patient  awakens.  The  patient  is  allowed  as  little 
whisky  as  is  necessary  to  support  him  and  is  kept  in  a 
hypnotic  or  semi-hypnotic  state  from  two  to  four  days, 
until  the  effect  of  the  alcoholic  poison  wears  off. 

The  remedies  used  for  the  purpose  of  producing 
''rest"  (hj^pnosis)  are  hyoscine,  trinal,  veronal  and  paral- 
dehyd. 

Dr.  J.  Collins,  in  writing  regarding  the  relative  value 
of  the  three  last  named  remedies,  says : 

The  reliance  which  we  place  upon  them,  apparently, 
judging  from  the  frequency  with  which  they  are  used, 


106  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

is  indicated  by  the  order  in  which  they  are  enumerated. 
Although  veronal,  one  of  the  most  recently  introduced 
hypnotics,  has  something  to  be  said  in  its  favor,  and 
particularly  that  it  .produces  a  hypnosis  more  profound 
than  that  caused  by  trional,  there  are  disagreeable  fea- 
tures attendant  upon  its  use  which  compel  us  to  admit 
that  trional  is  the  more  suitable  hypnotic.  My  experience 
with  veronal,  which  I  have  used  upward  of  a  year  in  a 
great  many  cases  of  insomnia  of  manifold  causation,  is 
that  it  causes  quite  the  ideal  artificial  sleep,  it  sometimes 
produces  motor  incoordination,  especially  of  the  lower 
extremities,  erythematous  eruption,  neuralgia,  and  it  di- 
minishes the  solids  and  urin.  Although  trional  will  do 
all  of  these,  I  have  not  noticed  any  of  them  Avith  anything 
like  the  frequency  that  I  have  after  giving  veronal. 
Nevertheless,  veronal  is  an  excellent  hypnotic,  and  the 
sleep-producing  effects  are  greater  than  those  of  trional, 
given  in  from  ten-grain  to  fifteen-grain  doses.  It  usually 
produces  sleep  after  the  second  or  third  dose  in  patients 
with  delirium,  whereas  trional  must  be  given  oftentimes 
in  twice  or  in  three  times  this  quantitj^  before  any  con- 
siderable hypnosis  results.  We  have  the  best  results 
from  the  administration  of  trional  when  we  give  it  in  ten- 
grain  doses  every  hour  and  with  large  draughts  of  hot 
water.  After  from  four  to  six  doses  have  been  taken,  the 
patient  usually  secures  a  more  or  less  protracted  sleep. 

Paraldehyd  is  the  most  reliable  of  all  hypnotics. 
Every  one  who  has  much  experience  in  nervous  and  men- 
tal diseases  will  concede  that  this  is  a  fact.  It  is  never 
a  pleasant  medicine  to  take,  and  if  given  frequently  it  is 
sure  to  disorder  the  digestion.  In  delirium  tremens  the 
subacute  or  chronic  gastro-duodenal  catarrh  is  almost 
invariably  present,  and  paraldehyd  tends  to  increase  it 
and  exaggerate  it ;  for  this  reason  we  never  give  it  in  the 
City  Hospital  as  a  routine  measure,  but  when  other  hyp- 
notics fail  we  rely  upon  its  administration  in  producing 
sleep  and  are  rarely  disappointed. 

The  rest  cure  is  only  given  to  patients  who  are  deliri- 
ous or  extremely  nervous  and  irritable  and  have  muscular 
tremor,  etc.,  and  require  rest.    If  the  patient  places  him- 


ALCOHOL   AND  DRUG  HABIT.  107 

self  in  your  charge  in  a  reasonable  state  of  sobriety,  the 
rest  treatment  is  omitted,  with  the  exception  of  a  hyp- 
notic at  bedtime,  otherwise  the  patient  is  placed  a  once 
upon  the  following  general  tonic  and  reconstructive  treat- 
ment: 


TONIC  AND  RECONSTRUCTIVE  TREATMENT. 

The  first  treatment  I  ever  used  was  that  known  as 
the  Dunlap  Cure,  which  was  approximately  the  same 
treatment,  somewhat  modified,  as  that  used  by  Dr.  Gray, 
the  formulae  of  which  were  made  public  through  the 
efforts  of  Dr.  Andrews,  of  Chicago ;  and  it  is  my  belief 
that  this  treatment  is  quite  as  good  as  any  in  use  at  the 
present  time,  if  used  according  to  the  following  revised 
formulae : 

I  commence  giving  the  patient  hypodermically : 

I^     Gold  and  sodium  chloride 4  gr. 

Aqua,   dis 1  oz. 

M.  Sig.  Inject  five  to  ten  minims  at  seven  and  eleven- 
thirty  a.  m.,  and  at  five  and  nine  p.  m.  Each  ten  minims 
represents  one-twentieth  grain  of  the  chloride  of  gold  and 
sodium. 

I  also  give  the  following  internally: 

1^     Atropine   %  gi'. 

Strychnine  nitrate 1  gr. 

Tinct.   Capsicum 2  dr. 

F.  E.  erythroxylon  coca 1  oz. 

F.  E.  avena  sativa 1  oz. 

F.  E.  chionanthus  virg 1  oz. 

Compound  F.  E.  cinchona 3  oz. 

Simple   elixir 1  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  two  hours  while 
awake. 

In  briefly  resuming  the  therapeutic  value  of  the  above 
medication,  I  may  add  that  it  is  the  belief  of  many  phy- 
sicians that  the  only  important  part  gold  has  in  the  treat- 
ment of  alcoholism  is  the  gold  coin  which  passes  from  the 


10S  AT.COHOT.   AND   Y)\WC,    flABIT. 

hand  of  the  patient  to  the  pocket  of  the  doctor.  This  is  a 
^reat  mistake,  although  the  term  "g'old  cure"  has  been 
extensively  advertised  for  commercial  purposes  and 
sounds  well  and  looks  well.  The  therapeutic  value  of 
the  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium  is  strongly  indicated  to 
antagonize  the  evil  effects  of  alcohol.  By  referring  to  all 
modern  literature  upon  the  subject  and  accepting  the 
views  of  the  most  competent  clinicians,  we  find  that  the 
sailts  of  gold  are  alteratives  of  the  highest  order  and  seem 
to  exercise  their  best  efforts  upon  organs  and  tissues  de- 
stroyed by  the  poisonous  effects  of  alcohol. 

It  is  a  remedy  par-excellence  for  sclerosis  of  the  in- 
ternal organs,  especially  the  liver  and  kidneys,  drunkards 
dyspepsia,  characterised  by  red  glazed  tongue,  relaxation 
of  the  bowels,  catarrh  of  the  bile-ducts,  duodenum, 
jaundice,  etc.  It  has  been  highly  commended  for  suicidal 
mania,  melancholia  and  a  tonic  for  low  spirited  people, 
and  many  other  conditions  which  are  associated  in  a 
direct  or  indirect  way  with  chronic  alxioholism,  thus  we 
find  that  the  use  of  gold  is  not  as  empiric  as  we  are  often 
led  to  believe,  and  is  one  of  the  principal  remedies  used 
at  many  successful  institutes.  Atropine  has  been  judi- 
ciously added  to  the  preparation  as  a  means  of  relieving 
cerebral  congestion  and  headache,  which  is  nearly  al- 
ways present  after  a  debauch.  It  is  also  especially  use- 
ful as  a  cardiac  and  respiratory  stimulant.  Strychnine  is 
also  a  valuable  adjunct  in  the  treatment  of  alcoholism  and 
the  drug  habits  as  a  stomachic  tonic  and  a  stimulant  to 
the  heart  respiratory,  muscular  and  nervous  system.  Ery- 
throxylan,  avena  sativa  and  the  cinchona  compound  have 
been  added  for  their  respective  tonic  properties.  Chiona- 
thus  in  passive  doses,  as  given  here,  is  a  cholagogue  and 
mild  diuratic  and  promotes  activity  of  the  liver  and  kid- 
neys, and  assists  elimination.  There  is  no  remedy  which 
replaces  the  fiery  taste  of  whisky  better  than  capsicum. 
Whisky  drinkers  are  accustomed  to  hot  drinks  and  this 
remedy  supplies  this  desire.  This  can  be  omitted  in  many 
cases,  however,  and  should  always  be  gradually  reduced 
within  a  few  days,  or  it  can  be  administered  separately  if 
desired. 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG    llAliJT.  ]01) 

After  the  patient  has  taken  this  treatment  for  a  few 
days,  he  generally  loses  his  desire  for  liquor  and  dis- 
continues its  use,  but  the  treatment  should  be  continued 
for  a  period  of  three  or  four  weeks.  On  the  other  hand, 
we  occasionally  find  a  patient  who  thinks  he  is  overly- 
wise  and  can  ''beat  the  cure."  These  patients  are  gen- 
erally of  the  lower  classes  and  will  drink,  drink,  and 
drink  until  compelled  to  stop.  They  are  easily  managed, 
however,  and  it  is  rather  amusing  to  see  how  quickly 
you  can  relieve  their  minds  of  these  erroneous  ideas. 
After  a  patient  has  been  taking  the  treatment  a  few  days 
and  you  feel  that  he  is  fighting  the  treatment,  when  the 
time  comes  for  the  hypodermic  injection,  give  him  an 
extra  large  drink  of  whisky.  Have  him  secure  it  at  the 
drug  store,  if  you  wish,  so  that  he  Avill  not  think  you  have 
doctored  it,  and  instead  of  the  regular  injection,  give  him 
one-tenth  grain  of  apomorphine.  This,  of  course,  will 
make  him  sick  at  his  stomach  and  vomit.  In  nine  cases 
out  of  ten  you  cannot  get  him  to  touch  liquor  any  more, 
but  once  in  a  while  a  patient  will  attempt  to  drink  again. 
I  remember  once  giving  a  patient  seventeen  of  these  in- 
jections before  I  could  conquer  him. 

Apomorphine  and  the  ''sickening  process"  have  al- 
ways formed  one  of  the  "trade  secrets"  of  the  different 
gold-cure  institutes,  and  I  believe  that  apomorphine  is 
one  of  the  most  valuable  drugs  we  have  as  an  emergency 
treatment  in  the  cure  of  alcoholism,  as  it  makes  you 
master  of  the  situation,  and  at  the  same  time,  impresses 
the  patient  with  the  fact  that  the  treatment  you  are  giv- 
ing is  a  complete  antidote  to  alcohol,  and  that  the  two 
can  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time.  You  will  also  find 
that  some  patients  before  quitting  the  treatment  wish  to 
see  if  they  can  take  a  drink  of  liquor,  to  learn  whether  or 
not  the  cure  has  been  complete.  In  manj^  cases  I  have 
requested  them  to  drink  and  then  given  them  an  injec- 
tion of  apomorphine  at  the  same  time.  Phis  satisfies 
them  in  the  extreme.  This  might  be  condemned  by  some 
as  an  unprincipled  and  injudicious  practice,  but,  such  as 
it  is,  it  is  effective  and  curative  and  I  believe  that  there 
is  a  larger  percentage  of  cures  in  those  who  have  under- 


110  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG   HABIT. 

gone  the  sickening  process  at  least  once  while  taking 
treatment  than  in  those  who  have  not.  The  mental  im- 
pression the  patient  receives  (and  alcoholism  is  conceded 
to  be  partially  a  mental  disease,  hence  the  term  "dipso- 
mania") is  lasting  in  its  results.  After  this  treatment  the 
patient  is  thoroughly  disgusted  with  his  favorite  bever- 
age. I  have  often  seen  patients  become  sick  at  their 
stomach  by  watching  others  drink,  several  days  after 
taking  the  apomorphine. 

This  is  what  is  known  at  most  gold-cure  institutes  as 
the  "barber  pole  shot."  They  have  three  solutions  for  in- 
jecting, labeled  number  one,  two  and  three  Number 
one  is  white  and  contains  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  strych- 
nine ;  number  two  contains  gold  and  sodium  and  is  col- 
ored red;  number  three  contains  the  apomorphine,  which 
if  mixed  with  water  will  turn  a  bluish  green,  hence,  by 
taking  medicine  from  each  bottle,  we  get  the  red,  white 
and  blue. 

There  is  no  special  advantage  of  treating  alcoholism 
by  hypodermic  medication,  other  than  you  have  the  pa- 
tient under  your  immediate  control.  You  can  absolutely 
compel  him  to  stop  drinking  by  the  use  of  apomorphine 
and  having  him  report  regularly  for  his  hypodermic  treat- 
ment, you  can  keep  him  constantly  under  your  observa- 
tion and  control  and  witness  the  progress  of  your  treat- 
ment. The  hypodermic  injections  also  have  a  wonderful 
psychic  effect.  Many  patients  have  never  received  a  hy- 
podermic injection  before  they  imagine  that  this  method 
of  treatment  is  much  more  certain  and  curative  in  its 
effects  than  the  ordinary  treatment  given  by  the  mouth. 

Although  the  apomorphine  treatment  is  not  required 
in  all  cases  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to  cure  some 
cases  without  its  use,  and  this  method  of  producing 
emesis  is  far  better  than  to  give  an  emetic  in  whisky,  and 
is  not  nearly  so  easily  detected. 

The  combined  treatment  which  I  have  just  outlined 
is  the  one  I  prefer  for  the  general  class  of  patients  and 
it  will  establish  as  great  a  number  of  cures  as  any  treat- 
ment in  present  use.  It  can  be  used  in  either  private  or 
a  sanitarium  practice  with  equal  success. 


ALCOHOT.   AND  DRUG  HABIT.  Ill 

THE  TREATMENT  FOR  OPIUM,  COCAINE  AND 
OTHER  DRUG  HABITS. 

There  are  several  different  types  of  drug  habitues  and 
several  different  methods  of  treatment  to  cure  them,  each 
method  having  its  enthusiastic  advocate.  The  treatment 
of  drug  habits  differs  from  alcoholism  inasmuch  as  nearly 
every  case  presents  different  individual  characteristics 
and  requires  special  attention  and  skill  on  the  part  of  the 
physician  to  meet  the  emergencies.  While  we  find  al- 
coholic patients  desire  companionship  and  enjoy  social 
functions,  opium  and  other  drug  habitues  are  generally 
secretive  in  their  disposition,  and  the  physician  who 
treats  them  should  loose  no  time  in  securing  the  confi- 
dence and  co-operation  of  his  patients.  They  are  wedded 
to  their  drug  and  believe  that  it  is  part  of  their  existence : 
therefore  they  should  have  the  assurance  that  they  can 
have  all  of  the  drug  their  system  requires  during  the 
treatment,  but  that  they  are  to  take  only  that  which  they 
receive  from  you. 

To  illustrate  the  cautiousness  of  many  patients,  I  re- 
member one  lady  who  applied  for  treatment  who  had 
three  drachm  bottles  of  morphine  and  a  hypodermic 
syringe  secreted  in  her  clothing.  She  did  not  tell  me  this 
until  after  she  had  completed  the  treatment,  when  she 
handed  them  to  me  and  confessed  her  actions,  stating 
that  she  had  heard  so  much  about  the  torture  received  in 
curing  the  morphine  habit,  that  she  came  prepared  not 
to  suffer.  She  was  placed  upon  the  gradual  reduction 
treatment  and  made  a  splendid  recovery. 

There  are  several  things  to  be  considered  in  carrying 
out  a  treatment  for  the  drug  habits.  "We  have  to  combat 
the  physical  and  mental  disturbances,  which  are  sure  to 
follow  the  withdrawal  of  the  drug.  We  have  to  relieve 
the  patient  from  the  craving  of  the  drug,  that  we  may 
enable  him  to  permanently  discontinue  its  use.  We  have 
to  restore  his  mental  and  physical  condition  so  that  he 
will  not  depend  upon  the  drug  for  support.  These  are 
problems  which  often  confuse  the  minds  of  the  most  skill- 


11:2  ALCOHOL   AND   DRTTC,    tL\BlT. 

ful  physicians,  but  they  can  be  solved  by  the  appropriate 

therapeutic  measure. 

Among  patients  applying  to  you  for  treatment,  you 
will  find  first,  the  young  vigorous  patients,  who  have 
not  taken  the  drug  long  enough  to  produce  any  marked 
pathological  changes  in  their  anatomy.  Second,  the  one 
who  has  used  the  drug  for  several  years  without  its  seem- 
ingly producing  any  ill  effects.  Third,  the  one  who  uses 
the  drugs  for  the  relief  of  pain  of  some  co-existing  dis- 
ease, such  as  cancer,  chronic  sores,  hepatic  and  renal 
calculi,  etc.  Fourth,  the  old  and  feeble  who  have  existed 
upon  the  drugs  for  years  and  have  brought  about  patho- 
logical changes  which  are  beyond  repair. 

As  the  digestive  and  assimilative  organs  are  practic- 
ally paralyzed;  the  secretions  of  the  stomach,  liver  and 
bowels  are  checked.  They  become  emaciated  and  live  upon 
their  reserve  of  former  years. 

The  first  and  second  class  will  generally  yield  to 
proper  treatment.  The  third  class  may  also  be  cured,  pro- 
viding you  can  establish  a  cure  for  the  painful  disease,  but 
as  a  rule,  the  fourth  class  is  beyond  all  medical  aid  and  the 
patients  should  be  allowed  to  use  the  drug  as  long  as  they 
live.  The  preliminary  treatment  for  drug  addicts  should 
be  very  much  the  same  as  that  for  alcohol.  If,  in  your 
judgment,  you  think  the  case  is  a  curable  one,  for  a  few 
days  previous  to  the  treatment  you  adopt,  the  patient 
should  take  hot  air  and  water  baths  and  open  the  pores  of 
the  skin.  The  alimentary  tract  should  be  cleaned  out  by 
the  use  of  calomel  and  phosphate  of  soda.  Acetate  of  po- 
tassium will  be  found  a  good  remedy  to  stimulate  the  se- 
cretions of  the  kidneys.  The  patient  will  then  be  ready 
for  the  regular  routine  treatment.  There  are  several  ways 
in  which  the  drug  habit  may  be  treated,  viz: — the  gradual 
reduction  method;  the  rapid  reduction  method,  and  the 
immediate  withdrawal  method,  etc. 


ALCOHOL  AND  I)!.' I '(I  HAI!!'!'.  li:} 

THE  GRADUAL  REDUCTION  METHOD. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  satisfactory  methods  of  treat- 
ment in  present  use  for  curing  morphine  and  other  drug 
habits  and  has  the  advantage  that  it  can  be  used  in  private 
practice  nearly  as  well  as  at  a  sanitarium  or  institute  with 
full  co-operation  of  the  patient  this  method  of  treat- 
ment offers  the  following  advantages,  viz :  It  is  not  at- 
tended with  any  marked  discomfort  to  the  patient,  no 
weakness  or  profuse  perspiration,  generally  no  pain  or 
diarrhoea  or  extreme  nervousness,  collapse,  etc.,  often  ac- 
companying other  treatments.  "With  this  treatment  there 
is  no  fixed  amount  of  the  drug  reduced  each  day,  but  the 
patient  is  requested  to  take  as  little  of  the  drug  as  pos- 
sible, and  still  remain  comfortable. 

The  principal  point  to  be  observed  is  to  build  up  the 
patient's  general  constitution  and  prepare  him  for  the 
reduction  previous  to  withdrawing  his  drug  supply,  and 
allow  him  as  minimum  amount  of  the  drug  as  is  compen- 
sative with  health  and  comfort,  and  to  withdraw  the 
amount  so  gradual  that  it  will  not  be  noticeable  to  the 
patient.  Most  patients  take  much  larger  amounts  of 
the  drug  they  are  using  than  is  generally  necessary  to 
keep  them  comfortable.  If  a  patient  is  taking  30  grains 
of  morphine  a  day  it  can  be  reduced  to  at  least  one-half 
that  amount,  or  even  less  the  first  few  days,  and  hardly 
be  noticed,  and  the  patient  always  feels  better  for  its  re- 
moval. It  is  always  a  good  rule  to  commence  the  first 
day's  treatment  by  reducing  the  amount  of  the  drug  at 
least  one-half;  if  you  are  satisfied  that  the  patient  is  ab- 
solutely in  need  of  more  you  may  allow  it.  If  he  has 
passed  the  first  day  successfully  and  in  comparatively  a 
comfortable  manner,  the  drug  may  be  reduced  as  much 
as  you  think  he  will  stand  the  next  day,  finally  you  will 
reach  the  minimum  amount  which  will  support  him  with- 
out distress,  and  this  should  be  your  starting  point.  Re- 
member, however,  that  you  should  never  allow  the  patient 
to  suffer  for  the  want  of  the  drug;  on  the  other  hand, 
they  often  imagine  they  want  the  drug  when  they  really 
do  not  require  it ;  in  such  instances  a  hypodermic  injec- 


114  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

tion  of  water  will  often  pacify  them.  After  you  have 
found  the  minimum  amount  he  can  stand,  the  reduction 
should  be  made  from  now  on  in  such  small  amounts  each 
day  that  the  patient  will  not  be  able  to  detect  the  reduc- 
tion. As  soon  as  you  commence  to  reduce  the  drug  the 
functions  of  the  body,  which  have  been  chained  down, 
will  awaken  to  new  life  and  activity,  the  appetite  will 
usually  increase,  the  secretions  will  be  more  profuse,  the 
bowels  will  become  more  regular,  although  the  patient 
may  be  somewhat  restless  at  night.  What  sleep  he  does 
procure  will  be  more  profound  and  refreshing.  If  he 
should  suffer  too  much  from  insomnia,  a  suitable  hypno- 
tic may  be  given  when  he  awakens.  The  heart  may  be- 
come irritable,  weak,  fast  or  irregular,  requiring  a  hypo- 
dermic injection  of  strychnine. 

With  this  method  there  is  no  stated  time  promised  to 
effect  a  cure ;  it  might  require  one  month,  or  it  may  re- 
quire ten  weeks ;  this  depends  somewhat  upon  the  physi- 
cal condition  of  the  patient,  which  is  always  to  be  sup- 
ported in  advance  or  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  the 
drug  withdrawn,  always  watching  the  condition  of  the 
appetite,  bowels,  kidneys  and  heart,  and  see  that  the  skin 
is  active  with  hot  air  and  water  baths,  which  assist  the 
eliminative  process.  If  the  patient  has  weak  recupera- 
tive powers,  it  will  take  longer  to  effect  a  cure  than  it 
will  where  the  functions  of  the  body  are  more  active.  Dur- 
ing the  reduction  the  patient  will  require  a  good  thorough 
tonic  and  eliminative  treatment.  The  following  offers 
one  of  the  best  hypodermic  medications  to  support  the 
heart's  action  and  nervous  system: 

^     Strychnine  nitrate %  dr. 

Spartein  sulph 6  gr. 

Aqua   1  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  Inject  ten  minims  with  the  amount  of 
morphine  you  find  necessary  to  support  the  patient ;  each 
ten  minims  represents  strychnine,  one  ninety-sixth  grain, 
and  spartein  one-eighth  grain.  The  best  time  to  make 
the  hypodermic  injections  is  about  fifteen  minutes  before 
meal  time  and  just  before  going  to  bed.      The  stimulating 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  115 

effect  allows  the  patient  to  cat  and  sleep  better  if  given 
at  those  times,  and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  he 
should  maintain  a  good  appetite  and  rest  to  have  the  treat- 
ment progressive  and  accomplish  results.  The  patient 
should  also  take  internal  treatment.  The  following  for- 
mula has  given  excellent  satisfaction : 

]^     F.  E.  avena  sativa 1  oz. 

F.  E.  passiflora  incarnata   1%  oz. 

F.  E.  Cinchona  comp. 2  oz. 

Bromidia    1%  oz. 

Spts.  ammonia  aromatic 2  oz. 

Syr.  lactucarium  virosa  2  oz. 

M.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  two  hours  while 
awake. 

To  illustrate  the  use  of  this  method  of  treatment,  we 
will  say  that  the  patient  is  in  the  habit  of  taking  forty 
grains  of  morphine ;  we  know  that  he  can  exist  in  perfect 
comfort  with  twenty  grains,  we  therefore  commence  our 
first  day's  treatment  with  twenty  grains.  If  the  day  is 
passed  comfortably,  the  next  day  we  make  a  still  further 
reduction  of  two  grains.  This  reduction  is  made  from 
one  to  two  grains  a  day  nntil  we  have  reached  the  mini- 
mum amount  which  will  support  him  comfortably.  If 
this  should  require  twelve  grains  we  will  commence  from 
this  amount  as  a  starting  point  and  from  now  on  we  will 
make  the  reduction  so  gradual  that  the  patient  will  not 
be  aware  of  it.      I  have  the  following  solution  prepared ; 

]^     Morphine  sulphate 96  gr. 

Aqua 1  oz. 

Mix.  Each  five  minims  of  the  above  solution  repre- 
sents one  grain  of  morphine ;  of  this  he  receives  four  in- 
jections the  first  day  by  taking  ten  minims  (two  grains 
of  morphine)  of  this  solution  and  ten  minims  of  the  spar- 
tein  and  strychnine  solution  at  about  6  :45  and  11 :45  a. 
m.,  and  5  :45  and  9  :30  p.  m.  He  is  also  allowed  two  pow- 
ders of  one-half  grain  each  triturated  with  ten  grains  of 
sugar  of  milk,  to  be  taken  if  absolutely  necessary  between 
the  injections,  allowing  him  to  have  only  one  powder  at 


116  ALCOHOL   AND  D"RUG  HABIT. 

a  time.  We  will  now  attempt  to  reduce  the  morphine 
one  grain  a  day  for  fivii  days.  After  about  two  weeks, 
under  judicious  management,  we  will  find  we  have  re- 
duced the  drug  from  forty  to  about  six  grains  a  day  with- 
out much  discomfort  to  the  patient.  The  reductions 
from  now  on  will  have  to  be  made  in  much  smaller 
amounts.  A  new  solution  should  be  prepared  containing 
one  grain  to  every  ten  minims  and  from  this  solution  you 
can  commence  by  using  twelve  minims  with  one-half  grain 
powders  if  necessary.  At  the  end  of  another  week  the 
patient  can  be  well  supported  by  three  grains.  By  re- 
ducing the  drug  in  very  small  amounts  for  about  three 
or  four  weeks  longer  it  can  be  gradually  withdrawn  al- 
together without  the  patients  knowledge.  During  the 
last  three  weeks  if  you  have  not  abandoned  the  internal 
powder,  it  is  well  to  substitute  quinine,  which  has  a  sim- 
ilar bitterness  and  cannot  be  detected  by  the  patient.  Of 
course,  you  will  find  there  are  many  complications  arising 
from  this  treatment  the  same  as  there  are  with  others, 
but  by  carefully  watching  the  patient  and  -with  his  co- 
operation, you  can  effect  a  cure  in  fully  eighty-five  or  nine- 
ty per  cent,  of  all  cases.  If  the  patient  is  weak  and  ner- 
vous, endeavor  to  build  him  up  physically  and  mentally 
in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  the  drug  you  withdraw. 
Do  not  attempt  to  be  in  too  great  a  hurry  and  cause  the 
patient  discomfort,  for  it  is  better  to  have  the  paient  in 
a  peaceful  state  of  mind  than  otherwise,  even  if  it  takes 
longer. 

Complete  recoveries  can  be  made  by  this  treatment  in 
six  weeks  in  many  cases,  while  in  others  it  will  require 
three  months.  Although  this  treatment  is  condemned 
by  enthusiastic  advocates  of  other  treatments,  I  believe 
it  to  be  the  best  medication  for  the  average  patient  and  it 
is  particularly  advantageous  in  the  aged  and  persons  with 
low  vitality.  If  we  fail  to  get  the  full  co-operation  of 
the  patient  by  the  gradual  reduction  method,  there  is 
only  one  alternative,  which  is  the  rapid  reduction  method. 


ALCOHOL   AND  DRT^G   HABIT.  Il7 

THE  RAPID  REDUCTION  METHODS. 

There  are  two  ways  generally  practiced  of  reducing 
drugs  rapidly;  one  is  known  as  the  Intermediate  With- 
drawal Method  and  the  other  as  the  Radical  Withdrawal 
Method;  both  require  much  discipline  on  the  part  of  the 
physician,  and  some  distress  and  will  power  on  the  part 
of  the  patient,  for  a  few  days  after  the  drug  has  been  en- 
tirely abandoned.  The  latter  can  be  greatly  overcome, 
however,  by  appropriate  medication.  Both  of  these 
methods  have  been  largely  used  at  institutes  where  the 
patient  only  had  a  limited  time  to  receive  treatment.  Many 
patients  start  on  this  treatment  and  terminate  with  the 
Immediate  Withdrawal  Method,  as  will  be  discussed  later. 


INTERMEDIATE  WITHDRAWAL  METHOD. 

The  drug  can  be  reduced  by  this  method  by  either 
hypodermic  or  internal  medication.  I  prefer  the  internal 
treatment  in  powder  form,  triturating  the  drug  with 
sugar  of  milk.  If  you  are  treating  the  patient  for  the 
morphine  habit,  duplicate  quinine  for  the  morphine  as 
you  withdraw  the  latter.  This  will  give  the  powder  a 
bitter  taste  so  that  it  Avill  not  be  noticed  by  the  patient 
that  you  are  using  less  morphine  each  day,  and  at  the 
same  time  you  get  the  tonic  effect  from  the  quinine. 

The  amount  by  which  the  morphine  is  reduced  each 
day  will  depend  upon  the  amount  consumed.  •  To  illus- 
trate, if,  the  patient  is  in  the  habit  of  consuming  fifteen 
grains  of  morphine  in  twenty-four  hours,  it  should  be  pre- 
pared with  sugar  of  milk  as  follows: 

5     Morphine  sulphate 15  gr. 

Sugar  of  milk 45  gr. 

Triturate  and  divide  in  as  many  powders  as  the  pa- 
tient wishes.  He  can  take  these  powders  as  the  same  in- 
tervals as  was  his  former  custom.       The  next  dav  we  will 


118  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

make  a  reduction  of  two  grains  and  add  quinine  as  fol- 
lows : 

'^     Quinine  sulphate   2  gr. 

Morphine  sulphate 13  gr. 

Sugar  of  milk 45  gr. 

Triturate  and  divide  in  powders  as  required. 

We  will  attempt  to  reduce  the  morphine  two  grains 
a  day  for  the  first  five  days  and  add  two  grains  of  quinine 
each  day,  then  one  grain  a  day  for  three  days,  then  half 
a  grain  a  day  for  four  days.  After  this,  the  drug  should 
not  be  given  at  all,  if  possible.  Now  we  commence  to 
reduce  the  quinine  as  we  did  the  morphine  until  the  pa- 
tient requires  none  of  the  powders.  This  is  the  general 
plan  of  treatment  by  the  simple  reduction  method,  but  of- 
tentimes we  have  to  deviate  from  this,  and  not  reduce 
the  drug  so  rapidly,  also  giving  an  extra  dose  of  morphine 
to  allay  the  nervousness.  But  this  method  of  treatment 
should  be  adhered  to  as  nearly  as  possible,  and  be  sure 
that  the  patient  gets  a  smaller  quantity  of  the  drug  each 
day.  The  tonic  treatment  may  be  kept  up  for  some  time 
after  the  powders  are  abandoned,  but  it  should  be  taken 
in  smaller  doses  each  day  and  withdrawn  altogether  a 
week  or  two  after  the  quinine  is  stopped. 


THE  RADICAL  REDUCTION  METHOD. 

The  amount  of  the  drug  is  much  more  rapidly  re- 
duced by  this  method  than  it  is  by  the  gradual  reduction 
or  intermediate  treatments  previously  given.  The  pa- 
tient is  allowed  the  drug  which  he  is  addicted  for  about 
seven  to  twelve  days  and  then  it  is  given  up  altogether. 
The  method  of  reduction  is  to  reduce  the  drug  by  one-half 
each  day.  To  illustrate,  if  the  patient  should  take  thir- 
ty-two grains  of  morphine  each  day,  the  second  days  treat- 
ment he  receives  sixteen  grains,  the  third  day  eight  grains, 
and  so  on  until  the  end  of  the  tenth  day,  when  he  receives 
one-sixteenth  grain,  then  it  is  used  no  longer.  From  the 
time  he  is  allowed  less  than  two  grains  a  day  for  about 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  119 

ten  days  or  two  weeks,  he  will  suffer  considerable  mental 
and  physical  distress,  but  by  successfully  bridging  him 
over  this  critical  period  by  the  use  of  judicious  therapeu- 
tic measures,  he  will  reach  the  crisis  successfully. 

Aside  from  the  hypodermic  and  tonic  treatment  he  re- 
ceives during  the  critical  period,  a  suitable  hypnotic  and 
baths  should  be  given  to  induce  sleep.  It  might  be  ne- 
cessary to  confine  the  patient  to  his  bed  for  a  few  days 
and  keep  him  in  a  semi-hypnotic  condition,  by  alternating 
hyoscine  with  other  suitable  hypnotics.  This  method  of 
treatment  is  rather  a  severe  one  and  is  only  a  modification 
of  the  Levinstein  treatment.  It  can  be  used  successfully, 
however,  in  many  cases  where  time  is  limited  and  the  pa- 
tient has  sufficient  courage  and  vitality  to  withstand  its 
application.  It  is  this  and  similar  treatments,  however, 
which  give  institutes  a  bad  reputation,  as  having  a  torture 
process  connected  with  tlieir  treatment.  It  is  best  never 
to  use  this  treatment  without  first  explaining  the  details 
of  the  treatment  before  commencing  its  use.  Patients 
who  have  taken  this  treatment  are  not  liable  to  give  the 
method  a  very  hearty  commendation,  which  often  reacts 
to  a  disadvantage  to  the  physician's  reputation. 


IMMEDIATE  WITHDRAWAL  METHOD. 

The  Three  Day  Cure. 

A  few  months  ago  there  was  a  Dr.  Swain  located  in 
this  city,  who  afterwards  established  a  sanitarium  in 
Cleveland  and  advertised  quite  extensively  what  was 
known  as  the  ''Three  Day  Cure."  This  and  similar  quick 
cure  treatments  used  at  institutes  are  described  as  the 
''Immediate  Withdrawal  Method,"  which  is  approximate- 
ly the  treatment  I  wish  to  outline  here.  This  treatment 
can  be  adopted  to  a  good  advantage  in  the  young,  vigor- 
ous, and  in  new  cases.  The  patient  is  prepared  for  this 
treatment  the  same  as  for  other  treatments,  by  giving  hot 
air  and  water  baths  a  few  days.  Before  commencing  the 
treatment  remove  all  foreign  matter  from  the  bowels  by 


120  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG    HABIT. 

cathartic  remedies ;  the  kidneys  should  also  have  dieure- 
tic  treatment.  In  the  meantime  the  drug  should  be  re- 
duced to  a  minimum.  After  giving  these  preliminary 
measures  the  attention  they  require  and  the  day  comes  to 
commence  the  treatment  proper,  the  patient  is  requested 
to  abstain  from  the  use  of  the  drug  to  which  he  is  addicted 
until  he  can  no  longer  resist  the  craving.  Then  he  may 
be  given  a  hypodermic  injection  of  five  minims  of  the  fol- 
lowing formula : 


HYPODERMIC  MEDICATION. 

Formula  No.  1. 

I^     Hyoscine  hydrobromide   %  gr. 

Tincture  rhus  tox p  min. 

Tincture  apis  mellifica 5  min. 

Solution  boracic  acid  (2  per  cent.)    .  .   1  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  Use  hypodermically.  Maximum  dose 
ten  minims,  minimum  dose  five  minims ;  use  according  to 
the  directions  which  follow: 

At  the  end  of  fifteen  minutes,  give  him  five  minims 
more,  and  in  a  half  hour  he  can  take  ten  minims  more. 
The  patient  will  now  tell  you  that  his  throat  is  very  dry, 
and  he  will  fall  asleep ;  his  sleep  will  probably  last  four  or 
five  hours.  If  he  should  become  sleepy  after  the  second 
dose,  five  minims  will  be  sufficient  for  the  last  injection. 

When  the  patient  awakens  he  will  complain  of  being 
dizzy ;  his  pupils  will  be  dilated  and  his  face  flushed.  If 
he  has  been  asleep  four  or  five  hours,  he  should  have  an- 
other injection  of  ten  minims. 

By  this  time  he  is  getting  the  characteristic  physio- 
logical effects  of  the  hyoscine.  He  will  imagine  and  do 
all  sorts  of  things.  He  may  cry,  sing  or  imagine  he  sees 
funny  people ;  he  will  pick  at  the  bed  clothes,  etc.  This 
should  not  cause  you  to  be  alarmed,  as  all  these  symptoms 
are  due  to  the  denarcotizing  effects  of  the  hyoscine.  The 
patient  should  be  given  hypodermic  injections  at  intervals 
of  four  or  five  hours  until  he  has  been  kept  in  this  condi- 


ALCOHOT.   AND  DRUG    IIAHIT.  121 

tion  for  a  period  of  twenty-four  hours ;  then  diseontinu<' 
their  use  and  allow  the  patient  to  resume  his  normal  mind. 
He  may  ask  for  more  of  his  accustomed  drug  or  he  may 
say  that  he  has  no  desire  for  it,  whatever.  If  he  should 
still  crave  the  drug,  he  should  be  kept  under  the  influence 
of  hyoscine  for  a  period  of  twelve  hours  longer;  tlien  stf»i) 
the  treatment  again  until  he  is  rational.  If  he  still  has 
a  craving,  you  may  again  produce  the  semi-intoxicated 
condition  wdth  the  hypodermic  injections  for  a  few  hours 
longer,  but  if  he  states  he  has  no  further  use  for  the  drug, 
and  is  free  from  the  craving,  you  should  discontinue  the 
hypodermic  injections  and  at  once  commence  giving  him 
the  following-: 


INTERNAL  MEDICATION. 

Formula  No.  2. 

I^     Hj^oscine  hydrobromide   %  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate 1  gr. 

Nitro-glycerine   ^/4  gr. 

F.  E.  avena  sativa 2  oz. 

Simple  elixir q.  s.  ad.  6  oz. 

Mix.      One  teaspoonful  every  four  to  six  hours. 

During  the  time  you  are  giving  the  hypodermic  injec- 
tions, the  patient  may  manifest  a  variety  of  symptoms. 
His  heart  action  generally  remains  about  normal,  but  if 
it  should  become  weak,  give  him  a  hypodermic  injection 
of  1-40  grain  strychnine  nitrate  or  1-100  grain  nitro-gly- 
cerine, if  his  body  is  cold.  The  patient  will  almost  al- 
w^ays  vomit  freely  and  feel  much  better  afterwards.  He 
may  also  have  fetid  breath,  dry  tongue  and  free  saliva- 
tion.     None  of  these  symptoms  should  cause  you  alarm. 

Kespiration  may  be  accelerated,  but  this  is  of  little 
concern.  If  it  should  become  labored,  one-fourth  or  one- 
half  grain  of  morphine  may  be  given,  which  will  give  nn- 
mediate  relief  without  retarding  the  treatment.  During 
the  treatment,  the  patient  should  have  all  the  water  he 
wants  and  nutrition  should  be  kept  up  as  much  as  pos- 
sible with  milk  or  Avith  some  one  of  the  prepared  invalid 
foods. 


122  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

After  the  patient  tells  you  he  has  no  desire  for  his 
accustomed  drug,  he  should  commence  taking  a  teaspoon- 
ful  every  four  hours  of  formula  No.  2.  This  should  be 
continued  for  a  few  days,  according  to  the  needs  of  the 
patient,  when  it  should  be  gradually  withdrawn. 

The  most  common  complaint  of  one  who  has  tak^en  th«i 
opium  cure  is  insomnia,  and  it  is  always  best  to  omit 
hypnotics.  If  possible,  try  to  induce  sleep  by  having  the 
patient  take  hot  or  cold  baths,  but,  if  it  is  absolutely  ne- 
cessary, you  may  give  from  seven  to  fifteen  grains  each 
of  hydrate  of  chloral  and  bromide  of  potassium. 

A  patient  undergoing  this  treatment  should  be  un- 
dressed and  coufined  to  his  room,  and  have  the  constant 
attention  of  a  nurse,  who  should  watch  the  patient  very 
closely  and  see  that  he  has  a  hot  or  cold  bath  every  day. 
This  has  a  remarkable  soothing  effect.  Allow  the  pa- 
tient to  sit  up  or  lie  down  as  he  prefers.  The  bowels 
should  move  at  least  every  other  day,  but,  if  diarrhoea 
should  exist,  it  should  be  checked  by  appropriate  treat- 
ment. 

This  method  of  treatment  may  be  considered  rather 
heroic,  but  it  is  not  dangerous  in  selected  cases.  The  pa- 
tient should  never  be  told  beforehand  the  effects  of  the 
treatment,  but  you  can  inform  his  friends  if  you  wish. 
This  is  a  very  successful  treatment  and  will  produce  re- 
markable results  in  curable  cases,  but  I  prefer  the  gradual 
reduction  method  when  it  can  be  applied. 


THE  MIXED  TREATMENT. 

It  becomes  necessary  at  times  to  change  from  one 
treatment  to  another ;  this  is  particularly  so  if  you  do  not 
succeed  in  getting  the  full  co-operation  of  the  patient. 
You  might  commence  the  gradual  reduction  method  and 
find  the  patient  is  taking  his  drug  on  the  sly,  which,  of 
course,  detains  the  progress  of  the  treatment.  In  such 
cases  the  immediate  withdrawal  of  the  drug  and  the  use 
of  hyoscine  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  opium  habit 
as  the  apomorphine  does  to  the  alcohol  habit;  it  rather 
compels  them  to  abandon  the  drug.      It  can  also  be  used 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  12.^ 

to  a  good  advantage  in  many  cases,  where  for  various  rea- 
sons, the  patient  has  only  a  limited  time  to  complete  his 
treatment.  I  have  seen  beautiful  results  from  commenc- 
ing treatment  with  either  the  Gradual,  Intermediate  or 
Rapid  Withdraw^al  Treatment,  and  when  the  point  has 
been  reached  where  the  patient  craves  more  of  the  drug 
than  you  are  supplying  him,  to  place  him  at  once  upon 
the  Immediate  Withdrawal  Treatment  and  terminate  the 
cure.  While  on  the  other  hand  there  are  a  few  selected 
cases  where  the  Immediate  Withdrawal  Treatment  has 
been  used  first  and  the  Gradual  Reduction  Treatment  com- 
pleted a  cure. 


GENERAL  COMPLICATIONS. 

As  I  have  previously  stated,  there  can  be  no  stereo- 
typed rule,  treatment  or  medication  which  can  be  applied 
in  all  cases  alike.  Although  you  will  find  that  there  are 
several  complications,  idiosyncrasys  and  personal  char- 
acteristics which  may  confront  you  and  require  your  im- 
mediate attention  as  they  present  themselves  during  the 
course  of  any  treatment  you  deem  best  suited  for  any  par- 
ticular case.  These  complications  should  be  readily  met 
with  proper  therapeutic  measures.  The  condition  of  the 
appetite,  heart,  kidneys,  liver  and  bowels  should  always 
be  watched.  Endeavor  to  keep  them  in  as  normal  state 
as  possible.  The  heart  may  become  weak  and  require  a 
stimulant,  of  which  we  find  strychnine,  spartein  or  nitro- 
glycerin acceptable.  The  sudden  withdraw^al  of  mor- 
phine may  cause  diarrhoea,  which  may  require  the  use  of 
salol,  bismuth,  the  sulpho-carbolates,  etc.  Excessive 
perspiration  and  night  sweats  may  be  checked  with  atro- 
pine. Sickness  at  the  stomach  and  hyperacidity  often 
require  the  physician's  attention.  A  morphine  addict 
who  has  existed  upon  the  drug  a  long  time,  pain  will  be  a 
prominent  symptom  when  the  drug  is  withdrawn;  this 
may  be  either  real  or  imaginary.  Rest,  hot  air  and 
w^ater  baths,  accompanied  by  hypnotics,  are  the  best  means 
of  relief.  If  the  patient  should  manifest  symptoms  of 
delirium,  some   one   of  the  hypnotics  mentioned  in  the 


]24  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

"Rest  Cure"  will  be  serviceable.  The  treatment  of  alco- 
holism and  the  drug  habits  in  general  require  remedies 
thoroughly  classed  as  a  heart  stimulant,  nerve  tonics,  sed- 
atives, reconstructives,  hypnotics,  etc.  Elimination  is  the 
foundation  of  all  curative  measures  and  is  well  expressed 
by  Dr.  Waugh  in  his  favorite  quotation  "Wash  up,  clean 
out  and  keep  clean,"  cannot  be  used  in  any  disease  to  a 
better  advantage  than  in  eliminating  poisonous  drugs,, 
which  have  found  a  lodging  place  in  the  bodies  of  habitues 
for  years. 

Every  excessable  source  we  have  in  promoting  elim- 
ination should  be  utilized.  The  most  important  of  these 
is  hot  air  and  water  baths ;  these  baths  have  as  important 
a  relation  in  the  treatment  of  alcoholism  and  the  drug 
habits  as  quinine  does  in  malaria,  or  mercury  in  syphilis. 
Baths  are  the  one  indispensable  agent  in  assisting  nature 
to  eliminate  the  poisonous  elements.  They  should  be 
taken  at  least  as  often  as  every  other  day  from  the  com- 
mencement of  the  treatment  and  continued  for  several 
months  afterwards.  Baths  are  not  only  important  as 
an  eliminating  process,  but  they  will  often  relieve  pain 
and  induce  rest  and  sleep  when  other  treatments  fail. 

When  the  patient  has  successfully  completed  his 
treatment,  it  is  always  a  good  plan  to  provide  him  with 
remedies  which  will  stimulate  the  secretions  of  the  kid- 
neys and  liver  and  regulate  the  bowels. 

There  are  many  remedies  and  emergency  treatments 
which  might  be  mentioned  here,  but  every  physician  is 
familiar  with  the  therapeutic  value  of  the  drugs  required, 
and  by  carefully  observing  the  condition  of  the  patient 
during  the  process  of  the  treatment,  he  will  be  able  to 
meet  the  demands  of  the  different  complications  and  suc- 
cessfully bridge  him  over  the  critical  period  to  a  suc- 
cessful crisis. 


A  CURE  FOR  THE  TOBACCO  HABIT. 

It  may  seem  rather  unreasonable  to  state  that  the 
tobacco  habit  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  to  conquer,  but 
such  is  the  case,  and  in  order  to  effect  a  cure,  the  patient 


ALIOJIOL    AND    DHVii    HABIT.  ]25 

lias  to  exercise  his  will-power  to  its  fullest  extent.  In 
this  habit  we  have  what  may  be  termed  a  mechanical  as 
well  as  a  physical  and  mental  condition  to  overcome. 

Those  who  use  tobacco  are  accustomed  to  having 
something  in  their  mouth  and  they  miss  this  as  much  or 
more  than  they  do  the  narcotic  effect  of  the  tobacco.  I 
once  treated  a  patient  for  the  tobacco  habit,  who  used  at 
least  three  ounces  of  fine-cut  every  day,  and  after  the 
cure  was  completed,  he  stated  that  he  had  no  desire  for 
tobacco,  but  he  must  have  something  in  his  mouth :  he, 
therefore,  chewed  wheat.  He  was  still  keeping  up  this 
practice  when  I  saw  him  last,  four  years  after  taking  the 
treatment.  Others  want  gum,  while  cigarette,  cigar  and 
pipe  smokers  often  like  to  hold  a  lead-pencil  in  their 
mouth. 

The  following  formula  has  proved  that  it  meets  the 
demands  in  curing  the  tobacco  habit  in  many  cases  in  mv 
practice : 

^     Atropine  sulphate %  gr. 

Tr.  nux  vomica -!/2  dr. 

Tr.  humulus 1  oz. 

Tr.  quassia I14  oz. 

Tr.  gentian li^  oz. 

Tr.  cinchona  comp 2  oz. 


M.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  two  or  three  hours 
while  awake. 

For  the  chewing  tobacco  habit  the  patient  should  be 
allowed  a  small  amount  for  a  few  days ;  he  should  use  fine- 
cut  and  use  a  piece  no  larger  than  a  bean. 

This  may  be  used  every  three  hours  for  the  first  day : 
every  five  hours  the  second  day ;  the  third  day  it  may  be 
used  twice ;  and  the  fourth  day  it  should  be  given  up  al- 
together: but  every  time  the  patient  thinks  he  wants  a 
chew  from  this  time  on  he  should  take  a  few  drops  of 
medicine  on  his  tongue.       This  will  stop  his  craving. 

If  the    patif^nt   smokes,   he    should   be    instructed   to 


126  ALCOHOL  AND  DKUG  HABIT. 

smoke  a  pipe  instead  of  cigars  or  cigarettes.  He  may- 
have  a  short  smoke  of  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  pipe 
full  at  a  time  every  three  hours  the  first  day,  and  every 
five  hours  the  second  day ;  twice  the  third  day,  and  none 
the  fourth  day  The  same  plan  of  treatment  of  taking  a  few 
drops  of  medicine  on  the  tongue  will  apply  to  smoking  the 
same  as  it  does  for  chewing.  From  now  on  he  need  not  take 
a  teaspoonful  of  the  treatment  every  three  hours,  as  the 
medicine  he  takes  when  he  has  a  desire  to  use  tobacco  will 
be  sufficient  to  cure  him.  The  treatment  should  be  kept 
up  for  a  month  or  more. 


WHAT  CONSTITUTES  A  CURE  FOR  THE  ALCOHOL, 
MORPHINE  AND  OTHER  HABITS. 

The  physician  in  charge  of  institutes  or  sanitariums 
where  these  habits  are  exclusively  treated,  differ  greatly 
as  to  the  percentage  of  cures,  some  claiming  ninety-five 
per  cent.,  and  others  as  low  as  fifty  per  cent.  These  dif- 
ferent percentages  of  success  naturally  lead  us  to  inquire 
what  may  be  considered  a  cure. 

I  believe  that  if  we  can  succeed  by  proper  treatment 
in  placing  a  patient  in  a  condition  in  which  he  does  not 
require  or  crave  any  alcohol,  morphine  or  other  drug  to 
which  he  is  addicted,  for  a  period  of  six  months,  he  may 
be  considered  cured,  and,  if  he  has  any  strength  of  char- 
acter, he  can  let  it  alone  from  that  time  on.  There  are 
always  periods  after  a  patient  has  taken  treatment  when 
he  has  a  feeling  of  loneliness  or  absent-mindedness  steal 
over  him.  This  cannot  be  termed  a  craving,  but  he  can- 
not help  realizing  the  delightful  sensations  that  were  pres- 
ent when  he  was  full  of  his  once  accustomed  poison.  It 
is  therefore  many  times  beneficial  to  give  a  good  tonic 
preparation  after  the  regular  treatment  is  abandoned  and 
to  tell  him  that  if  he  should  ever  have  a  desire  for  his 
liquor  or  drug  to  take  this  preparation  for  a  day  or  so. 
This  in  many  cases  will  carry  him  through. 


ALCOHOI.  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  127 

Patients  of  this  kind  should  have  their  minds  oc- 
cupied either  with  work,  amusement,  travel  or  change  of 
scene,  or  some  other  diversion. 

If  we  consider  a  term  of  six  months  a  sufficient  length 
of  time  to  pronounce  a  case  cured,  the  percentage  of  cures 
will  be  much  larger  than  they  would  if  we  accept  only 
those  cases  which  are  permanently  cured.  Of  the  first 
fourteen  cases  I  treated  for  alcoholism,  the  first  to  relapse 
was  at  seven  months.  From  this  time  up  to  two  years, 
eight  went  back  to  their  former  habits,  one  died  six 
months  after  taking  treatment,  of  pneumonia.  Some  of 
these  eight  took  the  treatment  again,  however,  and  did  not 
drink  again  for  many  months.  The  last  time  I  heard 
from  the  remaining  five,  they  were  still  total  abstainers. 
I  have  had  occasion  to  note  patients  who  have  taken  the 
Keeley  and  other  treatments,  and  I  found  that  the  per- 
centage of  cures  are  about  the  same.  Owing  to  the  lack 
of  association,  I  believe  that  the  percentage  of  cures  in 
drug  habits  is  greater.  We  will  always  notice  that  those 
who  drink  alcohol  w^ant  associates,  while  those  who  in- 
dulge in  drugs  want  secretiveness. 

Even  if  the  percentage  of  permanent  cures  may  be 
considered  small,  this  treatment  has  been  instrumental  in 
doing  more  good  than  any  other  temperance  cause  ever 
instituted.  If  its  only  field  of  importance  were  to  make 
homes  happy  for  a  period  of  six  months  or  a  year,  it  would 
be  a  worthy  practice,  but  we  find,  on  the  other  hand,  a 
certain  percentage  of  permanent  cures,  which  bring  with 
them  new  manhood  and  happy  families.  In  the  forego- 
ing pages  I  have  endeavored  to  give  the  details  of  the 
different  methods  of  treatment  generally  used  at  gold 
cure  institutes,  private  sanitariums  and  in  private  prac- 
tice. Although  the  treatment  may  vary  in  many  in- 
stances it  is  practically  all  founded  upon  the  methods  al- 
read}^  outlined.  There  have  been  several  other  methods 
and  secret  systems  used  which  have  come  under  my  ob- 
servation, and  in  order  that  the  physician  may  broaden 
his  knowledge  as  much  as  possible  upon  the  subject,  I  will 
append  the  formulae  and  details  of  several  of  these  secret 
and  non-secret  systems. 


128  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

LEVINSTEIN'S    METHOD    OF    SUDDEN    WITH- 
DRAWAL. 

This  method  is  also  often  spoken  of  as  the  Eng^lish 
IMethod,  dne  to  its  first  being  introduced  in  England  by 
the  above  anthor.  This  treatment  consists  of  placing  the 
patient  in  a  padded  cell  and  snddenly  withdrawing  all 
morphine.  He  is  constantly  watched  by  a  medical  at- 
tendant and  provided  with  stimulants  or  other  medication 
he  may  require  to  meet  the  emergencies  as  they  present 
themselves.  The  patient  raves  and  fights  until  he  is  often 
in  a  state  of  collapse ;  at  the  end  of  from  four  to  six  days 
his  struggle  is  over,  and  with  appropriate  tonic  treatment 
he  reaches  a  successful  crisis. 

This  barbarous  treatment  needs  no  mention  other  than 
its  condemnation,  as  it  requires  an  extra  amount  of  cour- 
age for  both  physician  and  patient,  although  it  is  success- 
ful in  many  cases.  There  have  been  many  sudden  deaths, 
and  the  mortality  is  much  greater  than  the  use  of  other 
treatments. 

DR.  MATTISON'S  TREATMENT  FOR  MORPHINISM. 

In  opposition  to  the  English  method,  Dr.  Mattison. 
of  Brooklyn,  has  published  what  he  calls  the  American 
Method,  which  is  an  intervening  method  of  treatment 
from  the  cruel  method  of  sudden  withdrawal  without  sup- 
porting the  nervous  system,  as  practiced  by  Levinstein 
and  avoids  the  long  delay  of  reaching  the  crisis  by  the 
use  of  the  gradual  reduction  method.  The  treatment 
used  by  this  noted  specialist,  in  brief,  is  as  follows :  The 
morphine  is  gradually  reduced  in  from  ten  to  twelve  days, 
and  as  the  reduction  is  taking  place  the  nervous  system  is 
supported  with  increasing  doses  of  bromides.  The  bro- 
mide of  sodium  is  preferred,  as  it  is  attended  with  the 
least  cutanious  eruption  and  is  more  agreeable  and  ac- 
ceptable by  the  stomach.  The  sodium  is  administered 
twice  a  day,  at  ten  a.  m.  and  ten  p.  m. 

To  illustrate,  the  patient  states  he  generally  uses 
about  thirty  grains  of  morphine  each  day ;  we  find  this 
about  one-third  more  of  the  drug  than  is  necessary  to  sup- 
port him  comfortably.       We  therefore  commence  the  first 


ALCOHOL   AND  DRUG  HABIT.  120 

day's  treatment  with  twenty  grains  of  morphine;  from 
now  on  we  reduce  two  or  more  grains  a  day  until  at  the 
end  of  ten  days  the  drug  is  entirely  withdrawn. 

To  support  the  nervous  system  and  produce  sedation 
the  bromide  of  sodium  is  given  in  increasing  doses,  as  the 
morphine  is  withdrawn.  The  first  day  the  morphine  is 
reduced  three  grains  and  the  patient  receives  ten  grains 
of  the  bromide  of  sodium  twice  daily ;  the  next  day  the 
morphine  is  likewise  reduced  and  the  sodium  increased 
to  twenty  grains  twice  a  day;  the  third  day  another  re- 
duction is  made  with  the  morphine,  and  the  patient  re- 
ceives thirty  grains  of  the  sodium  each  morning  and  eve- 
ning, thus  the  decrease  of  morphine  and  the  increase  of 
sodium  is  kept  up  until  the  morphine  is  entirely  with- 
drawn and  the  patient  is  taking  the  maximum  dose  of  so- 
dium bromide,  which  might  reach  to  seventj-five  or  one 
hundred  grains  daily.  The  object  of  this  treatment  is  to 
produce  sedation  and  conquer  all  nervous  manifestations 
by  large  doses  of  the  bromide. 

The  length  of  time  required  to  carry  out  this  treat- 
ment and  the  amount  of  morphine  reduced  each  day  and 
the  quantity  of  bromide  required  to  produce  sedation,  will 
depend  largely  upon  the  condition  of  the  patient  and  the 
judgment  of  the  physician.  The  patient  should  not  have 
any  stated  amount  of  the  bromide,  but  sufficient  to  pro- 
duce complete  sedation  at  all  times.  After  the  patient 
has  taken  this  treatment  a  few  days,  he  will  appear  to  be 
drowsy  and  want  to  sleep ;  he  may  also  manifest  symp- 
toms due  to  the  increased  amount  of  bromides  he  has 
taken,  i.  e.,  acna,  retid  breath,  etc.  All  these  symptoms 
may  be  absent  if  the  bromide  of  sodium  causes  an  in- 
creased action  of  the  kidneys,  as  it  often  does.  After  the 
patient  takes  his  last  dose  of  morphine  he  may  require  a 
few  injections  of  codeine  to  carry  him  through  the  critical 
stage.  Insomnia  is  often  present  and  is  treated  with 
trional.  For  pain  and  restlessness  he  gives  large  doses 
of  fluid  extract  cannabis  indica,  thirty  to  forty  minims. 

Dr.  Mattison  has  devoted  many  years  of  his  life  as  a 
specialist  in  drug  addictions  and  has  been  remarkably 
successful  with  this  method,  of  which  he  is  the  originator. 


130  ALCOHOL  AND  DEUG  HABIT. 

TRIUMPH   FORMULAE    FOR   LIQUOR,    MORPHINE, 
COCAINE,  CHLORAL  AND  TOBACCO. 

Two  years  ago  a  gentleman  representing  a  concern 
from  Knoxville,  Tenn.,  canvassed  this  state,  selling  the 
formulae  and  ''system"  of  the  Triumph  Cure,  for  liquor, 
morphine,  cocaine,  chloral  and  tobacco  habits.  The  price 
charged  for  the  system  was  from  $10.00  up,  according  to 
territorial  right;  the  purchaser  pledging  himself  under  a 
$500.00  contract  never  to  disclose  the  secrets.  This  is  a 
fair  example  of  the  many  things  which  are  offered  the 
medical  profession,  although  this  system  is  above  the  aver- 
age in  merit.  I  have  used  some  of  the  formulae  with 
good  results,  and  will  give  a  verbatim  copy  of  the  origin- 
al, which  was  bought  for  ten  dollars  by  a  physician  resid- 
ing in  Indiana. 


WHISKY  TREATMENT. 

Drunkenness  is  now  recognized  as  a  disease.  Since 
it  is  a  disease  of  the  nervous  system,  or  pathological  con- 
dition which  disturbs  the  mental  equilibrium,  or  as  it 
were,  a  defect  in  the  will  power,  termed  dipsomania.  Be- 
ing convinced,  therefore,  that  we  have  a  disease  of  a  spe- 
cific nature  to  deal  with,  we  must  set  out  to  find  a  specific 
treatment,  using  such  therapeutic  re-agents  as  will  main- 
tain or  bring  back  the  nervous  system  to  its  original  phy- 
siological equilibrium,  or  normal  condition  of  will-power. 
This  may  be  accomplished  by  improving  the  patient's  gen- 
eral tone,  by  stimulating  and  strengthening  his  nervous 
system  and  by  surrounding  him  with  good  moral  in- 
fluences. It  has  been  proved  that  strychnine  is  a  specific 
remedy,  as  it  is  the  most  powerful  and  valuable  neurotic 
which  we  possess.  Atropine  has  a  specific  action  in  de- 
creasing the  appetite  for  alcohol;  hence,  a  combination 
of  the  two  remedies  with  others  gives  us  as  nearly  a  spe- 
cific as  can  be  wished  for.  I  would  advise  that  you  get 
the  full  confidence  and  consent  of  the  patient  before  com- 
mencing treatment  and  have  him  stop  all  work  and  worry 
for  the  first  few  days.      This  should  always  be  the  case 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  131 

with  morphia,  cocaine,  chloral  or  cigarette  habits.  If 
you  follow  this  rule,  you  will  cure  every  case.  If  you  do 
not,  your  percentage  of  cures  will  be  smaller.  If  a  pa- 
tient stubbornly  persists  in  drinking  liquor,  give  him  a  full 
drink  of  whisky,  and  immediately  follow  it  with  apomor- 
phia.  This  will  soon  nauseate  him  so  that  he  will  not  at- 
tempt a  repetition  while  under  treatment,  and  he  will  be 
fully  convinced  of  the  fact  that  his  disgust  for  the  taste 
or  even  the  smell  of  liquor  is  due  to  the  whisky  and  not 
to  the  apomorphia  which  he  has  taken.  Then  push  the 
treatment  to  its  fullest  extent,  even  to  the  point  of  toxic 
effect. 

The  maximum  dose  must  be  reached,  gradually  until 
the  drug  effect  becomes  manifset,  then  gradually  decreas- 
ed.     Should  any  antidote  be  needed,  give  chloral  hydrate. 

It  is  necessary  to  use  considerable  judgment  with 
some  patients,  as  they  have  physiological  idosyncrasies 
regarding  the  drug  employed.  With  all  patients,  especial- 
ly those  who  are  weak,  nervous  or  worn  out,  begin  the 
treatment  cautiously,  with  two-thirds  of  a  dose.  Pro- 
long the  treatment  and  do  not  be  in  too  great  a  hurry. 
In  all  cases  it  is  necessary  to  give  an  internal  medicine  as 
tonic.  When  the  patient  refuses  liquor  it  is  well  to  dis- 
continue the  atropine  entirely  and  substitute  picrotoxine, 
and  if  perspiration  should  be  copious,  discontinue  this 
also.  Have  all  your  patients  take  a  warm  bath  every  two 
or  three  days,  and  keep  the  liver  acting  and  bowels  open 
with  calomel  in  combination  with  ipecac  and  soda.  If 
you  follow  the  above  treatment  and  use  discretion  when 
needed,  studying  each  individual  case,  you  will  meet  with 
no  disaster,  nor  fail  to  perfect  a  cure.  You  may  give 
the  patient  all  the  whisky  he  wishes,  having  him  drink  in 
your  presence,  but  I  would  not  advise  it.  Stop  them  im- 
mediately, or  in  a  day  or  two,  at  most.  This  can  be  done 
by  moral  persuasion  and  encouragement.  The  diet  should 
consist  largely  of  vegetables  and  fruits. 

Directions  for  compounding  these  medicines  and  for 
using  them  successfully  are  found  on  the  following  pages, 
classified  under  their  respective  diseases. 


132  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

HYPODERMIC  INJECTIONS. 

This  is  a  certified  copy  of  the  original  formulae  No. 
3795  registered  with  The  Maltbie  Chemical  Company,  of 
Newark,  N.  J.,  from  whom  it  may  be  ordered. 

^     Strychnine 85-100  gr. 

Atropine  sulph 40-100  gr. 

Acid  boracic   10  gr. 

Hydrastis    canadensis 10  drops. 

Aqua  destillata q.  s.  ad.  1  oz. 

Mix.       Sig.       According  to  directions  as  below. 

Then  I  have  four  empty  two-drachm  vials,  corked; 
upon  one  cork  I  mark  No.  1,  in  ink,  and  upon  another 
cork  I  mark  No.  2,  and  so  on  to  4.  Then  I  put  100  drops 
of  the  original  formulas  No.  3795  in  each  of  the  four  two- 
drachm  vials.  Understand,  now,  all  four  vials  are  like 
the  original  formulae.  Vial  No.  1  leave  as  the  original 
formulae,  without  adding  any  tablets  of  strychnine  nitrate 
as  it  is  the  weakest  proportion  used.  Vials  Nos.  2,  3  and 
4  I  will  make  each  so  many  points  stronger  than  the 
other,  as  shoAvn  below: 

To  vial  No.  2  I  add  5  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 
To  vial  No.  3  I  add  10  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 
To  vial  No.  4  I  add  20  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 

Five  drops  is  a  dose  from  any  of  the  vials  Nos.  1  to 
4.  Give  this  hypodermically  or  by  the  mouth  at  8  a.  m., 
12  m.,  4  p.  m.,  8  p.  m. 

Always  commence  hj^podermic  injection  with  one 
dose  from  vial  No.  1 ;  then  one  dose  of  vial  No.  3 ;  then 
one  dose  of  vial  No.  2  •  then  one  dose  of  vial  No.  1,  skip- 
ping backward  and  forward  this  way. 

If  you  need  a  stronger  dose,  work  in  vial  No.  4  in 
the  same  manner  as  stated  above.  Use  picrotoxin  1-40 
grain,  by  adding  to  a  dose  from  any  of  flie  vials  (1  to  4) 
hypodermically  or  by  the  mouth,  enough  to  make  the  pa- 
tient sweat  the  poison  out  of  the  system  and  to  bring  back 
the  natural  color. 

If  you  want  to  treat  a  patient  entirely  by  the  mouth, 
instead  of  treating  him  hypodermically,  use  vial  No.   3 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  133 

through  the  whole  course  of  treatment ;  use  the  same  sized 
dose,  with  alcohoHc  tonic,  as  if  you  were  treating  hypo- 
dermicaHy;  and  you  should  know  the  patient  gets  the 
medicine  regularly  to  make  a  cure.  I  advise  you  in  all 
cases  to  treat  hypodermically  if  possible;  then  you  know 
that  the  patient  gets  the  medicine  regularly,  and  you  are 
sure  of  success. 

Don't  expect  physiological  effect  before  five  or  six 
days,  viz.,  twitching  of  muscles,  dryness  of  mouth,  etc., 
and  as  soon  as  you  get  the  toxic  effect,  go  back  to  vial 
No.  1  and  stay  after  it  is  obtained.  You  may  now  hold 
the  effect  with  the  weakest  vial.  No.  1.  As  the  least  medi- 
cine given  to  any  patient  is  always  the  best,  give  always 
the  smallest  dose  that  will  produce  the  desired  effect.  Af- 
ter you  have  reached  the  maximum  dose  j^ou  may  decrease 
the  amount  and  still  hold  the  physiological  effect,  which 
is  best.  Then  the  fourth  day  alwaj^s  ask  your  patients 
if  they  still  want  whisky  or  beer.  Of  course  some  of 
them  will  say  yes.  Don't  be  alarmed  at  this.  Then 
tell  them  you  don't  see  how  it  is,  as  you  are  sure  the  medi- 
cine is  taking  effect,  or  is  about  to,  at  any  rate,  as  now  is 
the  time  to  make  it  take  effect,etc.  As  the  patient  has 
entire  confidence  in  you  by  this  time,  since  he  is  feeling 
so  much  better,  eating  and  sleeping  well,  and  the  thirst 
and  desire  is  leaving  him,  tell  him  you  want  to  see  him 
drink  in  your  presence.  This  may  be  done  on  the  fourth 
day  after  you  have  commenced  treating  the  patient ;  then 
tell  him  to  go  and  get  some  whisky  or  beer,  as  you  don't 
want  to  furnish  it  to  him,  for  he  would  say  you  had 
"drugged"  it  and  would  lose  confidence  in  you.  In  this 
way  he  sees  you  had  no  chance  to  touch  the  whisky  or 
beer,  and  he  is  perfectly  satisfied  you  have  not  tampered 
with  either.  This  must  be  done  at  one  of  the  regular 
times  of  the  hypodermics.  Then,  in  place  of  giving  the 
regular  dose,  skip  one  and  give  instead  1-10  grain  of 
apomorphia  immediately  after  he  has  taken  the  whisky 
or  beer.  Of  course,  you  know  the  result.  Repeat  this 
once  or  twice  a  day,  until  whisky  is  disgusting  to  him  in 
sight,  smell  or  taste.  Then  keep  up  the  regular  treat- 
ment three  weeks,  or  longer  if  the  case  should  demand  it. 


134  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIl^. 

Never  increase  the  size  of  the  hypodermic  or  dose.  If  you 
want  a  stronger  dose,  go  from  vial  to  vial,  as  you  see  each 
vial  is  marked  so  many  points  stronger  than  the  other, 
as  tabulated.  Cases  of  delirium  tremens  are  best  treated 
by  giving  hypodermic  from  vial  No.  1,  and  by  adding  to 
each  injection  1-250  grain  of  hydrobromate  of  hyoscya- 
mine.  By  using  the  drug  in  this  way  you  see  that  there 
can  be  no  bad  results  obtained,  as  by  using  morphine  to 
quiet  the  patient,  to  make  him  sleep,  and  taking  the 
chances  of  adding  to  the  whisky  or  beer  habit  the  mor- 
phine desire. 

Keep  the  dispensing  vials  clean,  rinsing  them  well 
before  refilling,  being  careful  not  to  inject  sediment  or 
deposit  in  solution  in  the  arm,  as  it  will  produce  an  ab- 
cess.  All  air  must  be  excluded  from  the  syringe  before 
injecting.  Wipe  off  the  needle  after  using  on  one  pa- 
tient and  before  using  on  another. 

As  a  tonic  for  whisky  patients  I  use  a  private  formula 
which  you  will  find  below. 


ALCOHOLIC  TONIC. 

^     Acid  muriatic,  C.  P.  free   2048  gr. 

Powdered  phosphate  of  lime   768  gr. 

Powdered  phosphate  magnesia  ....  1024  gr. 

Fl.  ext.  hydrastis  canadensis 256  gr. 

Powdered  quinine  muriate 256  gr. 

Crystal  strychnine  nitrate  101/4  gr. 

Fl.  ext.  Pulsatilla 255  gr. 

Simple  syrup q.  s.  ad      1  gal. 

Mix.      Sig.      As  directed  below. 

Teaspoonful  every  four  hours  in  a  little  water,  and 
taken  between  hypodermic  injections  or  doses. 

A  similar  preparation  is  Maltbie's  Syrup  of  Phos- 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  135 

phates  Compound  with  quinine  and  strychnine.  This  is 
given  at  6  a.  m.,  10  a.  m.,  2  p.  m.,  6  p.  m.,  and  10  p.  m., 
when  the  patient  is  up  at  the  first  and  last  hour.  After 
stopping  the  use  of  hypodermics  it  is  necessary  to  give 
the  tonic  twice  a  day  for  a  week  or  so,  with  one  tablet  of 
1-60  grain  of  strychnine  nitrate  added  to  every  teaspoon- 
ful  contained  in  the  bottle. 


A  FEW  WORDS  OF  CAUTION. 

Examine  each  case  thoroughly  before  treatment,  es- 
pecially the  action  of  the  heart  and  the  nervous  system, 
that  you  may  note  with  benefit  to  yourself  the  changes 
that  will  be  produced  by  the  action  of  the  remedies  used. 
Question  patients  particularly  as  to  why  they  drink; 
whether  from  the  love  or  the  taste  of  whisky  or  beer  or 
the  effect  produced.  If  a  patient  drinks  from  love  of 
the  taste  of  whisky  or  beer,  you  need  not  hesitate  to  take 
him  and  guarantee  a  cure,  for  you  can  make  the  taste  or 
smell  of  whisky  or  beer  disgusting  to  him,  and  he  will 
not  drink  it  again  when  the  fascinating  taste  is  gone.  This 
is  accomplished  by  giving  the  treatment  with  one  dose 
of  apomorphia.  If  the  patient  drinks  for  the  effect  of 
whisky  or  beer,  don't  fail  to  give  hypodermic  of  apomor- 
phia on  the  fourth  day,  just  after  giving  him  a  drink  of 
whisky  or  beer  in  your  presence,  repeating  the  dose  once 
or  twice  a  day  until  whisky  or  beer  becomes  nauseating 
to  him  in  sight,  smell  and  taste.  If  the  patient  who 
drinks  for  the  love  of  whisky  or  beer  persists  in  drinking, 
or  it  is  difficult  to  turn  him  against  it,  give  apomorphia 
in  manner  as  stated  above  until  you  do  obtain  the  desired 
*  results. 


MORPHINE,    OPIUM,    LAUDANUM,    COCAINE    AND 
CHLORAL  TREATMENT. 

The  most  perfect  antidote  for  these  poisons  is  per- 
manganate of  potash.      For  all  cases  give  one  injection  of 


136  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

the  antidote,  and  let  one  grain  of  permanganate  of  potash 
be  the  maximum  dose  to  be  given  at  the  beginning  of 
treatment  hypodermically.  It  matters  not  what  amount 
of  morphine  taken  in  24  hours.  If  they  take  less  than 
one  grain  of  morphine  in  24  hours  let  the  dose  of  the  per- 
manganate of  potash  be  governed  accordingly. 

Usually  you  can  get  your  patient  off  morphine  at 
once  by  the  addition  of  1-200  grain  of  hydrobromate  of 
hyoscyamine  to  the  hypodermic  injection  from  vials  No. 
1  to  4.  Use  in  the  same  way  as  in  whisky  cases,  what- 
ever strength  you  deem  sufficient. 

Don't  give  the  hydrobromate  of  hyoscyamine  oftener 
than  is  necessary  to  control  the  patient,  viz.,  Nos.  1  to  4, 
given  every  four  hours  and  continued  from  one  to  five 
weeks  or  longer  as  the  case  demands. 

The  tonic  I  use  for  the  above  mentioned  diseases  is 
No.  3796,  which  you  will  find  below.  Then  I  have  two 
four-ounce  bottles  filled  with  the  tonic.  To  one  bottle 
add  about  three-fourths  the  amount  of  morphine  taken 
by  the  patient  each  day.  You  must  multiply  three- 
fourths  of  the  morphine  taken  by  the  patient  for  one  day 
by  eight,  as  four-ounce  bottle,  No.  2,  has  thirty-two  doses ; 
four  doses  per  day  will  last  eight  days.  This  bottle  we 
mark  No.  2 ;  the  other  bottle,  without  the  morphine,  as 
No.  1.  Have  the  patient  take  a  teaspoonful  out  of  the 
bottle  with  morphine.  No.  2,  four  times  a  day,  adding  to 
this  bottle  with  morphine,  viz.,  No.  2,  a  teaspoonful  from 
the  bottle  without  morphine.  No.  1,  after  each  dose  taken. 
These  doses  are  to  be  taken  between  the  hypodermic  in- 
jections. By  treating  this  way  you  see  bottle  No.  2  will 
last  sixteen  days.  The  patient  has  been  taken  off  mor- 
phine in  this  way  so  easily  and  quickly  that  he  is  not 
aware  of  it,  and  you  can  hold  him.  After  taking  these 
two  bottles,  continue  the  hypodermic  injection  three  weeks 
or  longer,  as  in  whisky  cases,  and  also  the  tonic,  No.  3796, 
which  you  will  find  below,  without  adding  any  morphine, 
registered  with  The  Maltbie  Chemical  Company,  Newark, 
N.  J. 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  137 

MORPHINE,    OPIUM,    LAUDANUM,    COCAINE    AND 
CHLORAL  TONIC. 

I>     Powd.  red  cinchona 1  lb. 

Powd.  liydrastis  canadensis ^'o  lb. 

Powd.  Pulsatilla   ^/^  lb. 

Powd.  nux  vomica 2  oz. 

Powd.  xanthoxyliim  berries    2  oz. 

Powd.  capsicum   %  oz. 

Powd.  avena  sativa  8  oz. 

Dilute  alcohol   q.  s.  ad.  1  gal. 

Mix.       Sig.       Teaspoonful  every  four  hours  of  tlie 
above  tonic. 

The  morphine  patient  cannot  be  trusted,  and  you 
must  examine  him  thoroughly  for  any  morphine,  opium, 
or  hj'podermic  that  he  may  have  in  his  possession,  de- 
manding that  they  be  given  up.  An  attendant  should 
be  with  patients  for  some  time  and  the  physician  with 
them  should  always  be  on  the  alert,  examining  the  pupils 
of  the  eye  constantly,  for  the  drug  will  first  show  its  ef- 
fect there.  If  you  can  keep  them  from  using  morphine 
or  opium  for  a  week  you  may  be  certain  of  a  cure.  The 
bowels  are  at  first  likely  to  be  affected,  and  patients  may 
have  cramps  in  their  limbs.  For  this  condition  use  10 
per  cent,  solution  veratrum  album  in  four  or  five  drop 
doses,  which  will  greatly  benefit  and  relieve  them.  You 
may  tell  them  that  you  will  reduce  the  quantity  of  the 
drug  gradually,  but  do  not  let  them  know  at  what  time 
3^ou  cease  to  give  them  morphine.  Should  these  cases  at 
anytime  need  something  to  make  them  sleep,  give  them 
whisky.  Do  not  labor  under  any  delusion  that  you  must 
increase  the  size  of  the  dose  and  the  strength  of  the  hypo- 
dermic injection,  if  you  fail  to  obtain  the  physiological 
effects  of  the  remedies  used  within  a  few  days,  and  under 
no  circumstances  add  any  additional  strj^chnia  nitrate 
tablets  to  the  doses  or  vials  as  tabulated  under  hypoder- 
mic injections.  Increase  doses  by  using  solutions  from 
vial  to  vial 


138  ALCOHOL  AND  DEUG  HABIT. 

CIGARETTE  TREATMENT. 

Begin  this  treatment  with  hypodermic  injections  of 
picrotoxine  in  1-40  grain  dose  added  to  one  of  the  hypo- 
dermic injections  from  vials  Nos.  1  to  4,  treat  in  the  same 
way  as  for  whisky  cases  until  copious  perspiration  en- 
sues ;  then  have  an  attendant  give  the  patient  a  hot  sponge 
or  steam  bath,  cooling  him  off  gradually  with  a  shower, 
at  first  warm,  then  cold,  rubbing  until  dry.  The  cigarette 
habit  in  time  will  cause  the  user  to  be  effected  with  a 
mental  condition  resembling  insanity  more  than  any  of 
the  foregoing  habits.  It  particularly  affects  the  will- 
power, and  is  similar  to  insanity,  pitiable,  yet  harmless. 

]^     Formula  No.  3795  2  dr. 

Tr.  cannabis  indica 5  drops. 

Mix.      Sig.      As  directed  below. 

Inject  hypodermically  from  five  to  ten  drops,  from 
two  to  four  times  a  day,  using  your  judgment  in  individ- 
ualizing your  case  and  the  dose  to  be  used,  as  in  whisky 
cases;  continue  treatment,  however,  from  three  to  five 
weeks  hypodermically,  and  the  tonic,  as  mentioned  be- 
low, for  a  week  or  ten  days  longer. 


CIGARETTE  TONIC. 

1^     Syr.  Phosphates,  comp.  with  quinine  and 

strychnine    (Maltbie)    8  oz. 

Sig.      As  directed  below. 

Teaspoonful  at  a  dose,  from  three  to  four  times  per 
day.  If  the  patient  becomes  nervous  you  have  to  use  the 
following  prescription,  viz. ; 

19     Thein 8  gr. 

Acid  boracic 2  gr. 

Aqua  destillata q.  s.  ad.  1  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.      As  directed  below. 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  •  139 

Inject  from  five  to  ten  drops  hypodermically,  repeat- 
ing the  dose  as  your  discretion  dictates.  Treat  cases 
in  the  following  manner:  Giving  injections  hypodermical- 
ly at  8  a.  m.,  4  p.  m.,  and  8  p.  m.,  giving  a  tonic  at  6  a.  m., 
if  the  patient  is  up  at  the  first  and  last  hours;  then  at 
10  a.  m.,  2  p.  m.,  6  p.  m.,  and  10  p.  m. 

The  cigarette  habit  is  about  the  most  difficult  of  all 
we  have  to  contend  with  and  requires  from  three  to  five 
weeks  to  perfect  a  cure.  It  is  about  as  good  a  plan  as 
any  in  the  treatment  of  these  cases  to  cut  them  short.  If 
you  do  not  adopt  this  plan,  have  them  decrease  the  num- 
ber of  cigarettes  each  day  by  one-third  or  one-half  and 
in  four  or  five  days  you  may  stop  them  entirely.  Pa- 
tients will  get  very  nervous  and  weak,  but  encourage 
them  in  every  way  you  can. 

If  the  patient  stubbornly  persists  in  smoking,  after 
the  first  nine  days,  give  him  1-10  grain  apomorphia  hypo- 
dermically, just  after  you  have  given  him  a  cigarette  to 
smoke  in  your  presence,  and  keep  this  up  until  the  sight, 
smell  and  taste  is  disgusting  to  him.  Give  this  at  one  of 
the  regular  hours  of  treatment,  instead  of  the  regular  hy- 
podermic at  that  hour.    ^ 


TOBACCO  TREATMENT. 

]?     Formula  No.  10041 1/2  dr. 

Tr.  plantago  Major %  dr. 

Tr.  avena  sativa   %  dr. 

Mix.     Sig.     As  directed  below. 

Give  the  patient  three  drops  by  turning  the  bottle 
on  the  cork  and  touching  it  to  the  tongue  each  time  he 
feels  like  taking  a  chew  or  a  smoke,  especially  a  dose  after 
each  meal,  asking  the  patient  to  assist  you  by  lessening 
the  number  of  chews  of  tobacco  or  cigars  each  day.  Give 
the  patient  treatment  hypodermically,  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  for  whisky  patients,  from  vials  Nos.  1  to  4,  five 
drops  at  a  dose,  three  times  a  day.'  In  from  nine  to  four- 
teen days'  treatment,  tobacco  will  be  disgusting  to  his 
sight,  smell  and  taste.  Then  stop  the  tobacco  entirely 
and  continue  the  prescription  for  tobacco  cure  by  touch- 


140  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

ing  it  to  his  lips  or  tongue  when  he  feels  like  using  tobac- 
co. If  necessary  give  alcoholic  tonic  No.  10043,  a  tea- 
spoonful  three  times  a  day.  If  the  patient  becomes  very 
weak  and  nervous  for  the  first  few  days  give  ten  per  cent, 
solution  veratrum  album  in  four  and  five  drops  at  a  dose. 
If  the  patient  is  stubborn  and  persists  in  smoking  or  chew- 
ing tobacco  after  the  ninth  day,  give  him  1-10  grain  apo- 
morphia  hypodermically,  just  after  taking  a  chew  or 
smoke,  in  your  presence,  and  keep  this  up  once  or  twice  a 
day  until  the  sight,  smell  and  taste  of  tobacco  is  disgust- 
ing to  him.  Give  this  at  one  of  the  regular  hours  of 
treatment  instead  of  regular  hypodermic  at  that  hour. 

You  will  find  many  things  to  worry  and  disappoint 
you  in  the  treatment  of  patients  for  these  diseases,  but 
do  not  lose  your  temper  and  do  not  get  disheartened,  but 
hang  on  to  them  as  long  as  there  is  any  hope  of  reclaim- 
ing a  wreck  to  his  friends,  family  and  society. 

The  foregoing  treatment  is  the  best  known  for  dipso- 
mania, morphia,  cocaine,  chloral,  tobacco  and  cigarette 
habits  that  is  today  endorsed  by  the  medical  profession 
as  can  be  verified  by  the  experience  of  numerous  physi- 
cians throughout  the  United  States. 


THE  KEELEY  TREATMENT. 

A  physician  who  was  in  charge  of  one  of  the  Keeley 
Institutes  and  who  afterwards  conducted  a  sanitarium 
of  his  own,  for  the  cure  of  alcohol,  drug  habits  and  ner- 
vous and  mental  diseases,  published  a  little  booklet  giv- 
ing the  methods  of  treatment  which  he  used,  which  he 
claims  were  identical  with  the  methods  used  at  the  Keeley 
Institute.  This  booklet  was  sold  to  physicians  for  $25.00, 
and  had  many  purchasers,  and  I  believe  the  treatment 
he  gives  is  reasonably  correct,  as  I  have  met  several  physi- 
cians who  had  charge  of  similar  institutes  and  are  willing 
to  vouch  for  its  accuracy.  Space  will  not  allow  me  to 
publish  the  entire  article,  which  to  a  certain  extent  would 
be  only  a  repetition  of  what  has  been  said,  but  I  will  give 
the  formula?  of  some  of  the  preparations  used,  and  the 
reader  can  judge  for  himself  as  to  their  value. 


ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG   11  ABIT.  141 

HYPODERMIC  SOLUTIONS. 

Solution  ''S." 

1^     Boracic  acid   4  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate   %  gi*- 

Aqua  dest    1  oz. 

Tr.  cudbear q.  s.  color 

Sig.      Dose  five  to  ten  minims,  four  times  a  day. 

Solution  ''A." 

]J     Atropine  sulphate   V2  S^- 

Boracic  acid   20  gr. 

Aqua  dest 1  oz. 

]\Iix.     Sig.     Dose  five  to  eight  minims. 

Solution  ''A P." 

^     Apomorphine   4  gr. 

Boracic  acid   20  gr. 

Aqua  dest 1  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.    Dose  six  to  ten  minims. 

Solution  "T." 

^     Thein.  mur    8  gr. 

Boracic  acid   20  gr. 

Aqua  dest    1  oz. 

Sig.     Dose  five  to  ten  minims. 

Solution  "P." 

1^     Pilocarpine   mur    8  gr. 

Boracic  acid   20  gr. 

Aqua  dest    1  oz. 

]Mix.     Sig.     Dose  five  to  six  minims. 

Solution  ''M." 

3^     Morphine  sulph   8  gr. 

Aqua  dest    1  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     Dose  fifteen  to  thirty  minims. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  name  of  the  solution  is  an 
abbreviation  of  the  active  ingredient  contained.  To  il- 
lustrate, Solution  ''A"  is  atropine,  "S"  is  strychnine,  etc. 


142  ALCOHOL  AND  DEUG  HABIT. 

TREATMENT  FOR  ALCOHOLISM. 

When  the  patient  enters  the  institute  he  is  given  a 
mixture  containing  the  following: 

I^     Gold  and  sodium  chloride 30  gr. 

Strychnine   nitrate    : .   4  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate   1  gr. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Fl.  ext,  cinchona  comp q.  s.  ad.  16  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  One  teaspoonful  in  water  three  times  a 
day. 

In  addition  to  the  internal  remedy,  the  patient  is  al- 
so given  hypodermic  injections  from  the  solutions  that  the 
physician  deems  the  patient  requires.  The  atropine  solu- 
tion is  generally  pushed,  until  patients  get  the  full  physio- 
logical effect  of  the  drug.  The  apomorphine  is  used  when 
it  is  desired  to  produce  the  ''sickening  process."  You 
will  notice  that  the  solutions  are  colored  conveniently 
for  the  ''barber  pole  shot."  After  the  desire  for  liquor 
has  been  conquered  the  patient  is  given  hypodermic  in- 
jections from  Solution  "S,"  and  the  following  internal 
remedies  throughout  the  balance  of  the  treatment: 
]^     Ext.  cinchona  solid 40  gr. 

Grd.  gentian  root   2  oz. 

Po wd.  capsicum 20  gr. 

Grd.  bitter  orange  peel -!/2  oz. 

Glycerine    3  oz. 

Aqua    2  quarts. 

Caramel cj.  s.  to  color 

Mix  the  first  four  drugs  in  the  water  and  boil  twen- 
ty minutes ;  remove  and  filter ;  then  add  the  glycerine  and 
caramel. 

Sig.     One  teaspoonful  every  two  hours  in  water. 


FOR  ALCOHOLIC  GASTRITIS. 

]^     Pepsin  sacch  .1  dr. 

Bismuth   subnit 1  dr. 

Powd.  capsicum  20  gr. 

Mix.     Ft,    powders    XXX.     Sig.     A    powder    every 
three  or  four  hours. 


ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT.  143 

FOR  NEURASTHENIA. 

I>     Tr.  cinchona  rub   2  oz. 

F.  E.  kola 2  oz. 

F.  E.  Scutellaria 1  oz. 

Elix.  aromatic q.  s.  ad.  6  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     One  teaspoonful  in  water  four  times  a 
day. 


THE  TOBACCO  TREATMENT. 

3^         F.  E.  calumba ^/i  oz. 

Tr.  quassia   %  oz. 

Alcohol    %  oz. 

Aqua q.  s.  ad.  4  oz. 

The  hypodermic  treatment  consists  of  injections  from 
Solution  "T"  four  times  a  day,  and  an  occasional  injec- 
tion from  Solution  ''P,"  or  if  the  ''sickening  process"  is 
required,  from  Solution  "A  P." 


DR.  GRAY'S  TREATMENT. 

Dr.  J.  L.  Gray,  of  Indiana,  was  among  the  first  to  use 
the  so-called  "Gold  cure"  for  the  alcohol  habit,  and  his 
method  was  made  publicly  known  through  Prof.  Edmond 
Andrews,  of  Chicago,  who  published  an  article  on  it  in 
one  of  the  Chicago  papers.  The  treatment  given  was  as 
follows :  On  entering  the  institute  the  patient  was  given 
a  hypodermic  injection  four  times  a  day,  containing  one- 
tenth  grain  of  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium,  and  one- 
fortieth  of  a  grain  of  nitrate  of  strychnine.  He  also  re- 
ceived a  mixture  to  be  taken  by  the  mouth  composed  as 
follows : 

^     Chloride  of  gold  and  sodium 12  gr. 

Muriate  of  ammonium   6  gr. 

Nitrate   of  strychnine    1  gr. 

Atropine    ^4  gr. 

Comp.  fl.  ex.  of  cinchona 8  oz. 

Fl.  ex.  of  coca  1  oz. 

Glycerine 1  oz. 

Aqua  des   1  oz. 


/ 


144  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

Mix.  Sig.  Take  a  teaspoonful  every  two  hours 
when  awake. 

I  have  used  this  treatment  on  several  eases  and  find 
it  is  an  excellent  one,  but  do  not  believe  that  it  is  neces- 
sary to  give  such  large  doses  of  gold  and  sodium  and 
strychnine,  as  they  cause  the  muscles  to  twitch  and  an 
eruption  to  break  out  on  the  skin  in  many  cases. 


THE  ANTI-NAROOTIN  CURE. 

Since  the  first  edition  of  this  publication  I  have  re- 
ceived many  letters  from  physicians  wishing  to  sell  secret 
formulae,  of  which  this  is  an  illustration :  This  treatment 
came  from  Dr.  J.  E.  Clark  of  Hiattsville,  Kansas,  who 
claims  it  was  formerly  obtained  from  a  Dr.  "Williamson, 
who  was  the  attending  physician  at  the  Anti-Narcotin  In- 
stitute, of  St.  Ijouis,  Mo.  Although  it  offers  no  special 
advantage  over  other  treatments  already  given,  it  illus- 
trates the  simplicity  of  another  "great  cure,"  for  which 
I  gave  approximately  $10.50. 

'^i     Hyocine  hydrobromate    1-100  gr. 

Pilocarpine    1-100  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate   1-100  gr. 

Atropine    1-600  gr. 

The  above  medication  is  given  hypodermically  every 
three  hours,  missing  the  treatment  at  twelve  and  three  at 
night,  during  which  time  the  patient  generally  sleeps. 
The  directions  for  using,  which  came  with  the  treatment 
are  as  follows :  On  the  evening  before  commencing  the 
treatment  the  patient  should  be  given  a  full  cathartic  and 
remove  all  foreign  substance  from  the  bowels;  on  the 
morning  of  the  first  day's  treatment,  the  patient  is  al- 
lowed his  usual  quantity  of  morphine,  and  about  two 
hours  afterwards  the  above  treatment  is  commenced  and 
given  at  regular  intervals. 

Thou   sparkling-   bowl;    thou   sparkling   bowl; 

Though    liDS   of   bards   thy   brim   may   press, 
And    eyes    of    beauty    o'er    thee    roll, 

And   songs    and   dance   thy   power   confess — > 
I   will    not    touch    thee;    for   there    clings 

A    scorpion    to    th'y    side    that    stings. 
— John  Pierpont, 


HERNIA.  145 


The  Hernia  Specialist 

The  treatment  of  hernia  by  the  subcutaneous  injec- 
tion method  was  first  practiced  by  Joseph  Pancoast,  M. 
D.,  of  Philadelphia,  and  a  report  of  his  success  was  pub- 
lished by  Dr.  Warren,  of  Boston,  in  1867.  Afterwards 
Dr.  Heaton,  also  a  Boston  surgeon,  proposed  a  radical 
cure  for  hernia,  which  had  been  successfully  used  by  him- 
self in  a  number  of  cases,  by  what  he  called  tendinous 
irritation.  It  is  also  stated  that  Dr.  Heaton  was  assisted 
by  Dr.  "Warren  in  perfecting  his  method  of  treatment. 
This  method  differed  somewhat  from  that  of  Dr.  Pan- 
coast  in  points  of  detail  and  the  irritant  employed.  Al- 
though these  surgeons  made  some  remarkable  cures,  they 
met  several  cases  where  disastrous  results  followed  the 
injections  and  the  system  was  finally  abandoned  and  lay 
dormant  for  several  years.  It  was  afterwards  revived, 
however,  and  today  it  is  receiving  the  attention  it  justly 
merits. 

At  the  present  time,  this  method  of  treatment  is 
placed  upon  a  sound  therapeutical  foundation.  With  the 
advantages  of  antiseptics,  and  the  present  enlightenment 
upon  the  subject,  will  allow  the  general  practitioner  to 
treat  these  afflictions  with  a  more  marked  degree  of  suc- 
cess than  other  means  of  surgical  interference,  and  avoids 
the  dangers  which  are  always  connected  with  surgical 
operations. 

The  injection  method  for  the  radical  cure  of  hernia 
has  only  one  object  in  view,  which  is,  to  close  the  canal, 
and  thus  prevent  the  descent  of  the  bowels  and  mem- 
branes. 

That  the  injection  method  offers  many  advantages 
superior  to  surgical  interference,  is  beyond  a  doubt,  as  it 
is  perfectly  safe,  and  nearly  free  from  pain.      It  will  not 


146 


HERNIA. 


detain  the  patient  from  business,  and  a  permanent  cure 
can  be  obtained  in  fully  eighty-five  per  cent,  of  all  cases 
in  which  it  is  applicable. 

This  method  of  treatment  can  be  adopted  in  any  case 
of  hernia  which  may  be  reduced  and  retained  by  a  suit- 
able truss.  This  is  absolutely  necessary  to  insure  good 
results.  There  are  several  good  trusses  on  the  market. 
The  accompanying  cuts  illustrate  the  ones  which  are  most 
generally  used. 

If  the  patient  should  fail  to  have  a  proper  fitting 


truss,  he  should  be  supplied  with  another.  The  physician 
should  take  the  measurements  and  also  superintend  its 
first  application.  The  patient  should  wear  the  truss  for 
several  days  previous  to  the  first  operation  to  make  sure 
that  it  holds  the  hernia  perfectly.  In  selecting  a  truss,  the 
following  rules  are  to  be  observed:  Never  accept  a  truss 
until  you  get  one  which  fits  properly ;  try  it  by  putting  it 
on  and  stooping  down  and  rising  up  suddenly;  cough 
violently  and  persistently ;  separate  the  limbs  when  sitting 


HERNIA.  147 

down  and  go  through  various  motions.  Of  course  the 
truss  is  not  a  proper  fitting  one  if  it  allows  the  hernia  to 
slip  while  going  through  these  experiments. 

In  wearing  a  truss,  the  following  precautions  must 
always  be  taken :  Never  take  off  a  truss  unless  you  are 
in  a  recumbent  position ;  rub  the  parts  thoroughly  when 


V 


^- 


^•^^^ 


51 


;-.i^aa 


Testing    the    Truss. 

putting  the  truss  on.  The  truss  should  be  removed  the 
last  thing  before  retiring,  and  put  on  the  first  thing  in 
the  morning.  In  many  cases,  it  is  best  to  wear  the  truss 
night  and  day  while  you  are  giving  the  treatment.  After 
you  are  satisfied  that  the  truss  is  a  perfect  fit,  and  it  has 
been  thoroughly  tested,  the  patient  is  ready  for  treatment. 


THE  INJECTION  FLUID. 

This  is  a  very  important  thing  to  be  considered,  and 
should  consist  of  such  remedies  as  will  create  a  mild  irri- 
tation without  excessive  inflammation,  and  throw  out  suf- 
ficient plastic  and  adhesive  material  to  unite  the  parts,  and 
close  the  canal. 

Since  the  discovery  of  the  injection  method  of  treat- 
ing hernia,  many  remedies  have  been  tried  with  a  view  of 
accomplishing  this  result.     Dr.  Pancoast  commenced  the 


14S  HERNIA. 

treatment  by  injecting  tincture  of  iodine  and  cantharides. 
This  was  followed  by  Heaton  and  Warren,  by  the  use  of 
quercus  alba,  which  is  one  of  the  principal  drugs  in  use 
at  the  present  time.  The  following  formula  is  an  excel- 
lent one  and  was  sold  to  an  Ohio  physician  with  the  exclu- 
sive right  of  use  for  that  state  for  eighteen  hundred  dol- 
lars. This  offers  us  another  illustration,  of  what  can  be 
done  by  the  professional  promotor,  who  has  a  secret  sys- 
tem and  territorial  rights  for  sale. 


EXCELSIOR  HERNIA  FLUID. 

B     Zinc  sulphate 10  gr. 

Carbolic  acid   6  min. 

Guaiacol   (pure)    15  min. 

Thuja  (Lloyd's  specific  tinct.)   1  dr. 

F,  E.  quercus  alba 2  dr. 

Oil  of  cinnamon 2  min. 

Glycerine 2  dr. 

Aqua  q.  s.  ad.  1  oz. 

Mix.  Dissolve  the  sulphate  of  zinc  in  the  Avater,  add 
the  glycerine,  carbolic  acid,  oil  of  cinnamon  and  guaiacol, 
then,  when  thoroughly  mixed,  add  the  other  drugs.  This 
should  stand  for  a  few  days  and  be  shaken  frequently  and 
finely  filtered  through  absorbent  cotton. 

In  resuming  the  therapeutic  effects  of  this  formula, 
we  have  a  mild  astringent  antiseptic  and  an  irritant  which 
will  abstract  from  the  surrounding  tissues  sufficient  plastic 
material  to  unite  the  Avails  and  close  the  inguinal  canal. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  USING  THE  FLUID. 

After  you  are  satisfied  that  the  patient  has  a  well- 
fitting  truss  and  one  that  will  hold  the  rupture  under  all 
circumstances,  you  may  commence  treatment  with  every 
assurance  of  success,  but  if  the  truss  allows  the  hernia  to 
protrude  occasionally,  you  cannot  expect  to  receive  the 
results  from  the  treatment  which  you  otherwise  would. 
This  is  a  very  important  thing  to  be  observed^  for  after 


HERNIA. 


149 


the  treatment  has  been  commenced,  the  hernia  should 
never  be  allowed  to  descend,  even  if  the  patient  has  to 
wear  the  truss  da}^  and  night. 

The  injections  should  be  made  when  the  patient  is  in 
a  reclining  position.  The  parts  should  be  thoroughly 
washed  with  some  antiseptic  solution.  The  needle  and 
syringe  should  also  be  clean  and  aseptic.  The  best  place 
to  make  the  injection  is  on  a  surgical  chair  or  table,  with 
the  head  slightly  lowered  so  that  the  bowels  will  have  a 
tendency  to  gravitate  away  from  the  canal.  The  hj^o- 
dermic  needle  for  this  work  should  be  a  little  longer  than 
the  ordinary  needle.  A  hypodermic  syringe  with  a  glass 
cylinder  is  all  that  is  required.    After  drawing  the  fluid 


The  above  illustrates   the  method   of  making   ihe   inj ecuons. 

into  the  syringe,  the  needle  should  be  pointed  upward 
and  sufficient  pressure  made  to  force  all  the  air  out  of  the 
syringe.  The  set  screw  on  the  piston  should  be  adjusted 
to  regulate  the  amount  of  fluid  used  at  each  injection, 
which  will  vary  from  two  to  ten  or  more  minims.  I  gen- 
erally commence  by  using  two  minims  and  increase  each 
injection  as  the  case  requires.  After  the  patient  has 
been  prepared  for  the  operation,  the  operator,  if  right 
handed,  should  take  a  position  at  the  left  side  of  the  pa- 
tient, and  with  the  fore  finger  of  the  left  hand,  invaginate 
the  canal  to  the  point  of  the  internal  opening.  He  should 
now  grasp  the  integument  with  the  finger  in  the  canal  and 
the  thumb  on  the  external  surface,  and  elevate  the  tissues 


150  HEKNIA. 

somewhat.  This  draws  the  tissues  away  from  the  cord 
and  avoids  any  danger  of  puncturing  the  contents.  The 
needle  should  now  be  passed  through  the  tissues  directly 
over  the  end  of  the  inside  finger  until  it  has  reached  the 
canal.  The  canal  can  be  determined  by  the  inside  finger, 
which  only  has  the  covering  of  the  thin  scrotal  wall.  You 
can  generally  determine  when  you  have  entered  the  canal 
as  the  needle  meets  with  little  or  no  resistance  and  can  be 
moved  around  quite  freely.  The  fluid  should  now  be  in- 
jected slowly  and  deposited  at  several  different  places  at 
the  highest  points  of  the  opening.  You  should  always 
avoid  making  the  injection  too  low  in  the  canal,  for  if  it 
should  close  the  canal  too  low  down,  it  will  prevent  in- 
vagination and  the  application  of  the  treatment  at  the 
point  it  is  required.  After  the  needle  has  been  with- 
drawn, the  point  of  injection  should  be  gently  massaged. 
This  will  have  a  tendency  to  scatter  the  fluid  and  cause 
it  to  cover  a  greater  area.  The  truss  may  now  be  replaced, 
which  gives  constant  pressure  on  the  parts  and  the  patient 
allowed  to  go  about  his  business. 

The  treatment  will  cause  him  but  little  annoyance. 
The  parts  treated  will  have  a  somewhat  uneasy  feeling, 
which  is  due  to  the  mild  inflammatory  action  the  injection 
■  has  caused.  This  will  subside  in  a  few  days,  when  the 
treatment  should  be  repeated.  The  succeeding  treatment 
should  not  be  applied  until  the  soreness  from  the  last 
treatment  has  abated.  I  commence  the  treatment  by  in- 
jecting one  or  two  minims  and  request  the  patient  to  call 
at  the  office  in  a  few  days,  or  as  soon  as  the  soreness 
leaves.  At  the  next  treatment  the  injection  is  increased 
one  or  two  minims.  I  always  govern  the  amount  of  the 
injection  by  the  condition  of  the  patient.  The  injection 
should  never  be  made  as  long  as  there  is  any  inflammatory 
action  existing.  As  soon  as  you  have  determined  the 
amount  of  fluid  each  case  requires  to  produce  the  desired 
amount  of  irritation,  the  following  treatments  may  be 
given  in  the  required  amounts,  which  will  vary  from  three 
to  ten  minims.  The  average  dose,  however,  will  be  four 
or  five  minims. 

The  length  of  time  required  to  effect  a  cure  depends 


HERNIA.  151 

upon  the  condition  of  the  patient  and  the  size  of  the  open- 
ing. Young  and  vigorous  patients,  whose  tissues  are  firm, 
can  be  cured  more  rapidly  tlian  older  people  whose  tissues 
are  flabby  and  relaxed. 

After  the  patient  has  had  several  injections,  you  may 
make  a  test  to  find  out  if  the  treatment  has  been  success- 
ful.    This  test  should  be  made  in  your  presence.     The 
patient  should  first  be  in  the  recumbent  position  and  be 
instructed  to  cough.    If  the  hernia  has  a  tendency  to  come 
down,  the  treatment  should  be  continued,  but  if  sufficient 
adhesions  have  taken  place  to  retain  the  bowels,  the  pa- 
tient may  try  the  same  experiment  by  standing  up,  hand 
over  the  parts  where  the  injections  were  made  when  he 
was  testing  the  truss.       The  physician  should  place  his 
hand  over  the  parts  where  the  injections  were  made  when 
he  is  testing  the  results  of  his  treatment,  for  if  there  should 
still  be  a  weakness,  the  physician  can  detect  the  vibra- 
tion.   If  you  are  satisfied  that  the  cure  has  been  complete, 
the  patient  should  be  instructed  to  wear  the  truss  for  an- 
other month  or  so  and  another  test  made.    If  all  is  well, 
the  patient  can  remove  the  truss  unless  he  is  a  laboring 
man  and  does  heavy  lifting.    If  such  is  the  case,  it  is  well 
that  he  should  wear  the  truss  for  a  while  when  engaged 
at  such  work,  but  finally  it  may  be  given  up  altogether. 

Physicians  have  been  rather  timid  in  applying  this 
method  of  treatment  for  fear  they  would  produce  some 
of  the  bad  results  that  were  formerly  witnessed  before 
the  days  of  antiseptic  surgery,  but  I  wish  to  state  that 
this  method  of  treatment  is  perfectly  safe,  if  a  reasonable 
amount  of  skill  is  exercised  in  carrying  out  the  details  of 
the  operation.  I  have  never  seen  a  case  of  peritonitis, 
orchitis,  abcess  or  injury  to  the  cord  occur.  If  the  inflam- 
mation should  be  a  little  more  extensive  than  you  ex, 
pected,  it  is  due  to  the  use  of  too  much  of  the  fluid.  This 
will  subside,  however,  in  a  few  days,  and  may  be  treated 
the  same  as  inflammation  elsewhere,  but  rest  for  a  day  or 
two  is  generally  all  that  is  required. 


152 


HERNIA. 


DR.  LANGDON'S  OPERATION. 

Dr.  R.  K.  Langdon  of  Nebraska  has  devised  a  new 
method  of  making  injections  within  the  inguinal  canal 
with  which  he  claims  originality  and  greater  success  than 
by  injecting  fluids  through  the  external,  surface,  as  de- 
scribed in  the  foregoing  pages.  "With  this  method  the 
scrotum  is  invaginated  within  the  canal  and  the  fluid  de- 
posited through  the  walls  of  the  scrotum  in  order  to  guide 
the  course  of  the  needle.  He  has  had  a  special  instrument 
devised,  which  clasps  on  the  little  finger  by  means  of  two 
adjustable  flanges  or  bands ;  as  you  pass  the  finger  up  the 
canal  you  can  guide  the  course  of  the  needle  to  any  point 
desired  (see  cut).  The  needle  has  a  blind  point  with  open- 
ings on  each  side  about  four  lines  from  the  point. 


DR.  LANGDON'S  NEEDLE  AND  CANULA. 


In  making  injections  the  scrotum  is  invaginated  and 
the  point  of  the  canula  is  directed  to  the  point  where  you 
wish  to  deposit  the  fluid.  The  needle  is  now  introduced 
through  the  canula  into  the  canal  or  ring,  and  the  fluid 
deposited.  It  is  claimed  that  this  method  has  the  advan- 
tage of  always  depositing  the  fluid  into  the  canal,  and 
not  in  the  adjacent  tissues  as  often  occurs  with  the  exter- 
nal method.  If  desired  the  complete  canal  may  be  obliter- 
ated by  depositing  the  fluid  along  the  track  as  you  with- 
draw the  needle.  The  internal  opening  should  always  be 
closed  first,  however.  By  closing  the  external  canal  you 
will  not  be  allowed  access  to  the  internal  opening,  which  is 
the  most  important  point. 


HERNIA. 


153 


Although  Dr.  Langdon  met  with  many  failures  when 
he  first  adopted  this  method,  he  later  reports  no  failures 
by  using  this  method  constantly  for  five  years,  and  he 
firmly  believes  today  that  with  very  few  exceptions,  he 
can  cure  every  case  regardless  of  age  when  the  tissues 
are  not  too  thin  from  the  long  use  of  a  truss.  He  also 
states  that  he  has  used  almost  every  known  method  and 
at  least  one  hundred  different  ingredients  and  combina- 
tions. He  prefers  for  a  child  up  to  nine  years  of  age,  fluid 
extract  quercus-alba  boiled  doAvn  in  a  test  tube  to  one- 


DR.  LiANGDON'S  HERNIA  SET,  IN  CASE. — Contains  one  Special 
Hypodermic  Sj-ringe  for  treating  hernia;  an  Aspirating-  Needle,  Hypo- 
dermic Needle,  a  Flexible  Silver  Probe-pointed  Needle,  a  Hemorrhoid 
Needle  with  screw  slide,  two  Vials,  on  Canula  with  adjustabl  metal 
flange,    etc. 

half,  of  which  two  to  ten  minims  are  injected.  Always 
commencing  Avith  the  mimimum  amount  and  increasing  if 
necessary.  The  injections  are  made  once  a  week  for  five 
or  six  weeks.  For  cases  from  nine  to  twenty  years  of  age, 
he  uses  quercus  alba  in  combination  with  zinc  sulphate. 
The  fluid  extract  quercus  alba  is  reduced  by  heat  in  a  test 
tube  to  about  four-tenths,  and  to  each  minim  used,  he 
adds   one-tenth   grain   of  zinc   sulphate.     Older   patients 


154  HEENIA. 

from  twenty-five  to  sixty  he  "iises  the  same  fluid  he  does 
for  children,  and  to  each  three  minims  of  quercus  alba, 
he  adds  one-haif  minim  of  beech  wood  creasote. 

In  conclusion  the  Dr.  says:  "I  have  no  doubt  that 
others  have  just  as  good  results  with  other  formula,  but 
assuredly  in  later  years  my  record  is  almost  perfect,  so 
that  today  I  feel  confident  to  cure  nearly  every  case. 


THE  OLSTRUM  METHOD. 

Dr.  Olstrum  who  has  devoted  several  years  of  his 
life  to  the  rupture  specialty,  and  although  a  very  enthusi- 
astic advocate  of  the  injection  method,  says  he  can  cure 
fully  fifty  per  cent  of  all  cases  which  are  curable  with 
other  methods  by  scarifying  the  surface  of  the  canal  or 
ring.  He  uses  for  this  purpose  the  ordinary  large  hemor- 
rhoidal needle  and  endeavors  to  scarify  the  opening  so 
thoroughly  at  one  treatment  that  he  will  get  immediate 
union.  After  the  surfaces  of  the  opening  have  been 
thoroughly  scarified  the  abraided  surfaces  are  kept  to- 
gether by  the  pressure  of  the  truss,  union  takes  place  im- 
mediately, and  one  operation  is  often  all  that  is  necessary. 
This  operation,  skillfully  and  painlessly  performed  by  the 
use  of  a  local  anaesthetic,  certainly  deserves  to  be  recog- 
nized as  an  advanced  treatment  to  other  radical  cutting 
operations.  It  accomplishes  the  same  results  by  the  same 
process  of  inviting  union  of  two  abraided  surfaces  and 
has  the  advantage  of  overcoming  the  fear  of  the  knife. 
The  patient  should  be  kept  in  bed  for  a  few  days  until  all 
soreness  has  disappeared;  he  is  also  instructed  to  wear  a 
truss  for  a  few  months  afterwards.  This  method  of  treat- 
ment illustrates  what  one  of  the  simplest  operations  in 
the  category  of  surgery  can  accomplish  in  curing  a  con- 
dition which  is  attended  with  a  certain  amount  of  danger 
to  life,  if  not  interfered  with,  and  also  avoiding  the  dan- 
gers of  the  radical  cutting  operations. 

I  once  asked  the  doctor. if  he  could  devise  a  special 
knife  or  instrument  which  would  be  better  suited  for  the 
operation  than  the  point  of  a  hypodermic  needle  to  scarify 
the  surface.    He  remarked:  "I  am  used  to  a  hypodermic 


HERNIA.  155 

needle  and  have  no  desire  to  change  it  for  other  instru- 
ments." While  there  are  many  cases  in  which  this  treat- 
ment cannot  be  applied,  it  will  often  close  the  doors  of 
the  canal  more  quickly  and  with  greater  certainty  than 
injecting  fluids  and  cutting  operations. 


PARAFFIN  INJECTIONS  FOR  HERNIA. 

Paraffin  has  been  used  with  a  greater  or  less  degree 
of  success  in  the  treatment  of  hernia  and  is  frequently  re- 
ferred to  as  the  "supportive  treatment."  The  paraffin 
is  used  at  about  the  same  melting  point  as  injected  for 
the  saddle  back  nose,  and  with  the  regular  paraffin  sy- 
ringe. The  object  of  the  treatment  is  to  fill  the  canal 
with  the  paraffin  and  thus  prevent  the  descent  of  the 
bowel. 

Although  many  favorable  reports  have  been  recorded, 
it  is  not  as  practical  a  way  to  treat  hernia  as  the  other 
methods  already  described. 


THE  IDEAL  HERNIA  CURE. 

The  Ideal  Hernia  Cure  Company  of  St.  Paul,  Minn., 
formerly  used  large  space  in  Medical  Journals,  offering 
to  sell  a  formula  for  the  cure  of  hernia,  and  a  hypodermic 
syringe  for  $10.00.  The  syringe  was  of  the  regular  $1.50 
variety,  and  this  places  the  value  of  the  formula  at  $8.50. 
The  following  is  the  formula  they  sold : 

1^     Glycerole  of  tannic  acid  (90  gr.  to  the 

oz.  1)   2  dr. 

Alcohol    1  dr. 

Tinct.  cantharides   1  dr. 

Mix.  Sig.  Five  to  fifteen  drops  should  be  injected 
at  each  treatment.  The  patient  must  remain  in  bed  at 
absolute  rest  for  two  days  after  each  treatment. 


156  HERNIA. 

HE  AXON'S  FLUID. 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  fluids  in  use  and  the  original 
way  of  preparing  it  is  as  follows : 

I^     Fid.  Ext.  quercus  alba   %  o^^- 

Alcoholic  solid  ext.  quercus  alba 14  gr. 

Morphine    %  gr- 

Mix.  Triturate  with  the  aid  of  gentle  heat  for  a  long 
time  in  a  mortar  until  the  solution  is  as  perfect  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  well  not  to  exceed  this  amount  of  the  solid 
extract,  else  the  mixture  will  be  too  irritating.  Dr.  Heaton 
usually  prepared  a  quantity  of  this  mixture  sufficient  for 
a  six  month's  supply,  and  was  very  cautious  in  using  it  at 
first,  adding  a  little  more  of  the  solid  or  fluid  extract,  ac- 
cordingly as  he  observed  that  it  produced  too  little  or  too 
great  an  effect.  The  amount  of  this  fluid  used  at  each 
operation  is  about  ten  minims. 


DR.  FIELD'S  FLUID. 

^     Zinc  sulphate   15  gr. 

Alcohol    2  dr. 

Acid  carbolic    30  gr. 

Aqua q.  s.  ad.  1  oz. 

Mix.     Inject  from  five  to  ten  drops  at  each  operation. 


DR.  PROVOST'S  FLUID. 

I^     Guaiacol    30  min. 

Zinc   sulphocarbolate    10  gr. 

Creasote  beechwood  30  min. 

Tannin-glycerite    q.  s.   ad.  1  oz. 

Mix.  Reduce  from  ten  to  fifty  per  cent,  with  alcohol, 
and  inject  four  or  five  drops,  which  can  gradually  be  in- 
creased as  the  case  requires. 


HERNIA.  157 


DR.  SAUNDER'S  FLUID. 


^     Zinc  sulphate 2  gr. 

Creasote    2  min. 

Guaiacol    2  min. 

F.  E.  hamamelis   30  min. 

Glycerine    30  min. 

Mix.    Inject  two  to  four  minims. 

DR.  WALLING 'S  FLUID. 

This  fluid  is  sold  at  $2.50  for  a  two-drachm  vial.  He 
publishes  the  following  formula,  w^hich  is  so  complicated 
that  it  would  require  further  instructions  to  properly  pre- 
pare it. 

^     Complex  salts  of  aldehyde   30  per  cent. 

lodo-ethylate  of  guaiacol   30  per  cent. 

Sulpho-tannate  of  zinc 20  per  cent. 

Free    guaiacol    5  per  cent. 

Beechwood  creasote    15  per  cent. 

The  above  formula  is  a  fair  example  of  many  of  the 
so-called  non-secret  remedies  ( ?)  which  are  offered  physi- 
cians with  every  intention  to  deceive  them. 

THE  FIDELITY  FLUID. 

The  folloAving  formula  has  been  published  as  the 
exact  formula  of  the  fluid  used  by  this  compam^: 

^     Carbolic  acid   95  per  cent. 

Glycerine   

Alcohol    a.  a.  p.  e. 

Tinct.  iodine   q.  s.  color. 


THE  MILLER  TREATMENT  FOR  HERNIA. 

This  company  used  both  the  hypodermic  method  of 
treatment  and  an  external  astringent.  The  injection  fluid 
was  the  same  as  that  proposed  by  Dr.  Heaton.  The  ex- 
ternal astringent,  which  was  to  be  applied  by  the  patient, 
was  as  follows: 

]l^     Tinct.  iodine  comp  

Soap  liniment a.  a.  p.  e. 


158 


GENITO-URINAET. 


The  Genito-Urinary 
Specialist 

Before  giving  the  treatment  for  Genito-Urinary  and 
female  diseases  I  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to  two 
instruments,  for  making  local  applications,  which  are  in- 
dispensable to  any  physician  who  treats  these  affections. 
Applications  to  the  urethra  and  inter-uterine  cavity  can 
be  made  in  either  liquid  or  solid  form.  Most  physicians 
prefer  the  liquid  applications  as  they  are  more  easily  ap- 


UNIVERSAL,  APPLICATIONS  WITH   ATTACHMENTS. 

For   Applying   Liquid   Treatments    and    Medicated   Bougies    to    the   Urethal 
and   Intra-Uterine   Surfaces,    also    Medicated   Gauze,    etc. 

plied,  but  often-times  the  solid  applications  are  prefer- 
able. With  this  end  in  view  it  has  become  necessary  to 
devise  the  two  instruments  illustrated  here. 

The  first  is  known  as  the  Universal  Applicator  and  is 
designed  from  what  was  formerly  known  as  Wood's 
gause  packer.    This  instrument  has  such  a  wide  range  of 


GENITO-UKINARY.  15» 

usefulness,  that  its  name  scarcely  describes  it.  It  may  be 
used  to  apply  treatment  in  powder  or  bougie  form  to  any 
cavity  or  canal  and  is  equally  useful  in  applying  treat- 
ment to  the  nose  and  throat,  rectum,  male  or  female 
urethra  of  the  intra-uterine  surface. 

It  offers  a  means  of  applying  treatment  to  the  pros- 
tatic and  other  parts  of  the  male  urethra,  and  well  fills 
the  capacity  of  a  catheter,  or  it  may  be  used  to  give  a  re- 
current douche  to  the  bladder,  or  the  intra-uterine  sur- 
face. It  may  also  be  used  as  a  gauze  packer,  to  apply 
antiseptic  dressings  or  to  check  hemorrhage  in  the  nose 
or  the  uterus.  In  fact  its  scope  of  adaptability  is  greater 
than  that  of  any  instrument  I  have  any  knowledge  of,  as 
the  illustration  will  demonstrate. 

The  second  is  called  the  Intra-uterine  Applicator,  but 
it  is  also  indispensable  in  making  liquid  applications  at 
any  part  of  the  urethral  or  other  surface. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  PROSTATE  GLAND. 

Enlargement  and  hyperesthesia  of  the  prostrate 
gland  are  extremely  common  affections  and  our  best  au- 
tors  have  asserted  that  fully  one-third  of  all  men  between 
the  ages  of  thirty-five  and  sixty  have  disease  or  weakness 
of  this  organ.  I  will  not  attempt  to  give  the  pathology 
and  symptoms  of  the  different  diseased  conditions  which 
exist,  as  they  are  familiar  to  most  physicians.  I  wish 
to  describe  a  special  method  of  treatment,  however,  which 
has  been  uniformly  successful  as  a  palliative  and  cura- 
tive treatment  in  a  great  number  of  cases,  and  will  yield 
as  good  results  as  many  surgical  and  electro-therapeutic 
measures. 

In  treating  diseases  of  glandular  organs  the  process 
of  cure  is  naturally  slow.  This  is  especially  so  with  the 
prostrate  gland,  the  location  of  which  is  so  relatively  in- 
fluenced b}^  external  and  internal  disturbing  elements  as 
to  render  an  impediment  in  restoring  the  diseased  organ 
to  the  normal. 

Its  anatomical  situation  is  such  that  bicycle  or  horse- 
back riding  or  sitting  in  cold,  damp  places  exposes  it  to 


160. 


GENITO-URINARY. 


external  detrimental  influences,  while  inflammatory  con- 
ditions of  the  bladder,  hyperacidity  of  the  urine  and  ex- 
cessive sexual  indulgence  deter  the  process  of  cure. 

The  treatment  for  the  enlarged  prostate  gland  may 
require  both  local  and  internal  medication,  if  the  urine  is 
excessively  acid,  thus  causing  continual  irritation  to  the 
gland.  The  following  in  tablet  form  will  render  the  urine 
somewhat  alkaline  and  allay  this  vesical  irritability: 

5     Acid  boracic    2  grs. 

Potassium  bicarb 2  grs. 

Ext.  buchu 1  gr. 

Ext.  triticum,  rep  1  gr. 

Ext.  corn  silk I/2  gr. 

Ext.  hydrangea V2  gi'- 

Atropia  sulph 1-500  gr. 

We  have  two  remedies  specifically  indicated  for  con- 
trolling the  vascular  supply  which  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant features  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease.  Saw 
Palmetto  and  Chromium  Sulphate.  These  remedies  can 
be  used  either  singly  or  in  combination.  Full  doses  of 
Saw  Palmetto  three  times  a  day  reinforced  with  a  four 
grain  tablet   of  Chromium   Sulphate   is   one   of  the  best 


DR.  LANGDON'S  NEEDLE  AND  CANULA. 

The   above   cuts   illustrate   the  method   of  making   Liquid   or  Bougie   Appli- 
cations  to   the   Urethral   Tract. 


medications  in  our  possession.  Chromium  Sulphate  is 
growing  into  popular  favor  very  fast  for  the  treatment  of 
this  disease  and  will  be  more  thoroughly  discussed  on 
another  page. 


GENITO-URINARY.  161 

A  combination  of  bromide  of  potassium,  ergot  and 
tincture  of  gelesmium  may  also  be  indicated  if  there  is 
an  increased  vascular  supply  and  hyperactivity  of  the 
sexual  system. 

Local  treatment  can  be  applied  to  the  prostrate  part 
of  the  urethra,  either  in  liquid  form  or  by  medicated 
bougies  with  the  instrument  previously  described.  The 
following  medication  either  way  once  a  week  will  often 
prove  very  gratifying  to  both  the  physician  and  patient : 

3>     Eletarium    1-60  gr. 

Hydrastine   i/4  gr. 

Cocaine    1-10  gr. 

Ichthyol     . 2  gr. 

The  above  remedies  act  as  a  sedative  and  anti-phlo- 
gistic and  although  Ave  usually  expect  only  palliative  re- 
sults, in  many  cases  of  long  standing,  in  other  patients 
all  symptoms  of  hyperthrophy  seem  to  leave  and  the  dif- 
ficulty of  expelling  the  urine  and  clearing  the  urethral 
canal  are  permanently  overcome. 


SPERMATORRHOEA. 

There  is  no  other  subject  in  medical  literature  which 
has  been  more  misused  than  that  of  spermatorrhoea.  The 
medical  profession  at  large  have  almost  ignored  the  sub- 
ject, this  being  perhaps  due  to  the  obnoxious  literature 
Avhich  is  supplied  to  the  layman  by  the  advertising  physi- 
cian, who  attempts  to  make  a  large  majority  of  his  pa- 
tients believe  they  are  afflicted  with  the  disease  and  are 
rapidly  going  into  a  decline.  This  subject  has  so  many 
good  talking  points  regarding  the  ''sapping  of  vitality," 
etc.,  that  any  patient  who  has  a  slight  discharge  of  muc- 
ous from  the  urethra  when  straining  at  stool  or  otherwise 
is  advised  of  the  horrors  of  premature  decay,  associated 
with  this  disease.  This  is  the  state  of  mind  Avhich  the  so- 
called  Cjuack  desires,  for  the  more  his  patient  broods  over 
his  imaginary  spermatorrhoea,  the  more  compensatory  the 
case  will  be  and  the  greater  the  praise  when  finally  cured. 

The  facts  are  that  spermatorrhoea  is  not  a  very  com- 


162  GENITO-URINAEY. 

mon  disease,  but  when  it  does  exist  will  often  require  the 
utmost  skill  of  the  physician  to  effect  a  cure.  The  ana- 
phrodisiac  remedies  are  the  most  popular  routine  meth- 
ods of  treatment.  The  following  in  tablet  form  taken 
before  retiring  has  produced  good  results  in  depressing 
sexual  excitability  in  many  cases: 

^     Sodium  bromide 5  gr. 

Acetanilid 2  gr. 

Hyoscyamine    1-400  gr. 

Digitalin    1-400  gr. 

As  a  single  internal  remedy  for  nocturnal  emissions 
and  spermatorrhoea  silax  nigra  heads  the  list.  It  should 
be  given  in  thirty-drop  doses  of  the  fluid  extract  before 
going  to  bed.  This  remedy  acts  like  magic  in  many 
cases  and  should  be  one  of  the  first  to  be  considered. 

Direct  medication  to  the  prostratic  urethra  and  the 
ejaculatory  ducts  when  judiciously  applied  offers  one  of 
the  best  methods  of  treatment.  The  following  remedies 
incorporated  in  a  gelatine  bougie  or  applied  in  liquid 
form,  make  an  excellent  application  and  this  form  of  treat- 
ment has  cured  many  cases  where  other  treatments  have 
failed.     Each  treatment  contains: 

^     Ichthyol 2  gr. 

Sulphate   of  zinc %  g^- 

Creasote     ....  1-10  gr. 

Fluid  hydrastis 2  gr. 

Ext.    hyoseyamus    1-10  gr. 

Apply  by  the  use  of  the  applicator  to  the  prostratic 
part  of  the  urethra  one  or  twice  a  week. 


A  CURE  FOR  NOCTURNAL  EMISSIONS, 

A  number  of  mechanical  appliances  have  been  de- 
vised to  prevent  nocturnal  emissions,  but  one  of  the  best 
is  called  the  ''spermatorrhoea  ring,"  which  was  invented 
by  an  advertising  specialist.  This  consists  of  a  ring 
which  can  be  applied  to  the  circumference  of  the  penis 


GENITO-UEINARY.  163 

when  flaccid.  This  ring  is  so  arranged  that  when  an  erec- 
tion takes  place  it  will  inflict  punishment  by  moderately- 
pricking  the  organ.  The  device  is  applied  to  the  organ 
before  going  to  bed  and  if  an  erection  takes  place  during 
the  night  it  will  awaken  the  patient.  He  should  be  in- 
structed to  temporarily  remove  the  appliance  and  urinate 
before  going  to  sleep  again. 


SPERMATORRHOEA  RING. 


This  instrument  has  a  tendency  to  produce  such  good 
results  that  it  is  seldom  given  the  patient  until  after  the 
advertising  specialist  has  received  large  revenues  from 
other  treatments,  for  he  knows  very  well  if  he  supplies 
this  appliance  at  first  his  remuneration  will  be  cut  short, 
therefore  this  is  given  as  "the  last  resort. '^ 


IMPOTENCY. 

It  is  this  disease  in  particular  which  has  offered  both 
the  local  and  mail-order  specialist  a  Mecca  to  which  the 
afflicted  may  journey,  either  in  person  or  by  letter,  more 
than  any  other.  The  amount  of  money  spent  in  adver- 
itsing  cures  for  "lost  m^anhood,"  "premature  decay,"  and 
"general  debility ,^"  reaches  into  the  millions  every  year. 
Although  many  local  specialists  have  made  fortunes,  the 
mail  order  medical  companies  have  taken  the  lead  as  far 
as  financial  success  is  concerned.  One  of  the  principal 
reasons  why  this,  like  all  other  sexual  diseases,  has 
brought  them  such  a  golden  harvest  is  the  same  old  story 
— the  fear  that  their  family  physician  will  expose  their 
weakness.  The  following  formula  combines  six  of  the 
best  known  aphrodisiacs  and,  after  thoroughly  testing 
the  merits  of  this  combination  of  drugs,  I  can  unhesitat- 


164  GENITO-UEINAKY. 

ingly  recommend  it  as  being  a  superior  treatment.    Each 
tablet  contains : 

]^     Chromium  sulphate    2  gr. 

Ext.  nux  vomica i/s  S^- 

Zinc  phosphide    1-10  gr. 

Cannabin   1-0  gr. 

Cantharides     1-25  gr. 

Avenine 1-200  gr. 

In  the  former  edition  of  this  publication,  the  writer 
gave  two  grains  of  Ext.  damiana  instead  of  chromium  sul- 
phate in  the  above  formula,  but  since  the  investigations  of 
Dr.  Louis  Kolipinski  and  the  favorable  reports  from  hun- 
dreds of  other  medical  men  I  duplicate  chromium  sulphate 
for  damiana,  and  found  the  change  was  met  with  excellent 
reward.  Chromium  sulphate  is  not  only  a  remedy  for 
impotency  but  has  a  large  field  of  usefulness  in  many 
other  diseases  which  have  seemed  to  baffle  the  therapeutic 
action  of  other  remedies. 

Locomotor  ataxia,  hypertropical,  prostrate,  neuras- 
thenia, uterine  fibroids  and  other  diseases  of  a  fiberous, 
glandular  and  nervous  origin  are  reported  being  cured  by 
this  remedy,  and  I  believe  that  Dr.  Kolipinski 's  report 
will  be  of  sufficient  interest  to  quote  in  full. 

"At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Therapeutic 
Society,  May,  1902,  the  writer  read  a  concise  paper  on  the 
'^ Therapeutics  of  Chromium  Sulphate."  As  far  as  he 
knows,  the  statements  there  made  have  not  been  confirm- 
ed by  others,  nor  has  this  chemical  attracted  attention  as 
a  medicine. 

''Since  that  time  the  chromium  salt  has  been  used 
continuously  by  him  in  the  treatment  of  the  maladies 
previously  specified,  and  also  in  others  with  good  and 
favorable  effects.  It  is,  therefore,  now  proper  to  review 
the  subject  anew,  to  verify  what  has  been  said,  and  to 
add  whatever  has  been  recognized  since  then. 

"Dosage. — Because  chromium  sulphate  causes  no  toxic 
symptoms,  the  dose  originally  given  has  been  much  in- 
creased. Instead  of  1  to  4  grn.,  8  grn.  three  of  four  times 
a  day  is  the  quantity  administered.  Thirty  to  forty  grains 


GENITO-UIUNARY.  165 

at  one  time  result  in  no  unusual  sensations  except  a  very 
mild  vertigo  or  lightness  in  the  head. 

"A  4-gTn.  tablet  or  pill  is  the  most  convenient  form. 
It  is  better  taken  after  than  before  meals.  Occasionally 
the  unabsorbed  residue  colors  the  feces.  Chromium  sul- 
phate dissolves  in  water  very  slowly. 

"No  unpleasant  by-effects  have  been  observed  in  pa- 
tients who  have  taken  it  continuously  for  as  long  a  per- 
iod of  time  as  four  or  five  years. 

"The  diseases  in  which  chromium  sulphate  has  been 
used  with  success  are :  Cirrhosis  of  the  female  breast, 
castration,  menopause,  functional  impotency  in  men, 
chronic  alcoholicism,  nervous  vomiting  and  vomiting  in 
pregnancy,  neurasthenia,  locomtor  ataxia,  exophthalmic 
goiter,  and  the  migraines. 

"Of  these  neurasthenia,  exophthalmic  goiter,  and 
locomotor  ataxia  are  of  particular  interest  and  import- 
ance. Results  from  this  salt  are  speedy  and  the  unique 
position  of  being  the  only  drug  which  is  curative,  dispens- 
ing with  all  treatment  of  rest,  travel,  diversion  of  mind, 
dietetics,  and  physico-mechanics. 

"In  exophthalmic  goiter  the  rapid  pulse  and  churn 
ing  motion  of  the  heart  are  invariably  reduced  to  nearly 
normal,  the  pulse  remains  so.  The  nutrition  of  the  body 
is  bettered,  the  trembling  ceases,  likewise  the  state  of 
nervous  erethism  and  irritability.  The  bulging  eyes  and 
struma  recede  slowly. 

"The  cases  treated  have  been  for  the  greater  part 
old,  neglected,  or  mismanaged  ones.  Fresh  cases  yield 
prompt  results.  Founding  his  opinion  on  this  treatment 
the  writer  cannot  believe  that  surgical  operation  in  this 
disease  is  proper.  The  risk  to  life  and  instability  of  cure 
make  such  undertaking  uncertain  and  extreme. 

"Locomotor  ataxia  is  curable  with  chromium  sul- 
phate. The  more  recent  the  case  and  the  earlier  the 
treatment,  the  quicker  the  result.  The  neuralgic  pains 
and  the  several  form  of  crises,  especially  the  epigastric, 
succumb  to  its  use.  Hypnotics,  anodynes,  and  antineural- 
gics  are  not  administered.    The  writer  has  seen  a  number 


166  GENITO-URINARY. 

of  first-stage  cases  in  which  all  symptoms  vanished  and 
no  further  ones  appeared. 

''The  essential  action  of  chromium  is  displayed  in 
the  second  or  atactic  stage  by  permanetly  removing  the 
incordination  of  muscle  actions.  The  staggering'  walk 
and  the  unsteady  motions  of  the  hand,  the  paralytic  weak- 
ness of  vesical  and  rectal  sphincters,  are  restored  to  nor- 
mal function. 

''In  the  third  stage  most  decided  improvement  is 
possible.  The  patient's  chances  of  betterment  are  good. 
The  profoundest  atactic  unsteadiness,  the  paralysis  of  the 
lower  limbs  making  standing  an  impossibility,  can  be  so 
far  removed  that  the  use  of  the  legs  is  regained,  not  alone 
in  standing  erect  but  in  walking  fairly  well  with  or  with- 
out crutches.  In  fact,  the  patient's  condition  becomes 
again  that  of  the  first  stage,  and  this  then  recedes. 

"The  single  symptoms  of  locomotor  ataxia,  and  the 
changes  they  undergo  in  the  chromium  treatment,  can 
be  thus  stated: 

"The  ataxia  in  its  various  forms  disappears.  Tab- 
etic pains  require  no  other  medical  treatment. 

"Diminution  of  senastion,  tactile  pain,  touch  and 
temperature  senses  are  restored  gradually  if  obtunded. 
Anesthesia  the  same. 

"The  Argyll-Roberston  pupil  and  absent  patellar 
reflex  are  permanent  impressions  of  the  disease,  as  no 
diagnosis  can  be  confirmed  without  their  existence ;  so 
in  greatly  improved  or  cured  instances  they  have  still 
been  found  present.  Paralysis  of  the  external  ocular 
muscles  are  transient. 

"Atrophy  of  the  optic  nerve  does  not  occur,  or,  if  al- 
ready present,  does  not  advance.  Hearing,  taste,  and 
smell  are  never  markedly  affected. 

"Atony  and  paralysis  of  vesical  and  rectal  sphincters 
restored  to  functional  action,  and  total  sexual  impotency 
has  been  known  to  be  replaced  by  normal  power  in  old, 
far-advanced  cases.  The  various  forms  of  crises  are 
cured.  Constipation  is  replaced  by  regular  alvine  avac- 
uations. 


GENITO-URINARY.  -  167 

"The  rapid  pulse,  if  present,  is  reduced  to  normal- 
Shedding  of  the  hair  and  nails,  submucous  hemorrhage, 
perforating  ulcer  of  the  foot,  spontaneous  fracture  of 
bone,  and  joint  effusions  have  not  been  observed  to  de- 
velop during  the  treatment.  Further,  no  case  of  progress- 
ive paralysis  of  the  insane,  dementia,  paralysis.  In  one 
case,  much  abused,  a  right-sided  cerebral  hemiplegia  oc- 
cured. 

"The  following  is  the  present  condition  of  a  man 
of  fifty  years,  tabetic  for  ten  years,  who  has  been  treated 
with  chromium  for  five  years.  In  the  beginning  he  was 
helpless  and  hopeless,  and  was  so  generally  considered 
by  a  number  of  medical  men : 

"Sexual  function  normal. 

"Tabetic  pains:     none,   or  but  rarely. 

"Anesthesia:    Eight  hand,  normal;  left,  very  slight. 

"Function  of  hand  is  ambidexter,  formerly  unable 
to  write  at  all. 

"Girdle  sensation:     Gone. 

"Migraine  attacks :    Gone. 

"Neuralgia  of  face  :     Gone. 

"Vision  not  impaired. 

"Pupil  reaction  and  tendon  reflex,  none;  bladder 
function  normal,  formerly  incontinence. 

"Locomotion:  With  cane  can  walk  for  an  hour  with- 
out fatigue ;  unaided,  for  ten  minutes.  There  is  no  un- 
steadiness at  all  in  legs,  but  muscular  power  not  of  normal 
endurance. 

"Cutaneous  sensibility  not  effected. 

"A  mild  cystitis  present  due  to  former  urethral  stric- 
ture. Heat  and  cold  sensation  normal.  Color  sense  nor- 
mal; hearing  not  affected;  pulse  per  minute,  72  erect; 
weight,  184  pounds. 

"In  the  treatment  of  locomotor  ataxia  two  important 
adjuvants  must  be  employed:  A  nutritious,  fat-making 
diet,  and  moderate,  regulated  exercise  of  the  lower  limbs 
in  walking.  Where  the  patient  is  unable  to  walk  or  where 
he  is  in  danger  of  falling  from  loss  of  power  of  equilib- 
ration, active  in-door  exercise,  as  with  the  pedal  machine 
— ^the  pedals  of  the  bicycle  secured  to  a  frame  upright. 


168  GENlTO-tlRlNABY. 

All  atatics  have  suffered  great  loss  in  weight.  The  ema- 
ciation is  apparent  in  the  legs,  so  that  their  slender  out- 
lines, on  inspection,  can  be  used  as  a  symptom  sugges- 
tive of  the  disease. 

"The  treatment  of  tabes  required,  on  the  part  of  the 
practitioner,  tact,  patience,  and  forbearance.  The  mind 
and  thoughts  of  the  tabetic  are  gloomy  and  hopeless. 
Scepticism  and  distrust  prevail.  The  knowledge  of  the 
name  of  his  disease  engenders  a  variable  degree  of  de- 
spair, which  may  culminate  in  suicide.  He  will,  in  all 
probability,  find  out  that  a  syphilis  of  former  years,  a 
Nemesis  of  secret  vice,  has  doomed  him  to  be  incurable 
and  helpless.  The  most  seek  aid  from  superstition  or 
fraud,  arts  which  are  practised  only  among  those  able 
and  willing  to  pay.  A  tabetic  subject,  well  plundered  by 
charlatans,  when  compelled  to  throw  himself  into  the 
hands  of  the  medical  men,  never  becomes  a  willing  or 
grateful  patient.  The  human  mind,  once  tricked,  sus- 
pects tricksters  everywhere, 

"Where  the  tabetic  is  received  as  a  recent  and  un- 
tampered  case,  and  marked  improvement  quickly  ap- 
pears, another  obstacle  impedes  the  finishing  work.  He 
becomes  dissatisfied,  considers  further  treatment  unneces- 
sary, omits  it,  and  thoughtlessly  continues  to  live  or  di- 
verts himself  with  self-medication  or  irregular  treatment. 
Perchance  it  occurs  to  him  that  his  primal  foe,  the  ven- 
ereal infection,  deserved  a  renewed  assault,  and  the  anti- 
syphilitic  forces  are  brought  up. 

"The  writer  is  among  the  number  of  those  practi- 
tioners who  have  not  seen  mercury  or  potassium  iodides 
help,  but  who  have  seen  from  their  use  great  harm. 

"Later  successes  with  chromium  sulphate  are  chronic 
enlargement,  hypertrophy  of  the  prostrate  gland  in  old 
men.  A  symptomatic  cure  is  usually  achieved  in  a  few 
months.  The  patient  becomes  able  to  retain  and  void  a 
pint  of  urine.  The  frequent  impulses  to  urinate  and  the 
recurring  desire  at  night,  cease.  The  patient  enjoys 
either  an  undisturbed  sleep  or  is  awakened  not  more  than 
once,  and  that  toward  morning.  That  the  aged  sufferer 
passes  his  nights  like  the   days   of  his  prime  from  the 


GENlTO-URlNARY.  160 

taking-  of  chromium,  is  the  reason  of  the  claim  for  a  symp- 
tomatic cure.  Where  residual  urine  has  been  daily  drawn 
with  a  catheter;  where  retention  and  paralysis  demand 
its  repeated  introduction;  where  no  urine  flows  unless 
through  the  instrument,  the  chromium  does  away  with 
this  labor  and  danger.  So  uniform  have  been  the  good 
results  from  chromium  in  this  infirmity  that  the  absence 
of  good  effects  after  a  reasonable  time  of  administration 
excludes  hypertrophy  of  the  prostrate  from  the  diagnosis, 
and  directs  the  investigator  to  the  thought  of  calculus, 
new  growths,  carcinoma,  and  papilloma. 

"The  cystitis  which  accompanies  this  disease  or  has 
been  innoculated  by  the  use  of  instruments,  is  not  bene- 
fitted by  this  treatment,  but  required  the  use  of  the  oil  of 
sandal- wood,  which  is  further  an  aid  to  chromium. 

"Successes  with  this  salt  in  prostrate  enlargements 
have  been  had  in  men  of  ninety  years. 

"Chromium  retards  the  growth  and  reduces  the  size 
of  uterine  fibroid  tumors.  Most  striking  results  are  ap- 
parent in  young  women. 

"The  writer  has  observed  a  shrinking  of  two-thirds 
of  its  former  value  of  an  interstitial  fibroid  in  a  woman 
of  thirty-four  years.  The  growth  of  the  tumor  had  been 
so  rapid  that  surgical  removal  of  it  had  been  strongly 
advised  by  sincere  and  competent  operators. 

"The  number  of  cases  treated  with  chromium  is  small, 
and  none  were  of  large  size  or  long  existence.  The  good 
results,  however,  have  been  so  pronounced  that  further 
trials  are  earnestly  recommended. 

"Herpes  preputialis  occurs  in  young  and  in  old  men, 
single  and  married.  It  may  appear  with  more  or  less 
regularity  of  time  for  years.  Its  etiology  has  not  been 
discovered.  While  herpes  preputialis  is  trivial  in  its  na- 
ture and  insignificant  to  the  resolute,  to  the  neurotic  and 
timid  it  causes  much  fear  of  disease  and  distress  of  mind. 
"Self-limited  and  transient,  the  eruption  needs  no 
treatment ;  the  relapses  alone  are  worthy  of  our  attention. 
"It  becomes  evident  to  an  observer  that  their  fre- 
quency depends  on  the  physical  debility  of  the  subject  and 
the  apprehension  and    dread    he    displays  in  awaiting  a 


170  GENITO-URINARY. 

new  eruption.     Or  is  lie  ever  disappointed  when  lie  feels 
that  the  herpes  is  sure  to  come  back, 

"Chromium  cures  these  recurrences  with  absolute 
uniformity.  A  fair  number  of  obstinate  cases  have  been 
kno3vn  to  remain  well  for  periods  of  one  to  three  years. 
These  patients  are  anxious  and  zealous  in  pursuing  the 
treatment,  the  more  so  when  other  remedies  have  been 
long  used  without  effect. 

' '  Of  herpes  progenitalis,  the  same  cutaneous  lesion  in 
both  sexes,  no  particualr  statement  is  made,  as  the  writ- 
er's cases  were  all  in  males. 

"These  observations  on  the  therapeutics  of  chrom- 
ium, although  carried  on  for  a  long  time  and  applied  in 
the  treatment  of  many  cases,  are  yet  incomplete  and  im- 
perfect in  that  they  lack  any  information  of  the  action  of 
substance  as  ascertainable  by  pathological  and  histolog- 
ical changes  of  a  rectrograde  of  absorptive  effect.  That 
it  mitigates  the  symptoms  and  seems  to  cure  fibroid 
growth  and  hyperplasia  has  been  only  apparent,  in  so  far 
that  absorption  seems  to  be  promoted,  and  with  it  ob- 
structive and  pressure  symptoms  abrogated.  Material 
has  as  yet  been  completely  lacking  for  autopsic  study. 
The  same  is  true  of  that  most  common  of  the  chronic  dis- 
seases  of  the  cerebrospinal  system — locomotor  ataxia.  For 
these  studies  opportunity  is  wanted,  and,  as  the  writer 
hopes,  may  engage  the  attention  of  others  more  qualified 
than  he  to  determine  if  these  empirical  uses  of  chromium 
may  not  be  proven  to  be  true  by  the  unquestionable  re- 
searches of  the  pathological  anatomist." 

Although  Dr.  Kolipinski's  investigations  are  not 
specifically  directed  to  the  treatment  of  impotency,  in  this 
paper  it  has  been  proven  beyond  a  doubt  by  other  inves- 
tigators that  chromium  sulphate  is  one  of  the  most  reli- 
able remedies  in  our  possession,  for  the  the  treatment  of 
functional  impotency  and  enlargement  of  the  prostrate 
gland.  The  other  remedies  in  this  formula  are  so  well 
and  favorably  known,  suffice  to  say  that  the  physician  can 
readily  see  the  large  field  of  therapeutic  application  this 
combination  of  remedial  agents  offers. 


GENITO-URINARY.  171 

GONORRHOEA    AND    GLEET. 

These  are  among  the  diseases  which  these  specialists 
are  most  frequently  called  upon  to  treat.  The  cleanest 
and  most  efficient  way  to  treat  these  affection  is  by  the 
use  of  a  medicated  urthral  bougie.  These  bougies  may 
be  inserted  by  the  patient  where  they  will  come  in  con- 
tact with  the  inflamed  surface  and  gradually  melt  at  the 


URETHRAL,   MEDICATED    BOUGIE 
To    be    used    with    Universal    Applicator. 

temperature  of  the  body  and  thus  offer  continuous  medi- 
cation.   The  following  formula  has  always  been  a  favorite 
with  me.     Each  bougie  contains : 
%     Zinc   sulphate    %  gr. 

Antipyrine    1  gr. 

Boric  acid .   2  gr. 

Carbolic  acid 1/4  gr. 

Fluid  hydrastis   3  gr. 

Morphine  sulphate    .1-10  gr. 

Insert  a  bougie  three  of  four  times  a  day  after  urinat- 
ing. 


THE  SOLVENT  METHOD  OF  TREATING  STRICTURE. 

This  is  another  method  of  treatment  which  originated 
from  the  irregular  practitioner  and  is  extensively  used  by 
both  local  and  mail-order  specialists.  I  believe  that  the 
treatment  is  an  exceptionally  good  one  in  a  large  number 
of  cases.  The  following  drugs  are  to  be  applied  to  the 
constricted  part  of  the  urethra  either  in  the  form  of  a 
powder  or  emulsion : 

19     Ext.  hyoscyamus %  gr- 

Ext.   calendula 1  gr. 

Carica  papaya 1  gr. 

Powd.  slippery  elm 5  gr. 

The  stricture  should  first  be  dilated  with  a  sound, 
which  can  be  more  easily  admitted  by  first  injecting  a 
few  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  of  hyoscyamus  and  forcing 
it  back  to  the     constructed  part  with     the  finger.     The 


17'2  OENlTO-URlNARY. 

treatment  can  now  be  applied  to  the  parts  by  the  use  of 
the  applicator. 

This  treatment  has  received  the  name  of  solvent  from 
the  fact  that  the  papaya  has  to  a  certain  degree  the  power 
of  dissolving  or  loosening  the  tissues  of  the  stricture  in 
very  much  the  same  way  that  it  dissolves  a  diphtheric 
membrane.  The  treatment  when  combined  with  the  other 
remedies  is  an  excellent  one  and  has  the  indorsement  of 
the  leading  members  of  the  medical  profession,  although 
many  of  them  have  attempted  to  shield  the  formula  and 
sell  it  for  a  laroe  consideration. 


VEGETABLE  TREATMENT  OF  SYPHILIS. 

My  attention  was  first  called  to  the  medical  treatment 
of  this  disease  by  an  article  Avritten  by  Dr.  J.  Marion  Sims, 
which  contained  many  astonishing  assertions,  and,  after 
using  this  vegetable  alterative,  in  my  practice  in  many 
cases,  I  am  convinced  that  the  prescription  he  gave  might 
almost  be  called  a  specific,  if  such  a  thing  were  possible 
in  the  treatment  of  the  disease.  Although  many  physi- 
cians are  familiar  with  this  prescription,  I  think  it  Avill  be 
of  sufficient  interest  to  give  you  a  history  of  it  which  dates 
back  from  its  discovery  among  the  great  medicine  men  of 
the  Creek  Indians,  who  in  early  times  inhabited  middle 
Georgia.  The  negroes  in  that  vicinity  finally  adopted  the 
preparation  and  prepared  it  as  given  to  them  by  the  In- 
dians. Dr.  Sims'  article  would  be  too  long  to  insert  here, 
but  Dr.  B.  Rush  Jones,  brother-in-law  of  Dr.  Sims,  gives 
the  following: 

"A  few  years  before  the  civil  war  there  were  many 
obstinate  cases  of  secondary  syphilis  around  ^Montgomery, 
which  had  resisted  the  efforts  of  the  best  physicians. 
They  went  the  round  of  the  doctors,  and  could  not  be 
cured.  One  of  these  was  advised  to  consult  an  obscure  ne- 
gro, by  the  name  of  Lawson,  who  worked  on  a  cotton  plan- 
tation, and  after  being  under  his  treatment  for  a  few 
weeks  w^as  perfectly  cured.  His  recovery  was  so  great  an 
event  that  others  applied  to  this  same  Lawson  and  were 
also  cured." 


GEXrTO-URIXARY.  173 

Dr.  G.  W.  :McDade,  hearing  of  these  eases,  took  a 
great  interest  in  the  subject,  and  visited  Lawson  and  ob- 
tained from  him  the  formula  used  so  successfully.  It 
seems  that  this  formula  had  come  down  from  a  mulatto 
slave,  by  the  name  of  Horace  King,  who  resided  among  the 
Creek  Indians  for  several  years  before  they  removed  west 
of  the  :\Iississippi  river  (1837)  and  had  learned  while  with 
them  their  method  of  treating  syphilis. 

Dr.  McDade  says  that  instead  of  adopting  the  so- 
called  Indian  remedy  as  he  found  it,  he  began  by  eliminat- 
ing those  roots  and  herbs  and  inert  substances  which  he 
knew  were  absolutely  of  no  value.  He  selected  the  few 
known  to  possess  medicinal  properties,  and  instead  of 
making  a  decoction,  as  had  been  done  before,  and  which 
had  to  be  made  in  large  quantities  every  day  or  two.  he 
had  them  prepared  in  the  form  of  fluid  extracts,  which 
placed  the  remedy  on  a  scientific  basis  and  insured  uni- 
formity of  action.    He  then  gives  the  formula  as  follows : 

R     Fluid  ext.  of  smilax  sarsaparilla 16  parts 

Fluid  ext.  of  stillingia  sylvatica 16  parts 

Fluid  ext.  of  lappa  minor 16  parts 

Fluid  ext.  of  Phytolacca  decandra.  .  .16  parts 
Tine,  of  xanthoxylum  carolinianium  8  parts 
Dr.  Sims  in  his  article  gives  many  cases  which  were 
treated  by  the  negro  Lawson  on  the  plantation:  he  also 
mentions  the  success  Dr.  McDade  has  had  with  it.  Dr.  B. 
Rush  Jones  of  Montgomery,  who  has  been  treating  syphilis 
for  more  than  40  years,  now  says  he  has  but  little  dread  of 
undertaking  the  worst  case  since  adopting  this  formula. 
He  has  repudiated  mercury  and  idodide  of  potash  entirely, 
as  he  says  they  are  unnecessary  when  this  formula  is 
used. 

From  the  odor  and  general  properties  of  this  combina- 
tion we  are  led  to  believe  it  identical  in  formula  with  the 
much  advertised  and  secret  preparation  called  S.  S.  S. 
The  printed  matter  on  this  latter  preparation,  which 
states  that  it  has  been  in  domestic  practice  in  certain  parts 
of  middle  Georgia  ever  since  the  retirement  of  the  Creek 
Indians  in  that  section  of  the  state,  does  much  to 
strengthen  our  belief. 


174  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


The  Gynaecological 
Specialist 

NON-SURGICAL  TREATMENT  FOR  THE  DISEASES 

OF  WOMEN. 

The  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  women  has  always 
contributed  largely  towards  the  yearly  income  of  the 
general  practitioner,  while  the  gynecologist  continues  to 
fatten  upon  the  revenue  he  receives  from  operations. 
Ovariotomies  and  we  might  add  operations  for  appendi- 
citis and  laparotomies  in  general  have  become  an  epi- 
demic in  some  localities  to  the  extent  that  many  surgeons 
think  they  will  be  branded  as  being  unskillful  if  they  al- 
low their  patients  to  get  well  without  operative  pro- 
cedures. When  the  fashionable  period  of  ovariotomies 
and  other  operations  wear  off,  and  physicians  learn  to 
apply  rational,  therapeutic  measures  there  will  be  a  revo- 
lution in  gyngecological  practice.  I  do  not  wish  to  be 
understood  in  condemning  the  progress  of  surgery  or 
its  application  in  many  cases,  but  every  physician  who  is 
familiar  with  hospital  and  sanitarium  practice  will  attest 
that  many  organs  are  removed  which  might  have  been  re- 
stored to  health  by  non-surgical  means. 

Owing  to  the  prevalence  of  female  diseases,  a  large 
territory  is  also  opened  for  proprietary  remedies,  and  we 
find  lady  agents  everywhere  who  are  extolling  the  virtues 
of  some  secret  remedy  for  the  diseases  peculiar  to  their 
sex.  Among  the  most  prominent  preparations  may  be 
mentioned,  Viavi,  Mountain  Rose,  Neuvita,  Orange  Blos- 
som, Olive  Branch,  etc.  On  the  other  hand  we  find  many 
physicians  who  use  preparations  like  Micajah's  Uterine 
Wafers,  without  knowing  the  ingredients  they  contain. 

Regarding  the  success  obtained  from  the  use  of  these 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  175 

preparations  I  am  not  able  to  say,  but  I  do  believe  that 
every  physician  is  aware  of  the  fact  that  a  large  percent- 
age of  these  cases  eventually  drift  into  his  hands  for  a 
more  thorough  and  scientific  course  of  treatment. 

From  the  peculiarities  of  constitution  and  the  duties 
assigned  by  nature,  woman  is  subject  to  a  class  of  dis- 
eases, which  entitles  her  to  all  that  is  humane,  delicate 
and  skillful  on  the  part  of  the  physician,  whose  duty  it 
becomes  to  advise  and  treat  her. 

The  degree  of  suffering,  physical  and  mental;  the 
pain  and  discomfort  endured;  the  disturbing  elements  in 
social  life ;  the  severing  of  domestic  ties,  and  the  propaga- 
tion of  weakness  and  disease,  often  have  their  origin  in  the 
diseased  organs  and  the  preverted  use  of  feelings  and 
faculties  designed  for  the  creation  of  the  race,  and  the 
happiness  and  well  being  of  mankind. 

The  cause  of  the  prevalence  of  ill-health  among 
women  may  be  attributed  probably  to  the  various  acute 
and  chronic  diseases,  to  which  all  mankind  are  alike  liable, 
but  in  a  greater  degree  to  the  numerous  class  of  ailments 
peculiar  only  to  the  female  sex;  and  also  to  the  fact  that 
women  are  timid  about  broaching  these  subjects,  and 
from  a  false  modesty  often  conceal  their  disease,  instead 
of  seeking  for  a  means  of  recovery.  Thousands  of  women, 
from  a  mistaken  sense  of  womanly  delicacy,  are  passing 
the  springtime  and  summer  of  their  lives  in  silent  suffer- 
ing from  disorders  they  do  not  understand,  and  know  not 
how  to  alleviate. 

A  modest,  sensitive  woman  often  shrinks  from  con- 
sulting a  physician  regarding  sexual  subjects  in  general, 
and  especially  so  concerning  the  private  and  special  ail- 
ments of  her  own  generative  organs,  prefering  to  suffer 
in  silence  rather  than  to  expose  her  weakness;  and  the 
most  serious  results  are  often  attributed  to  this  cause. 

It  is  owing  to  this  delicacy  on  her  part  that  has 
opened  a  large  field  for  the  various  preparations  men- 
tioned above.  I  have  given  the  medical  treatment  of  the 
diseases  of  women  much  thought,  and  after  thoroughly 
investigating  many  of  the  secret  and  non-secret  remedies 
used  by  physicians,  I  have  formulated  a  system  of  intra- 


176  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

uterine,  extra-uterine  and  internal  treatment,  which  as- 
sociate physicians  and  myself  have  used  in  thousands  of 
cases  with  remarkable  success,  and  I  believe  the  constitu- 
ents of  same  will  appeal  to  the  judgment  of  every  physi- 
cian in  cases  where  surgical  interference  is  not  required. 

The  conditions  in  which  this  method  of  treatment  is 
particularly  indicated  are  amenorrhoea,  dysmenorrhoea, 
menorrhagia,  leuorrrhoea,  ulcerations,  erosins,  vaginitis, 
metritis,  endometritis,  backache,  bearing  down  pains,  ir- 
ritation of  the  ovaries  and  bladder,  frequent  and  painful 
urination,  in  fact  all  forms  of  congestion,  inflammation  or 
pain  in  the  pelvic  cavity. 

In  devising  a  treatment  for  the  above  conditions  there 
are  several  things  which  need  the  physician's  attention. 

Upon  examination,  you  will  find  the  uterus  enlarged 
and  possibly  either  hard  or  sleazy  in  texture.  The  cir- 
culation is  torpid  and  requires  new  activity.  Such  con- 
ditions require  the  combination  of  an  astringent,  an  anti- 
septic, a  sedative,  an  analgesic  and  absorbent.  These  are 
all  provided  in  the  following  formula,  which  may  be 
called  the 


EXTRA-UTERINE  APPLICATION. 


R     Elaterium Vs  gr- 


Powd.  jequirity   V^  S'^- 

S.  E.  belladonna V2  S^^- 

S.  E.  hyosc3''amus    -V2  g^"- 

S.  E.  hydrastis   V2  S^- 

S.  E.  hamamelis 1  gr. 

S.  E.  calendula   1  gr. 

S.  E.  thuja   1  gr. 

Zinc  sulphate   2  gr. 

Boric  acid   4  gr. 

I  have  had  some  difficulty  in  finding  a  suitable  base 
in  which  to  incorporate  the  above  medication  in  order 
that  it  would  rapidly  disintegrate ;  this  is  a  very  essential 
point  in  order  to  receive  the  desired  results.  The  affin- 
ity elaterium  has  for  serum,  seem  so  great  that  the  latter 
has  a  tendency  to  coagulate  around  the  application,  thus 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  177 

preventing  it  from  dissolving.  I  formerly  depended  ex- 
clusively upon  this  application  prepared  in  tablet  form, 
and  although  the  treatment  was  reasonably  successful,  I 
was  often  disappointed  in  cases  where  I  expected  the 
greatest  success.  I  afterwards  learned  that  the  more 
pelvic  congestion  or  inflammation  present,  the  more  serum 
there  would  be  exudated,  and  the  more  serum  exudated 
the  less  liable  for  the  tablet  to  dissolve,  owing  to  the  ten- 
dency of  the  serum  to  accumulate  around  the  application. 
Oftentimes  the  tablet  would  be  removed  thoroughly  en- 
capsuled,  with  coagulated  serum,  which  of  course  pre- 
vented the  complete  medicinal  effect  of  the  treatment. 

After  much  experimenting  my  chemist  now  prepares 
this  treatment  in  two  forms,  one  in  a  tablet,  resembling 
in  shape  the  ordinary  suppository,  with  a  rapidly  disin- 
tegrating base.  The  other  in  a  base  composed  of  cocoa- 
butter,  slippery  elm  and  Thymol  as  suggested  by  Dr. 
Hall,  of  Chicago.  The  tablet  is  generally  dispensed  in 
chronic  diseases  where  slow,  continuous  medication  is 
desired;  the  latter  in  all  acute  diseases,  where  pain  is 
present  in  the  pelvic  cavity,  via  dysmenorrhoea,  painful 
urination,  hemorrhoids,  cancer,  etc.,  where  rapid  action 
of  the  treatment  is  required.  In  fact  I  prefer  this  medi- 
cation in  a  cocoa  butter  and  slippery  elm  base  as  a  gen- 
eral treatment  in  95  per  cent  of  all  cases.  This  can  also 
be  used  in  the  rectum  with  equal  success. 

Since  Dr.  J.  Marion  Sims  recognized  the  affinity 
glycerine  has  for  serum  and  advocated  tampons  applied 
to  the  cervix  as  a  depilatory,  for  the  relief  of  congestion, 
etc.,  with  the  pelvic  cavity.  Physicians  have  been  in 
search  of  a  remedy  to  replace  this  treatment,  which  could 
be  applied  by  the  patient  herself. 

My  attention  was  first  called  to  elaterium,  as  a  uter- 
ine depilatory  and  antiphlogistic  by  Dr.  Gentry,  who 
stated  that  he  had  used  the  remedy  in  his  practice  for 
twenty  years,  and  argued  that  if  this  remedy  when  taken 
by  the  stomach  will  extract  serum  from  the  alimentary 
tract  and  produce  profuse  watery  stools,  it  would  extract 
serum  from  other  n^ucous  surfaces  if  applied  locally,  and 


178  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

there  is  no  other  place  where  it  can  be  applied  to  a  greater 
advantage  than  in  the  vagina  or  uterine  canal,  Avhere  it 
seems  to  have  its  greatest  curative  influence  in  removing 
congestion,  engorgements  and  impurities  from  the  female 
pelvic  cavity,  that  the  organs  may  resume  their  normal 
condition.  Elaterium  alone,  is  rather  drastic  in  its  effects, 
and  we  have,  therefore,  combined  it  with  other  remedies 
to  control  its  action,  each  of  which  has  its  specific  value. 
Jequirity  resembles  somewhat  the  action  of  elaterium,  but 
is  more  mild.  However,  it  is  a  valuable  adjuvant.  Bella-" 
donna  and  hyoscyamus  have  their  anti-spasmodic  and 
anodyne  effects,  while  hydrastis,  hamamelis,  calendula 
and  thuja  each  have  their  respective  actions  as  local  al- 
ternatives, antiseptics,  styptics  and  sedatives.  The  zinc 
sulphate  and  boric  acid  added  for  their  astringent  and 
antiseptic  properties. 

This  formula  might  be  open  to  criticism  as  containing 
too  many  remedies,  but  I  wish  to  assure  you  that  each 
of  them  has  been  added  from  time  to  time  with  a  marked 
improvement,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  be  im- 
possible to  dispense  with  any  one  of  them. 

There  is  great  satisfaction  in  recommending  and  us- 
ing this  preparation,  for  every  time  it  is  applied,  good 
results  are  seen  and  felt,  although  I  du  not  offer  this 
preparation  as  a  panacea,  I  am  convinced  that  it  is  far 
superior  to  any  general  extra-uterine  treatment  with 
which  I  am  familiar,  and  its  practical  application  will 
convince  the  most  skeptical  that  it  has  extraordinary 
merit  when  judiciously  applied. 

This  treatment  has  a  wide  range  of  asefulness,  and 
has  always  found  a  place  in  my  medicine  case,  to  be  used 
in  emergency  cases.  By  inserting  a  suppository  at  the 
mouth  of  the  womb  it  will  immediately  suppress  pain  and 
ill  feelings  of  every  character  in  the  pelvic  cavity,  often 
times  with  nearly  the  same  rapidity  as  an  injection  of 
morphine,  and  thus  cure  dysmenorrhoea,  ovarian  irrita- 
tion and  neuralgia.  Although  it  is  not  curative  in  cancer, 
it  will  abate  the  odor  and  alleviate  the  burning  and  gnaw- 
ing pains.    It  is  almost  a  specific  for  irritation  of  the  blad- 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


179 


der,  frequent  and  painful  urination  and  vaginitis,  gon- 
orrhcea,  etc. 

It  is  also  an  excellent  treatment  for  piles  if  inserted 
in  the  rectum,  Avhere  it  soothes  the  congested  and  in- 
flamed surface  and  heals  the  ulcers. 

This  application  may  also  be  depended  upon  to  re- 
lieve engorgements,  erosions  and  ulcerations,  and  its  con- 
tinuous  use   will    control    nienorrhas'ia    and   metorrhao^ia 


Method    of    Applying     Extra-Uterine    Application. 


It  is  likewise  used  to  a  great  advantage  at  the  menopause, 
as  it  Avill  draw  from  the  uterus  the  accumulation  of  dis- 
eased matter  so  that  it  will  not  enter  the  circulation  and 
cause  ''hot  flashes,"  etc.  Its  antiphologistic  and  con- 
tractile power  will  readily  contract  the  flaccid  and  loose 
walls  of  the  vagina,  at  the  same  time  it  exerts  a  contractile 
influence  upon  the  tissues  which  support  the  womb  and 
retain  the  organ  in  its  natural  position. 


180 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


METHOD  OF  APPLICATION. 

In  chronic  diseases  the  patient  should  use  a  douche  of 
warm  water  before  retiring,  and  insert  a  suppository  as 
far  as  possible  up  the  vagina.  This  should  be  allowed  to 
remain  until  the  next  evening,  when  the  douche  should 
be  repeated,  and  another  suppository  applied.  This  treat- 
ment should  continue  for  several  months  in  obstinate 
cases  to  obtain  the  desired  results. 

With  some  patients  where  pain  is  present  and  im- 
mediate results  are  wanted,   as  in  dysmenorrhoea,  piles. 


frequent  and  painful  urination,  cancer,  etc.,  the  treatment 
may  be  applied  several  times  a  day  if  required,  but  the 
patient  should  be  instructed  to  use  a  douche  of  warm 
or  rather  hot  water,  before  each  application. 

For  the  class  of  patients  which  every  physician  meets, 
women  and  young  ladies  who  are  over-modest,  bashful, 
timid  and  diffident,  who  fear  exposure,  examination,  ex- 
pense and  dread  the  local  treatment,  this  treatment  has 
many  advantages,  for  it  is  always  attended  with  good 
results,  and  it  may  be  used  by  the  patient  herself  at  home. 


DISEASES  OE  WOMEN.  181 

With  many  patients  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that 
they  should  submit  to  an  examination  and  local  treat- 
ment, in  order  that  you  may  treat  them  intelligently,  and 
with  a  degree  of  success  that  you  could  not  otherwise 
obtain  without  observing  the  progress  of  your  treatment. 
In  order  to  make  examinations,  and  successfully  treat 
these  diseases,  requires  the  use  of  several  well  selected  in- 
struments. The  accompanying  cut  illustrates  those  of  my 
choice. 

No.  1,  the  combined  bivalve  and  Sims  speculum. 
No.  2,  fine  pointed  dressing  forceps,  which  may  be  used 
in  making  intra-uterine  applications  if  necessary.  No.  3, 
dilator  used  for  rapid  dilation  of  the  uterine  canal.  No. 
4,  intra-uterine  douche  for  cleansing  the  uterine  cavity 
and  bladder;  its  use  in  miscarriages  and  other  purulent 
conditions  are  indispensable.  No.  5,  intra-uterine  appli- 
cator for  liquid  medication  in  the  cervical  and  uterine 
cavity.  These  instruments,  together  with  the  universal 
applicator,  a  douche  curette  and  sound  offers  quite  a 
complete  outfit  and  are  indispensable  to  the  physician  for 
the  medical  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  women. 


INTRA-UTERINE  MEDICATION. 

Intra-uterine  treatments  are  indispensable  for  the 
cure  of  many  diseases.  This  is  particularly  so  in  metritis 
and  endometritis,  deep-seated  erosions,  etc.,  where  more 
favorable  results  may  be  obtained  by  direct  medication, 
to  the  lining  membranes  of  the  uterus  or  cervical  canal. 
In  these  conditions,  examination  will  disclose  ulcerations 
and  erosions  of  the  cervix,  and  large  quantities  of  mucous 
oozing  from  the  uterine  canal ;  menstruation  is  often  pro- 
fuse and  appears  too  often.  "Whenever  this  condition  ex- 
ists, I  apply  an  intra-uterine  application,  composed  of  the 


182        .  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

following  remedies,  either  in  liquid  or  bougie  form,  each 
maximum  quantity :  . 

I^     Elaterium   1-16  gr. 

Hj^drastine    %  g^- 

Resorein   1  gr. 

Oil  of  thuja    2  miu. 

lehthyol    8  min. 

I  regret  to  say  that  I  have  to  differ  in  opinian  with 
the  ^'old  healing  masters"  regarding  local  applications  to 
the  cervical  canal  and  uterine  cavity.  I  was  taught  and 
it  is  the  general  treatment  given  in  many  text  books  to- 
day, that  caustic  acids,  nitrate  of  silver,  carbolic  acid 
and  tincture  of  iodine,  and  the  fashionable  cautery  elec- 
tricity are  about  the  only  remedies  of  any  value  as  local 
applications  to  the  cervical  canal  and  the  uterine  cavity. 
After  using  these  treatments  for  years  I  was  compelled 
to  abandon  their  use,  as  my  efforts  were  never  marked 
with  any  great  success.  After  giving  the  subject  much 
thought  I  wondered  why  physicians  who  stand  at  the 
head  of  the  ranks  of  the  profession,  and  g^'n^ecologists  of 
more  than  a  national  reputation,  should  advocate  such 
treatment.  Would  they  apply  this  continuous  caustic 
treatment  to  ulcerations  of  the  mouth  or  other  mucous 
surfaces  in  less  isolated  parts  of  the  body,  and  expect  to 
encourage  the  healing  process?  No.  Then  why  should 
this  heroic  treatment  be  applied  to  erosions  and  inflamed 
conditions  of  the  uterus.  These  are  the  problems  which 
confront  the  physician.  Dr.  Skeen,  in  making  reference 
to  this  point,  says:  "I  am  satisfied  that  in  times  past,  and 
even  at  present,  much  of  the  treatment  of  uterine  disease :?, 
while  it  arrests  the  inflammatory  trouble,  proves  so  de 
structive  to  the  normal  structure  of  the  organs  as  to  ren- 
der the  last  condition  of  the  patient  worse  than  the  first.'* 

The  facts  are  that  erosions  of  the  os  and  cervical 
canal,  or  other  parts  of  the  uterus,  require  the  same 
gentle  treatment  that  ulcerations  in  general  do.  Ac- 
companying cervical  ulcerations,  however,  we  often  find 
chronic   inflammatory    conditions   involving   other   parts 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  183 

of  that  organ,  metritis  and  endometritis,  which  require 
treatment  at  the  same  time.    If  I  were  to  select  only  one 
remedy  for  the  local  treatment  of  these  conditions,  my 
first  choice   would   be   ichthyol.    This   remedy   is   m   no 
way  a  caustic,  but  it  penetrates  deeply  into  the  tissues 
and  its  contractile  action  upon  the  vascular  system  is  so 
great  that  it  rapidly  relieves  the  chronic  congestion  and 
inflammation  and  encourages  the  healing  process.     It  is 
also  a  marked  antiseptic  and  anodyne.     Several  months 
ao-o  I  learned  the  value  of  the  oil  of  thuja  m  ulcerated 
conditions  of  the  eye,  and  argued  if  this  remedy  was  of 
value  in  the  treatment  of  the  delicate  structures  of  the 
eye,  it  would  be  of  equal  service  in  treating  erosions  of 
the 'cervix  and  elsewhere,  and  decided  to  use  it  in  com- 
bination with   ichthyol,   and  the   results   were   the   most 
pleasing.     This  remedy  seems  to  be  a  solvent  of  the  high- 
est order.     These  remedies  combined  with  hydrastis  and 
the  antiphlogistic  effect  of  elaterium,  and  the  antiseptic 
properties  of  resorcine,  gives  us  a  treatment  which  does 
not  act  as  a  caustic  irritant,  but  as  a  healing  agent  in  the 
broadest  sense  of  the  term.    I  have  been  using  this  treat- 
ment    constantly     for     about  ten     years     with     greater 
satisfaction  and  success  than  any  treatment  I  have  pre- 
viously applied.     It   will  be  found  particularly   service- 
able in  all  erosions,   congestions   and  chronic  inflamma- 
torv  conditions  of  the  uterus. 


METHOD  OF  TREATMENT. 

Dr.  Henry  Mills  is  supposed  to  be  the  first  physician 
in  this  country  to  apply  medication  within  the  uterine 
cavity.  Since  this  time  gynecologists  have  seemed  to 
differ  somewhat  in  opinion  regarding  the  practicability 
and  utility  of  intra-uterine  medications.  They  all  agree, 
however,  that  medication  to  the  cervical  canal  is  of  much 
benefit  to  diseased  conditions  of  the  entire  organ.  No 
doubt  the  reason  why  intra-uterine  medications  of  for- 
mer years  has  been  a  failure  is  due  to  the  use  of  too 
strong  applications  of  caustic  compounds.     Nearly  every 


184  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

caustic  remedy  in  the  Materia  Medica  has  been  used  for 
this  purpose,  often  doing  much  injury.  There  is  another 
point  to  be   observed  in   applying  intra-uterine  medica- 


Method    of    Applying    Intra-Uterine    Applications. 

tions.  With  some  women  there  seems  to  exist  an  idio- 
syncrasy regarding  the  application  of  medicine  to  the  in- 
terior uterine  walls,  and  they  cannot  withstand  the  mild- 
est form  of  medication,  while  others  can  endure  the  most 
heroic  measures.  I  have  observed  that  where  the  inner 
OS  was  sufficiently  large  to  allow  the  escape  of  any  excess 
of  the  fluid,  uterine  applications  could  be  made  with 
greater  success  than  where  the  inner  oritice  was  small  or 
contracted.  When  the  latter  condition  exists,  the  inner 
OS  should  always  be  previously  dilated;  for  this  purpose 
I  use  a  strong  pair  of  narrow-pointed  dressing  forceps. 
This  allows  the  escape  of  any  superfluous  medication. 
These  facts  are  constantly  before  my  mind,  and  when  a 
patient  presents  herself  for  treatment,  I  make  several  ap- 
plications to  the  cervical  canal  before  entering  the  cavity 
of  the  uterus,  and  I  always  satisfy  myself  that  the  os  is 
well  dilated  before  making  each  application.  The  first 
treatment  should  consist  of  only  about  one  or  two  minims 
which  can  be  increased  in  amount  as  the  treatment  pro- 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  185 

gresses.  There  are  only  a  very  few  cases  where  medica- 
tion will  be  required  in  the  uterine  cavity.  Fully  90  per 
cent,  of  the  diseases  of  women  can  be  cured  by  making 
applications  to  the  cervical  canal,  where  there  is  abso- 
lutely no  danger.  The  instruments  should  always  be  at 
least  of  an  equal  temperature  to  that  of  the  body,  and 
after  each  application  a  tampon  of  glycerine  combined 
with  some  suitable  antiseptic  be  applied. 

There  has  been  several  instruments  devised  and  many 
different  forms  of  medication  used  for  applying  treat- 
ments within  the  uterine  canal  and  uterus.  The  most 
practical  of  these  consists  of  the  remedies  in  liquid  form 
or  incorporated  in  bougies  in  a  base  of  either  cocoa  butter 
or  glycerine  and  gelatine.  These  bougies  should  be  ap- 
plied with  the  universal  applicator  (see  cut).  The  old 
way  of  making  medicated  applications  to  the  endomet- 
rium by  means  of  cotton  saturated  with  the  medicated 
solution  applied  with  a  probe  or  applicator,  is  fast  falling 
into  disuse  as  being  unpractical.  Dr.  P.  F.  Mundy  says : 
"In  the  vast  majority  of  cases  with  normal  canals  I  really 
believe  that  the  effect  of  the  medication  (when  applied 
with  cotton)  is  expended  entirely  on  the  mucous  lining  of 
the  cervical  canal  and  external  os,  and  the  endometrium 
proper  is  touched  merely  by  the  albuminous  coating  of 
the  applicator."  The  bougie  treatments  have  the  disad- 
vantage of  being  expensive  to  manufacture  and  some- 
what difficult  to  apply.  The  liquid  medication  is  therefor 
the  more  practical  for  all  general  purposes  and  is  much 
more  easily  applied. 

For  several  years  I  used  a  glass  pipette  which  con- 
sisted of  a  glass  tube  with  a  rubber  bulb  on  one  end  re- 
sembling the  ordinary  medicine  droper,  but  I  found  this 
instrument  had  many  disadvantages.  There  was  no  way 
of  determining  the  amount  of  medicine  used  at  each  ap- 
plication, and  by  making  pressure  upon  the  rubber  bulb 
you  would  often  force  air  into  the  inter-uterine  cavity, 
which  would  often  produce  uterine  colic.  A  few  years 
ago  I  had  a  special  instrument  made,  which  resembled 
the  ordinary  hypodermic  syringe,  with  a  flexible  metallic 


186  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

tube  attached,  the  size  and  shape  of  the  ordinary  uterine 
sound.  This  has  many  advantages,  as  it  allows  you  to 
accurately  guage  the  amount  of  medicine  used,  as  the 
piston  is  graduated  in  minims,  and  by  adjusting  the  point 
upwards  you  can  force  all  the  air  out  of  the  syringe  before 
each  application.  The  point  can  be  adjusted  to  any 
shape  which  will  best  enter  the  uterine  cavity.  In  mak- 
ing applications  to  the  cervical  canal  or  inter-uterine  cav- 
ity, I  always  regulate  the  amount  of  medicine  used  by 
the  graduate  on  the  piston  stem.  The  amount  of  medi- 
cine used  at  each  treatment  is  usually  from  five  to  fifteen 
minims. 

By  carefully  observing  these  rules  and  judiciously  ap- 
plying this  treatment  you  will  meet  with  phenomenal 
success,  and  find  it  far  superior  to  the  caustic  treatment 
so  much  in  vogue.  This  treatment  is  particularly  ser- 
viceable in  all  erosions  and  ulcerated  conditions  at  the 
external  os  and  cervical  canal;  and  in  cervical  or  cor- 
poreal endometritis  and  chronic  inflammations  of  these 
organs. 


INTERNAL  TREATMENT. 

Internal  treatment  is  always  of  great  importance  and 
should  consist  of  such  therapeutic  measures  as  may  be 
required  in  each  individual  case.  I  believe  in  dispensing 
all  internal  medication  in  as  palatable  a  form  as  possible, 
and  when  no  specific  treatment  is  required,  the  following 
tablet,  chocolate  coated,  has  rendered  me  much  service  as 
a  uterine  tonic : 

Ext.  Viburnum  prun 1  gr. 

Ext.  Viburnum  opul 1  gr. 

Ext.  Star  grass    ^  gi". 

Ext.  Squaw  vine   %  gr. 

Ext.  Helonias   %  gr. 

Caulophyllin    %  gr. 

Hydrastis,  represented  by  white 

alkaloid   7l^  gr. 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


187 


THE  COMBINED  TREATMENT. 

When  ci  physician  becomes  too  enthusiastic  regarding 
special  treatment  he  is  often  branded  as  a  "crank."    If 


The   above   illustrates    the   way    all    Exterior   Erosions    or   Ulcerations   of    the 
External  Os  should  be   "Painted"    \vith   the  Intra-Uterine  Application. 

this  caption  applies  to  my  case  it  will  be  accepted  very 
orracefullv.  and  I  onlv  wish  I  could  be  as  ''successfully. 


188  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

tiranky"  with  many  other  treatments  in  the  practice  of 
medicine.  I  consider  this  treatment,  either  used  in  part 
or  combined,  as  the  case  raay  require,  one  of  the  most 
successful  treatments  in  present  use  for  the  diseases  of 
women  commonly  met  with,  and  far  superior  to  the  caus- 
tic remedies  or  the  fashionable  cautery,  electricity.  As  a 
rule  I  do  not  believe  in  "stereotyped  therapeutics"  and 
occasionally  I  modify  this  treatment  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  some  individual  case,  but  in  a  large  majority  of 
cases  I  know  of  no  means  of  improvement,  and  use  it  as 
given  here.  With  a  large  number  of  patients  I  find  the 
best  results  are  obtained  from  the  combined  treatment, 
and  usually  I  have  a  patient  visit  my  office  once  or  twice 
a  week,  that  I  may  apply  the  intra-uterine  application 
and  watch  the  progress  of  the  treatment.  During  the 
intervals  she  is  instructed  to  take  a  douche  of  w^arm  or 
rather  hot  water  each  night  before  retiring,  and  apply 
the  extra-uterine  application ;  throughout  the  treatment 
she  also  takes  a  tablet  of  the  Viburnum  tonic  compound 
six  times  a  day,  or  whatever  other  internal  treatment  her 
case  may  demand.  By  the  judicious  use  of  these  reme- 
dial measures  I  am  convinced  that  they  will  effect  a  cure 
in  many  cases  where  other  methods  of  treatment  have 
failed  to  be  of  benefit,  and  it  will  excel  the  numerous  rou- 
tine treatments,  proprietary  preparations  and  nostrums 
often  used  by  physicians.  To  demonstrate  its  wide  range 
of  usefulness,  I  will  point  out  its  value  in  the  following 
illustrated  cases: 

IRRITATION  OF  THE  BLADDER. 

Miss  G.,  an  actress  appearing  at  one  of  the  theaters 
in  this  city,  consulted  me  regarding  this  troublesome  and 
painful  condition  w^ith  which  she  had  been  suffering  at 
different  times  for  about  two  years.  She  stated  that  it 
was  almost  impossible  for  her  to  fulfill  her  engagement, 
as  she  was  in  such  distress;  between  each  act  she  would 
attempt  to  urinate,  but  there  would  be  only  little  urine 
and  such  unbearable,  spasmodic  pains  afterwards.  This 
was  about  5  :30  p.  m. ;  I  instructed  her  to  take  a  vaginal 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  189 

douche  of  two  quarts  of  hot  water,  as  hot  as  she  could 
comfortably  endure,  and  apply  an  extra-uterine  applica- 
tion (in  cocoa  butter  and  slippery  elm  base)  and  to  re- 
peat the  operation  at  7  :30,  just  before  the  performance. 
She  followed  my  advice  and  reported  the  next  day  that 
in  about  twent}''  minutes  after  she  made  the  first  appli- 
cation all  of  her  distressing  symptoms  left  her  and  she 
passed  the  evening  in  perfect  comfort.  The  following 
day  I  washed  out  the  bladder  and  instructed  her  to  use 
the  extra-uterine  application  three  times  a  day.  She  con- 
tinued the  treatment  during  her  week's  stay  in  this  city 
and  took  sufficient  medicine  with  her  to  last  two  months, 
making  one  application  each  night  before  retiring.  I  did 
not  hear  from  her  again  until  the  following  season,  when 
she  visited  my  office  and  informed  me  that  she  had  never 
been  troubled  since.  She  wished  me  to  prepare  some  more 
medicine,  however,  to  be  used  in  case  of  emergency  as  she 
was  in  constant  fear  of  the  old  trouble  returning.  I 
relieved  her  mind,  however,  by  telling  her  that  in  all  prob- 
ability she  would  never  be  troubled  that  way  again. 


AMENORRHOEA. 

Miss  H.,  age  16,  applied  for  treatment  for  irregular 
menstruation.  The  menstrual  periods  were  established 
when  13  years  of  age.  At  this  time  she  thought  she  "took 
cold"  from  bathing;  at  least,  the  periods  did  not  return 
again  for  four  months :  since  this  time  they  have  always 
been  irregular,  appearing  at  intervals  from  two  to  three 
months.  The  patient  was  anaemic  and  complained  of 
having  much  backache.  Her  anaemic  condition  Avas,  no 
doubt,  one  of  the  primary  causes  of  her  condition.  I 
prescribed  the  "Viburnum  compound"  three  times  a  day. 
and  after  each  meal  she  was  given  a  five  grain  Blaud's 
pill  combined  with  arsenic  and  strychnine.  I  instructed 
her  to  use  a  hot  water  douche  each  night  before  retiring 
and  insert  an  extra-uterine  application.  She  continued 
this  treatment  nearly  five  months ;  at  the  end  of  this  time 
she  was  menstruating  regularly;  her  complexion  became 
florid,  and  her  general  health  was  seemingly  good.   '    She 


190  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

continued  the  internal  treatment  for  several  months,  omit- 
ing  the  iron  tablets  at  intervals.  She  has  been  constant- 
ly under  by  observation,  and  at  this  writing  is  perfectly 
well,  strong  and  healthy. 


CONGESTIVE  DYSMENORRHOEA. 

Mrs.  H.  consulted  me  regarding  her  daughter,  19 
years  of  age,  who  had  always  suffered  with  dysmen- 
orrhoea.  Menstruation  was  not  established  in  her  case 
until  16  years  of  age,  and  during  the  menstrual  period  she 
was  confined  to  her  bed  the  greater  part  of  the  time.  She 
was  a  very  plethoric  girl  and  appeared  rather  timid  in 
disposition,  although  she  frankly  informed  me  she  "hated 
doctors."  If  I  had  suggested  examination  in  her  case  she 
no  doubt  would  have  been  out  of  the  office  before  the 
words  left  my  lips.  After  briefly  discussing  her  case  with 
her  mother,  I  pronounced  it  congestive  dysmenorrhoea, 
and  prescribed  a  douche  of  two  quarts  of  hot  water  each 
night  before  retiring,  and  instructed  her  how  to  use  th(' 
extra-uterine  application  (in  a  cocoa  butter  and  slippery 
elm  base).  After  the  douche  I  also  gave  her  a  tablet  of 
the  "Viburnum  tonic  compound"  six  times  a  day.  She 
promised  to  carry  out  the  treatment  persistently  and  re- 
port after  the  next  menstruation ;  in  due  time  her  mother 
called  and  informed  me  she  had  suffered  some  pain,  but  it 
was  not  so  severe  as  at  former  periods.  She  continued 
the  treatment  as  above,  and  the  next  period  was  passed 
with  still  less  pain ;  the  next  period  was  passed  in  perfect 
comfort.  She  continued  the  treatment  altogether  about 
five  months,  and  has  never  suffered  since.  It  is  now  a  year 
since  she  has  abandoned  all  medication. 

This  is  only  one  of  many  cases  which  have  come  un- 
der my  observation  which  has  demonstrated  the  curative 
value  of  this  treatment.  Had  I  prescribed  the  application 
during  the  first  two  periods  she  no  doubt  would  have  not 
suffered  at  all,  as  will  be  illustrated  in  the  following  case : 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


191 


DYSMENORRHOEA. 

Miss  B.  I  was  called  at  the  bedside  of  this  lady,  who 
was  suffering  intensely.  She  informed  me  that  she  al- 
ways suffered  this  way,  but  the  pain  was  less  severe  af- 
ter the  appearance  of  the  menstrual  discharge.  I  im- 
mediately gave  her  a  douche  of  hot  water  and  she  inserted 
an  extra-uterine  application:  in  less  than  half  an  hour 
nearly  all  the  pain  had  left  her.  She  repeated  the  opera- 
tion twice  during  the  night ;  in  the  morning  the  menstrual 
flow  had  made  its  appearance,  but  she  continued  the  ap- 
plication twice  a  day  throughout  the  period,  with  but  very 
little  pain. 


This  lady  continued  the  treatment  for  about  four 
months,  with  the  aid  of  the  "Viburnum  compound,"  and 
occasionally  dilating  the  cervical  canal,  and  she  was  dis- 
charged and  pronounced  cured. 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX. 

I  was  called  to  see  Mrs.  P.,  aged  47.  who  was  flowing 
excessively.  She  had  been  advised  by  another  physician 
that  her  condition  was  due  to  the  change  of  life,  although 
he  had  never  examined  her.  Speculum  examination  re- 
vealed the  fact  that  she  was  suffering  with  a  cancer  of  the 
cervix,  involving  the  lower  third  of  the  fundus  and  the 
upper  walls  of  the  vagina.  I  informed  the  husband  re- 
garding her  serious  condition  and  also  told  them  that  I 
believed  operative  proceedures  would  be  of  no  value,  as 


192  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

the  destruction  of  tissues  was  so  great,  and  the  only  treat- 
ment would  be  to  offer  her  as  much  comfort  as  possible 
until  the  end.  She  was  suffering  much  pain,  which  was 
very  severe  at  times.  I  gently  curetted  the  sloughing 
surface  and  applied  the  intra-uterine  application  to  the 
abraded  surface,  and  advised  her  to  take  a  douche  of 
warm  water  and  apply  the  extra-uterine  application  every 
two  or  three  hours  as  her  case  required.  It  was  surprising 
to  note  how  rapidly  this  treatment  relieved  the  pain  and 
seemed  to  control  the  hemorrhage  and  abate  the  odor. 
This  treatment  was  continued  until  the  very  last,  when 
morphine  had  to  be  restored  to.  Although  the  treatment 
in  this  case  was  only  palliative,  it  offered  all  that  can  be 
accomplished  in  such  cases. 


Endometritis  of  the  Cervical  Canal. 

This  lady  was  29  years  old;  was  married  and  had 
never  become  pregnant,  very  much  contrary  to  her 
wishes.  Her  general  health  seemed  excellent,  but  she 
said  she  had  been  troubled  with  leucorrhoea  for  years. 
After  reading  some  domestic  medical  book  she  became 
alarmed  at  her  condition,  thinking  the  discharge  was  a 
sure  means  of  destroying  her  life.  I  made  a  speculum 
examination  and,  with  the  aid  of  the  sound,  I  found  the 
diameters  of  the  uterus  and  the  internal  os  about  normal. 
The  external  os,  however,  was  ulcerated,  everted  and  en- 
larged. By  passing  the  sound  the  mucous  surface  would 
bleed  very  easily,  showing  the  mucous  membrane  was 
very  much  congested.  It  was  easily  determined  that  she 
had  endometritis  limited  to  the  cervical  canal.  I  applied 
ten  minims  of  the  intra-uterine  application  to  the  entire 
length  of  the  canal,  and  also  thoroughly  covering  the  ex- 
ternal ulcerated  surface  with  the  medicine,  after  which  I 
inserted  a  tampon  saturated  with  glycerine  and  thymol 
at  the  external  os  before  removing  the  speculum.  These 
local  treatments  were  continued  twice  a  week;  during 
the  intervals  she  used  the  extra-uterine  application,  with 
warm  water  injections  each  night  before  retiring,  and  the 
Viburnum    compound.      This    treatment    was    continue^ 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  193 

about  four  mouths.  At  the  end  of  this  time  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  canal  seemed  to  be  perfectly  healthy, 
and  the  external  erosions  entirely  healed.  In  order  that  T 
could  watch  her  condition  I  had  her  visit  my  office  once 
a  month  for  several  months,  but  the  old  condition  never 
returned. 

Corporeal  Endometritis. 

Mrs.  D.,  41  years  of  age,  came  to  my  office,  stating 
that  ''It  seems  as  though  beavers  are  building  a  dam  in 
my  womb,  there  is  such  a  constant  gnawing."  By  exam- 
ining her  with  a  speculum  I  found  the  external  os  and 
cervical  canal  in  apparently  a  healthy  condition,  but  on 
entering  the  uterus  with  a  sound  she  complained  of  some 
pain,  and  said  "that  is  the  very  place  which  is  causing 
me  so  much  discomfort."  The  .■surface  would  bleed  easily 
at  the  most  gentle  manipulation.  Menstruaton  was  ir- 
regular, but  when  it  did  appear  it  was  too  profuse  and 
lasted  longer  than  it  should.  She  also  had  leucorrhoea, 
which  at  times  was  offensive.  I  decided  that  she  had 
endometritis  limited  to  the  uterine  cavity,  which  is  not 
of  common  occurence.  I  treated  her  twice  a  week  with 
the  intra-uterine  application,  and  curretted  the  surface 
occasionally,  and  also  had  her  use  the  extra-uterine  ap- 
plication and  "Viburnum  compound."  At  the  end  of 
three  months  all  symptons  of  the  disease  had  left  her, 
and  she  was  discharged  as  being  cured. 

A  Complicated  Case. 

Mx's.  J. — This  was  one  of  those  complicated  cases  not 
unfrequently  met  with,  where  the  inflammatory  condition 
seemed  to  involve  the  entire  pelvic  cavity,  and  had  she 
fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  modern  gyuEBCological  sur- 
geon, she  no  doubt  would  have  parted  with  much  of  her 
anatomy.  Congestion  and  hyperthesia  was  manifest 
everywhere  within  the  pelvis;  the  ovaries  were  sensitive, 
and  at  times  she  would  have  frequent  and  painful  urina- 
tion, backache  and  constant  pain  in  the  pelvic  region. 
Speculum  examination  revealed  an  enlargement  of  the 
cervix,  which  was  fairly  purple  in  color,  showing  retard- 


194  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

ed  circulation.  There  was  a  large  erosion  on  the  CKternal 
OS,  the  lining  membrane  of  the  cervical  canal  and  uterine 
cavity  were  sensitive  and  bled  very  much  when  touched 
with  the  sound.  There  was  large  quantities  of  mucous 
oozing  from  the  canal,  which  was  often  streaked  with 
blood.  Menstruation  appeared  too  often  and  was  too 
profuse;  her  general  health  was  very  much  impaired; 
she  was  weak  and  anaemic,  had  disturbances  of  the  stom- 
ach, and  was  extremely  constipated  and  nervous.  It  was 
not  difficult  to  see  she  Avas  suffering  with  metritis  and 
endometritis,  involving  the  entire  membranes  of  the 
uterus.  She  was  placed  upon  a  thorough  course  of  re- 
constructive and  tonic  internal  medication,  and  the  intra- 


uterine application  was  applied  to  the  entire  uterine 
cavity  and  cervical  canal,  by  graduall}^  increasing  the 
amount  of  medicine  at  each  application  until  ten  or 
fifteen  minims  were  used,  which  was  sufficient  to  cover 
the  entire  surface.  She  Avas  also  instructed  to  use  the 
extra-uterine  application  and  a  hot  water  douche  each 
morning  and  evening,  as  an  intermediate  treatment.  The 
extra-uterine  application  seemed  to  have  a  wonderful 
effect  in  her  case ;  at  the  end  of  one  week  she  declared  she 
had  not  a  pain  or  discomfort  in  the  pelvic  region.  Often 
when  she  Avould  take  a  douche  there  would  be  large 
pieces,  amounting  sometimes  to  entire  casts  of  the  vagi- 
na,  of  coagulated  serum,  come  away,  Avhich  demonstrated 


DISEASEy  OF  WOMEN.  195 

the  value  of  the  application  as  a  depilatory  in   curing 
these  conditions  by  exosmosis. 

After  she  had  continued  the  treatment  for  several 
months,  she  had  gained  about  25  pounds  in  flesh,  the 
size  of  the  uterus  was  gradually  diminished  and  the  en- 
dometrium was  apparently  in  a  healthy  condition,  when 
an  accident  occurred  which  ended  in  her  death,  by  falling 
down  an  elevator  shaft  in  one  of  the  large  department 
stores  in  this  city. 

Specific  Vaginitis. 

Mrs.  C,  a  refined  lady,  32  years  of  age,  contracted 
gonorrhoea  from  her  husband,  who  was  "rather  sporty 
inclined."  I  did  not  inform  her  the  cause  of  her  condi- 
tion, as  I  did  not  wish  to  take  an  active  part  in  a  family 
disturbance,  as  I  was  treating  the  husband  for  the  same 
disease.  (I  think  St.  Peter  will  pardon  a  few  prevarica- 
tions under  such  circumstances.)  She  was  suffering  in- 
tensely with  vesical  and  rectal  tenasmus,  had  a  profuse 
discharge  and  all  the  accompanying  symptoms  of  the 
disease.  She  was  instructed  to  use  a  douche  of  two 
quarts  of  warm  water  in  which  2  drachms  of  borax  had 
been  dissolved,  5  or  6  times  a  day.  After  each  douche 
she  inserted  an  extra-uterine  application.  She  experi- 
enced great  relief  from  the  first,  and  at  the  end  of  ten 
days  the  symptoms  of  the  disease  had  left  her  and  she 
was  practically  well.  She  continued  the  local  treatment, 
however,  once  or  twice  a  day  for  about  three  weeks. 

STERILITY. 

Among  other  problems  confronting  the  physician  is  a 
successful  treatment  for  sterility.  Barreness  may  be 
either  congenital  or  acquired ;  or  it  may  exist  for  years 
and  a  seemingly  spontaneous  cure  result  from  the  action 
of  unknown  causes.  This  is  illustrated  with  Anne,  of 
Austria,  w^ho  was  sterile  for  twenty-two  years  before  she 
became  a  mother.  Catalina  de  Medicis,  wife  of  Henry 
the  Second,  was  unfruitful  for  the  first  ten  years  of  her 


196 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


marriage,   after  which  time  she  became  so  prolific  that 
she  had  ten  successive  children. 

The  cause  of  sterility  has  been  attributed  to  several 
different  sources;  chronic  inflammation  of  the  vagina, 
giving  rise  to  excessive  acid  secretions  which  destroy  the 
life  of  the  spermatozoa,  as  will  also  the  excessive  secre- 
tions from  the  uterus.  Inflammatory  conditions  of  the 
uterine  cavity  and  canal  has  often  been  pointed  out  as  one 
of  the  principal  conditions  preventing  conception.  Phy- 
siologists lay  much  stress  on  the  proper  time  for  coition 
as  reacting  favorably  to  produce  conception,  and  the 
fruitful  period  is  given  from  three  days  before  to  ten  days 
after    the    monthly    period    every   physician    is    familiar 


DR.    OUTERBRIDGE'S    DILATORS    AND    APPLICATORS. 


with  the  fact,  however,  that  there  is  no  stated  time  when 
a  woman  can  be  considered  unpregnable. 

The  Mosiac  laws  forbid  women  from  accepting  visits 
from  their  husbands  for  fourteen  days  after  the  menstrual 
period,  and  still  the  Jews  are  a  very  fruitful  people. 

Many  persons  who  desire  to  prevent  conception  ab- 
stain from  intercourse  during  the  supposed  fruitful 
period,  but  while  it  may  lessen  the  probability  of  the  oc- 
currence of  conception,  it  is  by  no  means  sure.  It  has 
been  demonstrated  that  some  women  are  more  suscepti- 
ble to  conception  immediately  before  the  menstrual 
period,  others  during  the  period  and  others  immediately 
after.  In  summing  up  my  own  observations  regarding 
the  subject,  I  am  convinced  that  the  cause  of  sterility  in 
the  majority  of  cases  has  been  due  to  diseased  conditions 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  197 

of  the  cervical  canal  and  inner  uterus  and  stenosis  of  the 
canal,  which  has  often  been  traced  to  the  use  of  too 
strong  caustic  applications. 

When  a  patient  asks,  ''What  can  I  do  to  become  a 
mother,''  I  advise  an  examination,  which  will  generally 
reveal  the  condition  described  above.  The  treatment  for 
sterility  depends  largely  upon  three  things,  viz. :  Cure 
any  existing  disease  of  the  endometrium,  remove  all  ob- 
structions from  the  cervical  canal  and  advise  copulation 
at  the  time  when  physiological  conditions  are  the  most 
favorable  to  conception,  wiiich  is  just  before,  during  or 
after  the  menstrual  period.  The  diseased  condition  will 
usually  yield  to  the  extra-uterine  and  intra-uterine  medi- 
cations already  given,  and  now  we  wish  to  keep  the  canal 
open  and  allow  the  spermatozoa  to  enter  the  uterine  cav- 
ity. This  is  best  done  by  the  use  of  the  Outerbridge 
stems,  or  dilators.  These  instruments  consist  of  a  set  of 
stems  and  an  introducer  to  apply  them  with;  when  once 
introduced  into  the  cervical  canal  and  adjusted  to  the 
right  position,  they  will  keep  the  canal  open,  and  while 
they  are  indispensable  in  the  treatment  of  sterility,  they 
can  also  be  used  to  a  good  advantage  in  the  treatment 
of  certain  forms  of  dysmenorrhoea  and  endometritis.  The 
shape  of  this  instrument  adapts  itself  to  the  anatomical 
position  of  the  uterine  canal  and  is  so  constructed  that  it 
is  self-retaining  without  changing  position. 

There  are  several  different  styles  of  these  stems  de- 
signed to  meet  the  requirements  of  different  canals ;  these 
dilators  can  be  introduced  from  either  the  Sims  or  dorsal 
position.  The  dilator  is  placed  within  the  grasp  of  the 
instrument  made  especially  for  the  purpose  and  after  ex- 
amining the  position  and  length  of  the  canal  with  a 
uterine  sound,  the  stem  is  selected  to  correspond  with 
the  canal,  which  is  previously  dilated  with  an  ordinary 
dilator,  and  the  Outerbridge  dilator  introduced,  where  it 
may  be  left  for  several  days.  The  time  selected  to  cure 
sterility  and  dysmenorrhoea  is  from  three  days  before  the 
menstrual  period  until  five  days  after,  then  the  instru- 
ment can  be  removed.  The  instrument  should  not  be 
used  at  the  next  period  unless  you  are  satisfied  that  con- 


198  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

ception  has  not  taken  place.  In  dilating  the  cervical 
canal  with  this  instrument  you  should  be  very  careful 
not  to  injure  the  mucous  membrane,  as  this  may  pre- 
vent the  emigration  of  the  spermatozoa  and  thus  prevent 
the  process  of  conception. 

These  instruments  are  made  of  several  different  ma- 
terials, but  the  only  dilators  of  any  value  are  made  from 
some  non-corrosive  metal,  of  which  aluminum  is  prefer- 
able, o"^ving  to  its  lightness,  strength  and  elasticity  as  a 
treatment  for  sterility  and  obstructive  dysmenorrhoea. 
This  method  is  without  a  doubt  the  most  successful  and 
will  not  disappoint  reasonable   expectations. 


IMPOTENOY  IN  THE  FEMALE. 

SEXUAL  INDIFPEEENCE. 

Although  there  have  been  many  volumes  written  on 
impotency  in  the  male,  this  condition,  which  is  often 
termed  sexual  ansethesia,  sexual  indifference  and  sexual 
apathy,  in  the  female  has  received  little  or  no  attention 
by  the  general  practitioner,  and  like  many  other  things, 
opens  the  door  for  a  specialist,  although  this  may  seem 
an  unusual  subject  of  which  to  make  a  single  specialty. 
I  recently  met  a  physician  who  was  enjoying  an  income 
of  several  thousand  dollars  a  year  by  operating  upon 
women  afflicted  with  this  unfortunate  condition. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  our  Creator  designed  the 
organs  and  functions  of  women  to  be  as  highly  and 
sensitively  developed  as  those  of  men,  and  the  sexual 
embrace  should  be  conducted  in  a  manner  mutually 
agreeable  to  both  husband  and  wife,  but  it  is  a  well- 
recognized  fact  that  fully  ten  per  cent,  of  women  are 
entirely  devoid  of  sexual  passions,  and  in  such  women, 
intercourse  in  conducted  for  the  sole  gratification  of  the 
husband.  It  is  also  unnecessary  to  state  that  this  is  one 
of  the  elements  which  help  to  fill  our  courts  with  divorce 
suits.  Women  thus  affected  almost  invariably  state  that 
their  sexual  conditions  has  caused  more  shadows  and 
domestic  disturbances  than  any  other  one  thing  in  their 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  199 

marital  iiuion.  Every  physician  recognizes  the  fact  that 
the  happiest  liomes  are  those  in  which  husband  and 
wife  are  sexiialh^  mated,  and  we  must  also  admit  that 
the  healthy  performance  of  these  functions  are  not  only 
conductive  to  good  health,  but  largely  to  the  development 
of  much  that  is  lovable  and  affectionate  in  a  woman's 
nature. 

There  are  two  varieties  of  this  condition :  First,  one 
in  which  there  is  no  sexual  desire  whatever,  and,  second, 
where  there  is  a  mild  desire,  but  without  gratification. 

The  cause  of  this  dormant  condition  of  the  female 
sexual  organs  can  be  traced  to  a  number  of  sources. 
Functual  diseases  of  the  ovaries  and  uterus  often  cause 
a  depression  in  the  sexual  instinct,  while  at  the  change 
of  life  and  during  pregnancy  and  lactation,  this  function 
may  be  suppressed.  In  other  eases,  this  function  may 
have  been  fully  developed  and  the  organ  full}'  or  partly 
paralysed  in  child-birth  or  by  accident. 

It  may  also  be  due  to  spinal  trouble  or  sexual  excess. 
Such  cases  often  experience  excitation  without  gratifica- 
tion or  relief.  This  often  leads  to  mental  depression  and 
melancliolj^.  The  most  frequent  cause,  however,  is  an 
elongation  of  the  hood  and  its  adherence  to  the  walls 
of  the  clitoris,  completely  obliterating  that  organ.  It  is 
this  condition,  principally,  that  I  wish  to  discuss. 

Mj  attention  was  first  called  to  this  point  by  the  spe- 
cialist mentioned  above,  who,  I  have  every  reason  to  be- 
lieve, has  operated  upon  thousands  of  cases.  'Mj  experi- 
ence will  vouch  for  his  success,  for  I  have  restored  this 
function  in  fully  ninety  per  cent,  of  all  the  cases  upon 
which  I  have  operated.  The  operation  is  very  easy  and 
consists  of  simpl}^  removing  the  foreskin  from  the  clitoris 
as  follows :  Pinch  up  the  foreskin  with  the  thumb  and 
finger  and  inject  a  few  drops  of  the  cacaine  solution  as 
given  in  the  obtundent  formulae  on  another  page,  and  alsj 
saturate  a  piece  of  absorbent  cotton  and  allow  it  to  cover 
the  clitoris  for  a  few  minutes  until  it  is  thoroughly 
anaesthetized:  insert  a  tenaculum  through  the  foreskin 
and  lift  it  upwards,  then  take  the  handle  of  a  scalpel  and 
break  up  all  adhesions  between  the  clitoris  and  covering 


200  DISEASES  OF  WOME^. 

membrane  and  cut  away  a  V-shaped  piece  of  the  fore- 
skin, entirely  denuding  the  clitoris.  Unite  the  two  layers 
of  membrane  by  applying  a  suture  on  each  side  of  it, 
and  one  at  the  apex.  Keep  the  parts  separate  by  placing 
absorbent  cotton  between  them  and  use  the  usual  anti- 
septic dressings. 

The  sutures  may  be  removed  in  two  or  three  days. 
The  doctor  should  always  provide  the  patient  with  an 
antiseptic  ointment,  containing  sufficient  tincture  of  cap- 
sicum to  furnish  warmth  to  the  parts,  as  follows : 

]J     Tinct.   capsicum   20  min. 

Boracic  acid   1  dr. 

Vaseline    1  oz. 

Sig.     Apply  to  the  parts  four  times  a  day. 

Although  this  is  one  of  the  most  simple  minor  opera- 
tions in  the  whole  category  of  surgery,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  renumerative,  as  the  patient  w^ill  not  hesitate  to  pay 
from  $25  to  $50,  and  one  patient  is  always  likely  to  send 
another. 

The  physician  also  gives  the  patient  a  two  months' 
supply  of  aphrodisiac  tablets,  as  given  on  another  page. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  201 


The  Painless  Dental 
Specialist 


THE    OBTUNDENT    SYSTEM    OF    PAINLESS    DEN- 
TISTRY. 

"Whoever  procures  exemption  from  physical  suffering 
may  be  considered  a  public  benefactor  and  in  no  other 
field  of  labor  has  there  been  a  better  chance  of  earning 
such  a  title  than  in  that  of  extracting  teeth,  as  the  pain- 
less operator  is  the  one  whom  people  praise  and  patron- 
ize, but  as  a  general  rule  a  large  percentage  of  operators 
have  made  a  failure  of  local  anaesthetics,  (nostrums)  and 
have  discarded  them  altogether,  as  being  worthless. 
They  do  not  understand  why  some  can  make  a  success 
of  their  use  and  others  can  not.  While  this  chapter  will 
not  be  an  exhaustive  treatise  on  the  subject,  I  will  en- 
deavor to  make  it  as  plain  and  practical  as  possible,  and 
give  all  the  information  that  will  be  required  to  handle 
local  anagesthetics  successfully.  What  will  be  said  has 
been  taken  from  the  experience  of  myself  and  other 
operators  under  my  observation,  who  have  used  this 
method  successfully  in  over  sixty  thousand  different 
operations;  and  I  believe  that  every  operator  of  ordinary 
skill  and  intelligence,  who  will  faithfully  follow  the  di- 
rections given  will  be  equally  successful. 

In  the  year  1874  Dr.  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  created 
the  words,  "Artificial  Ansesthesia, "  and  wrote:  "Nature 
herself  is  working  out  the  primal  curse  which  doomed 
the  tenderest  of  her  creatures  to  the  sharpest  of  her 
trials ;  but  the  fierce  extremity  of  suffering  has  been 
steeped  in  the  waters  of  forgetfulness,  and  the  deepest 
furrows  in  the  knotted  brow  of  agony  has  been  smoothed 
forever. " 


S02  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

The  diminution  of  the  cutaneous  sensibility  by  the 
application  of  ice  and  freezing  mixtures  has  long  been 
practiced.  It  was  not,  however,  until  Richardson's 
method  by  the  hand-ball  spray  apparatus  had  been  pro- 
posed that  there  had  been  much  use  made  of  local 
anaesthesia :  this  method  consists  in  directing  a  current 
of  atomized  ether  against  the  part  to  be  anaesthetized. 
The  ether  employed  for  this  purpose  should  have  a 
specific  gravity  not  to  exceed  0.723.  Rhigolene,  the  light- 
est liquid  known,  a  product  of  the  fractional  distilla- 
tion of  petroleum,  is  more  effective  than  ether,  but  great 
difficulty  attends  its  use,  owing  to  its  extreme  volatility. 
When  a  current  of  atomized  ether,  or  E-higolene,  is  di- 
rected against  the  skin,  the  rapid  evaporation  produces 
an  intense  degree  of  cold,  in  consequence  of  which  the 
nerves  lose  their  power  of  transmitting  impressions  to  the 
sensorium. 

A  serious  drawback  to  this  process  of  producing  local 
anaesthesia  is  the  unpleasant  burning  which  follows  in 
the  part  when  it  recovers  from  the  freezing,  and  also  the 
great  pain  which  attends  the  application  of  the  ether 
spray  to  certain  parts. 

Shortly  after  the  spray  apparatus  fell  into  disuse, 
local  anesthesia  was  introduced  by  hypodermic  medica- 
tion, and  while  there  has  been  an  abundance  of  good 
energy  wasted  b}^  some  of  our  best  authors  (who  have 
made  a  failure  of  it)  in  condemning  the  method,  we  find 
on  the  other  hand  a  larger  percentage  of  admirers  who 
have  discarded  every  other  system  of  anaesthesia  believ- 
ing this  to  be  superior  to  all. 

COCAINE. 

Careful  research  in  the  study  and  chemical  analysis 
of  the  many  local  anesthetics  (nostrums)  which  have 
flooded  the  market,  prove  that  all  local  anesthetics  used 
successfully  by  hypodermic  medication  have  from  one 
and  one-half  to  five  per  cent,  cocaine  basis,  and  this  work 
would  be  incomplete,  without  giving  the  reader  a  com- 
prehensive knowledge  of  the  physiological  action  of  this 
valuable  drug. 


l^MNLESS   DENTISTRY.  203 

Altliougli  erytliroxylon  (cocaine)  has  been  the  subject 
of  investigation,  and  its  powers  to  suspend  the  functions 
of  the  sensory  nervous  system  recognized,  the  character 
of  its  local  action  was  not  suspected.  It  was  reserved  for 
Dr.  Koller,  of  Vienna,  to  discover  its  analgestic  effects 
when  applied  directly  to  the  mucous  membrane,  and  this 
great  fact  he  demonstrated  before  the  ophthalmological 
congress  at  Heidelberg.  It  happened  that  the  dis- 
tinguished ophthalmologist  of  New  York,  Prof.  Dr. 
Noj^es,  was  in  attendance  on  the  congress  andhe  sent  to 
the  New  York  Medical  Record,  a  letter  giving  facts  of 
the  discovery,  and  this  proved  to  be  the  first  statement 
in  the  English  language  of  Koller 's  demonstration.  As 
the  possibilities  of  the  future  utility  of  cocaine  as  a  local 
anaesthetic  was  then  recognized,  it  created  a  profoimd 
impression,  and  in  an  incredibly  short  time  this  remark- 
able discovery  became  of  common  interest  and  in  com- 
mon possession.  Everywhere  cocaine  was  investigated 
by  physiological  and  chemical  methods,  and  the  results 
confirmed  the  statements  of  Koller.  To  no  one  this  side 
of  the  ocean,  was  the  investigation  of  the  properties  and 
powers  of  cocaine  of  as  much  interest  as  to  the  medical 
and  dental  profession. 

The  charactei^  of  the  action  of  cocaine  is  much  in- 
fluenced by  the  amount  administered,  and  the  several 
stages  of  its  action  differ  because  the  immediate  and 
primary  effect  is  necessarily  opposed  to  the  condition  of 
reaction  vfhich  seeks  to  restore  the  normal.  When  a 
sufficiently  active  (or  toxic)  dose  is  given,  the  first  ef- 
fect is  stimulation;  the  heartbeats  are  accelerated;  the 
respiration  becomes  more  frequent;  the  reflexes  respond 
to  a  distant  irritation  more  promptly;  the  mind  experi- 
ences a  grateful  sense  of  well-being  and  of  activity,  and 
ideation  is  ready,  acute  and  comprehensive. 

The  stage  of  excitement  continues  for  an  hour  or  tw^o, 
and  is  succeeded  by  depression,  which  is  at  the  same 
time  physical,  mental  and  moral.  The  pulse  may  con- 
tinue quick,  but  its  force  declines,  and  some  irregularity 
of  its  rhythm  may  occur;  the  skin  grows  moist  or  pro- 
fuse sweating  comes  on;  the  bodily  temperature  declines 


204  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

a  little,  possibly;  the  appetite  is  lost,  and  nausea  and 
vomiting  increase  the  feeling  of  physical  wretchedness 
and  mental  distress.  Although  cocaine  is  not  actively 
toxic,  and  may  be  taken  in  enormous  doses,  we  find  some 
persons  who  are  susceptible  to  its  action,  and  are  some- 
what depressed  by  a  smaller  quantity.  On  the  other 
hand,  we  find  in  an  interesting  article  written  by  Dr. 
William  A.  Hammond  and  read  at  the  eighteenth  annual 
session  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Virginia,  at  Richmond, 
in  which  he  reports  taking  eighteen  grains  at  a  dose, 
which  I  think  will  be  of  sufficient  interest  to  quote  in  full, 
for  it  fully  explains  the  true  physiological  action  of  the 
drug  better  than  any  article  ever  written,  to  my  knowl- 
edge.   The  doctor  said: 

"About  tw^o  years  ago  I  undertook  a  series  of  experi- 
ments with  this  agent  on  myself,  with  the  object  of  ob- 
taining more  satisfactory  information  relative  to  its  ac- 
tion than  it  seemed  possible  for  me  to  get  otherwise,  I 
began  by  inject-ing  a  grain  of  the  substance  under  the 
skin  of  the  forearm,  the  operation  being  performed  at  8 
o'clock  p.  m. 

''The  first  effect  ensued  in  about  five  minutes,  and 
consisted  of  a  pleasant  thrill  which  seemed  to  pass 
through  my  whole  body.  This  lasted  about  ten  minutes 
and  shortly  after  its  appearance,  was  accompanied  by  a 
sensation  of  fullness  in  the  head  and  heat  of  the  face. 
There  wa-s  also  noticed  a  decided  acceleration  of  the  pulse 
with  increase  of  force.  This  latter  symptom  was  prob- 
ably, judging  from  subsequent  experiments,  the  very  first 
to  ensue,  but  my  attention  being  otherwise  engaged,  it 
was  overlooked.  On  feeling  the  pulse  five  minutes  after 
making  the  injection,  it  was  found  to  be  ninety-four,  while 
immediately  before  the  operation  it  was  only  eighty-two. 

"With  these  physical  phenomena,  there  was  a  sense 
of  exhilaration  and  an  increase  of  mental  activity  that 
were  well  marked,  and  not  unlike  in  character  those  that 
ordinarily  follow  a  glass  or  two  of  champagne.  I  was 
writing  at  the  time,  and  I  found  that  my  thoughts  flowed 
with  increased  freedom,  and  were  unusually  well  ex- 
pressed.    The  influence  was  felt  for  two  hours,  when  it 


PAINLESS  DENTISTRY.  205 

gradually  began  to  fade.  At  12  o'clock,  four  hours  after 
the  injection,  I  went  to  bed,  feeling,  however,  no  dispo- 
sition to  sleep.  I  lay  awake  till  daylight,  my  mind  active- 
ly going  over  all  the  events  of  the  previous  day.  When  I 
at  last  fell  asleep,  it  was  only  for  two  or  three  hours,  and 
then  I  awoke  with  a  severe  frontal  headache.  This 
passed  off  after  breakfast. 

"On  the  second  night  following,  at  7  o'clock,  I  in- 
jected two  grains  of  the  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  into  the 
skin  of  the  forearm.  At  that  time  the  pulse  was  eighty- 
four  full  and  soft.  In  four  minutes  and  a  half  it  had  in- 
creased to  ninety-two,  was  decidedly  stronger  than  be- 
fore, and  somewhat  irregular  in  rhythm.  The  peculiar 
thrill  previously  mentioned  was  again  experienced.  All 
the  phenomena  attendant  on  the  first  experiment  were 
present  in  this,  and  to  an  increased  degree.  In  addition 
there  was  twitching  of  the  muscles  of  the  face,  and  a 
slight  tremor  of  the  hands,  noticed  especially  in  writing. 
In  regard  to  the  mental  manifestations  there  was  a'  simi- 
lar exhilaration  as  in  the  last  experiment,  but  much  more 
intense  in  character.  I  felt  a  great  desire  to  write,  and 
did  so  with  a  freedom  and  apparent  clearness  that  as- 
tonished me.  I  was  quite  sure,  however,  at  the  time  that 
on  the  following  morning,  when  I  came  to  read  it  over, 
I  would  find  my  lucubrations  to  be  of  no  value ;  I  was 
therefore  greatly  disappointed  when  I  came  to  peruse  it, 
after  the  effects  of  the  drug  had  passed  off,  that  it  w^as 
entirely  coherent,  logical  and  as  good,  if  not  better,  in 
character  than  anything  I  had  previously  writtec. 

"The  effects  of  this  dose  did  not  disappear  till  the 
middle  of  next  day,  nor  until  I  had  drank  two  or  three 
cups  of  strong  coffee.  I  slept  little  or  none  at  all,  the 
night  being  passed  in  tossing  from  side  to  side  of  the  bed, 
and  in  thinking  of  the  most  preposterous  subjects.  I  was 
however,  at  no  time  unconscious,  but  it  seemed  as  though 
my  mind  was,  to  some  extent,  prevented  from  its  usual 
course  of  action.  The  heat  of  the  head  was  greatest  at 
about  12  o'clock,  and  at  that  time  my  pulse  was  112,  the 
highest  point  reached.     I  had  no   headache  until  after 


206  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

rising,   and   the   pain  disappeared   in  the   course   of  the 
morning. 

''Four  nights  subsequently  I  injected  four  grains  of 
the  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  into  the  skin  of  the  left  fore- 
arm. The  effects  were  similar  in  almost  every  respect 
with  those  of  the  other  experiments  except  that  they 
were  much  more  intense.  The  mental  activity  was  ex- 
ceedingly great,  and  in  writing,  my  thoughts,  as  before, 
appeared  to  be  lucidly  and  logically  expressed.  I  wrote 
page  after  page,  throwing  the  sheets  on  the  floor  with- 
out stopping  to  gather  them  together.  When,  however, 
I  came  to  look  them  over  the  following  morning,  I  found 
that  I  had  written  a  series  of  high-flown  sentences  alto- 
gether different  from  my  usual  style,  and  bearing  upon 
matters  in  which  I  was  not  in  the  least  interested.  The 
result  was  very  striking  as  showing  the  difference  be- 
tween a  large  and  excessive  dose  of  the  drug,  and  yet  it 
appeared  to  me  at  the  time  that  what  I  was  writing  con- 
sisted of  ideas  of  a  very  superior  character,  and  expressed 
with  a  beauty  of  diction  of  which  I  was,  in  my  normal 
condition,  altogether  incapable. 

' '  The  disturbances  of  the  action  of  the  heart  was  also 
exceedingly  well  marked,  and  may  be  described  best  by 
the  word  "tumultuous."  At  times  beginning  within  three 
minutes  after  the  injection,  and  continuing  with  more  or 
less  intensity  all  through  the  night,  the  heart  beat  so 
rapidly  that  its  pulsations  could  not  be  counted ;  and  then 
its  action  would  suddenly  fall  to  a  rate  not  exceeding 
60  in  a  minute,  every  now  and  then  dropping  a  beat. 
This  irregularity  was  accomplished  by  a  disturbance  of 
respiration  of  a  similar  character,  and  by  a  sense  of  op- 
presion  in  the  c^^e^t  which  added  greatly  to  my  discom- 
fort. 

"On  subsequent  nights  I  took  six,  eight,  ten  and 
twelve  grains  of  the  cocaine  at  a  dose,  but  I  will  not 
detain  the  society  with  a  detailed  account  of  the  effects 
produced.  It  will  be  sufficient  to  say  that  they  were 
similar  in  general  characteristics,  though  of  gradually  in- 
creasing intensity  in  accordance  with  the  dose  taken,  to 
that  in  which  four  grains  were  injected. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  207 

"In  all  there  was  great  mental  excitement,  increased 
fiuency  of  thon^^rht,  and  exafrgerated  disposition  to  write; 
the  matter  written  being  disconnected  and  at  times,  al- 
most incoherent,  thongh  it  appeared  to  me  at  the  moment 
to  be  wonderfully  logical  and  profound.  In  one,  that 
in  Avhich  twelve  grains  were  taken,  I  was  conscious  of  a 
tendency  to  talk,  and  as  far  as  inv  recollection  extends, 
I  believe  I  did  make  a  long  speech  on  some  subject  of 
which  I  had  no  remembrance  the  next  day.  In  all  the 
action  of  the  heart  was  increased,  was  irregular  in 
rlwthm  and  force  to  such  an  extent  that  I  was  appre- 
hensive of  serious  results.  Insomnia  Avas  a  marked  char- 
acteristic, and  there  was  invariably  a  headache  the  fol- 
lowing morning. 

"In  all  cases  the  effects  passed  off  about  midday  and 
by  evening  I  was  as  well  as  ever. 

"Up  to  this  time  I  certainly  had  not  taken  a  poisonous 
dose  of  cocaine,  or  one  that  had  produced  inconvenience. 
My  experience  had  satisfied  me  that  a  much  larger  dose 
than  any  I  had  up  to  that  time  injected  might  in  my  case, 
at  least,  be  taken  with  impunity.  A  consideration  of  the 
phenomena  observed  appeared  to  show  that  the  effects 
produced  by  twelve  grains  were  not  very  much  more 
pronounced  than  those  following  six  grains.  I  determined 
therefore  to  make  one  more  experiment,  and  to  inject 
eighteen  grains.  I  knew  that  in  a  case  of  attempted  sui- 
cide twenty-three  grains  had  been  taken  into  the  stomach 
without  seemingly  injurious  effect,  and  that  in  another 
case  thirty-two  grains  were  taken  w^ithin  the  space  of 
three  hours  Avithout  symptoms  following  of  greater  in- 
tensity than  those  I  had  experienced. 

"I  had  taken  the  dose  of  eight,  ten  and  tw^elve  grains 
in  divided  quantities,  and  this  dose  of  eighteen  grains  I 
took  in  four  portions,  Avithin  fiA^e  minutes  of  each  other, 
ilt  once  an  effect  was  produced  upon  the  heart,  and  be- 
fore I  had  taken  the  last  injection  the  pulsations  were  140 
to  the  minute  and  characteristically  irregular.  In  all  the 
former  experiments,  altliough  there  Avas  great  mental  ex- 
altation, amounting  at  times  almost  to  delirium,  it  Avas 
ncA^ertheless  distinctly  under  my  control,  and  I  am  sure 


208  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

that  at  any  time  under  the  influence  of  a  sufficiently 
powerful  incentive  I  could  have  obtained  entire  mastery 
over  myself,  and  have  acted  after  my  normal  manner. 
But  in  this  instance,  within  five  minutes  after  taking  the 
last  injection,  I  felt  that  my  mind  was  passing  beyond 
my  control,  and  that  I  was  becoming  an  irresponsible 
agent.  I  did  not  feel  exactly  in  a  reckless  mood,  but  I 
was  in  such  a  frame  of  mind  as  to  be  utterly  regardless 
of  any  calamity  or  danger  that  might  be  impending  over 
me.  I  do  not  think  I  was  in  a  particularly  combative  con- 
dition, but  I  was  elated  and  possessed  of  a  feeling  as 
though  exempt  from  the  operation  of  deleterious  in- 
fluences. I  do  not  know  how  long  this  state  of  mind 
continued,  for  I  lost  consciousness  of  all  my  acts  within, 
I  think,  half  an  hour  after  finishing  the  administration  of 
the  dose.  Probably,  however,  other  moods  supervened, 
for  the  next  day  when  I  came  down  stairs  three  hours 
after  my  usual  time,  I  found  the  floor  of  my  library 
strewn  with  encyclopedias,  dictionaries  and  other  books 
of  reference,  and  one  or  two  chairs  overturned.  I  cer- 
tainly was  possessed  of  the  power  of  mental  and  physical 
action  in  accordance  with  the  ideas  by  which  I  was  gov- 
erned, for  I  had  turned  out  the  gas  in  the  room  and  gone 
up  stairs  to  my  bed  chamber  and  lighted  the  gas,  and  put 
the  match  used  in  a  safe  place,  and  undressed,  laying  my 
clothes  in  their  usual  place,  had  cleaned  my  teeth  and 
gone  to  bed.  Doubtless  these  acts  were  all  automatic, 
for  I  had  done  them  all  in  pretty  much  the  same  way  for 
a  number  of  years.  During  the  night  the  condition  which 
existed,  was  judging  from  the  previous  experiments,  cer- 
tainly not  sleep,  and  yet  I  remained  entirely  unconscious 
until  9  o'clock  the  following  morning,  when  I  found  my- 
self in  bed  with  a  splitting  headache  and  a  good  deal  of 
cardiac  and  respiratory  disturbance.  For  several  days 
afterwards  I  felt  the  effects  of  this  extreme  dose  in  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  languor  and  indisposition  to  mental  or  phy- 
sical exertion ;  there  was  also  a  difficulty  in  concentrating 
the  attention,  but  I  slept  soundly  every  night  without  any 
notable  disturbance  from  dreams. 

"Certainly  in  this  instance  I  came  very  near  taking 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  209 

a  fatal  dose,  and  I  would  not  advise  anybody  to  repeat  the 
experiment.  I  suppose  if  I  had  taken  the  whole  quantity 
in  one  single  injection,  instead  of  in  four,  over  a  period 
of  twenty  minutes  the  result  might  have  been  disastrous. 
Eighteen  grains  of  cocaine  are  equivalent  to  about  3,630 
grains  of  coca  leaves,  and  of  course,  owing  to  its  con- 
centration, capable  of  acting  with  very  much  greater  in- 
tensity. 

"I  am  not  aware  that  a  fatal  dose  of  cocaine  has  yet 
been  indicated  by  actual  fact.  Probably  eighteen  grains 
would  kill  some  people,  and  perhaps  very  smaller  quanti- 
ties might,  with  certain  individuals,  be  fatal.  But  these 
are  inferences  and  not  facts ;  but  so  far  as  I  know,  there 
is  not  an  instance  on  record  of  a  person  dying  from  the 
administration  of  cocaine.  So  far  as  my  experiments  ex- 
tend (and  I  think  it  will  be  admitted  that  they  have  gone 
as  far  as  is  safe),  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  a  dose  suf- 
ficient to  produce  death  would  do  so  by  action  on  the 
heart.  Certainly  it  was  there  that,  in  my  case,  the  most 
dangerous  symptoms  were  perceived.  The  rapidity,  force, 
and  marked  irregularity  of  the  pulse  all  showed  that  the 
innervation  of  the  heart  was  seriously  affected. 

"It  is  surprising  that  no  marked  influence  appeared 
to  be  exercised  upon  the  spinal  cord,  or  upon  the  ganglia 
of  the  base  of  the  brain.  Thus  there  were  no  disturbances 
of  sensibility  (no  anaesthesia,  no  hyper asthesia)  and  no 
interference  with  motility,  except  that  some  of  the  muscles, 
especially  those  of  the  face,  were  subjected  to  slight 
twitchings.  In  regard  to  sight  and  hearing,  I  noticed 
that  both  were  affected,  but  that  while  the  sharpness  of 
vision  were  decidedly  lessened,  the  hearing  was  increased 
in  acuteness.    At  no  time  were  there  any  hallucinations." 

Cocaine  is  eliminated  by  the  kidneys,  and  may  be  de- 
tected in  the  urine ;  the  excretion  takes  place  in  a  few 
hours  and  hence,  any  effect  it  has  on  the  organism  is  not 
persistent.  An  impression  has  prevailed  that  it  is  espe- 
cially hurtful,  but  this  conception  of  its  character  has 
developed  out  of  a  misconception,  and  unless  an  idiosyn- 
crasy exists  (which  is  easily  detected),  the  proper  use  of 


210  PAINLESS  DENTISTRY. 

cocaine,  seems  to  be  not  incompatible  with  a  normal  de- 
gree of  bodily  and  mental  vigor. 

In  formulating  a  local  anaesthetic  to  be  used  in  dental 
or  minor  surgery,  there  are  several  objects  to  be  obtained, 
viz. :  First,  to  have  one  that  will  be  safe  at  all  times ; 
second,  one  that  can  be  used  in  all  pathological  condi- 
tions of  the  gums;  third,  one  that  will  have  no  bad  after 
effects ;  fourth,  one  that  will  not  decompose,  within  a 
reasonable  length  of  time. 

In  the  following  formulae  I  think  we  have  overcome 
all  these  obstacles  and  have  an  anaesthetic  that  is  safe 
and  can  be  used  in  all  pathological  conditions  of  the 
gums  without  any  bad  after  effects,  if  used  with  anti- 
septic precautions  and  ordinary  skill. 

OBTUNDENT  FORMULAE. 

No.  1. 
^     Cocaine  hydrochlor   20  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate    3-10  gr. 

Chloral  hydrate    20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine %  dr. 

Aqua   cinnamon    4  oz. 

No.  2. 
1^     Cocaine  hydrochlor    40  gr. 

Atropine   sulphate    3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate    20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine    %  dr. 

Aqua  cinnamon    4  oz. 

No.  3. 
n^     Cocaine  hydrochlor    1  dr. 

Atropine  sulphate 3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate    20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine %  dr. 

Aqua  cinnamon  4  oz. 

No.  4. 
I>     Cocaine  hydrochlor   80  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate    3-10  gr. 

Chloral  hydrate   20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine    %  dr. 

Aqua  cinnamon  4  oz. 

Mix  and  filter  through  absorbent  cotton  until  clear. 


PAINLESS  DENTISTRY.  211 

The  above  formulae  represents  at  one,  two,  three  and 
four  per  cent,  solution.  For  all  general  purposes,  I  use 
formula  No.  3.  In  having  these  formulae  compounded 
you  should  be  sure  and  have  it  done  by  some  one  who  is 
careful  and  competent  and  will  see  that  the  drugs  are 
fresh  and  pure,  and  from  a  reputable  house,  of  which 
Merck's  is  preferable.  The  question  naturally  arises,  why 
the  above  formula?  have  any  advantage  over  a  common 
cocaine  solution? 

Atropine  given  in  small  doses,  as  in  this  formula,  is 
a  cardiac,  respiratory  and  spinal  stimulant,  and  tends  to 
counteract  the  effects  of  the  cocaine  more  than  any  other 
remedy  Ave  possess.  By  the  term  phenoresorcine  is  meant 
by  Riverdine,  a  mixture  of  carbolic  acid  and  resorcine, 
sixty-seven  parts  of  the  former  and  thirty-three  of  the 
latter.  This  mixture  crystallizes  on  cooling  and  by  the 
addition  of  ten  per  cent,  of  water  (which  is  always  used 
in  the  above  formulae  as  follows)  : 

1^     Carbolic  acid   67  parts 

Resorcine    33  parts 

Aqua    10  parts 

The  above  formula  mixes  with  water  in  all  propor- 
tions, combining  the  virtues  of  both  remedies. 

Phenoresorcine  is  not  only  an  efficient  and  valuable 
antiseptic  and  local  anaesthetic,  but  is  indispensable  in 
localizing  the  anaesthesia,  and  preventing  its  constitu- 
tional absorption,  it  was  also  discovered  by  laryngologists 
if  used  in  conjunction  with  cocaine,  it  alleviated  the  nau- 
sea which  sometimes  follows  the  use  of  that  drug.  Phen- 
oresorcine is  also  one  of  the  most  valuable  remedies  we 
could  select  to  preserve  the  preparation.  While  a  com- 
mon cocaine  solution  is  almost  worthless  at  the  end  of  a 
week,  this  preserves  the  preparations  for  months.  Chloral 
hydrate,  like  phenoresorcine  has  a  marked  antiseptic  and 
local  anaesthetic  effect,  and  also  assists  the  other  remedies 
in  localizing  the  anaesthesia  and  prevents  its  absorption 


212  PAINLESS   DENTISTEY. 

into  the  general  circulation.     Aqua  cinnamon  as  used  in 
these  formuliTg  is  composed  as  follows : 

]^     Oil  of  cinnamon   6  drops 

Glycerine    1  dr. 

Aqua   distilled    4  oz. 

Mix  and  filter  through  absorbent  cotton  until  clear. 

This  makes  an  aromatic  solution  which  disguises  the 
odor  of  the  phenoresorcine.  It  also  assists  in  preserving 
the  preparation. 


HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE  AND  NEEDLES. 

The  syringe  for  this  kind  of  work  should  have  a 
strong  broad  cross  bar,  or  finger  brace,  also  a  large  flat 
piston  head  so  that  by  continual  use  it  will  not  make  the 
fingers  sore.  The  piston  stem  should  have  a  minim  gradu- 
ate, or  scale,  and  an  easy  working  nut  on  the  same  (for  we 
can  best  regulate  the  use  of  our  medicine  with  this  nut.) 
The  diameter  of  the  glass  cylinder  should  be  quite  small, 
so  that  you  may  run  up  a  high  pressure  when  required. 
Never  use  a  syringe  that  holds  over  thirty  minims,  as  lar- 
ger ones  take  up  too  much  room  when  operating.  The 
metal  frame  work  holding  the  glass  cylinder  should  be 
open  on  both  sides  so  that  you  can  have  a  clear  view  of  the 
contents  of  the  syringe,  and  know  that  it  contains  no  air 
or  floating  matter  when  operating. 

The  needle  should  be  of  medium  size,  about  twenty- 
two-  twenty-three  or  twenty-four  standard  wire  gauge 
is  the  proper  size.  When  the  syringe  is  not  in  use,  put  a 
wire  previously  dipped  in  olive  oil  through  the  needle, 
and  screw  the  cap  on  the  syringe  tight;  this  keeps  the 
needle  from  rusting  and  getting  stopped  up  and  the  pack- 
ing of  the  syringe  from  drying  out.  If  you  are  not  using 
the  syringe  continually,  you  should  oil  the  cylinder  oc- 
casionally and  always  keep  it  in  working  order,  and  ready 
for  use.  Before  using  the  syringe  again,  be  sure  that  it 
has  been  disinfected  and  is  in  a  thoroughly  antiseptic 
condition.      Never  use  a  rusty  needle,  or  one  that  has  a 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 


213 


blunt,  or  rough  edge.  They  always  cause  more  or  less 
irritation.  One  of  the  best  things  to  sharpen  a  needle 
on,  is  a  common  honing  stone. 

The  accompanying  cut  represents  the  kind  of  syringe 
to  be  used  when  operating  with  local  anesthetics:  1.  Pis- 
ton head.  2  A  30  minim  graduated  piston  stem  with 
scale.  3.  Nut  which  is  set  for  about  two  minims,  sufficient 
to  inject  one  side  of  a  molar.  4.  Finger  brace.  5.  Metal 
frame  work  supporting  glass  cylinder.    6.    Glass  cylinder. 


SYRINGE    AND    CASE    DESIGNED    FOR    DENTAL    OPERATIONS. 

7.  Plunger  with  oil  chamber.  8.  Needle.  9.  Cap  to  be 
applied  when  sj'ringe  is  not  in  use.  If  your  needle  should 
get  stopped  up,  so  that  you  cannot  get  a  wire  through, 
but  can  force  water  through,  put  a  drop  of  sulphuric  or 
hydrochloric  acid  in  the  funnel  end  of  the  needle,  and 
blow  until  it  shows  at  the  point,  allow  it  to  remain  this 
way  a  little  while,  they  try  to  get  the  wire  through; 
should  you  fail,  try  the  acid  preparation  again  until  you 
succeed  and  then  rinse  the  needle  and  syringe  thoroughly. 


TO  FILL  THE  SYEINGE. 

With  the  medicine  screw  the  needle  on  tightly  (never 
remove  the  needle  to  fill  the  syringe.)  Insert  the  needle 
in  the  anaesthetic  until  it  has    been  thorouofhly  immersed 


214 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY, 


then  slowly  draw  the  piston  back  until  you  get  all  the 
medicine  you  can  in  the  syringe.  Adjust  the  needle  up- 
wards and  make  sufficient  pressure  on  the  piston  to  force 
all  the  air  out  of  the  syringe  and  needle ;  in  this  way  you 
obviate  the  danger  of  injecting  air  into  the  tissues?  Be- 
fore operating  make  a  swab  by  winding  some  absorbent 


ANTISEPTIC     SWAB— ONE-HALF     SIZE. 

cotton  around  the  point  of  a  pair  of  pliers.  ((See  cut.) 
Dip  this  into  an  antiseptic  solution  of  which  listerine  is 
one  of  the  best  for  this  purpose,  and  bathe  the  gums 
thoroughly  around  the  teeth  to  be  operated  on.  This 
makes  the  operation  thoroughly  antiseptic,  providing  you 
have  kept  your  syringe  aseptic. 

THE  GUMS. 

To  be  operated  on  by  the  use  of  local  ansesthetics  can 
be  divided  in  three  classes,  viz. :  Firm,  spongy  and  dis- 
eased. The  firm  gums  are  the  most  favorable  of  all  for 
the  use  of  local  anaesthetics,  inasmuch  as  they  retain  the 
medicine  in  place  a  greater  length  of  time,  and  lessen 


REGULAR    DENTAL    SYRINGE — TWO-THIRDS    SIZE. 


the  constitutional  absorption.  You  will  find  it  requires 
a  greater  degree  of  pressure  to  force  the  medicine  in  firm 
gums  than  it  does  where  they  are  spongy,  and  generally 


PAINLESS   DENilSTRY.  215 

a  sac  will  form  where  the  medicine  has  been  injected 
which  should  always  be  spread  by  the  antiseptic  swab. 
Spongy  gums  are  much  more  treacherous  than  tirm  gums, 
and  if  you  do  not  watch  them  carefully  after  withdraw- 
ing the  needle  the  medicine  will  escape,  and  you  will  not 
get  the   desired  effect.       Hence,   after  withdrawing  the 


METHOD    OF    INSERTING    THE    NEEDLE. 

needle,  apply  the  antiseptic  swab  and  scatter  the  medicine 
immediately.  Ulcerated  and  diseased  gums  are  almost  in- 
variably spongy  and  should  always  be  treated  as  such, 
and  carry  out  the  antiseptic  method  of  treatment  more 
thoroughly  by  using  listerine  freely.  Should  there  be 
an  abscess  I  always  open  it  freely  and  inject  peroxide  of 
hydrogen. 

Swelling  of  the  gums  will  follow  the  use  of  local 
amesthetics  in  a  certain  per  cent,  of  operations,  which 
seems  unavoidable,  especially  if  the  gums  are  diseased. 
The  difficulty  subsides  in  a  few  days,  and  leaves  the  gums 
in  a  perfectly  healthy  condition. 


216 


PAINLESS  DENTISTRY. 


TO  INSERT  THE  NEEDLE. 

Insert  the  needle  about  one-tenth  of  an  inch  above 
or  below  the  gum  margin,  as  the  case  may  be.  Do  not 
try  to  insert  the  needle  between  the  gum  and  the  tooth 
at  its  margin  (a  mistake  made  by  many  operators,)  as 
you  are  quite  sure  to  insert  some  debris  which  generally 
accumulates  at  the  margin,  along  with  the  needle,  which 
always  causes  more  or  less  irritation.  To  insert  the 
needle  with  but  little  pain,  put  the  flat  side  of  the  needle 
on  the  gums  and  just  make  sufficient  pressure  to  catch 
the  needle  under  the  gum  tissue,  and  as  you  push  the 
needle  in  on  a  line  with  the  roots,  force  the  medicine 
ahead  of  the  needle  until  you  have  reached  a  depth  cor- 


The  dots  in   the  above  cut  represents  where  the  needle  should 
be   inserted    for    a    complete    operation. 


responding  with  the  length  of  the  roots;  withdraw  the 
needle  and  make  sufficient  pressure  on  the  outside  sur- 
face with  the  antiseptic  swab  to  scatter  the  medicine  and 
hasten  its  absorption  by  the  alveolus.  A  similar  treat- 
ment should  then  be  made  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  tooth 
and  extract  immediately.  I  never  exceed  waiting  over 
one  minute  after  rubbing  the  gums  with  the  antiseptic 
swab.  In  this  way  you  liberate  a  large  portion  of  the 
medicine,  hence  more  can  be  used  for  this  purpose  than 
where  it  gets  access  to  the  general  circulation.    Regulate 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  217 

the  amount  of  medicine  used  at  each  injection  by  the  nut 
on  the  graduated  piston  stem.  In  this  way  you  do  not 
have  to  watch  the  syringe  to  see  how  much  medicine  you 
are  using  at  each  injection,  but  you  know  when  the  nut 
on  the  piston  stem  comes  in  contact  with  the  syringe, 
just  how  much  medicine  has  been  used. 

THE  AMOUNT  OF  MEDICINE  USED. 

In  preparing  teeth  varies  according  to  the  teeth  be- 
ing prepared  for  operation.  Molars  and  canines  require 
more  medicine  than  incisors  and  bicuspides.  It  also  re- 
quires more  medicine  to  prepare  a  single  tooth  than  it 
would  a  number  located  together.  For  instance,  if  I  were 
to  prepare  a  single  molar  I  would  use  from  two  to  two  and 
one-half  minims  on  each  side  of  the  tooth,  where  if  I  was 
to  prepare  a  number  of  molars  located  together  I  would 
use  from  one  and  one-half  to  two  minims  on  each  side.  In 
preparing  the  four  incisors  at  once,  I  make  five  injec- 
tions, two  on  the  lingual  and  three  on  the  labial  side,  using 
about  one  and  one-half  or  two  minims  at  each  injection. 
In  preparing  any  single  tooth,  all  molars  and  canines  al- 
ways inject  on  each  side  of  the  tooth.  The  reason  it  does 
not  take  as  many  injections  on  the  lingual  side  as  it  does 
on  the  labial  is,  the  space  is  more  compact  and  the  tissues 
more  dense,  and  you  can  spread  the  medicine  at  your  will 
with  an  antiseptic  swab,  which  I  always  hold  in  my  left 
hand  when  preparing  the  teeth.  The  accompanying  cut 
will  show  about  where  to  insert  the  medicine  for  a  com- 
plete operation.  The  dots  representing  about  where  the 
needle  should  be  inserted.  It  will  require  a  little  experi- 
ence to  become  skilled  in  manipulating  the  syringe  and 
needle,  and  the  more  you  operate,  the  less  medicine  you 
will  use,  as  it  requires  a  little  practice  to  learn  where  the 
medicine  will  do  the  most  good.  While  I  claim  that  the 
use  of  these  anaesthetics  when  carefully  administered  are 
perfectly  harmless,  at  the  same  time  I  insist  that  they  be 
properly  used.  Dentists  generally  think  if  they  cannot 
inject  a  whole  mouth  full  of  a  local  anaesthetic  into  a  pa- 
tient's gums  at  once,  the  anaesthetic  is  at  fault.    Experi- 


218  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

ence  with  the  use  of  these  formuhe  in  over  sixty  thousand 
different  operations  by  myself  and  others  under  my  ob- 
servation, convinces  me,  that  they  are  the  safest  and  best 
in  use,  and,  if  handled  with  one-fourth  the  skill  other 
anaesthetics  are,  you  would  never  hear  of  any  bad  effects 
resulting  from  their  use.  It  is  not  the  use  of  a  medicine 
but  the  abuse  of  it,  that  makes  people  condemn  it.  In 
carefully  looking  up  the  records  of  the  use  of  local 
anaesthetics,  I  am  not  able  to  report  a  single  death  caused 
by  their  use.  If  a  patient  presented  himself  for  you  to 
administer  chloroform,  you  wouldn't  commence  by  pour- 
ing one  or  two  ounces  of  the  drug  on  a  napkin  for  inhala- 
tion, but  would  begin  gradually,  the  same  method  should 
be  observed  in  using  local  ansesthetics.  Instead  of  inject- 
ing a  patient's  gum  full  of  the  anaesthetic  the  first  thing, 
carefully  prepare  one  or  two  teeth,  and  operate  in  this 
way.  If  the  operation  is  painless  and  successful,  you  get 
the  patient's  confidence,  and  he  loses  all  fear  of  proceed- 
ing farther.  Always  allow  a  few  minutes  (from  five  to 
fifteen)  after  each  operation  for  the  patient  to  rinse  his 
mouth  and  the  gums,  to  stop  bleeding.  Then  prepare 
three  or  four  more,  allowing  sufficient  time  after  each 
operation  for  the  patient  to  rinse  his  mouth,  and  his  gums 
stop  bleeding.  I"*^  your  patient  gets  impatient,  tell  him 
you  cannot  operate  while  his  gums  are  bleeding;  for  the 
secret  of  safety  and  success  is  to  allow  sufficient  time  to 
intervene  after  each  operation.  I  will  admit  I  am  a  hun- 
dred times  more  reckless  than  the  instructions  given 
above,  as  I  frequently  prepare  from  ten  to  sixteen  teeth 
at  a  time,  but  I  am  so  accustomed  to  its  use,  and  can  judge 
the  temperament  of  a  patient  so  well  that  I  am  perfectly 
safe  in  doing  so,  and  the  above  instructions  are  laid  down 
for  operators  with  less  experience  and  it  is  always  best 
to  be  on  the  safe  side. 

Should  you  ever  make  such  a  mistake  as  to  inject  the 
gums  full  of  the  medicine  at  once  and  the  patient  should 
complain  of  feeling  faint,  sick  at  his  stomach,  etc.,  ex- 
tract immediately,  and  this  will  liberate  a  large  portion 
of  the  anesthetic,  also  give  the  patient  a  liberal  supply 
of  good  liquor   (preferably  brandy),  and  they  will  gen- 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  219 

erally  feel  all  right  in  a  few  minutes;  but  do  not  continue 
the  operation  until  the  patient  tells  you  he  feels  better 
and  is  ready  to  proceed. 

If  stronger  stimulants  are  required,  aromatic  spirits 
of  ammonia  and  amyl  nitrate  may  be  used  to  good  ad- 
vantage. 


"to' 


YOUR  SUCCESS. 

There  has  been  much  said  of  late  in  current  literature 
regarding  sloughing  gums  and  disastrous  after  effects  fol- 
lowing the  use  of  local  anaesthetics,  and  they  do  not  un- 
derstand why  one  dentist  can  handle  a  local  antesthetic 
successfully  and  another  cannot.  Many  dentists  will  se- 
cure some  nostrum,  allow  it  to  stand  around  the  office 
for  three  or  four  months  exposed  to  the  heat  and  light 
until  it  decomposes  and  loses  its  strength,  throw  their 
sj'ringe  into  a  box,  allow  it  to  corrode,  dry  up,  and  the 
needle  get  rusty,  and  when  a  patient  presents  himself  he 
gets  the  benefit  by  having  some  decomposed  medicine  in- 
jected in  his  gums  through  a  corroded  and  rusty  syringe 
and  needle.  The  patient  complains  that  the  operation 
has  been  painful  (and" he  ought  to).  He  will  probably 
return  in  a  few  days  with  his  face  swollen  badly  and  you 
might  find  an  abscess  where  the  needle  was  inserted  to 
add  to  the  patient's  misery. 

There  is  always  a  right  and  a  wrong  way  for  every- 
thing, and  if  the  operator  will  follow  the  instructions 
given  and  observe  the  following  "pointers"  I  will  assure 
him  that  he  will  be  successful  while  his  competitors  are 
not:  First — Always  operate  under  antiseptic  precautions 
by  using  listerine  or  some  other  antiseptic  freely.  Second 
— Never  allow  your  syi'inge  and  needle  to  corrode,  dry 
up  and  become  rusty,  but  always  keep  it  aseptic  and  in 
working  order.  Third — Kever  get  in  a  hurry,  but  give 
the  patient  plenty  of  time  to  rinse  his  mouth,  etc.  Fourth 
— Always  operate  more  slowly  on  weak,  nervous  and  sick- 
ly people,  than  you  would  on  the  robust.  Fifth — Be  sure 
that  the  medicine  has  been  inserted  in  the  gum  and  not 
squirted  in  the  mouth,  as  the  medicine  that  gets  into  the 
mouth  is  what   causes  the   patient  .to   complain   of  sore 


220  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

throat,  stiff  tongue,  faint,  sick  at  stomach,  etc.  Never 
operate  without  having  liquor  at  hand  that  no  needed 
stimulation  may  be  delayed. 

SECRET  NOSTRUMS  AND  NEW  PREPARATIONS. 

It  has  seemed  to  be  the  sole  ambition  of  the  nostrum 
venders  to  formulate  a  local  anassthetic  without  the  use 
of  cocaine,  and  with  this  aim  in  view,  some  of  them  have 
extolled  the  virtues  of  many  familiar  preparations,  such 
as  Aristol,  Listerine,  etc.  While  others  who  have  wished 
to  make  their  ''wonderful  discoveries"  more  mysterious, 
have  attributed  them  to  some  foreign  country,  and  now 
we  have  off'ered  us  "The  Hindoo  An^sthetio"  and  the 
"Brazilian  Anaesthetic"  (Dorsenia,)  and  many  others, 
all  of  which  are  claimed  to  be  a  reliable  substitute  for  co- 
caine, and  free  from  its  disadvantages. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  has  been  many  legitimate 
products  offered  which  are  entitled  to  all  the  credit  given 
them  by  their  manufacturers.  Most  prominent  among 
these  may  be  mentioned  eucaine,  tropo-cocaine  and  chlore- 
tone.  I  have  used  these  remedies  quite  extensively,  but  do 
not  believe  that  their  action  can  be  compared  with  co- 
caine, which  in  my  opinion  is  par  excellence  as  a  local 
anaesthetic.  There  has  been  several  secret  preparations 
analyzed  to  determine  the  percentage  of  cocaine,  which 
I  will  give  and  alse  the  published  formuh^  of  several  ad- 
vertised dentrifices. 

ODONTUNDEE. 

A.  W.  Diack,  D.D.S.,  in  the  Medical  World,  gives 
the  following  for  the  above  named  much  advertised  local 
anaesthetic.  He  says  the  following  has  been  given  me  as 
(approximately)  the  correct  analysis  of  the  compound: 

]^     Carbolic   acid    1/2  dr. 

Tinct.  iodine   y2  dr. 

Potassium  iodide   1  dr. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Aqua    21/2  oz. 

Cocaine,  about   34  gr. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTKY.  221 

Charles  M.  Kerr,  M.D.,  writes  that  he  made  an  analy- 
sis of  a  similar  compound  called 

AN^STHETINE. 

With  the  following  results. 

R     Cocaine    4  per  cent,  solution 

Boracic  acid   quantity  not  estimated 

Creasote    quantity  not  estimated 

Glycerine    quantity  not  estimated 

DENS  ANTI  POENA. 

The  following  is  the  result  of  an  analysis  of  the  above 
named  compound  made  in  Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.  labora- 
tory. The  examination  was  made  to  find  the  per  cent,  of 
cocaine  with  the  following  results : 

R     Cocaine about  2  per  cent. 

Chloral    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Carbolic   acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Cinnamon    per  cent,  not  estimated 

PARSONS'  LOCAL  ANAESTHETIC. 

^     Chloroform    12  parts 

Tinct.  aconite   12  parts 

Tinct.   capsicum   4  parts 

Tinct.    pyrethrum    2  parts 

Oii  cloves   2  parts 

Camxphor    2  parts 

Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  chloroform,  then  add  the 
oil  of  cloves,  and  then  the  tinctures.  The  venerable  Dr. 
Parsons,  in  sending  this  formula  for  publication  says: 
"I  cannot  expect  to  remain  much  longer  in  this  world, 
and  I  want  the  profession  to  know  the  value  of  this  local 
angesthetic." 

ODONTODOL. 

1^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate    1  part 

Oil  of  cherry  laurel 1  part 

Tincture  of  arnica 10  parts 

Solution  of  ammonia  acetate   30  parts 


222  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

JESSOP  'S  ANESTHETIC. 

I^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 2.63  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  rose per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua   q.  s- 

DICKSON'S   ANESTHETIC. 

]^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 3.90  per  cent. 

Carbolic   acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Chloral  hydrate   per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua,  distilled q.  s. 

DORSENIA. 

I^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate    0.20  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid   per  cent,  not  estimated 

Camphor    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Alcohol    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua   q-  s. 

WEINMANN'S  ANESTHETIC. 

^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 5.68  per  cent. 

Aristol per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  peppermint   .  .  .per  cent,  not  estimated 
Br.  coloring  matter  .  .per  cent,  not  estimated 

Alcohol    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua   q.  s. 

DENTAL  SURPRISE. 

B     Cocaine   hydrochlorate    1.46  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua q.  s. 


PAINLESS  DENTISTRY.  223 

AN^STHETO  OBTUNDENT. 

19     Cocaine  hydrochlorate  ......  .3.39  per  cent. 

Carbolic   acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Camphor    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Glycerine    perj  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  cinnamon per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  citranella per  cent,  not  estimated 

Alcohol    per.  cent  not  estimated 

Aqua   q.  s. 

ODOLGINE. 

^     Cocaine    21  gr. 

Tincture  of  iodine    9  min. 

Potassium  iodide    2  gr. 

Carbolic  acid   6  min. 

Witch  hazel    1  oz. 

Glycerine    1  oz. 

Aqua    3  oz. 

BARE'S  ANESTHETIC. 

^     Alcohol    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  peppermint   .  .  .per  cent,  not  estimated 
Oil  of  cloves per  cent,  not  estimated 

EUREEA.  ANESTHETIC. 

IJ     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 3.26  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  Rose   per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua   <1-  s. 

AROPHENE. 

^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 1.46  per  cent. 

Carbolic    acid    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Chloral  hydrate per  cent,  not  estimated 

Glycerine    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Oil  of  rose per  cent,  not  estimated 

Alcohol    per  cent,  not  estimated 

Aqua  distilled q.  s. 


224  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

DENTIFRICES. 

REID'S  ANTISEPTIC  LIQUID  DENTIFRIC. 

1^     Thymol    2  gr. 

Carbolic  acid   5  drops 

Oil  of  sassafras .     8  drops 

Oil  of  wintergreen   8  drops 

Oil  of  rose  geranium  (Turk) 8  drops 

Oil  eucalyptus 3  drops 

Oil   calamus    5  drops 

Oil  pinus  pumilio   20  drops 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Alcohol    4%  oz. 

White  castile  soap 2  dr. 

Dist.  water  q.  s.  to   16  oz. 

Calcium  phosphate    q.  s. 

Caramel    

Tinct.  cudbear aa.  q  s.  to  color 

Dissolve  the  soap  in  five  ounces  of  warm  water.  Dis- 
solve the  acid  and  oils  in  the  alcohol  and  add  to  the  soap 
solution.  Filter  through  paper  containing  a  small  quan- 
tity of  calcium  phosphate.    Add  glycerine. 

VAN  BUSKIRK'S  SOZODONT. 

1^     "White  soap  (powdered)   %  dr. 

Alcohol 1  oz. 

Aqua    6  dr. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Oil  of  peppermint   

Oil  of  cloves 

Oil  of  wintergreen    q.  s. 

Powdered  cochineal q.  s.  to  color 

FRAGANT  SOZODONT  POWDER. 

]^     Calcis   precipitate    1  oz. 

Magnesii   carbonatis    1  oz. 

Iridis  florent  radicis   1  oz. 

Triturate. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  225 

RUSIIMERE  LIQUID  DENTIFRICE. 

ly     Soap  bark  ground 2  oz. 

Glycerine    1%  oz. 

Salicylate  sodium   . 2  dr. 

Oil  bergamot   ^^  clr. 

Oil  wintergreen   Yo  dr. 

Oil  cloves   10  drops 

Alcohol    1  oz. 

Solution  carmine  (N.  F.)   q.  s. 

Dilute  alcohol,  to  make 16  fl.  oz. 

Macerate  the  soap  bark  with  the  diluted  alcohol  and 
glycerine,  then  percolate.  To  the  percolate  add  the  oils 
dissolved  in  the  alcohol.  To  this  add  the  salicylate  of 
sodium  and  sufficient  solution  of  carmine  to  color.  Shake 
thoroughly  and  filter  through  wetted  talcum,  returning 
first  portion  to  the  filtrate  until  it  runs  clear  and  add 
enough  to  dilute  alcohol  through  the  filter  to  make  the 
measure  one  pint. 

CALDER'S  SAPONACEOUS  DENTINE. 

]^     Calcium   carbonate    59  per  cent. 

Soap    44  per  cent. 

Oil  of  wintergreen sufficient  to  flavor 

ROSE  DENTOLINE. 

R     Quillaja,  coarse  powder 2  oz. 

Glycerine   2  oz. 

Cologne   spirits    8  oz. 

Rose  water    2  pts. 

Solution   carmine    3  dr. 

Essence  vanilla    %  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen 30  drops 

Oil  cloves   10  drops 

Dissolve  the  oils  and  essence  in  the  spirits,  add  the 
rose  water,  and  in  the  whole  digest  the  quillaja  for  two 
weeks,  shaking  occasionally.  Finally  add  the  glycerine 
and  coloring  solution  and  filter. 


226  PAINLESS  DENTISTRY. 

The  carmine  solution  is  made  by  rubbing  one  dram 
carmine  with  one-half  ounce  aqua  ammonia  till  dissolved, 
then  add  three  and  one-half  ounces  water. 


BROWN'S    CAMPHORATED     SAPONACEOUS     DEN- 
TINE. 

I^     Calcium   carbonate    71  per  cent. 

Soap    

Camphor aa.  29  per  cent. 


THE  HYPNOTIC  SPECIALIST.  227 


The  Hypnotic  Specialist 

The  medical  profession  of  this  countiT  have  never 
seemed  to  stuviy  the  phenomena  of  hypnotism  as  our  medi- 
cal brothers  across  the  water  have.  Although  it  is  a  sub- 
ject that  interests  the  statesman,  the  scientist,  the  pro- 
fessional man  and  the  layman  alike,  it  is  discussed  by  a 
few  only,  and  is  marveled  at  by  the  many. 

Showm.en  and  charlatans  have  endeavored  to  hold 
the  world  at  bay  regarding  its  secrets  by  teaching  the 
people  that  they  were  in  possession  of  a  gifted  mystic 
power. 

While  the  phenomena  of  hypnotism  are  beyond  the 
scope  of  this  book,  I  feel  that  I  would  be  neglecting  a 
very  important  subject  if  I  did  not  divert  it  of  the  super- 
natural and  explain  how  it  is  done. 

If  there  is  any  class  of  people  who  should  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  hypnotism,  it  is  the  medical  profession,  for 
in  their  hands,  it  will  find  its  greatest  field  of  usefulness 
as  a  healing  agent  and  sociological  factor. 

In  the  following  pages,  I  will  endeavor  to  give,  in 
brief,  the  history  of  hypnotism :  the  different  methods  of 
producing  'the  hypnotic  state : .  hypnotism  as  a  curative 
agent,  etc.  This  may  seem  very  simple  to  you.  It  is 
simple  and  by  following  the  instructions,  and  with  a  lit- 
tle practice,  you  can  produce  all  the  different  phenomena 
of  hypnotism,  as  well  as  other  operators.  Every  physician 
should  at  least  be  familiar  with  the  subject,  if  he  does  not 
practice  it. 

THE  HISTORY  OF  HYPNOTISM. 

It  is  almost  impossible  to  realize  what  an  important 
part  hypnotism  has  played  in  the  political  and  religious 
histories  of  the  world.     It  has  made  prophets  and  seers 


228  HYPNOTIST. 

of  old,  witches  and  wizards  at  the  beginning  of  the  last 
century,  and  all  kinds  and  conditions  of  religious  fanatics 
of  our  present  day.  The  laying  on  of  hands,  the  absent 
treatment  and  other  methods  used  by  the  modern  divine 
healers  ( ?)  were  practiced  by  the  Egyptians  before  the 
year  1552  B.  C.  It  is  also  known  that  Francis  I.,  of 
France,  and  other  French  kings  up  to  Charles  X.,  prac- 
ticed the  art  of  healing  by  the  imposition  of  hands.  An- 
other system  was  presented  at  the  end  of  the  middle  ages, 
which  developed  out  of  the  doctrine  of  the  influence  the 
moon  and  stars  had  upon  men,  which  is  well  known  to 
be  practiced  by  astrologers  at  the  present  day. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century,  we  find 
Santanelli  in  Italy,  recognizing  the  great  influence  of  imag- 
ination and  advancing  the  theory  that  every  thing  ma- 
terial possesses  a  radiating  atmosphere  which  operates 
magnetically.  Although  the  foundation  of  "animal  mag- 
netism was  thus  laid,  universal  attention  was  first  drawn 
to  it  by  Mesmer  (from  whom  the  name  mesmerism  de- 
veloped), a  Viennese  doctor  (1734-1815).  Mesmer  used 
animal  magnetism  in  the  treatment  of  diseases.  He  cured, 
at  first,  by  contact,  but  believed  later  that  different  ob- 
jects of  wood,  glass,  iron,  etc.,  were  capable  of  receiving 
the  magnetism,  consequently  he  made  use  of  them  as  a 
means  of  conveying  his  magnetism. 

Mesmer  made  many  disciples.  His  pupils  and  succes- 
sors were  generally  called  Mesmerists,  and  the  doctrine 
of  animal  magnetism  was  also  called  mesmerism,  vital 
magnetism,  bio-magnetism.  These  practices  flourished  and 
gained  a  strong  foothold  all  through  Europe. 

Mesmerism  was  introduc(^d  in  Manchester,  England, 
in  1841,  when  Dr.  Braid,  of  ihat  city,  became  interested 
in  the  subject  and  showed  with  much  method  that  the 
phenomena  were  of  a  subjective  nature.  By  carefully  fix- 
ing the  eyes  upon  a  given  object,  it  induced  a  condition 
of  sleep  which  he  called  ''hypnotism,"  which  was  the 
origin  of  that  term. 

A  few  years  later.  Dr.  Braid  came  to  America  and  in- 
troduced hypnotism  in  New  Orleans,  which  was  its  chief 
center  for  many  years. 


HYPNOTIST. 


229 


In  the  year  1878  Dr.  Charcot,  of  Paris,  France,  began 
his  public  classes,  in  which  he  directed  attention  to  the 
physical  states  of  hystero-epileptics  during  hypnosis  Later 
hypnotism  was  introduced  by  Prof.  Bernheim,  in  the 
second  Medical  College  of  France,  at  Nancy.  This  created 
a  contest  between  the  school  of  Charcot,  and  that  of  Nan- 
cy, which  is  not  yet  entirely  settled.  The  latter,  how- 
ever, has  gained  ground  more  and  more. 

At  the  present  time  hypnotism  has  gained  its  entrance 
into  the  lecture  rooms  of  several  universities  and  medical 


CHARCOT'S    CLINIC.    PARIS,    FRANCE. 

colleges,  both  in  Europe  and  America ;  therefore  it  must 
be  mentioned  that  animal  magnetism,  out  of  which  hypno- 
tism has  developed,  has  retained  many  adherents  in  the 
scientific  world,  and  today,  we  can  recognize  three  great 
schools  with  many  points  of  transition :  First,  the  school 
of  Charcot;  second,  the  school  of  Nancy,  and  third,  the 
school  of  Mesmerists. 


METHOD  OF  INDUCING  HYPNOTISM. 

There   are   several  ways  of  producing  the  hypnotic 
condition,  but  for  convenience,  I  will  divide  them  into 


230  HYPNOTIST. 

only  three  ways:  First,  the  mesmeric  method,  which  is 
the  system  used  at  most  public  exhibitions,  and  I  believe 
the  easiest  way  to  induce  hypnosis ;  second,  the  so-called 
mental  method,  and  third,  the  fascination  method.  It  is 
these  methods,  used  either  singly  or  combined,  that  Char- 
cot, Bernheim,  Fere,  Braid,  Kegnard,  Preyer,  Dumont  and 
all  others  used. 

Hypnotists  of  international  reputation  are  using  the 
mesmeric  method.  I  consider  this  method  the  easiest 
and  most  practical  way  of  producing  hypnosis.  The  first 
thing  to  accomplish,  is  the  concentration  of  thought  in 
the  subject.  Require  him  to  sit  down;  give  him  a  coin 
pr  some  other  article,  tell  him  to  look  steadfast!}^  at  it  and 
not  take  his  eye  from  it,  and  think  of  nothing  else  except 
the  article  you  hand  him.  By  watching  the  subject  care- 
fully, you  can  tell  whether  or  not  his  mind  is  upon  the 
object.  If  you  think  his  mind  is  not  wandering,  approach 
him  and  suggest  that  his  eyelids  are  growing  heavy,  that 
it  is  impossible  for  him  to  keep  his  eyes  open.  Have  him 
close  his  eyes  and  make  passes  from  the  head  to  the 
knees  (the  mesmeric  passes).  Now  suggest  that  his  eye- 
lids have  grown  together,  and  it  is  impossible  for  him 
to  open  his  eyes.  Have  him  try  hard  (he  will  try,  but  in 
vain).  Place  his  hands  upon  his  knees  and  tell  him  that 
he  cannot  remove  them.  He  will  try,  fail  to  do  so.  Keep 
up  the  passes  and  suggest  that  he  is  now  going  to  sleep, 
sound  asleep;  that  his  mind  is  a  blank;  he  can  no  longer 
think  of  anything,  but  will  remain  sound  asleep  until 
you  tell  him  to  wake  up.  If  your  subject  is  susceptible 
to  the  hypnotic  influence,  he  will  sit  before  you  in  a  com- 
plete state  of  hypnosis,  and  ready  for  any  suggestions  you 
may  offer.  You  may  tell  him  he  is  a  horse,  broom,  or 
thrashing  machine,  and  he  will  believe  it  and  act  his  part 
well.  In  order  that  I  may  give  you  a  clearer  idea  of  the 
phenomena  of  this  mystic  power,  I  will  tell  you  my  first 
experience  as  a  hypnotist.  I  was  attending  a  medical 
convention  in  Cincinnati,  and  some  of  the  physicians,  with 
whom  I  was  stopping,  requested  me  to  join  them  in  a 
theatre  party,  to  attend  a  performance  given  by  a  lady 
hypnotist.    I  consented  to  do  so,  and  watched  her  perform 


HYPNOTIST.  231 

very  attentively.  She  used  the  same  metht-d  as  described 
above.  On  arriving  at  our  hotel,  after  the  performance, 
we  entered  into  a  discussion  regarding  hypnotism,  and  I 
stated  that  I  believed  that  if  that  lady  could  produce  the 
hypnotic  condition,  I  could,  for  I  could  see  nothing  super- 
natural about  her,  and  I  really  had  more  confidence  in  my 
own  ability  than  in  hers.  This  self-confidence  and  posi- 
tiveness,  I  afterwards  learned,  is  one  of  the  chief  requisits 
for  a  successful  hypnotist.  To  be  brief,  the  physicians 
present  voluntered  to  supply  me  with  the  subjects  if  I 
would  hypnotize  them.  This  was  agreed  to,  and  they  pre- 
sented me  with  three  persons,  two  ladies  and  a  young 
man.  I  seated  them  and  handed  each  a  coin,  requesting 
them  to  concentrate  their  thoughts  on  that  one  thing  and 
to  think  of  nothing  else.  They  took  the  matter  seriously 
and  followed  my  instructions.  Presently,  I  approached 
one  of  the  ladies  and  told  her  that  her  eyes  were  getting 
tired  and  advised  her  to  close  them.  I  then  commenced 
to  make  passes  from  her  head  to  her  knees.  I  suggested 
that  her  eyelids  had  grown  fast  and  she  could  not  open 
them.  I  told  her  to  try  hard,  and  she  did,  but  in  vain. 
She  was  perfectly  conscious,  but  could  not  get  her  eyes 
open.  I  then  assured  her  that  she  had  grown  fast  to  the 
chair  and  could  not  get  up.  She  tried,  but  failed.  I  then 
told  her  that  I  was  going  to  give  her  a  megnetic  treat- 
ment, and  make  a  few  passes  over  her  body  and  she  would 
go  fast  asleep.  I  commenced  to  make  the  passes  and  at  the 
same  time  to  suggest  ''You  are  going  to  sleep  now,  fast 
asleep,"  etc.,  and  in  a  few  moments  she  sat  before  me  in 
as  complete  a  state  of  hypnosis  as  one  Avould  wish  for. 
You  may  imagine  my  surprise.  To  tell  the  truth,  I  was 
somewhat  confused,  for  I  had  never  studied  hypnotism, 
and  did  not  know  the  first  principle  of  it;  in  fact,  I  did 
not  know  whether  or  not  I  could  awaken  her,  but  I  slapped 
my  hands  loudly  in  front  of  her  face,  and  said  ^'Wide 
awake,"  and  she  immediately  opened  her  eyes  and  smiled, 
which  was,  I  assure  you,  a  great  relief  to  me. 

I  next  tried  the  young  man.  I  could  place  him  in  a 
condition  in  which  he  could  not  open  his  eyes,  but  could 
go  no  farther. 


232  HYPNOTIST. 

The  other  young  lady  I  could  do  nothing  with. 

I  cite  this  experience  to  show  you  how  simple  the 
subject  is,  and  when  you  make  your  first  efforts  in  that 
line,  you  will,  no  doubt,  be  as  much  surprised  at  your 
success  as  I  was.  I  had  never  read  an  article  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  knew  very  little  about  it,  except  what  I  had  seen 
the  lady  do  that  evening. 

The  mental  method  of  inducing  hypnosis  is  the  method 
used  at  the  school  of  Nancy,  and  is  frequently  referred  to 
as  the  Nancy  method.  This  is  the  most  popular  method  in 
use  throughout  Europe.  By  its  use  the  subject  is  thrown 
into  a  hypnotic  state  by  arousing  in  his  mind  the  image 
of  sleep.  This  is  more  easily  practiced  on  subjects  who 
have  previously  been  hypnotized.  The  following  is  the 
exact  method  proposed  by  Dr.  Bernheim,  and  used  at  the 
college  in  Nancy,  France :  The  person  is  advised  to  be 
seated  and  close  his  eyes.  Then  tell  him:  "You  must  try 
and  go  to  sleep ; "  "  think  of  nothing,  but  that  you  are  to 
go  to  sleep."  Leave  him  in  this  condition  for  a  few 
seconds  and  then  continue:  "You  are  commencing  to  feel 
tired  and  sleepy  all  over  your  body;"  "your  arms  and 
legs  feel  heavy;"  "a  feeling  of  drowsiness  is  now  taking 
possession  of  your  body;"  "your  head  feels  dull;"  "your 
thoughts  grow  more  confused;  "you  can  no  longer  re- 
sist, you  are  now  sound  asleep;"  "You  cannot  open  your 
eyes;"  "your  mind  is  a  blank,"  etc.  These  mental  sug- 
gestions are  often  all  that  is  required  to  produce  a  com- 
plete state  of  hypnosis,  and  it  is  a  very  convenient  way 
with  some  subjects.  You  can  now  ask  him  if  he  is  asleep, 
and  he  will  answer,  "Yes."  Ask  him  if  he  hears  the 
band  playing;  he  will  say,  "Yes."  Tell  him  to  open  his 
eyes,  and  he  will  see  a  beautiful  white  horse.  Place  a 
chair  in  front  of  him  for  a  horse.  Tell  him  to  get  on  the 
horse  and  take  a  ride.  He  will  straddle  the  chair  and 
attempt  to  ride.  You  can  ask  him  what  he  sees  while 
riding  through  this  beautiful  forest  and  he  will  de- 
scribe very  accurately  some  scene  he  has  viewed  in  his 
life.  You  now  have  completely  robbed  the  subject  of  his 
will  by  simply  suggesting  sleep.  He  is  en  rapport  with 
you  and  you  only. 


HYPNOTIST.  233 

The  fascination  method  is  induced  by  looking  the 
subject  straight  in  the  eye.  After  you  have  done  this  for 
some  time,  take  him  by  the  arm  and  draw  him  away  with 
you.  Still  keep  your  eyes  fixed  upon  each  other;  then 
raise  your  arm  and  he  will  do  the  same ;  in  fact,  you  can 
have  him  imitate  any  movement  or  position  that  you 
make  as  long  as  you  keep  your  eyes  fixed  upon  his,  but 
as  soon  as  you  cease  to  look  at  him,  the  charm  is  broken. 
This  method  is  demonstrated  in  lower  animals.  We  have 
often  seen  snakes  and  cats  charm  birds.  For  all  practical 
purposes  it  is  used  less  than  the  other  methods. 

THINGS  THAT  PREVENT  AND  ENCOURAGE  THE 
PRODUCTION  OF  HYPNOTISM. 

AVhen  you  are  attempting  to  hypnotize  a  subject,  you 
must  insist  that  the  place  shall  be  kept  quiet;  disturbing 
noises  of  all  kinds  have  a  tendency  to  distract  the  atten- 
tion and  interfere  with  the  mental  condition  required  to 
induce  the  hypnotic-state.  Have  those  who  are  present 
assume  rather  a  serious  mood  and  avoid  all  actions,  either 
by  word  or  gesture  that  will  give  any  evidence  of  mis- 
trust. Gain  the  confidence  of  those  upon  whom  you  oper- 
ate. Endeavor  to  have  perfect  harmony  in  your  presence. 
This,  together  with  soft,  sweet  music  and  quietness,  will 
assist  you  in  establishing  the  results  you  desire  from 
your  efforts. 

HOW  TO  AWAKEN  FROM  THE  HYPNOTIC  STATE. 

There  are  as  many  ways  of  awakening  a  subject  from 
the  hypnotic  state  as  there  are  of  putting  him  into  it.  Cry- 
ing out  "'Wide  awake,"  or  "All  right,"  "Open  your 
eyes,"  and  slapping  j^our  hands  loudly,  or  snapping  your 
fingers  in  front  of  the  subject's  face  is  generally  all  that 
is  required.  They  will  also  awaken  if  left  alone,  but  this 
will  take  some  time  if  they  are  in  a  deep  state  of  hypnosis. 
If  passes  have  been  made  downward,  reverse  them.  You 
will  never  have  any  trouble  in  bringing  your  subject  out 
of  the  hypnotic  state. 


234  HYPNOTIST. 

HYPNOTISM  AS  A  THERAPEUTIC  AGENT. 

In  the  foreging  paragraphs  you  were  told  how  to  in- 
duce the  hypnotic  state,  and  now  we  wish  to  know  how 
its  influence  can  be  used  as  a  curative  agent,  but  before 
discussing  its  various  applications,  we  wish  to  call  your 
attention  to  the  importance  of  the  way  in  which  you  make . 
suggestions. 

A  hypnotist  must  always  be  positive  and  firm,  yet 
kind  and  gentle.  Your  subject  must  feel  that  you  under- 
stand your  business,  and  that  you  are  master  of  the  situa- 
tion. You  should  make  your  suggestions  in  as  concise  and 
impressive  a  manner  as  possible.  For  instance,  do  not 
say,  ''Try  to  open  your  eyes;  they  are  closed  fast  and  it 
is  impossible  for  you  to  open  them,"  but  say,  "Your  eyes 
are  closed  fast,  you  cannot  open  them,  try  hard." 

The  first  suggestion  joii  give  is  the  first  to  be  received 
by  the  subject,  that  is,  in  the  first  sentence,  you  told  him 
to  open  his  eyes,  which  he  might  do  before  yo.u  finish  the 
balance  of  your  suggestion.  In  the  latter  sentence  you 
told  him  that  his  eyes  were  closed.  This  he  receives  and 
his  efforts  to  open  his  eyes  will  fail. 

There  are  a  great  many  ways  in  which  hypnotism  can 
be  applied  to  good  advantage.  It  can  produce  either  lo- 
cal or  complete  anaesthesia.  Under  its  influence,  Jules 
Cloquet  removed  a  breast,  and  Dr.  Loysel  amputated  a 
leg  painlessly  in  the  year  1845.  Its  influence  is  also  used 
at  the  present  time  by  hundreds  of  physicians  in  America 
and  Europe  for  the  treatment  of  certain  diseases  and  in 
minor  surgery.  Teeth  have  been  extracted,  small  tumors 
removed,  the  pain  of  neuralgia  relieved,  and  it  is  applied 
to  good  advantage  in  various  diseased  conditions,  which 
I  will  illustrate  in  the  following  cases : 

Case  1 — Mr.  H.,  aged  23,  applied  to  me  to  have  an 
upper  molar  tooth  extracted,  and  requested  me  to  hypno- 
tize him  for  the  operation,  as  he  was  prejudiced  against 
the  use  of  local  anesthetics.  I  directed  him  to  be  seated ; 
I  had  hypnotized  him  before  and  it  was  very  easy  to  place 
him  in  a  state  of  hypnosis,  which  I  did.  I  told  him,  "I 
wish  t'^  extract  a  tooth  for  vou  which  will  be  done  with- 


HYPNOTIST.  235 

out  pain.  You  must  open  N^our  mouth  wide,"  which  he 
did  without  any  hesitation.  I  then  added,  ''Your  mouth 
is  now  wide  open,  and  it  will  be  impossible  for  you  to  close 
it."  I  took  this  precaution  to  prevent  his  closing  his  jaws 
upon  my  fingers  or  the  instruments.  I  now  placed  my 
thumb  and  finger  on  each  side  of  the  tooth  and  made  heavy 
pressure,  and  said,  ''This  tooth  is  perfectly  dead  now.  The 
nerve  has  been  killed  and  there  will  be  no  pain."  I  now 
loosened  the  gums  from  the  alveolar  process  and  removed 
the  tooth.  The  patient  still  sat  in  the  chair  with  his 
mouth  open  and  face  motionless.  I  now  told  him,  "The 
tooth  is  out,  close  your  mouth  and  spit  out  the  blood." 
He  did  as  I  suggested,  after  which  I  slapped  my  hands  in 
front  of  his  face  and  added,  "All  right,  wake  up."  He 
opened  his  eyes  and  said,  "Did  you  get  it,  doctor?"  He 
seemed  surprised  to  find  his  mouth  full  of  blood. 

This  is  the  usual  method  of  producing  all  forms  of 
local  anaesthesia  through  hypnotism.  If  I  were  to  remove 
a  small  tumor,  I  would  carry  out  nearly  the  same  method 
of  suggestion,  and  stroke  the  part  to  be  removed  before 
operating  upon  it,  and  never  forget  to  suggest  that  it  will 
be  done  without  pain. 

SIMPLE  SUGGESTION. 

I  do  not  Avish  to  associate  hypnotism  w^ith  Christian 
science,  but  their  modern  operations  are  very  much  alike 
at  times.  Their  principal  therapeutic  agent  is  suggestion, 
which  will  be  illustrated  in  the  following  case : 

In  the  early  days  of  my  medical  career,  I  was  treat- 
ing a  patient  who  had  a  fever.  Her  temperature  was  104^^. 
She  was  delirious  and  I  had  much  difficulty  in  getting 
her  to  sleep.  Various  remedies  were  used,  but  with  little 
effect.  I  invited  an  older  brother  practitioner  to  visit  the 
case  with  me.  On  entering  the  room,  we  found  that  she  had 
had  a  very  little  sleep  in  the  last  twenty-four  hours,  and 
was  very  nervous.  The  doctor  w^as  a  kindly  magnetic  old 
soul,  and  after  discussing  the  case  briefly,  he  sat  down 
beside  the  patient  and  gently  stroked  her  forehead,  and 
said,  "I  guess  you  can  go  to  sleep  now.    Try  hard.  Think 


236  HYPNOTIST. 

you  are  going  to  sleep  and  you  will  sleep."  He  continued 
stroking  her  head  for  a  few  minutes  and  she  fell  into  a 
beautiful  sleep,  which  lasted  four  and  one-half  hours,  and 
awakened  feeling  much  refreshed. 

This  patient  was  not  hypnotized,  but  she  took  the  sug- 
gestion favorably.  This  demonstrates  what  simple  sug- 
gestion will  often  do  as  a  restorative  agent  if  properly 
applied. 

It  is  by  this  simple  method  of  suggestive  therapeutics, 
that  the  modern  Christian  scientists,  faith  cures,  and  di- 
vine healers,  have  claimed  to  achieve  their  great  success, 
and,  although  its  field  of  usefulness  is  limited,  it  is  worthy 
of  consideration  in  many  cases,  and  can  often  be  applied 
in  the  general  practice  of  medicine.  It  might  be  well 
for  me  to  add,  however,  that  if  I  had  told  the  good  old 
doctor  he  was  practicing  hypnotism  or  Christian  science 
in  that  case,  he  would  have  ceased  to  be  my  friend,  for 
he  was  very  skeptical  on  such  subjects. 

The  following  case  is  reported  by  Dr.  Bernheim,  and 
will  illustrate  the  way  hypnotism  is  applied  at  the  school 
of  Nancy,  and  the  power  it  has  over  muscular  rheumatism. 
The  doctor  says:  "A  child  was  brought  to  me  with  a  pain 
like  muscular  rheumatism  in  the  right  arm,  which  dated 
back  four  or  five  days.  The  arm  was  painful  to  pressure ; 
the  child  could  not  lift  it  to  its  head.  I  said  to  him,  '  Shut 
your  eyes  and  go  to  sleep,'  I  held  his  eyelids  closed  and 
went  on  talking  to  him,  'You  are  asleep  and  you  will 
keep  on  sleeping  until  I  awaken  you.  You  are  sleeping 
very  well,  as  if  you  were  in  bed.  You  are  perfectly  well 
and  comfortable.  Your  arms  and  legs  and  whole  body 
are  asleep,  and  you  cannot  move.'  I  took  my  fingers  off 
his  eyelids  and  they  remained  closed.  I  put  his  arms  up 
and  they  remained  so.  Then  touching  the  painful  arm, 
I  said ;  '  The  pain  has  gone  away ;  you  will  have  no  more 
pain;  it  will  not  come  back  any  more.'  In  order  to  in- 
crease the  force  of  suggestion  by  embodying  it,  so  to 
speak,  in  a  material  sensation,  I  suggested  a  feeling  of 
warmth.  The  heat  took  the  place  of  pain.  I  said  to  the 
child,  'You  feel  that  your  arm  is  warm;  the  warmth  in- 
creases and  you  have  no  pain.'    I  awakened  the  child  in 


HYPNOTIST.  237 

a  few  minutes ;  he  remembered  nothing.  The  sleep  had 
been  profound.  The  pain  had  almost  completely  disap- 
peared. The  child  lifted  the  arm  easily  to  his  head.  I 
saw  the  father  on  the  day  following,  and  he  told  me  that 
the  pain  had  disappeared  completely,  and  that  there  was 
no  return  of  it." 

The  above  case  is  interesting,  for  it  illustrates  the 
way  in  which  painful  disorders  of  every  description  will 
often  yield  like  magic  to  the  influence  of  hypnotism. 
Tooth-ache,  neuralgia,  dysmenorrhoea,  headache  and  other 
affections  of  a  nervous  origin,  may  often  be  cured  by 
placing  the  patient  in  a  hypnotic  state  and  stroking  the 
parts,  and  suggesting  that  the  pain  has  left,  never  to  re- 
turn. There  are  thousands  of  victims  of  the  alcohol  and 
drug  habits  that  have  been  cured  by  hypnotism,  while 
the  great  Charcot  and  his  followers  have  used  it  with 
wonderful  success  in  all  diseases  of  the  mind  and  the 
nervous  system. 

In  conclusion,  I  will  say  that  wherever  hypnotism 
can  be  applied,  it  has  a  large  field  of  usefulness.  It  is 
simple  in  practice  and  deep  in  theory.  As  yet  no  en- 
tirely satisfactory  explanation  has  been  made  why  this 
phenomena  exists,  but  we  know  that  it  does  exist,  be- 
yond a  doubt,  and  today  hypnotism  holds  a  respected 
place  in  the  scientific  world.  But  its  nature,  like  the  na- 
ture of  most  other  mental  phenomena,  is  not  understood, 
and  to  the  medical  practitioner  who  is  wedded  to  drugs, 
a  statement  of  the  result  obtained  from  the  hypnotic  in- 
fluences may  seem  like  the  miracles  of  some  ancient  Orien- 
tal work. 

I  do  not  wish  it  understood  as  my  belief  that  hyp- 
notism will  ever  be  the  universal  curative  agent,  the 
panacea  for  all  ills,  or  that  it  will  ever  supplant  the  use 
of  cocaine,  chloroform,  ether  or  gas  as  an  anaesthetic  for 
surgical  purposes.  My  experience  with  hypnotism  has 
been  yerj  limited,  but  I  must  confess  that  it  has  been 
rather  satisfactory. 

It  is  practical  when  it  can  be  used,  but  on  the  other 
hand,  it  is  impractical  when  we  stop  to  consider  that  only 
about  one  in  three  can  be  hypnotized,  and  a  smaller  per- 


238  HYPNOTIST. 

centage  cured  by  its  use.  I  really  believe  that  hypnotism 
has  a  bright  future,  and  if  this  chapter  has  succeeded  in 
merely  throwing  a  small  ray  of  light  upon  the  subject  and 
robbing  it  of  its  mysteries,  I  will  feel  that  I  have  not 
wasted  my  efforts. 

"God  bless   the   man   who   first   invented   sleep! 
So    Sancho    Panza   said    and    so    say   I ; 
And   bless   him,    also,    that   he   didn't   keep 
His   great   discovery   to   himself,    nor    try 
To    mak,e    it — as    the    lucky    fellow    might — 
A   close   monopoly    by    patent    right." 

—J.    G.    SAXE. 


FEATUEAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       239 


The  Featural    Specialist  and 
Dermatologist 

For  many  years  the  John  II.  Woodbury  institutes 
seemed  to  monopolize  this  specialty.  In  late  years,  how- 
ever, several  members  of  the  medical  profession  have  en- 
tered this  special  field  of  practice  and  find  it  a  very  re- 
munerative branch  of  the  medical  and  surgical  art.  This 
specialty  differs  largely  from  the  methods  practiced  by 
the  so-called  beauty  specialists,  inasmuch  as  it  incorpor- 
ates surgery  of  very  minute  detail,  and  many  of  the  opera- 
tions are  of  a  very  delicate  nature,  requiring  extraordin- 
ary skill  in  their  performance,  as  it  will  be  remembered 
that  all  operations  upon  the  face  are  performed  with  a 
view  of  removing  the  deformity,  blemish  or  disease  with- 
out leaving  any  mark,  scar  or  trace  of  your  work,  and 
the  surgeon  who  can  accomplish  results  with  the  least  de- 
tection is  the  one  generally  sought  for. 

The  face  being  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  the  body, 
it  is  also  the  most  subject  to  accident,  leaving  deformities 
and  unsightly  sears,  which  are  of  the  most  embarrassing- 
nature.  What  defects  cannot  be  traced  to  accident,  Na- 
ture has  seemed  to  select  the  face  as  the  favorite  place 
for  disease  and  blemishes,  thus  we  will  see  the  face  the 
favorite  seat  for  moles,  birthmarks,  cancers,  pimples,  etc., 
while  other  parts  of  the  body  are  by  far  less  exempt.  Phy- 
-sicians  have  greatlj"  neglected  the  treatment  of  these  de- 
formities and  blemishes,  many  thinking  this  part  of  medi- 
cal or  surgical  practice  beneath  their  dignity ;  others  have 
given  it  so  little  thought  that  they  are  ignorant  of  the 
many  simple  methods  of  treatment  used  by  the  advertis- 
ing Dermatologists.  There  is  no  special  branch  of  medi- 
cine or  surgery  where  patients  are  more  grateful  for  skill- 
ful service  than  in  the  correction  of  deformities,  or  the 
removal  of  blemishes  or  diseases  from  the  face. 


240     FEATTJEAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

By  successfully  treating  these  defects  the  phj^sician 
not  only  receives  the  credit  for  his  skill,  but  he  will  re- 
ceive the  life-long  gratitude  of  his  patients. 

DEFORMITIES  OF  THE  NOSE. 

The  nose  is  the  most  prominent  part  of  the  face  and 
is  likewise  the  more  often  subjected  to  injury  and  de- 
formity. So  universally  recognized  are  the  disadvantages 
of  the  crooked,  ill  shaped  or  deformed  nose,  in  both  a  so- 
cial and  business  Avay,  that  it  becomes  one  of  the  most 
important  duties  of  the  featural  specialist  to  maintain  its 
conformity.  It  has  been  stated  that  ancient  Persions 
will  allow  no  man  to  sit  upon  the  throne,  who  had  a 
crooked  or  deformed  nose,  and  children  of  the  royal  blood 
were  accustomed  to  have  their  noses  molded  into  perfect 
shape  by  eunuchs,  who  had  charge  of  the  royal  offsprings. 

From  a  surgical  point  of  view  nasal  deformities  may 
be  divided  into  deformities  Avhich  effect  the  bonj^  struc- 
ture, and  deformities  which  effect  the  cartilagenous  por- 


tions. These  deformities  may  be  congenital  or  acquired 
through  accident  or  disease.  The  accompanying  cut  illus- 
trates the  deformities  commonly  met  with,  which  vary 
in  a  greater  or  less  degree.  These  deformities  have  been 
described  as  the  convex,  or  Roman  nose,  concaved  or  sad- 
dle back  nose,  and  the  bulbous  nose ;  we  also  find  a  nose 
with  a  depressed  tip,  due  to  destruction  of  the  septum 
by  disease,  the  too  broad  or  narrow  nose,  etc.  Each  de- 
formity presents  characteristics  which  may  require  in- 
dividual attention.  One  of  the  most  common  nasal  de- 
formities is  the  concaved  or  saddle  back  nose;  the  cause 
of  these  deformities  are  usually  traced  to  accidents,  from 
falls  or  blows,  breaking  down  the  bony  structure.-    There 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       241 

has  been  several  methods  of  treatment  devised  for  cor- 
recting these  deformities.  Some  surgeons  prefer  to  break 
up  the  old  adhesion  and  replace  the  bony  frame  work; 
others  have  been  treated  with  metallic  plates.  The  easiest 
and  I  believe  the  most  practical  way  in  most  cases,  is  to 
build  out  the  concaved  surface  with  paraffin,  or  as  some 
specialists  choose  to  call  it,  "neoplastic  treatment."  Neo- 
plasine  is  another  coined  name  for  paraffin  and  consists 
of  paraffin  and  sufficient  white  petrolatum  to  bring  the 
melting  point  down  to  110  degrees.  Ordinary  commer- 
cial paraffin  generally  has  a  melting  point  from  120  to  170 
degrees,  and  in  order  to  have  the  paraffin  the  right  con- 
sistency, the  white  petrolatum  is  added  and  we  have  what 
the  manufacturers  call  "an  independent  product"  (neo- 
plasine),  which  sells  for  a  fancy  price.  The  combination 
makes  a  perfectly  inert  substance,  which,  if  thoroughly 
sterilized,  can  be  injected  into  any  living  tissue,  even  the 
peritoneal  cavity,  without  injury.  After  the  paraffin  has 
been  injected  and  allowed  to  remain  some  time,  it  becomes 
incapsulated  and  there  seems  to  be  an  inter-woven  net- 
work of  fibrous  tissue  which  protects  it  in  holding  its  con- 
formity. 

Neoplasine  has  a  wide  range  of  usefulness  to  the  fea- 
tural  specialist  other  than  the  treatment  of  deformed 
nose.  It  has  been  found  useful  in  building  out  a  reced- 
ing chin  (see  cut)  and  in  filling  in  scars  and  indentures,  as 
the  result  of  alveolar  and  other  abscesses.  Some  opera- 
tors have  even  filled  out  hollow  cheek's  and  neck  with 
this  injection.  In  order  to  use  neoplasine  successfully  re- 
quires a  special  syringe,  as  illustrated;  this  syringe  is 
made  of  metal  with  a  screw  piston,  which  allows  more 
force  and  an  even  distribution  of  the  neoplasine ;  this  is 
a  very  important  point  as  neoplasine  injected  with  the 
ordinary'  hypodermic  syringe  is  a  very  treacherous  sub- 
stance to  handle,  for  it  is  impossible  to  regulate  the  force 
on  the  piston,  and  if  you  make  a  heavy  pressure  it  will 
take  a  sudden  spurt  and  you  will  inject  too  much  and  not 
in  the  place  you  intended*  to  deposit  it.  When  once  de- 
posited there  is  no  way  of  removing  it,  other  than  dissect- 
ing it  out,  therefore  in  making  the  injection  great  caution 


242       FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

should  be  exercised  in  not  injecting  too  much,  or  you  may 
cause  a  greater  deformity  than  the  one  you  were  treat- 
ing. Another  thing  I  have  always  observed  with  neo- 
plasine  injections  is  that  the  tissues  injected  are  inclined 


NEOPLASTIC    SYRINGE    AND    NEEDLES. 

to  expand  'somewhat,  therefore  I  never  inject  the  full 
amount  to  level  up  the  depressed  surface,  allowing  from 
one-sixteenth  to  one-twentieth  inch  to  be  filled  in  by  ex- 
pansion of  tissue.  If  it  is  necessary  to  make  another  in- 
jection to  complete  the  operation  this  can  be  done  later. 
In  this  way  you  will  always  avoid  duplicating  one  de- 
formity for  the  one  you  are  treating.  The  only  value 
neoplasine  has  in  the  treatment  of  deformities  is  to  sub- 
stitute neoplasine  for  destroyed  or  deficient  tissue,  thus 
we  find  it  indispensable  in  adding  contour  to  the  face  in 
many  ways.  It  can  be  used  successfully  in  building  out 
a  concaved  nose  or  a  receding  chin,  and  to  fill  in  depres- 
sions and  indentures  at  any  point  desired.  For  this  pur- 
pose it  has  the  following  advantages :  It  can  be  used 
without  a  general  anassthetic  or  any  resulting  scar ;  it  will 
not  detain  the  patient  from  business  pursuits,  and  is  easily 
applied  with  ordinary  skill  and  under  purely  antiseptic 
surgical  procedures ;  there  will  be  no  abcess  or  sloughing 
and  the  most  gratifying  results  are  obtained. 


FEATUKAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DEKMATOLOGIST.       243 

TECHNIQUE  OF  NEOPLASTIC  OPERATIONS. 

In  order  to  successfully  use  neoplasine  in  subcutane- 
ous operations  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  both  the 
syringe  and  neoplasine  be  rendered  sterile  and  surgical- 
ly clean.  The  neoplasine  should  be  placed  in  a  glass  or 
metal  receptacle,  surrounded  by  water,  and  boiled.  The 
syringe  should  also  be  boiled  and  devoid  of  all  grease,  as 
is  sometimes  found  in  ordinary  syringes.  While  the 
neoplasine  is  still  in  a  liquid  state,  the  syringe  should  be 
filled;  the  point  of  the  needle  is  pointed  upwards  and 
sufficient  force  applied  to  force  all  the  air  out  of  the  needle. 
When  you  operate  you  can  place  the  syringe,   charged 


Tij  pl/iii  iltrUitt 


The     above     cut     illustrates   the   method    of    Inserting-     the     Needle,    the 

Neoplasine   Sterilizer   and   Sja-inge   and   the  Application   of   a 

Metallic  Form  after  Orieration  for  Convex  Nose. 


with  neoplasine,  into  warm  water  at  about  120  degrees 
F.  for  a  few  minutes,  or  it  can  be  injected  in  a  semi-solid 
state  at  a  temperature  of  about  111  ^  degrees  F.  The  lat- 
ter method  is  preferred  by  many,  as  it  avoids  the  danger 
of  embolism,  although  I  have  never  heard  of  this  compli- 
cation. A  brief  resume  of  the  operation  for  a  concaved 
nose  is  as  follows :  After  thoroughly  sterilizing  the  neo- 
plasine and  syringe,  as  just  described,  the  surface  to  be 
operated  upon  can  be  an^sthized  with  the  obtundant  so- 
lution Xo.  3,  given  on  another  page,  but  as  a  rule,  I  pre- 
fer to  operate  without  an  anaesthetic,  as  the  anaesthetic 
injection  has  a  tendency  to  distend  the  tissues  somewhat. 


244       FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

and  not  allow  you  to  judge  as  accurately  the  amount  of 
neoplasine  required  to  fill  out  the  surface. 

Injecting  neoplasine  without  an  anaesthetic  is -not 
painful,  and  is  well  borne  by  most  patients.  The  needle 
is  now  inserted  at  a  point  of  the  nose  to  the  furthest  point 
of  the  deformity,  and  as  the  needle  is  withdrawn  the 
screw  on  the  piston  stem  is  turned  sufficiently  to  deposit 
the  neoplasine  required  to  fill  in  the  concaved  surface ; 
as  the  needle  is  withdrawn  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand 
molds  the  neoplasine  to  the  proper  shape  and  prevents  it 
from  entering  places  where  it  is  not  desired,   and   also 


RESULTS    OBTAINED    FROM    NEOPLASINE    INJECTION    FOR 
CONCAVE    NOSE. 


smooths  the  surface  to  a  normal  contour.  After  the  needle 
has  been  removed  the  point  of  entrance  should  be  sealed 
with  collodion,  and  cold  applications  of  ice  water  may  be 
applied  for  a  few  hours.  There  may  be  some  swelling,  but 
this  will  subside  in  a  few  days;  the  nose  may  also  con- 
tinue to  be  red  for  a  week  after  the  operation,  but  it  will 
gradually  resume  its  normal  color. 

Operations  for  a  receding  chin  and  other  depressions 
are  performed  in  a  similar  manner.  In  several  cases 
scrawny  necks  and  even  female  breasts  have  been  built 
out  by  this  means.     Although  this  treatment  has  been 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       245 

somewhat  abused  by   over   enthusiastic   operators,   it  is 
practical  when  carefully  and  judiciously  used,  and  offers 


RESULTS    OBTAINED    FROM    NEOPLASINE    INJECTION    FOR 
RECEDING    CHIN. 

US  one  of  the  best  means  of  treatment  for  many  deformi- 
ties. 


OPERATION  FOR  ROMAN  OR  CONVEX  NOSE. 

The  operation  for  this  deformity  is  somewhat  more 
difficult,   and  requires  considerable  surgical  skill  to  ob- 


RESULTS    OBTAINED    FROM    NEOPLASINE    INJECTION    FOR 
CONVEX   NOSE. 

tain  success.    In  some  cases  the  nose  has  been  built  out 
with  neoplasine  at  different  points  to  produce  a  straight 


246       FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

bridge,  as  illustrated  in  the  accompanying  cut.  This  is 
not  a  ver.y  practical  operation,  however,  most  cases  re- 
quire a  complete  and  thorough  removal  of  the  projecting 
bony  framework,  and  in  order  that  you  leave  no  mark  or 
scar,  the  operation  performed  by  Dr.  J.  0.  Roe,  of  Roches- 
ter, N.  Y.,  is  the  most  desirable.  As  described  by  him 
the  operation  is  as  follows:  "The  skin  is  first  raised  from 
the  projecting  portion  by  incising  the  wall  of  the  nose 
from  the  inside  of  the  nostrils  through  to  the  inner  side 
of  the  skin,  great  care  being  exercised  not  to  wound  the 
skin.  The  opening  is  then  enlarged  sufficiently  to  admit 
the  instruments  required,  w^hich  may  consist  of  bone  scis- 
sors, Rongier  forceps,  a  slender  saw  and  such  other  in- 
struments as  may  be  necessary,  according  to  the  condi- 
tion present.     In  removing  the  projecting  portion  great 


RESULTS   OBTAINED   FROM   DR.    ROE'S   SUB-CUTANEOUS   OPER- 
ATION   FOR    CONVEX    NOSE. 


care  must  be  exercised  not  to  remove  too  much  of  the 
redundant  tissue,  lest  a  depression  be  left  on  the  top  of 
the  nose,  which  may  be  more  unsightly  than  the  original 
deformity.  This  mistake  more  readily  happens  in  those 
cases  in  which  the  upper  portion  of  the  nasal  passage  ex- 
tends all  the  way  up  into  the  projecting  portion.  In 
these  cases  the  nasal  passage  is  very  easily  opened  on 
removing  the  projecting  angular  portion.  After  this 
operation  a  compress  is  made  by  placing  a  piece  of  ad- 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       247 

hesive  plaster  under  a  iiietallic  form,  so  as  to  maintain 
symmetry  throughout  until  healing  takes  place.  This 
operation  can  be  performed  with  less  difficulty  ])y  mak- 
ing a  lineal  incision  along  the  field  of  the  operation  and 
removing  the  tissues  desired,  but  has  the  disadvantage  of 
leaving  a  small  scar.  The  scar  tissue  can  be  removed, 
however,  by  the  different  methods  explained  on  another 
page. 

THE  BULBOUS  NOSE.      ' 

The  bulbous  nose  is  generally  found  in  drinking  men 
in  the  form  of  a  lipoma,  and  consists  of  an  enlargement 
and  thickening  of  the  cartilaginous  and  cutanious  tis- 
sues. The  operation  required  is  to  make  a  V-shaped  in- 
cision at  the  point  splitting  the  septum,  and  removing 
as  much  tissue  on  each  side  as  is  desired  to  make  the  nose 
the  proper  contour.  Redundant  tissue  on  the  alsei  nasi 
may  be  either  dissected  out  or  destroyed  by  electricity. 
This  is  also  done  with  the  operation  for  expanded  nostrils. 
There  are  other  nasal  deformities,  each  requiring  special 
mechanical  surgery;  the  nose  may  be  too  narrow^  or  too 
broad,  or  the  tip  tilted  to  one  side,  etc.,  which  requires 
special  mechanical  devises  to  retain  the  nose  in  its  nor- 
mal position  or  the  replacing  or  transformation  of  tissue. 
These  conditions  are  not  difficult  to  manage,  if  the  sur- 
geon is  somewhat  of  a  mechanical  genius. 


PROTRUDING  EARS. 

Protruding  ears  are  pictured  out  by  many  featural 
specialists,  as  convincing  evidence  that  Darwin's  theory 
is  correct,  regarding  the  evolution  of  man,  and  arguments 
to  this  effect  are  used  as  a  persuasive  means  of  inducing 
the  patient  to  have  the  "deformity  corrected."  Protrud- 
ing ears  can  be  corrected  in  two  ways,  first  by  removing 
the  skin  from  the  back  surface  of  the  ear  and  mastoid 
process,  and  uniting  the  denuded  surfaces  by  means  of 
sutures,  after  which  an  adhesive  bandage  is  placed  around 
the  head,  until  healing  takes  place.    Another  way  of  oper- 


248       PEATUKAL  yPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

ating  is  to  remove  cartilaginous  portions  of  the  ear.    The 
incisions  are  made  from  behind,  where  the  scar  will  be 


RESULTS   OBTAINED   FROM     OPERATION     FOR     PROTRUDING   EARS. 

less  noticeable,  and  the  adhesive  bandage  placed  around 
the  head,  as  in  the  former  operations. 


THE  ENCORCHMENT  TREATMENT. 

There  has  never  been  a  treatment  devised  which  has 
found  such  a  universal  field  of  usefulness  in  the  treatment 
of  facial  blemishes  as  that  described  in  the  above  caption ; 
on  the  other  hand,  this  treatment  has  been  greatly  mis- 
used by  ignorant  beauty  specialists,  who  possess  little  or 
no  knowledge  of  the  physiology  of  the  skin,  and  the  the- 
rapeutic application  of  this  preparation,  which  they  have 
endeavored  to  use  as  a  sort  of  a  panacea.  This  treatment 
has  always  been  held  in  the  greatest  secrecy,  and  the 
"process"  has  changed  hands  several  times,  for  many 
thousand  dollars.  If  the  applicant  did  not  have  sufficient 
cash  to  secure  the  working  formula,  he  was  supplied  with 
the  medicine  only  at  a  fancy  price. 

This  treatment,  it  has  been  said,  originated  with  a 
French  surgeon,  and  at  the  present  time  is  very  exten- 
sively used  in  Paris,  where  beauty  culture  is  in  great  de- 
mand. This  treatment  is  far  superior  to  the  iodine  plas- 
ter treatment  used  in  this  country,  and  is  much  more 
easily  and  painlessly  applied.  The  original  formula  of 
this  treatment  was  a  paste  containing  equal  parts  of 
resorcin  and  zinc  oxide,  which  was  used  as  a  treatment 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       249 

for  acne  I'osacea;  it  was  later  discovered  that  the  treat- 
ment was  of  exceptional  value  in  many  other  skin  dis- 
eases and  blemishes.  The  formula,  as  used  today  by  some 
of  the  most  successful  Dermatologists,  is  as  follows: 

1>'     Salicylic  acid 4  gr. 

Ichthyol    8  min. 

Zinc  oxide  c.  p 20  gr. 

Resorcin    80  gr. 

Lard    2  scr. 

Olive  oil 16  min. 

Triturate  the  Resorcin,  Salicylate  Acid  and  Zinc  Ox- 
ide into  a  fine  powder,  then  add  and  mix  the  other  ingre- 
dients. 

This  preparation  is  applied  to  the  diseased  surface 
morning  and  night  for  aboi"''^  -Pour  or  five  days,  when  the 
epidermis  becomes  like  paxMiment ;.  the  surface  is  now 
thoroughly  cleansed  with  St.. p  and  w^rm  water  and  the 
skin  wiped  dry  in  order  to  remove  the  superficial  layer 
of  skin.  The  surface  is  now  painted  with  the  following 
mixture : 

I>     Zinc  oxide,  c.  p 2  dr. 

White   gelatin    4  oz. 

Glycerine    15  min. 

Aqua  bullient   q.  s. 

Dissolve  the  gelatin  with  sufficient  hot  water  and  stir 
in  the  other  ingredients  while  in  a  water  bath. 

This  should  be  applied  while  hot  to  the  surface  you 
wish  to  remove,  and  covered  with  surgeon's  gauze,  and 
another  coat  applied  over  this.  It  is  best  to  cut  the  gauze 
in  small  pieces,  about  one  and  one-half  inches  square,  and 
apply  one  at  a  time.  If  you  have  a  large  surface  to  cover ; 
in  a  few  days  the  little  pieces  of  gauze  will  work  lose 
from  the  edges  and  can  be  picked  off,  leaving  the  new 
under  skin  exposed,  taking  the  blemish  or  disease  with 
the  outer  cuticle  on  the  plaster  you  have  removed.  One 
of  the  greatest  mistakes  made  by  ignorant  operators  is 
they  leave  the  plaster  on  too  long. 


250       FEATURAL  .SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

I  was  recently  visited  by  a  lady  who  had 'this  treat- 
ment applied  in  Buffalo,  tlie  face  being  loft  in  a  mask  for 
one  month  before  removing,  and  the  result  was  that  large 
abscesses  had  formed  and  made  her  last  condition  mucli 
worse  than  the  first.    Whih^  this  is  an  exceptionally  valu- 


Illustrates    Method    of    Peeling    Skin   With    Encorchment    Treatment. 
Favorite   Locations   For   Birthmarks. 


able  treatment  it  should  be  used  with  much  caution  and 
it  is  best  to  have  the  patient  confined  to  the  house  and 
constantly  under  your  observation.  The  object  of  the 
treatment  is  to  remove  the  outer  cuticle  and  take  with 
it  any  disease,  discoloration  or  blemish  it  may  contain.    It 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  ANB  DERMATOLOGIST.       251 

is  almost  a  specific  for  acna  and  certain  forms  of  eczema, 
chloasma,  or  liver  spots,  tan,  freckles  and  black  heads. 


RESULTS    OBTAI^^ED    FROM    ENCORCHMENT    TREATMENT 
FOR    SMALLPOX    PITS. 


while  small-pox  pits  and  scars  have  been  treated  with  a 
greater  or  less  degree  of  success. 

ELECTRICITY. 

Electricity  plays  a  very  important  and  useful  part  in 
the  treatment  of  facial  diseases  and  blemishes,  therefore 
before  discussing  the  different  treatments  used  in  the  re- 
moval of  these  diseased  conditions,  it  is  well  to  briefly 
outline  the  electrical  equipment  required.  Nearly  every 
physician  is  familiar  with  the  use  and  technique  of  elec- 
tricity and  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  give  the  minute 
details  of  the  construction  of  the  electrical  apparatus 
which  produces  this  mystic  therapeutic  agent.  Suffice 
to  say  that  Dermatologists  prefer  for  convenience  a  port- 
able battery,  containing  from  six  to  twelve  cells,  which  is 
all  the  current  required  for  their  work.  This  simple 
equipment  is  all  that  is  required  to  master  the  electrical 
treatments  in  facial  blemishes.  The  method  of  applica- 
tion will  be  briefly  described  when  discussing  the  treat- 
"ment  for  different  diseases. 

Before  giving  the  application  of  electrolysis  as  a 
means   of  removing   certain  blemishes,   I   wish  to   make 


252       FEATUKAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

some  general  remarks  regarding  its  practical  use  and  lim- 
itations : 

The  galvanic  current  is  the  only,  one  to  be  employed. 
Electrolysis  only  offers  us  a  means  of  cauterization  and 
its  only  means  of  cure  is  to  cauterize,  the  same  as  the  use 
of  other  acids  or  alkaline  caustics.  If  we  insert  the  needle 
attached  to  the  negative  pole  into  living  tissue,  hydrogen 
gas,  caustic  soda  and  potassa  are  formed;  if  the  needle 
is  inserted,  attached  to  the  positive  pole,  oxygen,  chlorine 
and  the  acid  radicals  of  the  inorganic  acids  appear.  The 
amount  of  caustic  liberated  and  consequently  the  amount 
of  tissue  cauterized  and  destroyed  depends  upon  the 
strength  of  the  current  and  the  amount  of  surface  the 
needle  covers.  It  will  thus  be  seen  we  have  at  our  ser- 
vice an  acid  or  alkali  caustic  which  may  be  regulated  and 
dispensed  to  any  strength  desired.  If  we  attach  the 
needle  to  the  negative  pole  we  liberate  an  alkali  caustic, 
which  is  generally  preferable  and  nearly  always  used  in 
Dermatological  operations,  as  it  does  not  create  as  much 
cicatricial  tissue  as  the  acid  caustics  eliminated  from  the 
postive  pole.  There  is  always  some  scar  tissue  following 
the  use  of  the  electrical  needle,  but  this  is  not  nearly  so 
great  when  the  negative  pole  is  used.  A  gold  or  iridio- 
platinum  needle  also  lessens  the  formation  of  cicatrical 
tissue  or  inflammatory  tendency. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  WARTS,  MOLES  AND  BIRTH- 
MARKS. 

There  are  several  methods  of  treatment  for  the  re- 
moval of  these  blemishes.  They  can  be  treated  purely 
upon  a  surgical  basis  and  carefully  dissected  out  and 
unite  the  surface  by  making  as  close  union  as  possible, 
as  described  in  the  treatment  for  scars.  If  the  surface  is 
a  large  one,  as  it  usually  is,  in  naevi,  it  may  require  several 
operations.  Electrolysis  is  one  of  the  most  popular  and 
successful  treatments  and  leaves  very  little  scar  tissue. 
The  patient  should  hold  the  positive  electrode  in  her  hand, 
and  the  needle  connected  to  the  negative  pole  is  inserted 
in  a  vertical  direction,  through  the  base  of  the  wart  or 
mole,  on  a  level  Avith  the  skin,  several  times  at  different 


FEATURAL  SPECIAT.TST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       253 


points  and  allowed  to  remain  about  one-half  minute.  If 
the  current  from  four  to  six  cells  has  been  used,  bubbles 
of  h3^drogen  gas  will  be  observed  around  the  entrance  of 
the  needle  and  the  mole  will  appear  blanched  and  in  a 
few  days  entirely  disappear.  A  most  excellent  way  to 
remove  warts  and  moles  is  to  cut  a  piece  of  isin-glass 
plaster  to  fit  tightly  around  the  healthy  skin,  allowing 
the  mole  or  wart  to  protrude,  thus  protecting  the  healthy 
skin  from  being  cauterized.  The  patient  is  given  a  small 
vial  of  pure  glacial  acetic  acid  and  instructed  to  thorough- 
ly bathe  the  surface  of  the  growth  by  dipping  one  end  of 


FAVORITE    T.OCATIONS    FOR    BIRTHMARKS. 

a  match  in  the  acid  and  applying  it  to  the  surface  three 
or  four  times  a  day.  If  this  should  cause  much  inflam- 
mation, the  application  can  be  omitted  for  a  day  or  so  be- 
fore applying  again.  By  continuing  this  treatment  for 
a  few  days  the  growth  will  entirely  disappear. 

Birthmarks  can  be  removed  by  electrolysis  in  two 
ways,  viz.,  by  inserting  the  platinum  needle  attached  to 
the  negative  pole  into  the  center  of  the  growth,  and  then 
make  several  punctures  in  the  tiny  capillaries  which  radi- 
ate from  this  source.  If  the  growth  is  large  a  needle  disc 
may  be  used  covering  the  entire  area  at  one  treatment. 

The  principal  object  of  electrical  treatment  is  to  de- 
stroy the  nourishment  of  the  growth  and  allow  it  to  re- 
trograde. Dr.  Neiswanger  recommends  the  following 
treatment  as  preferable  to  electricity  in  many  cases  of 
naevi.  He  says,  "If  the  mark  is  not  elevated  it  is  best  to 
employ  the  following  method: 

I^     Antim  tart   1  dr. 

Soap  plaster 3  dr. 

Green  soap  1  dr. 


254       FEATUKAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

This  is  thickly  spread  about  1-12  inch  on  adhesive 
plaster,  leaving  an  adhesive  edge  to  facilitate  holding  it 
in  place.  Being  placed  upon  the  mark  it  is  pressed  down 
firmly  to  insure  good  and  even  contact ;  it  must  then  be 
frequentl}^  examined  and  just  as  soon  as  active  escharotic 
effect  is  evident,  which  is  from  three  to  five  days,  the 
plaster  must  be  removed  and  the  surface   dressed  with 

I^     Zinc  oxide   20  gr. 

Cold  cream    4  dr. 

When  the  surface  is  healed  the  mother  mark  will 
have  disappeared. 

Dr.  Beck  successfully  treats  naevi  by  transforming 
the  vascular  bulk  of  a  navus  into  connective  tissue  by 
subcutanious  sutures  introduced  at  several  sittings.  A 
thread  of  cat  gut  is  passed  in  a  zig  zag  manner  first  be- 
low the  skin,  then  underneath  the  base  of  the  tumor,  then 


RESULTS    OF    TREATMENT    FOR    GUN    POWDER    MARKS. 
(Only   one  side   of  Face   Treated — Illustration   used   by  Featural    Specialist  J 

again  underneath  the  skin  and  tumor,  and  so  on,  until 
the  tumor  mass  is  included  in  this  continuous  suture.  The 
suture  is  drawn  tight  and  closed  at  the  point  of  entrance. 
In  this  manner  the  circulation  is  shut  off  within  the 
tumor  and  at  the  end  of  a  week  the  size  of  the  tumor 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       255 

will  be  reduced  and  another  ligature  inserted.  This  op- 
eration is  repeated  until  the  tumor  is  reduced  to  the  smal- 
lest possible  size,  when  it  may  be  excised  and  the  borders 
united  by  lineal  union. 

TO  REMOVE  GUN  POWDER  AND  TATTOO  MARKS. 

Powder  marks  can  be  removed  by  the  electrical 
needle,  but  the  process  is  very  tedious  and  painful. 

Dr.  AYatson  uses  a  small  trephine  designed  for  this 
purpose.  The  trephine  is  placed  over  the  mark  and  given 
a  slight  rotary  motion,  going  sufficiently  deep  to  take  out 
the  little  disc  of  skin  containing  the  powder,  which  is 
clipped  off:  the  cavity  is  filled  with  a  healing  powder  or 
ointment,  and  leaves  a  very  little  scar,  which  in  time  is 
hardly  detected.  One  of  the  most  rapid  and  practical 
ways  is  to  pierce  each  mark  with  a  sharp  lance,  exposing 
the  imbeded  powTler  and  apply  a  saturated  compress  of 
peroxide  of  hydrogen.  The  operation  may  be  repeated 
in  a  few  days,  if  necessarj',  until  all  the  marks  disapi3ear. 

Tattoo  marks  may  be  removed  by  tatooing  the  same 
surface  wth  papaya  solvent. 

UNSIGHTLY  SCARS. 

Scars^  caused  by  burns,  cuts,  wounds  etc.,  are  best  re- 
moved by  carefulh^  dissecting  away  the  cicatricial  tissue. 
The  bordering  skin  is  very  elastic  and  can  be  stretched 
quite  a  distance. '  If  the  scar  is  not  over  one-half  inches 
wide  it  can  be  removed  in  one  operation.  Should  it  cover 
a  surface  of  more  than  one  or  two  inches  square  it  may 
require  several  operations.  The  object  of  the  operation 
is  to  remove  the  scar  tissue  and  unite  the  sound  borders 
of  the  healthy  skin  by  lineal  union  and  Avithout  leaving 
any  more  mark  than  is  possible :  the  closer  the  union  the 
smaller  the  scar.  After  union  has  taken  j^lace  the  re- 
maining scar  tissue  can  be  reduced  by  the  electric  needle. 
Birthmarks  are  often  removed  in  this  way. 

BAGGY  SKIN,  WRINKLES,  ETC. 

The  method  of  removing  baggy  skin  and  wrinkles,  as 
used  by  the  featural  specialist  is  purely  surgical,  and  con- 
sists of  what  is  known  as  "wrinkle  tucks,"  which  means 


256       FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

to  remove  pieces  of  skin  under  the  hair  and  chin  where  it 
will  not  be  observed.  These  tucks  may  follow  the  entire 
border  of  the  scalp,  about  one-fourth  inch  from  the  hair 
margin.  In  this  way  the  skin  is  stretched  to  its  former 
smoothness  and  makes  the  face  devoid  of  wrinkles  or 
puffiness. 

REMOVAL  OF  SUPERFLUOUS  HAIR. 

There  has  been  several  depilatories  introduced  from 
time  to  time  for  the  purpose  of  removing  superfluous  hair, 


REMOVING    SUPERFLUOUS    HAIR    WITH    A    DEPILATORY. 


which  have  been  sold  under  "a  positive  guarantee    (?) 
that  the  result  would  be  permanent."     The  commercial 


FEATURAL  SPECTAI.IST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       257 

end  of  this  business  has  been  well  taken  care  of  by  the 
mail  order  specialist.  I  have  secured  several  of  their 
preparations,  and  have  never  found  any  agent  other  than 
electricity,  which  will  accomplish  this  purpose.  As  a 
depilatory  application  for  the  temporary  removal  of 
superfluous  hair,  barium  and  strontium  sulphide  heads 
the  list.  I  prefer  strontium,  as  it  is  less  toxic,  and  differs 
from  other  depilatory  agents  in  not  evolving  hydrogen 
sulphide.     My  favorite  formula  is  as  follows : 

^     Strontium   Sulphide    30  gr. 

Zinc  Oxide    15  gr. 

Starch    15  gr. 

Triturate  thoroughly  and  mix  sufficient  water  to 
make  a  paste.  This  is  applied  over  the  surface  containing 
the  superfluous  hair  and  allowed  to  remain  five  or  ten 
minutes,  when  it  can  be  removed  by  scraping  the  sur- 
face with  some  blunt  knife  similar  to  a  paper  knife,  or  it 
may  be  rubbed  off  with  absorbent  cotton;  the  face  should 
be  washed,  cleaned  and  some  bland  oil  applied.  This  will 
give  excellent  results,  but  will  not  permanently  destroy 
the  hair  follicle.  The  only  sure  means  of  removing  super- 
fluous hair  is  by  electrolysis. 

ELECTROLYSIS. 

The  patient  should  be  placed  in  a  comfortable  chair 
with  a  head  rest,  and  before  a  strong  light.  The  positive 
electrode  is  laid  on  the  patient's  lap  or  attached  to  the 
arm  of  the  chair;  the  needle  is  attached  to  the  negative 
pole  and  a  current  from  two  to  six  cells  are  thrown  into 
circuit.  The  needle  is  then  introduced  along  the  hair 
shaft  to  the  root  and  the  patient  is  requested  to  place  the 
palm  of  her  hand  over  the  sponge  electrode  of  the  posi- 
tive pole  and  thus  complete  the  circuit.  If  the  current  is 
strong  enough  in  a  few  seconds  a  little  froth  will  appear 
about  the  entrance  of  the  needle.  The  hair  can  now  be 
removed  with  the  depilatory  forceps  without  much  force. 
If  you  should  meet  with  some  resistance,  it  indicates  that 
the  electrolysis  has  not  been  complete  and  may  require 
a  stronger  current  or  another  operation.      This  requires 


258       FEATUEAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

a  delicate  sense  of  toueli  on  the  part  of  the  operator. 
There  are  two  very  important  things  to  be  considered  in 
removing  superfluous  hair  by  electrolysis. 

Never  operate  at  the  same  sitting  on  hairs  located  too 
close  together,  for  fear  of  a  resulting  scar,  and  to  be  suc- 
cessful at  each  operation  the  needle  should  follow  the 
hair  follicle  as  close  as  possible  to  the  terminus  of  the 


hair  root.  The  small  depression  around  the  hair  at  the 
external  surface  should  be  your  point  and  the  direction 
the  hair  takes  will  be  your  guide. 

The  accompanying  cut  illustrates  the  needle  which 
has  not  entered  at  the  depression  at  the  surface  of  the 
skin,  but  accidently  penetrated  the  sheath  and  gain  ac- 
cess to  the  papilla.  Of  course  such  hair  will  be  perma- 
nently destroyed,  but  it  illustrates  that  more  caution 
should  be  exercised  in  the  point  of  entering  the  needle. 


LOCAL  ANAESTHESIA  AND  PAINLESS,  BLOODLESS 
AND  SUTURELESS  SURGERY. 

It  is  doubtful  if  surgical  science  has  ever  made  a 
greater  achievement  in  minor  surgery  than  that  described 
in  the  above  caption.  This  is  not  only  one  of  the  interest- 
ing accomplishments  in  modern  surgery,  but  also  one  of 
the  most  practical.  When  a  surgeon  can  make  an  incis- 
ion without  the  appearance  of  blood,  or  au}^  indication  of 
pain,  and  unite  the  surfaces  without  applying  sutures 
through  the  living  tissues,  we  have  certainly  reached  the 
highest  goal  of  success.  Although  this  method  of  surgical 
practice  has  a  limited  field,  it  can  be  successfully  used  in 
part  or  in  whole  in  90  per  cent,  of  all  external  minor  op- 
erations. Operations  can  be  made  painless  to  the  extent 
and  limitation  of  the  use  of  a  local  anesthetic,  can  be 
made  practically  bloodless  wherever  a  local  anaesthetic 


FEATURAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       259 

can  be  applied,  can  be  made  sutureless  on  any  cutanious 
surface  where  tention  is  not  too  great.  This  method  has 
a  large  field  of  usefulness  in  minor  operations,  upon  the 
eye,  ear,  throat  and  nose,  exterpating  small  tumors  and 
growths  upon  the  skin,  hernia,  rectal,  uretheral  and  scro- 
tal operations,  in  fact  operations  upon  any  surface  of  the 
body  accessible  to  the  use  of  the  hypodermic  needle.  This 
bringe  us  to  the  point  of  describing  the  value  of  local 
anaesthetics. 

Since  Dr.  Koller,  of  Vienna  discovered  the  analges- 
tic  effects  of  cocaine  which  we  have  discussed  quite  thor- 
oughly in  another  chapter  there  has  been  a  number  of 
locar  anesthetics  introduced  from  time  to  time,  none  of 
them  however  have  seemed  to  create  the  interest  with  the 
Medical  Profession,  to  as  great  an  extent  as  the  discovery 
of  quinine  and  urea  hydrochloride  by  Dr.  Henry  Thibault, 
of  Arkansas,  in  1907.  His  favorable  reports  were  immed- 
iately confirmed  by  other  observers  and  at  the  present 
time  we  find  this  drug  to  be  cocaines  most  successful  rival, 
and  offering  advantages  over  the  latter  drug  in  many 
ways,  for  general  surgical  purposes.  The  five  principal 
advantages  offered  by  this  drug  are  as  follows :  First,  it 
is  absolutely  safe  at  all  times,  and  there  is  no  depressive 
effects  upon  the  heart.  Second,  it  can  be  rendered  abso- 
lutely sterile  by  boiling  whereby  it  has  been  proved  that 
strong  toxicity  has  developed  at  times  in  cocaine  as  the 
results  of  boiling.  Third,  the  analgestic  effects  lasts  much 
longer  than  cocaine,  often  maintaining  its  anaesthetic  ef- 
fect from  four  to  ten  days  which  is  a  decided  advantage 
where  sensitive  organs  are  operated  upon.  Fourth,  the 
drug  has  a  somewhat  hemostatic  effect  and  thus  prevent- 
ing post  hemorrages  in  vascular  surfaces.  Fifth,  it  is  not 
as  liable  to  be  followed  with  nausea  and  other  unpleasant 
symptoms  when  used  about  the  mouth  or  nasal  cavities. 
This  anesthetic  is  used  in  solutions  varying  from  one- 
fourth  to  twenty  per  cent,  depending  of  course  upon  the 
character  and  extent  of  the  operation.  When  applied  to 
the  mucous  membrane  depending  solely  upon  its  direct  ab- 
sorption as  in  operations  upon  the  urethra  or  correcting 
the  womb  from  ten  to  twenty  per  cent,  solution  should  be 


260       FEATIJRAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST. 

used;  when  used  subcutaneously  from  one-fourth  to  a 
three  per  cent,  solution  is  required,  a  one  or  two  per  cent, 
solution,  however,  will  suffice  for  nearly  all  purposes. 
The  technique  of  its  application  is  the  same  as  that  of  co- 
caine'and  can  be  used  upon  the  most  delicate  and  sensi- 
tive surfaces.  Dr.  Thibault  even  reports  of  breaking  up 
peritoneal  adhesions  and  allowing  the  anaesthetic  solution 
to  escape  into  the  abdominal  cavity  without  producing 
any  irritation  or  unfavorable  results. 

Quinine  and  Urea  Hydrochloride  may  be  used  in  sin- 
gle solution  or  combined  with  adnephrin  which  increases 
its  hemostatic  properties  as  follows  : 

1^     Quinine  and  Urea  Hydrochloride 5  gr. 

Adnephrin   solution 1  dr. 

Aqua,  q.  s 1  oz. 

The  above  represents  a  one  per  cent,  solution  of  qui- 
nine and  Urea  Hydrochloride  and  is  one  of  the  happiest 
combinations  in  the  Materia  Medica,  as  each  remedy  seems 
to  have  a  controlling  influence  over  the  other.  The  ad- 
nephrin not  only  increases  the  hemostatic  properties  of  the 
quinine  and  Urea  Hydrochloride  but  it  also  increases  its 
anaesthetic  influence  through  its  contractile  influence  on 
the  capillaries. 

This  solution,  injected  into  the  tissues  not  only  ren- 
ders the  operation  painless  but  also  nearly  bloodless  in 
all  surface  operations,  thus  allowing  you  full  view  of  the 
operation  with  very  little  use  for  the  surgical  sponge. 
To  illustrate  the  advantage  of  this  hemostatic  angesthetic, 
I  will  give  you  two  illustrations,  one  by  direct  absorption, 
and  the  other  by  subcutaneous  injection. 

Mr.  H. — who  had  a  stricture  for  three  years  and  it 
was  decided  upon  to  perform  Urethrotomy^,  two  drams  of 
a  fifteen  per  cent,  solution  was  injected  into  the  uretheral 
canal,  and  retained  there  for  ten  minutes.  The  operation 
was  performed  absolutely  painless  and  the  severe  burning 
which  usually  follows  the  operation,  when  urinating  for 
a  few  days  was  not  complained  of,  showing  that  the  anaes- 
thetic has  a  lasting  effect. 

Mrs.  J. — aged  38,  possessed  a  small  fatty  tumor  about 
the  size  of  a  silver  dollar,  which  appeared  to  be  growing 


TEATTJEAL  SPECIALIST  AND  DERMATOLOGIST.       261 

rather  rapidly  below  and  a  little  anterior  to  the  ear,  about 
one  dram  of  the  above  solution  was  injected  along  the  line 
of  incision  and  at  different  points  around  the  surface  to 
be  operated  upon.  At  the  end  of  about  five  minutes  the 
tumor  was  carefully  dissected  out  without  any  complaint 
of  pain,  the  edges  of  the  wound  were  trimmed  in  the 
usual  way  to  secure  as  close  a  union  as  possible,  the  edges 
were  drawn  together  and  Luken's  wound  clips  were  used 
to  unite  the  surfaces  as  illustrated  below,  these  clips  have 
the  advantage  of  making  even  pressure  on  all  parts  of  the 
denuded  surface,  and  it  also  makes  a  very  close  union, 
avoiding  the  formation  of  much  cicatricial  tissue,  and 
eventually  leaving  the  surface  free  from  any  perceptible 
mark  or  scar,  which  is  a  great  advantage,  especially  in 
facial  surgery.     The  solution  used  as  a  hemostatic  anaes- 


thetic should  be  made  fresh  each  time,  as  it  deteriorates 
with  age  and  the  results  are  not  as  satisfactory.  To  one 
who  has  never  witnessed  an  operation  with  the  use  of  this 
solution  the  results  will  be  surprisingly  marvelous,  at  the 
calm  and  composed  condition  of  the  average  patient.  One 
can  readily  see  the  field  of  usefulness  of  this  solution.  I 
have  used  it  in  circumcision,  male  and  female,  ingro^vn 
toe  nails,  for  the  removal  of  tumors  of  all  kinds,  large  as 
could  be  successfully  operated  upon  by  the  use  of  local 
an£esthetics,  in  fact  when  you  become  acquainted  with  its 
true  merits,  you  will  find  it  one  of  the  most  reliable  prep- 
arations in  your  possession. 


262  GOITER. 


The  Goiter  Specialist 

Goiter,  or  "big  neck,"  as  it  is  popularly  advertised, 
has  been  isolated  as  a  specialty  by  some  physicians,  and 
there  is  one  Medical  Co.  in  Cincinnati  who  claim  to  have 
the  names  of  two-thirds  of  the  goiter  patients  in  the  Unit- 
ed States.  This  list  has  been  secured  by  persistent  adver- 
tising for  several  years. 

The  treatment  used  by  this  company  is  an  ointment 
composed  of  iodosyl  incorporated  in  a  base  of  lard  and 
lanoline,  applied  three  times  a  day.  The  internal  treat- 
ment consists  of  iodide  of  potassium.  Some  years  ago  Dr. 
Hale  devised  a  treatment  by  hypodermic  injection,  which 
has  been  used  by  several  physicians  with  excellent  success. 
The  treatment  is  as  follows: 

Injection  No,  1. 

^     Carbolic   acid   %  dr. 

Tinct.  iodine    2  dr. 

Glycerine    -1/2  oz. 

Aqua  des  1  oz. 

Mix  the  carbolic  acid  and  water,  add  the  tinct,  of 
iodine  and  glycerine  and  filter  through  absorbent  cotton. 

Injection  No.  2. 

^     Iodoform 40  gr. 

Glycerine 3  dr. 

Mix  by  triturating  in  a  glass  motar  and  keep  the  so- 
lution in  a  colored  bottle. 

LOCAL   APPLICATION. 

^     Tartar  emetic   %  dr. 

Tinct.   benzoin   comp    2  dr. 

Tinct.   iodine    . 3  oz. 

Aqua    %  oz. 


GOITER.  263 

Dissolve  the  tartar  emetic  in  the  water  and  add  the 
tincture  of  benzoin  and  iodine,  and  filter. 

Injections  No.  1  and  2  should  be  alternated  by  first 
injecting  from  1  to  5  minims  of  No.  1,  and  in  three  days 
inject  from  2  to  10  minims  of  No.  2.  In  this  way  a  pa- 
tient receives  about  two  hypodermic  treatments  a  week. 
The  amount  of  medicine  used  will  depend  somewhat  up- 
on the  extent  of  the  growth  and  the  age  of  the  patient. 
It  is  always  best  to  commence  with  a  minimum  amount  and 
increase  the  amount  of  medicine  used  as  the  treatment 
progresses.  It  is  not  necessary  to  inject  deeply  into  the 
tissues,  as  you  are  dealing  with  a  glandular  substance  and 
the  medicine  is  readily  diffused.  The  patient  is  also  re- 
quested to  apply  the  local  application  two  or  three  times 
a  day. 

If  you  wish  to  remove  the  discoloration  caused  by  the 
iodine,  you  can  readily  do  so  by  applying  a  concentrated 
solution  of  hyposulphate  of  soda. 

DR.  CHAVETTE'S  GOITER  CURE. 

^     Zinc  sulphate   2  dr. 

Salicylic  acid .2  dr. 

Boracic   acid    3  dr. 

Iodoform    3  dr. 

Oleic   acid    . . . .- 8  oz. 

Mix  and  keep  at  boiling  heat  for  four  hours,  then 
pour  off  the  liquid,  and  after  cooling,  bottle  and  cork  and 
keep  in  a  dark  colored  bottle. 

This  preparation  should  be  applied  to  the  enlarged 
gland  by  using  slight  friction  twice  a  day  until  slight 
desquamation  occurs,  then  it  may  be  applied  only  once  a 
day  until  the  enlargement  has  been  entirely  reduced.  It 
has  been  stated  that  this  is  a  permanent  cure  for  goiter. 


264 


HAIR. 


The  Hair  Specialist 

A  physician  in  general  practice  would  hardly  think 
that  the  treatment  of  the  disease  of  the  scalp,  falling  hair 
and  baldness  would  offer  a  large  enough  field  for  a  spe- 
cialty, but  we  find  many  regular  physicians  and  many  ir- 
regular "professors"  entering  this  specialty  and  conduct- 
ing ''Bald  Head  Institutes"  on  a  profitable  basis.  Many 
of  these  specialists  limit  their  work  to  the  treatment  of 
falling  hair   and  baldness,  while   others  treat  all  condi- 


HIRSUTE    MONSTROSITIES — LIONBLL,    THE    "DOG-FACED"    RUS- 
SIAN   AND    THE    BEARDED    LADY. 

tions  pertaining  to  the  hair,  give  scalp  massage,  electric 
treatments,  shampoo,  bleach  and  dye  the  hair,  etc. 

The  average  person,  especially  men,  pay  very  little 
attention  to  their  hair  in  a  way  of  grooming,  until  he  finds 
his  hair  is  falling  out  and  he  is  fast  becoming  bald.  This 
excites  his  vanity  and  he  seeks  relief  by  consulting  a  spe- 
cialist. In  this  chapter  we  will  give  the  treatments  used 
by  these   specialists,   and  the   different  views  regarding 


HAIR.  265 

baldness.  There  are  four  varieties  of  hair ;  first  and  most 
important  of  these  is  the  long  and  pliant  hair  of  the  head ; 
second,  the  shorter  and  coarser  hair  on  the  face  of  man, 
and  on  the  pubies  and  under  the  arm  pits  of  both  sexes; 
third,  the  shorter  and  coarser  hair  found  on  the  eye- 
brows, eyelids,  nostrils,  etc. ;  the  fourth  is  called  lenugo, 
which  is  the  fine  hair  which  covers  nearly  the  entire  body. 
Although  there  is  no  race  on  earth  whose  bodies  are  en- 
tirely covered  with  heavy  hair,  there  are  many  monstrosi- 
ties in  the  way  of  hirsute  growths,  as  is  well  illustrated 
in  the  accompanying  cuts,  of  Lionell,  the  dog-faced  Rus- 
sian boy,  whose  ancestors  possessed  a  similar  growth,  and 
the  bearded  lady,  who  was  born  in  the  northern  part  of 
Michigan,  whose  ancestors  did  not  possess  an  abnormal 
growth  of  hair.  There  has  also  been  several  individuals, 
whose  bodies  were  covered  with  hair,  which  represented 
nothing  more  than  their  own  individuality.  These  freaks 
are  not  of  as  great  interest,  however,  to  the  hair  specialist 
as  the  gold  and  silver  taken  in  exchange  for  the  treat- 
ment of  restoring  silver  hair  to  its  natural  color,  and  pro- 
ducing the  golden  shade  in  others  and  curing  baldness. 

ALOPECIA. 

There  has  been  a  diversity  of  opinions  as  to  the  cause 
of  baldness,  but  it  is  the  general  belief  of  most  investiga- 
tors that  it  is  of  microbic  origin. 

Prof,  Unna,  in  the  year  1887,  was  among  the  first  to 
publish  a  paper  advancing  the  theory  that  dandruff  and 
subsequent  baldness  was  of  parasitic  origin,  and  although 
his  theory  was  not  kindly  accepted  by  many  at  first,  his 
statements  were  afterwards  verified  by  Morrell,  who 
claimed  he  succeeded  in  isolating  the  dandruff  germ — 
diplococus.  Since  his  report  there  has  been  much  inves- 
tigation along  that  line,  which  prove  that  dandruff  and 
premature  baldness  is  of  parasitic  origin. 

It  has  been  noticed  by  many  careful  observers  that 
seborrhoea  often  attacks  several  members  of  one  family, 
who  used  the  same  hair  brush  and  comb.  It  has  also  been 
demonstrated  that  mice  placed  in  the  combings  of  hair 
become  bald  rapidly,  and  that  dandruff  rubbed  into  the 


S66 


HAIR. 


hair  of  a  rabbit  will  cause  their  hair  to  come  out.  I  am 
of  the  same  opinion  as  Dr.  Bernheim,  that  much  contam- 
ination originates  at  the  barber  shop.  The  less  hair  a 
man  has  on  his  head  the  more  frequest  he  visits  the  bar- 
ber shop  and  exposes  others  to  the  same  contagion,  by 
coming  in  contact  with  his  own  falling  hair  and  dandruff 
left  upon  the  comb  and  brush. 

We  also  notice  many  men  who  lead  public  lives  and 
use  public  toilet  utensils,  brushes  and  combs,  in  hotels, 
offices,  etc.,  are  also  encouraging  baldness.  Another  and 
one  of  the  most  convincing  proofs  that  dandruff  and  fal- 


DIPLOCOCUS    AS    IDENTIFIED    BY    MORRELL. 


ling  hair  is  of  parasitic  origin  is  that  the  only  successful 
treatment  is  based  upon  cleanliness,  antiseptic  and  paras- 
itic medications.  Among  other  things  which  have  been 
attributed  to  the  cause  of  falling  hair  and  baldness 
may  be  mentioned,  excluding  the  top  of  the  head 
from  light,  air  and  sunshine,  which  is  nature's  greatest 
hair  grower.  Did  you  ever  see  a  bald-headed  Indian? 
Much  credit  is  given  as  a  cause  of  baldness  to  wearing  too 
tight  hat  hands,  thereby  obstructing  the  circulation  in  the 
top  of  the  head.  The  loss  of  hair  is  also  associated  with 
all  debilitating  diseases,  etc. 


HAIR. 


26? 


TREATMENT  OF  ALOPECIA. 

The  essential  requirements  to  successfully  treat  dand- 
ruff, falling  hair  and  premature  baldness,  are  cleanliness, 
antiseptics,  and  stimulants,  also  the  untiring  patience  on 
the  part  of  the  patient  and  physician.  With  this  object 
•in  view  there  has  been  hundreds  of  hair  restoratives  placed 
on  the  market  and  mam^  devises  invented  to  promote  the 
growth  of  hair. 


DECOMPOSITION    OF    HAIR    FOLLICLE    CAUSED    BY    DANDRUFF. 


In  considering  the  requirements  for  treatment  as 
enumerated  above,  the  following  simple  formula  is  one  of 
the  best  preparations,  to  my  knowledge,  to  quickly  and 
thoroughly  remove  dandruff,  and  is  what  is  known  as 

PEERLESS   SEAFOAM: 

1^     Aqua  ammonia 2  dr. 

Cologne    1  dr. 

Alcohol  8  oz. 

Aqua   8  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  Apply  about  a  tablespoonful  at  a  time 
to  the  hair  when  dry  and  rub  briskly.  This  makes  a  pro- 
fuse foam  which  is  very  refreshing  and  cleansing  to  the 
scalp.     After  this  has  been  repeated  several  times,  the 


268  HAIR. 

hair  should  be  washed  thoroughly  with  a  good  tar  soap. 
Owing  to  the  poor  quality  of  tar  soap  on  the  market,  it  is 
best  to  superintend  the  compounding  yourself  by  using 
forty  parts  of  beechwood  or  birchv/ood  tar  to  sixty  parts 
of  castile  soap.  After  using  these  shampoos  the  head 
should  be  thoroughly  rinsed  Avith  hot  water,  gradually 
cooled.  The  bath  water  will  contain  many  hairs,  which 
may  give  the  patient  the  impression  that  the  treatment  is 
doing  more  harm  than  good;  you  should  explain  to  them 
that  the  hairs  which  have  come  away  are  diseased  hairs 
and  would  have  fallen  out  in  a  few  days  of  their  own 
accord. 

These  shampoos  should  be  repeated  at  least  as  often 
as  once  or  twice  a  week.  Some  specialists  use  what  they 
call  "scalp  food,"  which  is  used  after  the  shampoo;  these 
foods  are  mixtures  of  olive  oil,  lanoline,  resorcin  and 
mercury  bichloride,  and  can  be  applied  to  a  good  advan- 
tage in  many  cases.  It  is  applied  with  a  tooth  brush, 
rubbed  in  to  the  scalp,  in  the  same  way  hair  tonics  are 
used.  The  next  treatment  used  are  what  is  popularly 
known  as  ''hair  tonics  or  restoratives,"  (see  nostrums), 
and  there  is  no  end  to  the  different  combination  of  reme- 
dies used  for  this  purpose.  The  principal  thing  to  be  con- 
sidered is  the  combination  of  a  mild  stimulant,  antiseptic, 
germicide  and  tonic.  The  remedies  incorporated  in  these 
compounds  are  mercury  bichloride  and  resorcin,  for  their 
antiseptic  and  germicide  properties,  quinine  and  nux  vom- 
ica for  their  tonic  effect,  jaborandi  or  capsicum  for  their 
stimulating  effect.  The  following  formula  will  be  found 
an  excellent  combination  for  promoting  the  growth  of 
hair: 

I^     Quinine  sulphate   20  gr. 

Tinct,  nux  vomica    2  dr. 

Tinct.  cantharides   2  dr. 

F.  E.  jaborandi   2  dr. 

Resorcin    1  dr. 

Alcohol    2  oz. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Bay  runi  6  oz. 

Rose  water q.  s.  16  oz. 


HAIR.  269 

Mix  and  filter.  The  best  way  to  apply  this  and  other 
hair  tonics  is  to  part  the  hair  about  one-half  inch  apart, 
lengthwise  the  scalp  and  dip  a  stiff  tooth  brush  into  the 
solution  and  rub  it  into  the  scalp  two  or  three  times  a 

week. 

Another  form  of  hair  restorative  contains  a  prepara- 
tion of  sulphur  and  lead.  It  not  only  acts  as  an  alleged 
curative  for  baldness,  but  as  a  coloring  agent  in  dying  and 
deepening  the  color  of  the  hair. 

The  following  formula  is  a  very  popular  preparation 
for  this  purpose:  (The  reader  is  also  referred  to  the  for- 
mula given  in  the  chapter  on  the  mail  order  specialist, 
and  other  parts  of  the  book  for  vegetable  and  other  hair 
dyes.) 

^     Lead  acetate 6  dr. 

Sulphur  precipitated 1  oz. 

Tinct.  cantharides   4  dr. 

Glycerine    ^  o^- 

Alcohol    4oz. 

Oil  of  citronella 1  dr. 

Oil  of  bergamot V2^^' 

Water  enough  to  make 64  oz. 

Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  alcohol,  add  the  glycerine  and 
tincture  of  cantharides  and  mix  with  the  water,  then  add 
the  sulphur  and  lead.  Preparations  containing  sulphur  and 
lead,  when  exposed  to  the  light,  form  black  lead  sulphide, 
therefore  they  should  be  kept  in  dark  bottles.  Patients 
using  sulphur  and  lead  hair  restoratives  should  be  cau- 
tioned that  they  are  not  entirely  free  from  danger. 

To  recapitulate :  The  treatment  of  seborrhea,  alopecia 
or  falling  hair,  should  consist  of  thorough  cleanliness,  an- 
tiseptics and  stimulants,  which  may  be  obtained  by  the 
first  two  preparations;  the  latter  formula  is  not  to  be 
used  unless  you  wish  to  darken  the  hair. 

The  secret  of  success  in  promoting  the  growth  of 
hair  and  treating  scalp  diseases  lies  in  untiring  per- 
severance. This  should  be  explained  to  the  patient  and 
no  case  should  be  admitted  for  treatment  unless  he  is  wil- 
ling to  continue  the  medication  for  two  or  more  months. 


270 


HAIR. 


ADVANCED  ALOPECIA. 

The  treatment  of  advanced  baldness  will  depend  up- 
on the  condition  of  the  scalp ;  if  the  scalp  is  shiney  and 
the  glands  entirely  atrophied,  there  is  absolutely  no  help 
except  the  topee.  If  there  are  a  few  hairs  left  it  offers 
the  specialist  a  chance  for  argument  and  encouragement, 
and  the  physician's  favorite  quotation  is  often  given: 
' 'where  there  is  life  there  is  hope." 

All  treatments  for  advanced  baldness  point  towards 
one  thing,  viz.,  to  improve  the  circulation  of  the  scalp. 
This  has  been  attempted  by  blistering,  electricity  and  the 
vacuum  treatment ;  of  these  treatments  the  vacuum  treat- 


1 
1 

'  \ 
,1 

f    ^^S 

\ 

1 

-- 

THE    EVAN'S    CAP    FOR    GIVING    THE    VACUUM    TREATMENT. 

ment  is  to  be  preferred,  as  it  has  many  advantages  in  its 
favor.  It  is  not  claimed  by  specialists  who  use  the  vacuum 
treatment  that  it  will  create  live  hairs  when  there  is  none, 
but  it  provides  every  possible  means  of  promoting  hair 
growth  under  the  most  adverse  circumstances;  however, 
in  no  case  will  it  restore  hair  to  a  perfectly  bald  or  shiney 
scalp  when  the  life  of  the  hair  follicile  has  been  extinct. 
The  object  of  the  treatment  is  to  loosen  the  scalp  and  im- 
prove the  circulation,  which  is  of  much  benefit  in  all  cases 
of  alopecia. 

HAIR  DYES. 

The  people  of  the  Occident  have  to  a  certain  extent, 
followed  the  universal  custom  of  those  of  the  orient  in 


HAIR  271 

dyeing  and  bleaching  the  hair  to  hide  its  grayness  or  to 
give  it  a  preferred  color.  Hair  dyes  are  of  two  classes, 
those  containing  the  dye  already  formed,  and  those  in 
which  it  is  produced  in  the  hair  by  some  chemical  pro- 
cess. Some  hair-dyes  contain  substances  which  in  their 
nature  are  very  injurious  to  the  hair,  and  cause  baldness. 
Before  dyeing  the  hair,  the  oil  should  be  removed  by 
washing  thoroughly  with  soap  and  water,  and  the  dye 
applied  when  nearly  dry.  The  scalp  should  also  be  pro- 
tected from  staining  by  a  broad,  fine-tooth  comb. 

PERMANGANATE  OF  POTASSIUM  DYE. 

I^     Permanganate  of  potassium 5%  oz. 

Distilled  water  2  qt. 

The  above  combination  forms  a  dark  violet  solution. 
When  this  is  brought  in  contact  with  any  organic  sub- 
stance like  the  hair,  it  rapidly  discolors  it  and  imparts  a 
brown  tint,  due  to  the  hydrated  oxide  of  magnesia. 

The  hair  is  washed  as  stated  above,  and  the  dilute 
solution  applied  with  a  soft  brush.  The  color  is  produced 
at  once.  According  to  the  degree  of  dilution,  this  innocu- 
ous preparation  can  be  made  to  give  any  desired  color 
from  blonde  to  very  dark  brown.  It  is  this  preparation 
which  has  recently  been  extensively  used  by  ladies  in 
their  latest  fad  of  coloring  the  hair  auburn.  Of  course 
this  preparation  and  other  hair  dyes  may  be  used  for  the 
beard  as  well  as  the  hair. 

TESIAN  AUBURN  HAIR  DYE. 

''Zaza  Shade." 

^     Dioxide  of  hydrogen 2  oz. 

Nitric  acid 3  min. 

Aqua  ammonia   5  min. 

Resorcine   15  gr.    . 

SILVER  HAIR  DYES. 

This,  and  similar  hair  dyes,  consists  of  two  prepara- 
tions, preserved  in  bottles  labeled  Nos.  1  and  2 ;  the  lat- 


272  HAIR. 

ter,  containing  the  silver  solution,  should  be  kept  in  a 
dark,  amber-colored  bottle,  as  the  silver  salts  are  decom- 
posed by  light.  For  use,  some  of  the  liquid  from  bottle 
No.  1  is  poured  into  a  cup,  and  the  hair  is  moistened  with 
it  by  means  of  a  soft  brush.  The  liquid  from  bottle  No. 
2  is  now  poured  into  another  cup  and  applied  with  another 
brush.  These  dyes  are  prepared  in  different  strengths  m 
order  to  color  the  hair  brown  or  black. 


TO  DYE  THE  HAIR  BROWN. 

No.  1  (in  white  bottle.) 

I^     Sulphide  of  potassium 7  oz. 

Alcohol   1  qt. 

No.  2  (in  dark  bottle.). 

^     Silver  nitrate  4%  oz. 

Distilled  water   1  qt. 


TO  DYE  THE  HAIR  BLACK. 

No.  1  (in  white  bottle). 

^     Sulphide  of  potassium 1/2  lb. 

Alcohol    Iqt. 

No.  2  (in  dark  bottle). 

^     Silver  nitrate   51/2  oz. 

Distilled  water   1  qt. 

The  sulphide  of  potassium  appears  in  fragments  of  a 
liver-brown  mass,  which  readily  dissolves  in  water.  The 
solution  must  be  filtered  before  being  poured  into  the  bot- 
tle as  it  becomes  turbid  in  the  air.  Keep  in  well  corked 
bottles.  When  the  two  solutions  are  brought  together, 
black  sulphide  of  silver  results  and  darkens  the  hair.  Af- 
ter the  use  of  this  preparation,  a  disagreeable  odor  ad- 
heres to  the  hair,  which  may  be  readily  removed  by  wash- 
ing. 


HAIR.  273 

CHRISTADORO'S   HAIR  DYE. 

No.  1  contains  sixty  grains  of  pyro-gallie  acid  dis- 
solved in  one  dram  of  alcohol  and  4  ounces  of  distilled 
water;  No.  2  consists  of  1  ounce  of  nitrate  of  silver  dis- 
solved in  1  ounce  of  distilled  water  and  1  ounce  of  con- 
centrated ammonia,  to  which  is  added  %  ounce  of  gum 
arabic  dissolved  in  3  ounces  of  distilled  water. 

WALNUT  HAIR  DYE. 

]^     Green  walnut  shells 2  oz. 

Alum    %  oz. 

Olive  oil  4  oz. 

Heat  together  in  a  water  bath  until  the  water  has 
been  completely  expelled,  then  express,  filter  and  per- 
fume. 

TO  BLEACH  THE  HAIR. 

There  are  several  preparations  on  the  market,  under 
different  names,  as  Goldine,  Auricome,  Golden  Hair  Water, 
etc.  These  preparations  are  nothing  but  peroxide  of  hy- 
drogen, perfumed.  When  this  is  applied  to  the  hair  as  a 
bleaching  agent,  it  should  be  diluted  and  the  hair  de- 
prived of  its  oil  by  first  washing  it  with  soap  and  water. 

HAIR  RESTORATIVES  AND  GROWERS. 

NOSTRUMS. 

The  following  formula  will  allow  you  to  become 
familiar  with  many  of  the  extensively  advertised  hair 
preparations : 

SEVEN  SUTHERLAND  SISTERS'  HAIR  GROWER. 

^     Bay  rum * 7  oz. 

Distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel 9  oz. 

Common  salt 1  dr. 

Hydrochloride  acid  (5  per  cent.)   1  dr. 

Magnesia   q.  s. 


274  HAIK. 

Mix  the  bay  rum  and  distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel, 
and  shake  with  a  little  magnesia ;  filter  and  in  the  filtrate 
dissolve  the  salt  and  add  the  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
agitation  with  magnesia  causes  the  preparation  to  assume 
a  yellow  color,  but  by  rendering  it  very  slightly  acid,  with 
the  hydrochloric  acid,  this  color  all  disappears. — (New 
Idea.) 

ALLEN'S  WORLDS  HAIR  RESTORER. 

I^     Sulphur 6  parts 

Acetate  of  lead 8  parts 

Glycerine   100  parts 

Perfumed  water 200  parts 

Dissolve  the  acetate  of  lead  in  the  water,  then  add  the 
glycerine  and  sulphur.  Any  aromatic  water  may  be  used 
for  making  the  water. —  (American  Pharmacist.) 

HALL'S  HAIR  RENEWER. 

^     Sulphur    1  dr. 

Lead  acetate 1  dr. 

Salt   2  dr. 

Glycerine    8  oz. 

Bay  rum 2  oz. 

Jamaica  rum '. 4  oz. 

Water .  16  oz. 

BORDET'S  HAIR  TONIC. 

The  American  Druggist  gives  the  following  for  this 
preperation,  and  it  is  my  opinion  that  it  is  much  better 
than  the  lead  and  sulphur  mixtures : 

^     Carbolic  acid   30  min. 

Tincture  of  cardamon   30  min. 

Tincture  of  nux  vomica 2  dr. 

Compound  tincture  cinchona 1  dr. 

Cologne  water   1  dr. 

Cocoanut  oil  q.  s.  ad  4  oz. 


HAIR.  275 

AVER'S  HAIR  VIGOR. 

1;^     Acetate  of  lead  3  parts 

Flowers  of  sulphur   2  parts 

Glycerine   14  parts 

Water    80  parts 

— Formula  d 'Hygiene  Populaire.) 


276  BEAUTY. 


The  Beauty  Specialist 

The  above  title  describes  another  type  of  specialist 
with  which  every  city  is  familiar.  These  specialists  are 
generally  of  the  feminine  gender,  and  their  finely  fur- 
nished parlors  are  found  on  every  fashionable  thorough- 
fare. As  most  women  are  ambitious  to  become  handsome, 
we  find  these  specialists  well  patronized,  and  ''for  ways 
that  are  dark  and  tricks  that  are  vain"  they  are  unap- 
proachable. 

Georgine  Champbaron,  of  Paris,  was  among  the  first 
to  establish  a  reputation  with  her  famous  rejuvenating 
treatment.  Afterwards  Mrs.  Harriet  Hubbard  Ayer  opened 
an  establishment  on  Fifth  avenue,  New  York,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  beautifying  the  complexion  of  patients.  From 
a  financial  standpoint,  her  success  must  have  been  phe- 
nomenal, for  at  the  present  time,  we  find  temples  of  beau- 
ty everywhere,  with  a  presiding  princess,  who  is  usually 
a  woman  past  her  first  youth,  hard  in  feature,  illiterate 
to  a  degree,  but  seductive  in  manner  and  fluent  in  argu- 
ment. 

These  "ladies"  generally  claim  to  be  philanthropists, 
pure  and  simple,  animated  solely  by  a  desire  to  help  their 
less  beautiful  sisters  (at  a  trifling  charge  of  from  fifty  to 
three  hundred  dollars  for  each  case.)  Their  primary  train- 
ing as  beauty  specialists  is  often  obtained  at  some  fashion- 
able manicure  or  hair-dressing  establishment,  where  they 
have  acted  as  an  apprentice  and  learned  to  listen  to  and 
sympathize  with  women  who  are  not  blessed  with  good 
complexions  by  nature. 

A  clever  woman  at  once  finds  the  field  a  large  and 
profitable  one,  and  enters  into  business  on  her  own  re- 
sponsibility, with  a  few  pretty  young  ladies  as  her  as- 
sistants, 


BEAUTY. 


277 


By  consulting  some  recipe  book,  she  finds  the  formulae 
for  the  preparations  required  in  her  practice,  places  them 
in  fanc}^  bottles  and  labels  them  "Creme  de  Beaute  of 
the  French  Court,"  "Helen  of  Troy  Skin  Rejuvenator," 
"Circle's  Bloom,"  or  "Elixir  of  Youth."  They  also 
have  Avrinkle-eradicators,  hair  dyes  and  bleaches,  plasters, 
etc.  They  have  steaming  and  other  appliances  which  im- 
press their  patrons  favorably. 

A  young  lad}'  once  delivered  herself  into  the  hands  of 
one  of  these  philanthropic  "ladies,"  for  the  purpose  of 


FACE    STEAMING    APPARATUS. 


learning  their  methods,  and  under  her  treatment,  was 
kneaded,  pinched,  massaged,  greased,  steamed,'  lotioned, 
powdered,  painted  and  elixired  during  six  wearj^  days. 
She  claims  that  she  got  along  with  the  treatment  more 
easily  than  many  others,  for  as  soon  as  she  had  retired 
from  their  apartments,  she  washed  their  stuff  off,  and 
was  not  self-sacrificing  enough  to  undergo  the  rejuvenat- 
ing process,  for  she  did  not  care  to  submit  to  the  torture, 
and  be  flayed  alive.  She  describes  the  process  of  beauti- 
fying as  divided  into  three  departments,  bleaching,  steam- 


278  BEAUTY. 

ing  and  plastering.  The  almost  invariable  basis  of  the 
complexion  bleach  is  corrosive  sublimate,  the  action  of 
which  is  to  remove  the  outer  cuticle,  leaving  the  smooth, 
pink  underskin  exposed.  The  pain  connected  v\^ith  the 
use  of  this  preparation  varies  according  to  the  strength 
in  which  it  is  applied,  and  the  delicacy  of  the  skin. 

The  face-steaming  treatment  used  at  these  institutions 
is  too  well  known  to  require  much  description.  The  face 
is  thoroughly  greased,  and  then  bathed  with  medicated 
steam.  This  opens  the  pores  and  allows  all  secretions  to 
escape,  including  the  natural  oil  which  is  absolutely  es- 
sential for  the  nourishment  of  the  skin.  The  great  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  the  face-steaming  treatment  is,  that  it 
removes  all  impurities,  which  is  quite  true,  but  experience 
has  demonstrated  that  the  continual  and  excessive  use  of 
these  steaming  treatments  will  weaken  the  secretory 
gland  of  the  skin,  and  have  a  tendency  to  leave  it  dry 
by  extracting  its  oil.  This,  of  course,  is  the  cause  of 
wrinkles,  which  no  amount  of  their  creams  or  flesh  food 
will  repair. 

The  most  horrible  and  barbarous  of  all  the  com- 
plexion processes  is  known  by  the  alluring  title  of  ''re- 
juvenating treatment,"  and  is  guaranteed  to  make  a  per- 
son look  twenty  years  younger  in  a  few  weeks.  This  is 
practically  a  revival  of  the  torture  process  in  vogue  in 
France  in  the  fifteenth  century,  and  the  suffering  which 
it  entails  varies  only  in  degree. 

Unlike  the  other  treatments  given,  the  skin,  in  this 
process,  is  peeled  off  in  strips.  The  face  is  first  bathed 
with  a  mixture  of  iodine  some  use  the  pure  tincture.  Plas- 
ters are  then  applied,  which  not  only  loosen  the  skin,  but 
draw  out  a  thick,  milky  pus.  The  outer  skin  is  finally 
torn  off  with  the  plaster,  leaving  the  half -raw  and  agoniz- 
ingly sensitive  under-cuticle  exposed.  When  the  surface 
has  entirely  healed,  the  shortest  time  being  from  four  to 
eight  days,  the  complexion  in  many  cases  is  really  mar- 
velously  beautiful,  although  all  the  lines  of  character  have 
disappeared,  leaving  the  face  as  expressionless  as  that  of 
a  doll. 

For  weeks  afterward,  the  faintest  breath  of  wind  or 


BEAT.^TY. 


279 


the  touch  of  the  softest  cloth  in  bathing  the  face,  causes 
the  most  excruciating  pain.  In  a  few  months  after  tak- 
ing this  treatment,  the  sensitive  skin  commences  to  show 
thousands  of  criss-cross  lines  almost  imperceptible  at  first, 
but  gradually  deepening  until  the  face,  when  viewed, 
closely,  shows  a  shrivelled  surface  somewhat' resembling 
that  of  a  peach  which  has  been  plucked  too  soon.  In 
connection  with  the  above  treatment,  these  specialists  of- 
ten give  massage  treatments;  bleach,  dye  and  shampoo 
the  hair,  treat  baldness,  and  remove  superfluous  hair,  have 
remedies  for  pimples  on  the  face  and  other  skin  diseases, 
advertise  flesh  foods  to  develop  the  bust  and  to  round  out 


APPLYING    AND    REMOVING    THE    PLASTERS    IN    THE 
REJUVENATING    SYSTEM. 


the  neck.     They  also  have  complexion  tablets  and  other 
beautifying  articles. 

Although  physicians,  as  a  rule,  do  not  care  to  assume 
the  dignified  title  of  "Beauty  Specialists,"  they  are  often 
requested  to  compound  toilet  preparations  for  some  of 
the  above  conditions.  I,  therefore,  append  some  of  the 
formulas  of  their  secret  preparations,  which  may  be  of 
service  to  them. 

THE  SKIN. 

It  is  this  part  of  the  anatomy  that  offers  the  "beauty 
specialists"  their  greatest  opportunity  to  hold  high  car- 


280  BEAUTY, 

nival,  and  we  find  their  preparations  extensively  adver- 
tised to  cure  every  thing  from  a  pimple  to  a  "mother 
mark."  Among  the  remedies  used  for  beautifying  the 
skin,  glycerine,  no  doubt,  heads  the  list.  Pure  glycerine 
should  never  be  used,  however,  in  concentrated  form,  as 
it  abstracts  water  from  the  skin  and  produces  a  sensation 
of  heat  and  burning,  but  when  it  is  combined  with  an 
equal  part  of  rose  water,  we  find  it  a  very  valuable  agent 
in  rendering  the  skin  white,  supple,  soft  and  glossy.  No 
other  remedy  will  clear  a  sun-burned  skin  in  so  short  a 
time  as  this  preparation. 

Owing  to  the  penetrating  properties  of  lanoline,  we 
find  it  also  a  valuable  preparation^  in  which  other  reme- 
dies may  be  incorporated  to  convey  them  to  the  under 
cuticle.  Corrosive  sublimate  is  the  remedy  most  general- 
ly used  as  a  bleaching  agent. 

To  remove  freckles,  moth  patches,  liver  spots,  etc.  I 
subjoin  several  formulae  which  are  used  extensively  in 
treating  these  different  conditions  of  the  skin : 

ALBADERMINE  TREATMENT.       . 

Under  the  title  of  Albadermine,  a  foreign  specialist 
has  devised  a  method  of  treatment  for  the  removal  of 
"tan"  and  the  milder  varieties  of  "freckles,"  which  is  as 
follows : 

SOLUTION  A. 

^     Potass :  iodide  2  dr. 

lodini  pur 6  gr. 

Glycerine 3  dr. 

Inf us.  rosae 4  oz. 

Dissolve  the  iodide  of  potassium  in  a  small  quantity 
of  the  infusion  and  a  drachm  of  the  glycerine ;  with  this 
fluid  moisten  the  iodine  in  a  glass  mortar  and  rub  it 
down,  gradually  adding  more  liquid  until  complete  solu- 
tion has  been  obtained;  then  stir  in  the  remainder  of  the 
ingredients,  and  bottle  the  mixture. 


BEATTTT.  281 

SOLUTION  B. 

I>     Sodii  hj'-posulph  (Thiosulphate)   %  oz. 

Aqua  rose  1  pt. 

Dissolve  and  filter. 

With  a  small  camel's  hair  pencil  or  piece  of  fine 
sponge  apply  a  little  of  '^Albadermine  A"  to  the  tanned 
or  freckled  surface,  until  a  slight  but  tolerably  uniform 
brownish-yellow  skin  has  been  produced.  At  the  expira- 
tion of  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  moisten  a  piece  of  cam- 
bric, linen  or  soft  rag  with  "B,"  and  lay  it  upon  the  af- 
fected part,  removing,  squeezing  away  the  liquid,  soak- 
ing it  afresh,  and  again  applying  until  the  iodide  stain 
has  disappeared.  Repeat  the  entire  process  thrice  daily 
but  diminish  the  frequency  of  the  application  if  tender- 
ness is  produced.  In  the  course  of  from  three  or  four 
days  to  as  many  weeks  the  freckles  will  either  have  dis- 
appeared entirely  or  their  intensity  will  be  greatly 
diminished.  "Summer  freckles"  yield  very  speedily  to  this 
treatment. 

GLYCERINE  CREAM. 

]^     Glycerine   ^4  lb. 

Almond  oil 14  oz. 

Rose  water 12%  oz. 

Spermaceti  3i^  oz. 

Wax 480  gr. 

Oil  of  rose 60  gr. 

Melt  the  wax  and  spermaceti  by  gentle  heat,  then  add 
the  almond  oil,  next  the  glycerine  mixed  with  rose  water 
and  the  oil  of  rose.  This  makes  a  splendid  preparation 
for  sun-burn,  chapped  hands,  etc. 


282  BEAUTY. 

MELVINA  CREAM. 

The  following  formula  will  make  a  preparation  close- 
1}^  resembling  the  original : 

^     Saxoline    265  gr. 

White  wax 50  gr. 

Spermaceti 30  gr. 

Bismuth  oxychloride 40  gr. 

Mercuric  chloride V2  S'^- 

Spirit  of  rose  (4  dra.chms  of  oil  to 

one  pint)    .• .   20  min. 

Oil  of  bitter  almonds 1-8  min. 

Warm  the  saxoline,  white  wax  and  spermaceti  to- 
gether until  melted.  While  cooling  incorporate  the  bis- 
muth oxychloride  and  the  mercuric  chloride;  this  last 
previously  dissolved  in  a  little  alcohol,  and  when  nearly 
cold,  stir  in  the  perfume. 

MELVINA  LOTION. 

This  lotion  is  used  in  connection  with  the  Melvina 
Cream,  and  is  recommended  by  the  manufacturers  to  re- 
move freckles,  pimples,  moth-patches,  liver  moles,  ring- 
worm and  salt  rheum,  and  also  to  straighten  wrinkles  in 
the  face,  and  cleanse  and  soften  the  skin  to  youthful  fresh- 
ness. The  following  formula  will  make  a  preparation 
similiar  to  this  remedy : 

^     Mercuric  chloride  . 2  gr. 

Zinc  oxide 3  dr. 

Almonds   2  dr. 

Rose  water 1  pt. 

Make  an  emulsion  of  the  almonds  and  rose  water ;  dis- 
solve the  mercuric  chloride  and  add  this  with  the  zinc 
oxide. — (New  Idea.) 

ROSALIND. 

This  is  a  cosmetic  for  tinting  the  fingers,  face  and 
lips,  which  preserves  the  skin,  cures  chapped  hands,  etc. 


BEAUTY.  283 

The  New  Idea  gives  the  following  formula  as  approxi- 
mately replacing  the  original : 

1^     Eosine   10  gr.' 

White  wax    30  gr. 

Spermaceti   30  gr. 

Amber  saxoline 410  gr. 


MADAM  RUPPERT'S  FACE  BLEACH. 

Recent  analysis  assigns  the  following  composition  to 
this  highly  lauded  cosmetic : 

I^     Corrosive  sublimate 1  gr. 

Tincture  of  benzoin  7  gr. 

Water    500  gr. 

Mix.  — (Western  Druggist.) 


COMEDONE  LOTION. 

]^     Sulphuric  ether 1  oz. 

Carbonate  ammonia  1  dr. 

Boracic  acid   20  gr. 

Water,  to  make 16  dr. 

Mix,  and  apply  twice  a  day. 

The  ammonia  carbonate  forms  a  soap  with  the  grease. 
The  boracic  acid  acts  as  an  antiseptic  and  the  ether  as  a 
solvent. — (Analytic.) 


HAGAN'S  MAGNOLIA  BALM. 

Said  to  resemble  the  genuine. 

^     Pure  oxide  of  zinc 1  oz. 

Rose  water 4  oz. 

Glycerine  1  dr. 

Perfume 25  drops 

— (Lillard's  Prac.  Hints  and  Pormulce.) 


284  BEAUTY. 

LAO  VIRGINS. 

Cosmetic  for  the  skin: 

]^     Tinct.  of  benzoin 10  parts 

Rose  water 150  parts 

Mix. 

A  teaspoonful  of  this  mixture,  added  to  an  ordinary 
hand-basin  of  water,  makes  an  admirable  cosmetic  for  the 
skin  of  the  face  and  hands. 

FUNK'S  CREAM  OF  ROSES. 

1^     Tragacanth 1  dr. 

Glycerine 1  oz. 

Triple  extract  of  white  rose 1  oz. 

Water 8  oz. 

Carmine q.  s.  to  color 

DELIGHT  OF  THE  HAREM. 

This  name  sounds  quite  Oriental  enough  to  enable 
one  to  conjure  up  a  vision  of  some  dusky  beauty.  This 
cream  is  used  to  whiten  the  skin  of  the  neck  and  arms 
temporarily  and  is  especially  useful  for  the  purpose  of 
disguising  a  bad  skin  in  the  evening. 

]^     Oxide  of  zinc 1  oz. 

Spermaceti 1  oz. 

White  wax  1  oz. 

Paraffin   1  oz. 

Orange  blossom  oil 20  min. 

Almond  oil   6  oz. 

LA  DIAPHANE. 

This  preparation  is  also  known  as  Sarah  Bernhardt 's 
face  powder,  and  has  had  a  wonderful  sale  in  some  local- 
ities. 

1^     Talcum  powder 10  oz. 

Rice  flour   10  oz. 

Zinc  oxide   (Hubbuck's)    5  oz. 

Mix  well  and  perfume  with  a  mixture  of  oils  of  berga- 
mot,  ylang  ylang  and  neroli. 


BEA  UTY.  285 

RED  LIP  SALVE. 

]J     Expressed  oil  of  almonds 2  lbs. 

Wax 41/2  oz. 

Spermaceti   41/2  oz. 

Oil  of  geranium 150  gr 

Oil  of  santal 90  gr 

Alkanet  root    41/2  oz. 

The  beautiful  red  color  which  distinguishes  this  pre- 
paration is  produced  with  alkanet  root ;  the  mass,  before 
the  essential  oils  are  added,  is  macerated  for  from  six  to 
eight  hours  under  frequent  stirring  with  the  comminuted 
root  and  then  decanted  from  the  sediment. 


FINGER  NAIL  POLISH. 

The  finger  nail  being  an  appendage  to  the  skin,  we 
give  the  following  formula  for  imparting  smoothness  and 
gloss  to  the  nails: 

^     Oxide  of  tin 4  lbs. 

Carmine   %  oz 

Oil  of  lavender 150  gr. 

Oil  of  bergamot 150  gr. 

The  oxide  of  tin  must  be  an  impalpable  powder  and 
is  mixed  with  the  other  substances  in  a  mortar. 


ECOHYMOSIS. 

The  following  formula  is  the  very  best  treatment 
known  for  discolored  skin  due  to  a  bruise,  especially  the 
so-called  "black  eye." 

19     Tincture  of  Capsicum 1  dr. 

Gum  arable 1  dr. 

Glycerine    10  drops 

Paint  this  over  the  affected  parts,  allow  it  to  dry  and 
then  apply  again,  until  the  surface  has  three  or  four  coats. 
The  formulae  for  other  toilet  preparations  will  be  found 
in  the  chapter  on  Secret  Nostrums, 


286  BE  A  UTY. 

THE  NEW  REJUVENATING  OR  ENAMELING 
TREATMENT. 

One  of  the  most  amusing  incidents  the  writer  has  ever 
had  in  investigating  beauty  culture,  was  to  visit  the  par- 
lors of  an  itinerant  beauty  specialist,  who  had  advertised 
quite  extensively,  and  given  several  lectures  regarding 
her  rejuvenating  treatment  for  the  removal  of  wrinkles, 
etc.  Her  parlors  were  always  crowded  and  she  did  a 
flourishing  business  during  her  stay  in  the  city. 

By  allowing  her  to  understand  that  I  wished  to  secure 
an  interest  in  the  business,  she  was  extremely  willing  to 
enlighten  me  as  much  as  possible  regarding  her  method 
of  treatment.  The  specialist  occupied  three  rooms  in  one 
of  the  leading  hotels;  one  was  used  as  a  reception  room, 
one  as  a  consultation  and  treatment  room  and  the  other 
for  what  she  called  the  ''retiring  room."  Patients  were 
required  to  take  a  course  of  ten  treatments  for  $15.00  in 
advance.  At  this  nominal  price  she  found  many  victims 
from  all  walks  of  life,  but  old  maid  school  teachers  seemed 
to  predominate. 

The  treatment,  or  enameling  process,  consisted  of 
painting  the  entire  face,  using  a  common  half-inch  round 
paint  brush,  with  the  following  formula,  which  I  learned 
afterwards : 

I^     Mercury  bichloride • 2  gr. 

Boracic   acid 2  dr. 

White  of  eggs 1  pt. 

Mix  by  beating  and  trituration. 

The  entire  face  was  given  a  heavy  coat  of  this  sub- 
stance and  allowed  to  dry,  when  another  coat  was  ap- 
plied. This  was  repeated  several  times.  With  the  assist- 
ance of  a  fan  this  process  took  about  fifteen  minutes  and 
several  ladies  were  treated  at  the  same  time.  After  the 
last  coat  they  were  placed  in  the  retiring  room  and  re- 
quested to  stay  there  three  hours ;  they  were  not  allowed 
to  talk  or  open  their  mouth,  for  fear  they  would  break 
the  enamel.     Imagine  yourself  placed  in  a  room  full  of 


BEAUTY. 


287 


ladies,  where  all  is  silence  and  their  faces  as  expression- 
less as  a  doll's;  it  reminds  one  of  a  visit  to  some  ancient 
Egyptian,  incarnated  mummery. 

The  process  removes  the  wrinkles,  however,  but  of 
course,  the  results  are  only  temporary,  and  many  of  the 


RESULTS      OBTAINED     FROM      THE     NEW     REJUVENATING     TREAT- 
MENT— ONE    SIDE    OP    FACE    TREATED. — ILLUSTRATION 
USED    BY    BEAUTY    SPECIALISTS. 


ladies  abandon  the  treatment  before  the  course  is  com- 
pleted. This  illustrates  one  of  the  many  ridiculous  things 
which  a  fluent  and  persuasive  tongue  can  accomplish  in 
inducing  the  gentler  sex  to  improve  their  complexion  and 
restore  their  youthfulness, 


288 


BEAUTY. 

TO  DEVELOP  THE  BUST. 


It  is  doubtful  if  there  is  any  one  thing  other  than  a 
beautiful  complexion  that  a  woman  admires  more  than  a 
full,  symmetrical  bust.  This  has  caused  the  inventor  and 
the  specialist  to  contrive  all  kinds  of  devices  to  assist  na- 
ture in  the  development  of  the  mammary  glands  in  flat- 
chested  women,  and  we  find  bust  foods  and  vacuum  treat- 
ments advertised  very  extensively^ 


THE  ABOVE  ILLUSTRATES  THE  VACUUM  INSTRUMENT  AND 
THE  METHOD  OF  APPLYING. 

The  vacuum  treatment  consists  of  a  cup-shaped  glass 
(see  cut)  which  will  fit  around  the  gland,  and  when  suc- 
tion is  made  at  the  apex,  either  with  a  rubber  bulb  or 
pump,  it  will  draw  the  breast  into  the  cup,  where  it  is 
allowed  to  remain  in  this  expanded  condition  during  the 
night. 

Bust  foods  are  nothing  more  or  less  than  lanoline, 
which  may  be  adulterated  with  lard  or  cheap  oils  and 
perfumed.  This  is  rubbed  into  the  breast  by  a  course  of 
massage  treatment,  which  occupies  from  one  or  two  hours 
each  evening  before  retiring.  I  have  never  had  any  ex- 
perience in  the  use  of  either  of  these  treatments,  but  the 
accompanying  cut  is  supposed  to  represent  the  results  ob- 
tained from  their  use. 


BEAUTY.  289 

The  Medical  World  has  the  following  to  say  regard- 
ing the  development  of  the  bust:  If  woman's  "crowning 
glory"  be  her  hair,  it  is  certain  that  a  well-developed  bust 
is  a  more  attractive  feature  to  most  people.  Many  women 
go  through  life  with  scraw^ny  figures  which  are  a  source 
of  constant  mortification  to  them,  when  a  little  advice 
and  proper  exercise  would  modify  matters  materially.  The 
quack  advertisements  in  the  yellowest  of  lay  papers  are 
matched  by  the  better  worded  advertisements  in  the 
highest  class  of  ladies'  magazines  in  bidding  for  the 
monej^  of  the  credulous.  The  proof  is  evident  that  there 
is  a  demand  for  some  method  of  developing  the  figure, 
and  the  familj^  physician  should  know  what  advice  to 
give ;  in  fact  he  should  frequently  have  the  tact  to  give 
advice  unasked.  The  average  physician  would  ridicule 
a  lady  patient  who  asked  such  advice,  when  he  should 
encourage  and  aid.  Of  course  one  must  ridicule  any  drug 
which  has  the  merit  (?)  of  ''developing  the  bust  four  to 
six  inches  in  a  few  days,"  but  we  can  instruct  our  pa- 
tients in  the  use  of  inunctions,  massage,  bathing,  and 
breathing  so  as  to  obtain  for  them  appreciable  results. 
The  following  extract  is  taken  from  Ostrom's  Massage 
and  Swedish  Movements:  "Massage  and  exercise  are  the 
only  means  by  which  the  bust  may  be  properly  developed. 
The  patient  should  be  taught  how  to  breathe  properly, 
and  for  the  quick  development  of  the  mammary  glands, 
use  in  massage  the  following  preparation: 

^     Cocoa  butter 2  oz. 

Lanolin   2  oz. 

Extract  saw  palmetto 2  oz. 

Oil  cajuput 1  oz. 

Oil  sassafras ^  oz. 

This  preparation  has  not  a  fine  odor,  but  produces  a 
pleasant  sensation  in  the  skin.  It  a  valuable  compound 
wherever  we  wish  to  develop  a  part,  but  it  should  not  be 
ased  on  the  face." 

A  few  deep  breaths  taken  on  rising  each  morning  will 
work  wonders  in  the  course  of  a  few  months.  The  grow- 
ing girl  should  be  taught  to  stand  and  walk  with  the 
abdomen  drawn  back,  the   chest  thrown  well  forward, 


290 


BEAUTY. 


shoulders  well  thrown  back  and  on  a  line  with  the  hips. 
Bathing  with  alcohol  or  cold  water  on  rising  or  retiring 
is  not  only  grateful,  but  beneficial.     If  your  flat  chested 


THE  RESULTS  OBTAINED  FROM  VACUUM  MASSAGE  AND 
FLESH  FOOD  TREATMENT. 

girl  patients  do  not  speak  to  you  on  such  matters,  it  is 
your  duty  to  speak  to  them  (probably  through  their 
mothers),  thus  not>  only  earning  their  gratitude,  but 
benefitino'  their  health. 


GALEGA. 

Galega  is  the  internal  remedy  used  by  most  mail  or- 
der specialists  and  at  local  institutes  for  bust  develop- 
ment, and  it  is  claimed  that  wonderful  results  have  been 
obtained  in  many  cases,  not  only  as  a  bust  developer,  but 
as  an  aphrodisiac  for  women.  The  discovery  of  this  drug 
was  due  to  its  extensive  use  in  the  central  parts  of  Europe, 
where  it  is  given  to  cows  to  increase  the  quantity  of  their 
milk  from  thirty  to  fifty  per  cent. 


HYDROPHOBIA.  291 


Pasteur's  Method  for  Treating 
Hydrophobia 

One  of  the  most  successful  of  the  toxin  treatments  is 
Pasteur's  treatment  for  rabies.  From  the  years  1886  to 
1893  inclusive  there  were  14,430  cases  treated  at  the  Pas- 
teur Institute  in  Paris,  with  only  72  deaths.  This  leaves 
a  mortality  of  one-half  of  one  per  cent.  The  institute  in 
New  York  treated  424  cases  with  but  two  deaths. 

As  yet  there  has  never  been  a  microbe  discovered 
which  is  associated  with  rabies,  j^et  proof  is  abundant 
that  the  disease  is  due  to  a  micro-organism.  Pastuer 
found  the  virus  most  abundant  in  the  spinal  cord  of  the 
rabid  animal  and  showed  that  its  inoculation  upon  a 
healthy  animal  will  produce  the  characteristic  symptoms 
of  the  disease,  also  that  the  virus  may  be  attenuated  in 
virulence  by  drying  the  spinal  cord  containing  it. 

He  also  found  by  inoculating  on  each  successive  day 
the  virus  from  a  cord  dried  during  a  shorter  period  than 
that  used  on  the  previous  day  the  animal  so  treated  may 
be  gradually  made  almost  certainly  secure  against  rabies, 
either  from  the  bite  of  a  rabid  animal  or  from  any  method 
of  subcutaneous  inoculation.  Upon  these  facts  he  founded 
the  preventative  treatment  of  this  disease,  commenced  by 
him  in  Paris  in  1885,  which  consists  in  the  daily  inocula- 
tion of  the  bitten  person  with  emulsions  of  gradually  in- 
creasing virulence,  made  from  the  dried  spinal  cord  of 
rabbits  that  have  died  from  rabies  By  this  procedure 
chemical  substances  (toxins)  produced  during  the  life  of 
some  specific  organism  and  known  to  be  inhibitory  of  its 
growth,  are  introduced  into  the  system  of  the  patient  (V. 
Horseley.) 

Dr.  Horwitz  gives  the  following  as  his  mode  of  con- 
ducting the  treatment  of  a  case  of  hydrophobia; 


292  HYDEOPHOBIA. 

The  substance  used  for  inoculation  is  perfectly  pure 
veal  broth,  free  from  microbes,  in  which  has  been  dis- 
solved a  little  of  the  spinal  marrow  of  a  rabid  rabbit.  The 
broth  is  carefully  prepared  and  put  into  a  glass  receiver 
of  spherical  form  with  a  long  neck,  hermetically  sealed. 
It  is  then  submitted  for  half  an  hour,  under  pressure,  to 
a  heat  of  239  degrees  F.  This  boiling  is  for  the  purpose 
of  destroying  all  germs.  When  perfectly  clear  it  is  de- 
canted in  one  of  Pastuer's  receptacles.  To  obtain  the 
infected  marrow,  a  rabbit  is  chloroformed  and  trepanned, 
the  infected  broth  is  injected  under  the  dura  mater,  then 
the  edges  of  the  wound  are  stitched  together,  and  the 
rabbit  is  left  to  recover. 

After  the  inocculation,  rabies  declares  itself  in  the 
rabbit  at  the  end  of  six  days.  Two  or  three  days  later 
the  animal  dies.  The  spinal  cord  is  carefully  extracted 
and  then  hung  up  in  a  flask  containing  caustic  potash.  It 
is  placed  in  a  room  kept  at  a  heat  of  68  degrees  F.  When 
the  infected  substance  is  to  be  used,  a  piece  about 
a  centimetre  in  length  is  cut  off  and  mixed  with  pure 
broth.  The  first  day  the  patient  receives  half  a  hypoder- 
mic syringeful  of  broth,  with  marrow  of  thirteen  days' 
strength.  The  following  day  the  patient  receives  a  hypo- 
dermic injection  of  twelve  days'  strength.  Each  day  the 
marrow  is  one  day  younger,  the  operation  being  repeated 
daily  for  twelve  days. 

Rabies  may  be  considered  a  very  rare  disease  and 
many  old  practitioners  have  never  seen  a  case.  It  is 
therefore  best  for  the  physician  to  send  the  patient  who 
has  been  bitten  by  a  rabid  animal  to  one  of  the  Pasteur  in- 
stitutes. He  should  be  accompanied  by  a  piece  of  the 
medulla  oblongata  of  the  rabid  animal  if  possible.  This 
will  allow  the  physicians  in  charge  to  determine  whether 
or  not  the  animal  was  rabid 


TAPE-W(3RM.  293 


The  Tape- Worm  Specialist 

These  gentlemen  are,  as  a  rule,  not  graduates  of 
medicine,  and  often  prefix  the  title  ''professor"  instead 
of  doctor  to  their  names.  They  are  either  permanently 
located  in  cities  or  travel  through  the  country,  lecturing 
on  worms,  from  a  buggy  on  the  street  corners  of  small 
towns,  where  they  display  large  bottles  of  the  different 
specimens  of  worms,  which  they  claim  to  have  removed. 

They  cure  all  kinds  of  worms  and,  by  their  persuasive 
oratory,  make  a  large  portion  of  their  audiences  believe 
that  they  have  worms  whether  they  have  or  not.  The  fact 
that  physicians  often  overlook  the  symptoms  of  worms, 
gives  them  an  opportunity  to  sway  their  audience  by  their 
convincing  arguments. 

The  treatment  of  tape-worms  is  very  simple  and  spe- 
cific. The  best  remedy,  without  a  doubt,  is  the  tannate 
of  pelletierine.  This  is  best  administered  in  the  form  of 
Tanrat's  solution  of  pelletierine,  which  is  sold  in  bottles 
containing  one  adult  dose,  for  two  dollars  each.  I  have 
used  this  in  several  cases  without  a  single  failure.  I  re- 
gret that  I  cannot  give  the  formula  of  this  preparation, 
but  it  is  a  preparation  like  many  others  used  by  physi- 
cians, of  which  the  manufacturers  hold  the  vehicle  a  se- 
cret, and  charge  many  times  the  price  it  is  worth. 

If  a  physician  wished  to  prepare  a  similar  prepara- 
tion, from  crude  drugs,  the  following  formula  comes  from 
high  authority,  and  is  said  to  be  used  with  equal  success : 

^     Granati   2  oz. 

Pepinis   1  oz. 

Aspidii  oleoresin  %  dr. 

Aqua  acacia  and  syrup   q.  s.  ad  9  oz. 

The  granati  should  be  mixed  with  a  pint  and  a  half  of 
water  and  boiled  down  to  seven  ounces.  The  pepinis 
should  be  deprived  of  their  outer  coats  and  beaten  to  a 


294  •  TAPE-WORM. 

paste  with  fine  powdered  sugar.  The  aspidii  should  now 
be  made  into  a  emulsion  with  acacia  and  the  decoction  of 
granati,  then  added  to  the  paste  of  pepinis  and  add  suf- 
ficient flavored  syrup  to  bring  the  mixture  up  to  nine 
ounces. 

One-third  of  this  mixture  should  be  taken  in  the 
morning  after  a  light  diet  and  laxative  the  previous  day. 
If  the  first  dose  is  not  successful,  the  second  and  third 
portions  can  be  taken  at  intervals  of  every  three  hours. 
When  the  worm  comes  away  the  patient  should  be  sitting 
on  a  vessel  partly  filled  with  warm  water  to  prevent  the 
weight  of  the  expelled  portion  tearing  off  the  head.  The 
patient  should  be  instructed  never  to  attempt  to  pull  on 
the  worm,  for  he  will  always  break  it  and  the  treatment 
will  have  to  be  repeated. 

Another  way  is  to  cover  a  vessel  with  a  piece  of  mos- 
quito netting  so  that  the  cloth  bags  somewhat  into  the 
vessel.  The  faeces  will  readily  pass  through  and  leave  the 
worm  on  top,  where  it  can  be  easily  examined. 

In  the  large  cities  we  find  German  specialists  who 
have  established  a  reputation  among  their  countrymen 
for  removing  tape-worms.  They  are  usually  successful 
and  their  method  is  worthy  of  mention.  Their  procedure 
is  as  follows :  The  patient  is  requested  to  omit  two  meals 
and  during  that  time  a  brisk  saline  cathartic  is  given  un- 
til the  bowels  are  emptied,  after  which,  they  are  given 
a  teaspoonful  of  the  ethereal  oil  of  male-fern  (Merck)  in 
a  teaspoonful  of  warm  milk.  The  patient  can  now  lie 
down  and  suck  a  lemon.  If  the  dose  nauseates  him  at  the 
end  of  two  or  three  hours,  the  patient  is  given  an  ounce 
of  castor  oil  with  ten  drops  of  oil  of  turpentine  and  one 
drop  of  croton  oil.  After  a  short  interval  the  bowels  will 
move  copiously  and  the  worm  will  be  expelled.  As  soon 
as  the  worm  is  expelled  it  should  be  examined  to  ascer- 
tain if  the  head  is  present. 


STAMMERING.  295 


The  Stammering  Specialist 

The  treatment  of  stuttering  and  stammering  does 
not  properly  belong  to  the  physician,  as  they  are  habits, 
not  diseases,  and  no  medicine  will  have  any  effect  upon 
them ;  but  as  he  is  often  consulted  in  regard  to  these  im- 
pediments of  speech,  a  statement  of  the  manner  of  curing 
them  will  not  be  out  of  place  in  this  work.  They  differ 
very  slightly,  one  being  an  inability  to  pronounce  certain 
words,  the  other  to  give  certain  sounds,  and  by  persis- 
tent effort  both  are  easily  overcome.  A  New  York  pro- 
fessor, who  is  a  graduate  of  a  German  college  for  the 
study  of  the  vocal  organs,  says: 

"The  whole  thing  is  very  simple,  so  simple  that  you 
will  smile  when  I  tell  you  the  sole  and  only  cause  of  stut- 
tering and  stammering  is  careless  respiration.  People 
who  suffer  from  the  impediment  have  only  to  pause,  take 
in  a  long  breath,  and  then,  opening  the  mouth  in  the 
manner  laid  down  in  the  charts  used  by  elocutionists,  pro- 
nounce the  word  sharply.  Have  you  ever  noticed  the  re- 
markable fact  that  people  who  are  inveterate  stammerers 
are  often  accomplished  vocalists?  That  is  because  in  the 
act  of  singing  respiration  is  done  in  a  proper  way. 

''A  novel  fact  is  that  the  troubles  of  stammerers  or 
stutterers  lie  entirely  with  the  vowel  sounds.  Patients 
do  not  seem  to  understand  this.  In  describing  their  cases 
they  will  tell  me  that  they  have  difficulty  in  sounding 
'p'  or  'd.'  That  is  where  they  are  -svrong.  They  sound 
the  consonant  all  right,  but  stagger  at  the  vowel.  A  patient 
comes  to  me,  and  I  say,  to  him,  'Say  papa. '  He  will  com- 
mence, 'P-p-p-p-p,  oh,  professor,  I  c-c-c-c-c-can't  say 
p-p-p-p-p-papa.' 

''It  is  at  once  apparent  that  his  trouble  lies  with  the 
vowel  'a.'  Then  the  treatment  commences.  Standing  be- 
fore him,  I  suggest  that  he  take  a  long  breath  through 


296  STAMMERING. 

the  partially  closed  month  until  the  lungs  are  well  filled, 
and  then,  at  the  moment  of  exhalation,  following  my 
direction,  he  opens  the  mouth  in  the  proper  manner,  as 
indicated  by  a  chart,  and  pronounces  with  me  in  a  high, 
mechanical  voice,  "pawpaw.'  This  is  often  repeated,  the 
vowels  being  changed. 

'From  words  we  pass  on  to  sentences  and  so  on  to 
introduce  in  close  connection  all  the  vowel  sounds.  The 
respiration  before  each  vowel  sound  is  necessary.  The 
treatment  therefore  consists  in  forming  this  habit.  As  the 
patient  pupil  progresses,  the  length  of  this  respiration  is 
reduced,  the  pronunciation  is  made  in  a  lower  pitch  and 
in  a  few  weeks,  rarely  over  five,  the  most  inveterate 
stutterer  can  talk  fluently  and  rapidly  with  no  sign  of 
his  former  affliction.    But  eternal  vigilance  is  necessary. 

"Should  the  apparently  cured  patient  become  care- 
less and  forget  the  necessity  of  respiration  as  taught  him, 
he  may  relapse  into  his  former  state,  and  then  his  train- 
ing must  be  done  all  over  again.  A  boy  of  sixteen  years 
of  age  was  brought  to  me.  His  was  a  stubborn  case,  but 
in  six  weeks  I  had  him  talking  all  right.  Time  passed  on 
for  two  years.  I  frequently  saw  the  boy  at  his  father's 
house  and  was  delighted  with  the  cure.  Last  summer  he 
came  to  my  institute.  He  was  as  badly  off  as  when  I 
first  saw  him. 

"It  seems  that  his  father  had  sent  him  on  a  short 
business  trip  to  Europe,  away  from  the  restraining  in- 
fluence of  the  father,  whose  ears  were  always  alert  for 
any  return  of  his  son's  affliction,  and,  much  disturbed  by 
the  noise  of  the  vessel's  machinery,  he  became  careless, 
and  having  once  relapsed  he  became  worse  every  day, 
and  was  really  forced  to  shorten  his  stay  abroad  and  re- 
turn to  New  York  for  treatment. 

"He  was  a  bright  lad,  who  readily  applied  himself  to 
my  rules,  and  in  a  week  he  was  all  right  again.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  he  need  not  have  come  back  to  me,  but 
could  have  applied  his  old  lessons  with  success. 

"The  German  government  has  long  recognized  the 
importance  of  rational  treatment  of  vocal  impediments, 
and   school   children    afflicted   in   this   manner   are    put 


STAMMERTNa  297 

through  a  regular  course  by  graduates  of  the  college  at 
Frankfort,  where  this  specialty  is  taught  in  the  govern- 
ment employ.  The  German  treatment  is  that  of  elemen- 
tary training  in  elocution. 

''The  habit  of  imperfect  respiration  is  generally 
found  in  connection  Avith  some  diseases  of  childhood  like 
the  measles,  but  a  most  frequent  cause  is  unconscious  im- 
itation. One  stuttering  child  in  a  family  will  set  all  the 
others  to  struggling  with  the  vowel  sound.  An  adult  in 
conversation  with  a  stuttering  person  finds  it  difficult  to 
speak  without  stammering." 

In  this  city  there  is  an  institute  for  the  cure  of  stam- 
mering and  stuttering,  and  I  have  an  acquaintance  who 
took  the  course  and  was  at  the  institute  for  about  three 
weeks.  Through  this  gentleman  I  received  the  follow^- 
ing  information,  although  the  professor  is  very  careful 
to  keep  his  methods  a  secret,  and  I  believe  each  student 
is  required  to  sign  an  agreement  not  to  teach  or  expose 
his  methods. 

A  synopsis  of  the  treatment  is  as  follows :  The  first 
day  or  so  the  student  is  "put  in  silence,"  that  is,  he  is 
not  allowed  to  speak  a  Avord  to  anyone.  After  this,  he  is 
taught  to  pronounce  each  word  in  syllables  and  at  the 
same  time  mark  each  syllable  by  waving  his  fingers  in 
very  much  the  same  way  as  a  director  of  a  band  or  or- 
chestra marks  the  time  of  music.  To  illustrate,  have  the 
person  take  a  full  breath  and  repeat  the  following  sen- 
tence and  words:  "Breathes-there-a-man-with-soul-so- 
dead,  Avho-nev-er-to-him-self-hath-said,  this-is  my-OAvn-my- 
nat-ive-land.  Cori-stan-ti-no-ple ;  Phil-a-del-phi-a."  You 
will  see  that  each  syllable  should  be  pronounced  separate- 
ly and  each  word  and  each  syllable  marked  by  a  right 
angular  wave  of  the  finger  or  hand,  the  same  as  a  musi- 
cian marks  time.  As  the  pupil  progresses,  he  can  com- 
bine the  syllables  of  words  and  pronounce  them  as  one. 

This  is  what  he  called  "the  method,"  and  it  is  sur- 
prising to  notice  how  well  many  extreme  stammerers  can 
speak  after  following  this  method  for  a  few  days.  The 
method  was,  no  doubt,  founded  upon  the  knowledge  that 
stutterers  could  sing  with  as  free  flow  of  words  as  others, 


298  .  STAMMERING. 

and  by  using  this  method,  he  is  practically  singing  his 
conversation  without  any  tune.  He  gradually  overcomes 
the  sing-song  conversation  and  talks  as  freely  as  others. 
In  connection  with  the  method  the  student  is  given  exer- 
cises in  breathing  and  pronouncing  different  vowels,  read- 
ing sentences,  etc. 

This  is  a  very  simple  method  and  I  believe  one  of 
the  best,  for  it  will  cure  a  large  percentage  of  cases,  if 
patients  will  be  persevering  and  persistent. 


HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TEEATMENT.  299 


Hall's  Hygienic  Treatment 

Several  years  ago  Dr.  Wilford  Hall  attempted  to 
startle  the  medical  world  by  announcing  he  had  made  a 
wonderful  discovery  of  a  treatment  which  would  cure  al- 
most every  known  form  of  disease,  as  well  as  preserve 
health  and  prolong  life,  without  the  use  of  medicine. 

The  pamphlet  which  unfolds  the  secrets  of  this  new 
discovery  he  sold  for  $-i.OO,  the  purchaser  agreeing  by 
"pledge  of  honor"  not  to  divulge  the  treatment  outside 
of  his  or  her  family.  Physicians  were  allowed,  in  addi- 
tion, the  right  of  using  the  treatment  on  their  patients. 
His  theory  was  this : 

"Disease  depends  upon  the  absorption  of  poisonous 
materials  from  the  colon  and  rectum.  Wash  this  out 
thoroughly  with  hot  water  once  or  twice  a  day  and  dis- 
ease is  robbed  of  its  power,  death  of  its  terror  and  the 
doctor  of  his  occupation.  Use  a  large  quantity  of  water, 
one  or  two  gallons ;  retain  it  as  long  as  possible  and  that 
which  is  not  absorbed  can  finally  be  expelled,  taking  with 
it  accumulations  which  have  a  tendency  to  create  dis- 
ease." He  claims  this  to  be  a  sure  cure  for  consumption 
and  Bright 's  disease,  while  all  minor  ailments  vanish  like 
mist  before  the  sun. 

This  subject  has  recently  been  revived  by  several 
New  York  Medical  concerns  under  the  name  of  the  "In- 
ternal Bath,"  and  several  devises  in  the  way  of  rectal  ir- 
rigators have  been  offered  the  Medical  Profession.  There 
is  no  question  regarding  the  value  of  large  injections  of 
water,  used  as  a  rectal  irrigation,  thus  we  find  the  "In- 
ternal Bath"  will  relieve  and  cure  many  conditions  with 
greater  dispatch  than  medicine.  The  principle  condition 
where  this  treatment  will  be  found  beneficial  is  in  ex- 
treme cases  of  constipation,  where  the  fecal  accumula- 
tions have  been  allowed  to  remain  in  the  bowels  for  a 


300  HALL'S  HYGIENIC    TREATMENT. 

long  time  and  a  systemic  absorption  of  the  decomposed 
matter  takes  place.  With  this  we  get  all  kinds  of  reflex 
disturbances,  sallow  skin,  chloasma  flatulence,  anaemia, 
anorexia,  functional  eye  diseases,  dizziness  and  blind 
spells,  insomnia,  fetid  breath,  sick  headache,  pyrosis,  nau- 
sea, low  spiritedness,  capricious  appetite,  etc. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  harmless  treatments  in  ex- 
istence, and  b}^  washing  out  and  keeping  clean,  the  phy- 
sician will  be  surprised  at  the  results  obtained  in  many 
cases.  It  will  not  be  necessary,  however,  for  him  to  in- 
vest several  dollars  for  "Hall's"  or  any  other  system  of 
"Internal  Bath,"  as  this  treatment  can  be  instituted  with 
an  ordinary  one  gallon  fountain  syringe.  Although  this 
method  of  "flushing  the  colon"  has  been  severely  criti- 
cised by  several  members  of  the  Medical  Profession,  it  is 
far  from  being  entirely  destitute  of  merit. 

If  physicians  will  question  their  patients  carefully, 
they  will  find  many  of  them  allow  the  fecal  matter  to  ac- 
cumulate several  days  before  attempting  to  expel  it  and 
these  large  injections  will  afford  him  a  valuable  adjunct 
in  curing  these  extreme  cases  of  constipation  with  its 
various  reflex  detrimental  influences. 


TFT  10  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST.  301 


The  Optical  Specialist 

Among  other  specialties  which  physicians  have  allowed 
to  drift  from  their  possession,  is  the  fitting  of  glasses. 
This  specialty  is  a  very  compensative  adjunct  to  an  office 
practice,  and  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  hands 
of  the  traveling  spectacle  peddler  or  local  jeweler,  who 
have  seemed  to  monopolize  the  business,  although  they 
are  absolutely  devoid  of  any  knowledge  of  the  diseases  of 
the  eye ;  other  than  the  manipulation  of  a  trial  case. 

The  cost  of  equipment  for  fitting  glasses  is  so  small, 
compared  with  the  profits  received  that  every  physician 
should  incorporate  this  specialty  with  the  other  routine 
of  office  work,  and  thus  place  the  specialty  where  it  justly 
belongs,  in  the  hands  of  the  physician. 

TRIAL  CASE. 

The  case  contains  pairs,  plus  and  minus  spheres,  and 
pairs  plus  and  minus  cylinders,  also  prisms  numbered  from 
%  to  20  degrees.  The  spheres  are  numbered  in  intervals 
from  0.12  D.  S.  up  to  3.50  D.  S.  The  interval  is  0.25  D.  S. 
from  3.50  D.  S.  to  8  D.  S.  the  interval  is  +  0.50  D.  S.,  and 
from  8  D.  S.  to  20  D.  S.  the  interval  is  1.00  D.  S. 

The  cylinders  have  the  same  intervals,  but  only  go  to 
6  or  8  diopters. 

The  trial  case  also  contains  a  frame  called  the  trial 
frame,  which  is  used  to  place  lenses  in  front  of  the  pa- 
tient's eyes.  The  best  frames  have  three  cells,  two  in  the 
front,  and  one  in  the  back  of  the  frame.  The  eye  pieces 
of  such  a  frame  are  numbered  on  the  periphery  in  degrees 
of  half  a  circle,  so  that  the  axis  of  the  cylinders  can  easily 
be  seen  during  refraction.  The  left  of  the  horizontal  line 
in  each  eye  piece  is  recognized  as  the  starting  place  or 
zero  (0)   and  the  degrees  are  marked  from  left  to  right 


302  -  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 

on  the  lower  half,  counting  around  to  the  horizontal 
meridian,  which  at  the  right  hand  is  numbered  180.  This 
horizontal  meridian  is,  therefore,  as  horizontal  zero  (0) 
or  180  degrees.  The  meridian  halfway  being  zero  (0)  and 
180  degrees  is  the  vertical  meridian  or  90  degrees.  The 
trial  case  also  contains  piano  lenses,  colored  lenses,  blind- 
ers, stenopaic  slit,  pin-hole  disk,  maddox  rodetc.  The 
frame  can  easily  be  adjusted;  the  pupillary  distance  meas- 
ured, bridge  properly  adjusted,  riding  bows  measured  and 
height  of  nose  piece  taken. 

RECOGNITION  OF  LENSES. 

Convex  sphere  lenses  in  the  case  are  put  in  nickle  rims. 
These  lenses  are  thick  at  the  center  and  thin  at  the  edge, 
and  have  the  power  of  converging  the  ray  of  light. 

The  convex  lens  is  a  magnifier  and  a  20  D.  S.  lens  is 
often  used  in  removing  foreign  bodies  from  the  eye 
through  oblique  illumination.  Objects  viewed  through  a 
convex  lens  as  it  is  moved  before  the  eye  appear  to  move 
in  an  opposite  direction.  If  a  convex  lens  is  brought  to- 
ward the  eye,  objects  already  enlarged  appear  smaller  and 
more  distant.  A  concave  sphere  is  thick  on  the  edge  and 
thin  in  the  center  and  causes  the  rays  of  light  to  diverge. 
When  the  lens  is  moved  away  from  the  eye  objects  appear 
smaller  through  a  concave  lens  and  larger  as  the  lens  is 
brought  nearer  the  eye. 

If  a  convex  cylinder  is  moved  in  front  of  the  eye  in  the 
direction  of  its  axis,  objects  seen  do  not  change  position, 
but  when  moved  at  right  angles  to  its  axis  the  objects 
appear  to  move  in  the  same  direction  as  when  a  convex 
sphere  is  used. 

If  a  concave  cylinder  is  moved  in  front  of  the  eye  in 
the  direction  of  its  axis,  objects  seen  or  looked  at  do  not 
change  their  position,  but  when  moved  at  right  angles  to 
its  axis  the  objects  appear  to  move  in  the  same  direction  as 
when  a  concave  sphere  is  used. 

A  cylinder  lens  has  two  little  diamond  scratches  on 
the  edge  of  each  lens  and  these  scratches  note  the  axis  of 
the  lens  and  when  astigmatism  is  corrected  you  can  note 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 


303 


the  axis  of  the  cylinder  on  the  trial  frame  through  these 
scratches. 

A  circle  viewed  through  a  strong  convex  cyl.  (cylin- 
der) appears  as  an  oval  with  its  long  diameter  in  the  op- 
posite direction  to  the  axis  of  the  cyl.  The  long  diameter 
of  the  oval  will  be  in  the  same  direction  as  the  axis  of  the 
cyl.  when  the  circle  is  viewed  through  a  concave  cly. 

The  sides  of  a  prism  converge  to  a  thin  edge  at  one 
extremity  of  the  prism.  This  is  called  the  apex.  At  the 
other  extremity  they  diverge  from  each  other,  forming 
the  base.  Objects  viewed  through  a  prism  are  displayed 
toward  its  apex  and  that  portion  of  a  straight  line  seen 
through  a  prism  never  coincides  with  the  straight  line. 


NEUTRALIZING  LENSES. 

The  optician  should  supply  himself  with  a  lens  meas- 
ure,and  by  the  use  of  the  same  can  in  a  moment's  time  find 


LENS  MEASURE. 

the  curvature  on  each  side  of  a  lens.  If  a  spherical  lens, 
the  difference  of  the  sides  are  subtracted  from  one  another 
and  then  you  have  the  strength  of  the  lens. 

If  a  compound  lens  you  measure  the  sphero,  and  cylin- 


304 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 


der  sides  and  you  then  have  the  strength  of  each  side. 
Now  to  find  the  axis  of  the  compound  you  take  a  sphero. 
lens,  opposite  strength  from  the  one  found  in  the  com- 
pound lens,  also  cylinder  lens  opposite  strength  from  one 
found  on  cylinder  side  of  compound  lens ;  place  these  two 
lenses  before  compound  lens  and  looking  at  distance  ob- 
jects rotate  cylinder  and  when  the  neutral  point  is  found 
you  have  located  the  axis  of  the  compound  lens. 

FITTING  THE  LENSES. 

Seat  your  patient  twenty  feet  from  the  charts  used; 
these  charts  should  be  well  lighted  and  "Snellen's"  type 
of  chart  is  considered  the  best.     The  trial  frame  is  then 


TEST  TYPES 

z 

S    A 

p 

X 

E 

K 

F      0 

L 

R 

B       T      V 

z 

N 

S       P       L        H 

4 

F 

E      0      D      G      Z 

P      S      L     N      H     4 

G       E       Z       F      O      D      3 

3 

adjusted.  Be  sure  that  it  fits  the  patient  comfortably. 
The  pupilary  distance  properly  placed  and  see  that  the 
eye  lashes  do  not  touch  the  lenses  when  inserted  in  the 
frame.  Now  you  proceed  to  test  your  patient's  eyes. 
First  place  a  blank  before  the  left  eye ;  then  in  the  right 
eye  insert  a  -|-0.25  D.  S.   lens  and  see    if  this  helps   the 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 


305 


vision.  If  it  does  add  -f  0.25  D.  S.  more  and  keep  on  add- 
ing a  -f-0.25  until  you  have  given  the  best  vision  possible. 
Now  you  have  the  Hyperopia  corrected. 

Next  is  to  determine  if  there  is  any  astigmatism  pres- 
ent. Have  the  patient  look  at  the  clock  dial  placed  beside 
the  test  type,  and  see  if  all  lines  appear  the  same  shade  of 
black,  and  if  some  of  them  are  lighter  than  others,  the 
patient  has  astigmatism  and  these  lines  are  to  be  made 
uniform  by  the    aid  of  a  cylinder  lens.    The  correction  of 


ASTIGMATIC  TEST  DIAL. 

astigmatism  will  always  give  the  patient  better  vision.  If 
the  patient  is  far  sighted  and  has  astigmatism  the  9  to  3 
line  on  the  clock  dial  will  appear  darker.  Plus  cylinder 
placed  at  90  degrees  is  used  to  make  the  proper  correction. 
In  finding  the  axis  of  the  astigmatism  the  cylinder  is 
rotated  to  where  the  best  vision  is  found,  and  can  be 
proven  by  rotating  the  axis  a  small  distance  from  this 
point  each  way,  where  the  vision  will  blur.  If  the  patient 
should  be  myopic  minus  lenses  are  used,  instead  of  plus 
lenses,  and  the  same  course  as  heretofore  described  is  fol- 
lowed with  minus  spheres  instead  of  plus  and  after  the 


306  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 

myopia  is  corrected  have  your  patient  look  at  the  clock 
dial,  and  if  astigmatism  is  present,  a  minus  cylinder  is 
used  and  rotated  from  zero  to  180  degrees,  until  the  lines 
are  all  uniform,  combining  the  spherical  and  cylinder 
lenses  after  the  myopia  and  astigmatism  is  corrected  you 
have  a  compound  lens  and  the  proper  correction  for  the 
eye.  The  same  course  here  described  is  used  in  examining 
the  left  eye  with  the  blank  placed  over  the  right  eye. 


KIND  OF  GLASSES  NEEDED. 

After  your  examination  is  completed  and  all  errors  of 
refraction  corrected  the  next  thing  to  note  is  the  kind  of 
glasses  the  patient  wishes  to  wear.  If  spectacles  are 
wanted  note  on  your  prescription  blank  whether  they  are 
to  be  rimless  or  with  rims,  quality  of  frame  wanted; 
whether  with  cable  temples  or  plain  wire  temples,  the 
cable  temples  are  best  as  they  do  not  irritate  behind  the 
ears,  and  should  always  be  recommended.  Next  note  the 
length  of  temple  required,  then  the  pupillary  distance  is 
taken,  and  the  size  of  lenses  that  will  give  proper  pupillary 
distance.  Next  thing  to  note  is  the  base  of  the  bridge  on 
the  nose,  also  the  height  of  the  bridge,  whether  the  bridge 
is  inward  or  outward,  so  as  to  bring  the  lenses  a  proper 
distance  from  the  eyelashes.  If  nose  glasses  are  preferred 
note  whether  the  patient  wants  rimless  or  with  rims,  style 
of  nose  glasses,  also  distance  between  guards,  at  top  and 
bottom,  pupillary  distance  measured,  size  of  lens  required 
to  bring  about  pupillary  required  and  see  that  the  eye- 
lashes do  not  touch  glass  at  any  point ;  if  they  do  use  an 
offset  guard  or  stud  in  eyeglasses,  so  as  to  avoid  lashes 
touching  lenses.  If  the  lashes  be  long  toric  lenses  should 
be  recommended,  as  they  give  a  wide  field  of  vision,  and 
Avith  their  inside  curve  of  six  diopters  the  glass  can  be 
placed  very  near  the  eye  and  still  avoid  the  eye  lashes. 

If  bifocal  lenses  are  required,  or  both  distance  and 
reading  lenses  together,  you  note  the  style  of  bifocal, 
whether  cement  or  invisible,  and  this  is  checked  off  on 
prescription  blank. 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST.  307 

In  prescribing  bifocals  the  size  and  shape  of  segment 
should  be  noted  and  the  segment  should  never  come  above 
the  center  of  the  distance  lens,  and  the  lenses  should  be 
tilted  a  little  downward,  as  this  will  give  better  vision. 
Your  nearest  optical  house  will  furnish  you  with  prescrip- 
tion blanks,  gratis,  which  you  will  find  very  handy  for 
putting  down  frame  measurements. 

If  a  physician  will  secure  a  test  case  and  practice  the 
heretofore  rules  laid  before  him  he  will  be  able  to  correct 
ninety  per  cent,  of  patients  coming  to  him  with  defective 
vision. 


MADDOX  ROD. 

A  Maddox  rod  is  found  in  every  trial  case,  and  can  be 
used  as  a  most  reliable  test  for  the  muscles  of  the  eye.  In 
making  the  examination  of  the  muscles  of  the  eye  you 
place  your  patient  six  metres  from  a  small  flame,  place  the 
rod  horizontally  before  one  eye,  a  red  colored  glass  before 
the  other ;  if  the  line  formed  from  the  Maddox  rod  passes 
through  the  flame,  there  is  orthophoric,  as  far  as  the  hori- 
zontal movements  of  the  eye  are  concerned.  Should  the 
line  be  to  either  side  of  the  flame,  as  in  most  people  it  will, 
there  is  either  latent  convergence  or  latent  divergence,  the 
former  if  the  line  is  the  same  side  as  the  rod,  the  latter  if 
to  the  other  side. 

In  order  to  test  the  vertical  deviation  the  rod  is  placed 
vertically  before  the  eye,  a  horizontal  line  of  light  appears 
and  the  patient  is  asked  if  the  line  passes  directly  through 
the  flame,  or  if  it  appears  above  or  below  the  flame.  If 
the  flame  is  lowest  there  is  a  tendency  to  upward  deviation 
of  the  naked  eye ;  if  the  line  is  lowest  of  the  eye  before 
which  the  rod  is  placed. 

The  measurements  of  the  extent  of  the  deviation  may 
be  made  in  the  ordinary  way,  by  finding  that  prism  placed 
before  the  naked  eye,  for  the  eye  covered  with  a  red  glass, 
which  brings  the  line  and  flame  together. 


308  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 

PRESBYOPIA. 

The  accommodation  diminishes  gradually  from  early 
life  onward,  and  the  near  point  recedes  farther  from  the 
eye  with  each  succeeding  year.  As  long  as  it  remains 
within  20  or  30  C.  M.  no  appreciable  inconvenience  in  read- 
ing is  noticed,  but  when  the  near  point  has  fallen  off  to 
a  greater  distance  than  this,  it  is  not  possible  to  read  fine 
type  without  the  aid  of  convex  glasses  unless  the  visual 
acuity  is  much  above  the  average.  This  condition  is 
termed  presbyopia  and  is  a  normal  result  of  growing  old. 

The  cause  of  presbyopia  consists  of  hardening  of  the 
crystalline  lens,  which  is  thus  prevented  from  assuming 
the  increased  convexity  which  constitutes  the  essential 
factor  of  accommodation.  The  increase  of  convexity  neces- 
sary for  seeing  near  objects  must  be  supplied  to  the  eye 
by  a  spectacle  lens.  In  early  stages  of  presbyopia  weak 
convex  lenses  are  used  and  as  the  patient  grows  older  and 
the  power  of  accommodation  diminishes,  stronger  convex 
lenses  will  have  to  be  prescribed. 

RETINOSOOPY. 

Retinoscopy  is  a  system  of  examination  of  the  refrac- 
tive errors  and  measuring  the  eyes  for  glasses,  and  it  was 
discovered  by  Cuignet  and  later  by  Sir  William  Pagent 
Bowman  in  the  sixties.  Since  that  time  many  writers  have 
produced  works  covering  this  subject,  but  in  every  in- 
stance it  is  quite  apparent  they  have  had  a  greater  desire 
to  show  their  profound  knowledge  rather  than  to  make 
plain  this  intricate  yet  fascinating  method  for  diagnosing 
difficult  cases. 

This  system  is  the  objective  method  for  estimating  the 
refraction  of  the  eye  by  the  character  of  reflected  images 
thrown  from  a  plane  or  concave  mirror,  observing  the 
movements  which  the  retinal  illumination  makes  by  rotat- 
ing the  mirror.  It  gives  the  advantage  of  a  quick  diag- 
nosis of  the  case  without  asking  a  question.  Positive  in- 
formation is  obtained  as  to  whether  the  case  is  hyperopic 
or  myopic,  except  in  low  degrees  of  either  defect;  when 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST.  309 

spasms  of  the  ciliary  muscle  or  accommodation  exists,  then 
the  trne  condition  of  the  eye  is  uncertain;  this  may  be 
obviated  to  a  certain  extent  by  having  the  eye  turned 
slightly  inward,  thus  preventing  the  light  from  falling 
directly  on  the  macula  lutea,  and  by  so  doing  the  test  is 
made  much  easier  by  removing  at  least  part  of  the  spasm. 

There  are  four  methods  in  retinoscopy,  named  as  fol- 
lows :  First,  the  McFatrich ;  second,  the  static ;  third,  the 
dynamic ;  fourth,  the  fogging.  In  the  following  explana- 
tions let  it  be  understood  that  only  the  plane  mirror  is 
used. 

The  McFatrich  method  is  to  seat  the  optician  fifty- 
three  inches  from  the  patient,  and  with  the  retinoscope 
reflect  the  light  into  the  eye,  directing  the  patient  to  look 
slightly  inward;  this  illuminates  the  retina;  then  rotate 
the  mirror  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cause  the  light  to  move 
directly  across  the  face  from  left  to  right.  If  the  shadow 
moves  with  the  mirror  the  case  is  hyperopic,  caused  by  the 
eye  being  too  short,  thus  making  the  focus  come  back  of 
the  retina  of  the  eye,  and  a  plus  lens  is  required.  Place  a 
-|-  0.50  D.  lens  in  the  trial  frame  before  the  eye,  and  if  the 
shadow  still  moves  with  the  mirror  keep  adding  plus  lenses 
until  you  find  the  weakest  lens  that  just  reverses  in  that 
meridian.  Then  if  it  is  a  simple  case  of  hyperopia  you 
will  find  that  if  you  rotate  the  mirror  in  the  vertical 
meridian,  the  shadow  will  just  reverse  in  that  one  also. 

We  will  take,  for  example,  a  case  where  we  find  in  the 
right  eye  in  the  horizontal  meridian  that  the  shadow  moves 
with  the  mirror  and  it  takes  -j-  5.50  D.  to  just  reverse  it, 
so  after  making  a  -|-  0.75  D.  deduction,  (an  allowance  made 
for  bringing  the  far  point  of  the  eye  to  a  point  in  front 
of  him),  we  have  a  -|-  4.75  D.  lens  for  the  correction  of 
the  horizontal  meridian.  We  next  examine  the  vertical 
meridian  and  find  that  the  shadow  still  moves  with  the 
mirror,  and  that  it  takes  a  -f-  3.25  D.  lens  to  just  reverse 
it,  and  after  making  the  -|-  0.75  D.  deduction  we  have  a 
+  2.50  D.  for  the  result.  Now,  if  it  takes  a  +  2.50  D.  to 
correct  the  vertical  and  a  -|-  4.75  D.  to  correct  the 
horizontal  meridian,  we  have  a  difference  of  a 
-j-  2.25  D.  between  the  two  meridians,  so  we  can  use  a  -j- 


310  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST 

2.25  cyl.  axis  90  over  the  -|-  2.50  D.  sphere,  thus  making  a 
compound,  and  the  correction  for  the  right  eye  would  be 
as  follows :  0.  D.  +  2.50  D.  (  )   +  2.25  cyl.  axis  90. 

We  next  examine  the  left  eye  and  find  that  the  shadow 
moves  with  the  mirror  in  the  horizontal  meridian,  and  find 
that  it  takes  a  -f-  4.50  D.  to  just  reverse  it;  after  making 
the  -|-  0-75  D.  deduction,  we  have  for  the  result  a  -f-  3.75 
D.  We  now  rotate  the  mirror  in  the  vertical  meridian  and 
find  that  it  takes  a  —  1.75  D.  lens  to  just  reverse  the 
shadow,  so  we  add  a  —  0.50  D.  (an  allowance  made  in 
myopia,  as  the  far  point  has  been  carried  back  of  the  oper- 
ator, so  that  a  —  0.50  D.  must  be  added  to  the  concave 
lens  that  just  reverses  the  shadow),  making  a  —  1.75  D. 
in  the  vertical  meridian.  Now  the  difference  of  the  two 
meridians  would  be  the  sum  of  3.75  D  and  1.75  D.,  which 
is  5.50  D.J  so  that  the  retinoscopic  corrections  for  the  eye 
is  as  follows  :0.  S.-1.75  D.  +  5.50  cyl.    Axis  90. 

We  will  suppose  another  case;  that  in  the  horizontal 
meridian  that  the  shadow  moves  against  the  mirror,  and 
we  find  the  weakest  minus  lens  required  to  just  reverse 
the  shadow  is  a  —  0.25  D. ;  then  we  add  the  —  0.50  D.  and 
that  makes  a  —  0.75  D.  for  the  horizontal  meridian  to 
just  reverse  it,  so  after  deducting  the  -|-  O-'^^  ^-  from  it 
we  find  the  eye  emmetropic  in  that  meridian.  Our  retino- 
scopic finding  for  this  eye  is  a  cylinder  written  as  follows. 
0.  D.  —  0.75  cyl.  ax.  180. 

We  next  examine  the  left  eye  in  the  horizontal  merid- 
ian and  find  that  the  shadow  moves  against  the  mirror  and 
the  weakest  minus  lens  required  to  just  reverse  it  is  a 

—  1.50  D.,  and  after  adding  the  —  0.50  D.,  we  have  the 
result,  a  —  2.00  D.  for  the  above  mentioned  meridian.  We 
then  examine  the  vertical  meridian  and  find  that  the 
shadow  with  the  mirror  and  it  takes  a  -|-  3.75  D.  to  just 
reverse  it,  so  after  deducting  the  -|-  0.75  D.  we  have  a 
-j-  3.00  D.  for  this  meridian.  Now  if  it  takes  a  -f  3.00  D. 
to  correct  the  vertical  and  a  —  2.00  D.  the  horizontal,  we 
take  the  sum  of  these  two  for  our  cylinder,  which  is  a 

—  5.00  cyl.  ax.  180,  so  that  our  retinoscopic  finding  for  the 
left  eye  is  as  follows :  0.  S.  +  3.00  D.  (  )  —  5.00  cyl.  ax. 
180. 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST.  311 

Then  again  we  have  the  numerous  cases  where  the 
shadow  does  not  run  with  or  against  the  mirror  in  either 
the  horizontal  or  vertical  meridians,  but  runs  obliquely 
instead ;  then  we  rotate  the  mirror  in  the  oblique  at  right 
angles  to  each  other,  and  proceed  using  the  same  rules  as 
heretofore  described. 

The  static  method  is  to  place  a  -|-  1.00  D.  lens  in  the 
trial  frame  in  front  of  each  eye ;  then  rotate  the  mirror  at 
a  distance  of  40  inches  from  the  eye,  requesting  the  patient 
to  look  at  the  test  card  20  feet  away,  and  if  the  shadow 
remains  still  in  the  meridians,  then  the  case  is  emmetropic, 
as  the  -(-  1.00  D.  lens  just  neutralizes  the  distance  between 
the  optometrist  and  the  patient.  If  the  shadow  moves 
with  the  mirror,  the  case  is  hyperopic,  and  if  it  moves 
against  it  is  myopic,  and  from  all  retinoscopic  findings  in 
this  method,  a  -|-  1.00  D.  should  be  deducted. 

The  dynamic  method  is  just  the  reverse  of  the  static, 
and  a  system  of  shadow  testing  where  the  accommodation 
is  active.  In  this  method  the  patient  is  directed  to  read  a 
small  card  of  different  size  letters,  placed  on  the  forehead 
of  the  optometrist  40  inches  away ;  now  to  do  this  he  has 
to  use  1.00  D.  of  his  accommodation.  Now  let  the  deep 
thinking  optometrist  follow  this  explanation  closely,  then 
he  can  judge  as  to  the  real  value  of  this  method,  as  it  is 
the  writer's  intention  to  give  facts  and  prove  that  this 
method,  which  seems  so  nice  in  theory,  does  not  meet  with 
accurate  results  then  in  practical  use. 

Here  are  a  few  examples,  as  follows :  First  case :  If  the 
eye  is  emmetropic  the  rays  of  light  will  emerge  parallel 
and  the  1.00  D.  of  accommodation  will  converge  these  rays 
and  cause  them  to  focus  at  a  distance  of  40  inches  and  no 
motion  will  be  observed  in  either  meridian,  as  the  1.00  D. 
of  accommodation  used  takes  the  place  of  the  -|-  1.00  D. 
lens  that  is  used  in  the  static  method. 

Second  case :  If  the  patient  has  1.00  D.  of  hyperopia 
he  will  be  obliged  to  use  1.00  D.  of  his  accomodation  to  see 
the  test  card  clearly  at  a  distance  of  twenty  feet  and  1.00 
D.  to  read  the  brow  card  at  a  distance  of  40  inches,  thus 
making  a  total  of  2.00  D.  of  accommodation  used. 


312  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 

Third  case:  Suppose  a  patient  has  1.00  D.  of  myopia; 
his  far  points  for  distance  vision  is  40  inches  and  the 
emergent  rays  will  focus  at  this  point,  and  the  patient  will 
not  use  any  accommodation  to  read  the  brow  card. 

Now,  it  is  claimed  by  the  exponents  of  the  dynamic 
method  that  it  is  impossible  to  separate  accommodation 
and  convergence  by  placing  the  plus  lenses  in  front  of  the 
eyes,  except  for  hyperopia,  they  may  have.  In  the  first 
case  we  find  the  eye  emmetropic  using  1.00  D.  of  accom- 
modation. They  place  plus  lenses  in  front  of  the  eye  and 
find  the  strongest  that  will  be  accepted  without  reversing 
the  shadow.  In  an  emmetropic  eye  they  state  that  a  -j- 
0.25  D.  will  cause  a  reversal  even  though  the  eye  is  accom- 
modating 1.00  D. 

In  the  second  case  we  find  the  eye  using  2.00  D.  of 
accommodation.  They  claim  that  this  eye  will  relax  1.00 
D.  for  it  is  that  much  hyperopic,  but  it  cannot  relax  any  of 
the  other  1.00  D.  as  the  convergence  checks'  it  so  it  will 
not  relax. 

In  the  third  case,  the  eye  being  myopic  1.00  D.,  no 
accommodation  is  in  use.  They  place  an  over  correction 
of  minus  spheres,  rendering  the  refraction  of  this  case 
hyperopic.  Then  they  gradually  reduce  with  minus 
spheres  until  they  find  a  point  of  reversal. 

The  special  advantage  claimed  by  the  exponents  of  this 
system  is :  In  case  of  a  spasm  of  accommodation  sometimes 
found  in  a  case  of  hyperopia  the  eyes  will  test  myopic  at 
40  inches  because  the  spasm  holds  the  focus  in  front  of 
the  retina.  The  spasm  covers  the  1.00  D.  of  hyperopia  and 
renders  the  eye  myopic  1.00  D.  and  at  40  inches  re- 
requesting  the  patient  to  read  the  brow  card ;  this  calls  for 
4.00  D.  of  accommodation,  and  as  the  patient  has  a  spasm 
of  2.00  D.  covering  his  1.00  D.  of  hyperopia,  thus  bringing 
the  focus  1.00  D.  in  front  of  the  retina,  so  it  will  only  be 
necessary  for  him  to  use  3.00  D.  of  hyperopia ;  but  right 
here  the  dynamic  exponents  claim  that  he  will  accept 
just  1.00  D.  as  this  is  the  amount  of  his  hj^peropia  and  that 
his  convergence  checks  relaxation  at  this  point,  but  does 
it? 


THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST.  313 

This  whole  system  hinges  upon  their  theory  that  ac- 
commodation and  convergence  are  so  closely  related  that 
by  placing  plus  lenses  in  front  of  the  eyes  this  relation 
cannot  be  disturbed.  If  we  allow  the  exponents  their 
premise  in  an  argument,  we  generally  have  to  admit  it, 
as  their  reasoning  will  be  logical  all  the  way  through.  If 
right  here  we  take  pains  to  experiment  so  we  can  deter- 
mine the  truthfulness  of  their  first  proposition,  and  then 
we  will  discover  why  this  method  proves  up  inaccurate 
in  nearly  90  per  cent,  of  all  its  cases.  The  writer  states 
fearlessly  that  convergence  is  not  a  check  upon  accommo- 
dation and  will  prove  it  by  the  following  experiments. 

If  the  exponents  are  right  in  the  relation  of  these  two 
functions  in  their  shadow  test,  it  surely  ought  to  be 
demonstrated  with  lenses  subjectively.  Take  a  person 
with  emmetropic  eyes,  and  if  we  place  —  2.50  D.  sphere 
in  front  of  their  eyes,  and  in  order  that  they  can  read  the 
20-20  line,  on  the  test  card  20  feet  away,  they  will  have 
to  use  2.00  D.  of  their  accommodation.  The  20-20  line  ou 
the  test  card  20  feet  away  is  perfectly  plain,  bearing  in 
mind  that  their  accommodation  is  fixed  for  16  inches. 
This  ought  to  prove  most  conclusively  to  any  optometrist 
that  under  the  above-named  conditions  the  accommodation 
can  be  exercised  2.50  D.  while  the  convergence  remains 
fixed  for  20  feet.  If  we  were  to  increase  the  strength  of 
the  minus  spheres,  it  would  produce  diplopia,  thus  show- 
ing that  2.50  D.  is  the  limit  of  their  power  of  separation 
between  these  two  functions. 

In  another  experiment  we  find  that  they  can  read  the 
20-20  line  perfectly  with  25  degree  prisms  (half  of  the 
amount  over  each  eye)  base  out.  This  shows  that  they 
can  send  a  nerve  force  to  the  internal  muscles  without 
affecting  the  ciliary  muscles  in  the  least.  It  seems  to  the 
writer  as  if  these  two  last  experiments,  which  can  be  made 
on  yourself  or  anyone  else,  ought  to  convince  any  deep- 
thinking  optometrist  of  the  inaccuracy  of  the  theory  of 
the  dynamic  method. 

In  all  cases  of  hyperopia,  except  the  "squints,"  we  find 
these  two  functions  working  entirely  out  of  harmony  with 
each  other,  showing  the  wonderful  power  of  adjustment  in 


314  THE  OPTICAL  SPECIALIST. 

nature.  In  all  cases  of  myopia  we  have  the  same  condi- 
tions reversed,  for  while  the  convergence  is  fixed  for  20 
feet,  the  accommodation  is  nearer  to  the  eye  according 
to  the  myopia. 

The  fogging  method  of  retinoscopy  is  one  that  relaxes 
all  accommodation,  as  it  is  an  active  accommodation  that 
is  responsible  for  many  errors  in  refraction.     The  test  is 
made  by  placing  a  plus  4.00  D.  lens  before  the   eyes,  and 
have  the  patient  look  off  into  space.     This  renders  the 
eyes  myopic  and  puts  them  in  a  condition  of  rest.    If  the 
eyes  are  emmetropic,  the  emergent  rays  will  be  parallel 
and  a  -f-  4.00  D.  sphere  will  bring  these  parallel  rays  to  a 
focus  at  10  inches  in  front  of  the  lens.    As  you  observe 
the  motion  of  the  shadow  from  40  inches,  you  will  find  the 
eye  decidedly  myopic.    Move  closer  and  closer  until  you 
reach  the  point  of  no  motion.  Measure  from  the  lens  to  the 
mirror,  and  if  the  eyes  are  emmetropic  you  will  find  the 
neutral  point  or  conjugate  foci  to  be  10  inches.    If  your 
case  happens  to  be  hyperopic  of  1.00  D.  the  rays  of  light 
will  emerge  1.00  D.  divergent;  as  it  requires  1.00  D.  of 
your  -f-  4.00  D.  to  make  these  rays  parallel,  they  will  be 
brought  to  a  focus  13  inches  from  the  eye.     The  motion 
will  reverse  at  this  point.    In  all  cases  of  myopia  the  emer- 
gent rays  are  convergent  and  the  -|-  4.00  D.  will  make 
them  still  more  convergent.    If  there  is  1.00  D.  of  myopia, 
the   convergent  rays  would  focus  at  40  inches  without 
any  lens.     Placing  a  4.00  D.  sphere  in  front  of  the  eye 
causes  the  rays  to  focus  at  8  inches  in  front  of  the  lens. 

If  we  wish  to  be  exact  in  our  measurements  in  this  or 
other  methods  we  can  attach  a  tape  measure  to  our  trial 
frame  and  hold  the  same  in  one  hand,  while  we  rotate  the 
mirror  with  the  other,  at  the  required  distance.  In  the 
fogging  method  this  will  give  you  the  exact  distance  be- 
tween the  lens  and  the  mirror  and  you  will  find  your  con- 
jugate foci.  The  rule  to  follow  is:  place  a  -j-  4.00  D. 
sphere  in  front  of  both  eyes.  Eeflect  the  light  with  a  plane 
mirror  into  the  eye  and  find  the  point  where  there  is  no 
motion.  If  it  is  the  focal  point  of  the  lens  10  inches,  the 
eye  is  emmetropic. 


DERMATOLOGY.  315 


Liquid  Air  and  Carbon  Di- 
oxide in  Dermatology 

Ever  since  the  discovery  of  liquid  air,  the  medical  pro- 
fession has  been  experimenting  with  the  product  in  derma- 
tological  practice.  Drs.  Dade  and  Whitehouse  were 
among  the  first  to  demonstrate  its  therapeutical  value  in 
the  treatment  of  certain  cutaneous  affections  and  during 
the  International  Congress  of  Dermatologists  in  1908 
liquid  air  was  first  officially  demonstrated  as  a  therapeutic 
agent  and  created  the  most  intense  interest.  The  principal 
difficulty  which  renders  liquid  air  impractical  is  the  pro- 
cess of  manufacture,  and  owing  to  its  limited  field  in  in- 
dustrial uses  it  is  difficult  to  obtain,  and  cannot  be  kept 
for  any  length  of  time,  as  it  is  subject  to  gradual  evapora- 
tion through  the  cotton  stopper  with  which  the  special 
cylindrical  vessels  containing  it  are  closed;  for  these 
reasons  the  use  of  liquid  air  has  practically  been  aband- 
oned and  in  its  place  carbon  dioxide  has  been  adopted, 
which  is  entirely  analogous  in  character.  The  temperature 
of  liquid  air  is  approximately  310  degrees  below  zero, 
Fahrenheit,  while  the  temperature  of  carbon  dioxide  is 
110  degrees  below  zero.  Notwithstanding  this  great  dif- 
ference in  temperature  carbon  dioxide  will  accomplish  the 
same  therapeutic  results  as  liquid  air,  and  owing  to  the 
fact  that  carbon  dioxide  is  so  extensively  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  carbonated  beverages,  it  can  be  found  in  all 
quarters  of  the  world.  Liquid  carbonic  acid  is  evaporated 
within  a  perforated  receptacle  until  crystallization  takes 
place.  The  accumulation  of  crystals  of  snow  is  then  com- 
pressed and  molded  into  proper  shape  and  applied  to  the 
defect  or  diseased  part  by  means  of  contact  under  a  light 
pressure.  Its  application  differs  from  liquid  air  only  in 
the  form  in  which  it  is  used.     Liquid  air  is  applied  by 


316  DERMATOLOGY. 

means  of  a  stick,  the  end  of  which  is  wrapped  with  cotton. 
It  will  therefore  be  seen  the  advantage  carbon  dioxide 
offers  in  its  form  for  application. 

The  compression  and  molding  of  carbon  dioxide  snow 
takes  place  within  a  cylindrical  instrument  by  means  of 
a  screw-piston.  In  this  it  is  compressed  into  a  solid  and 
almost  transparent  cylindrical  body  of  the  diameter  of 
the  instrument  and  several  inches  in  length.  This  allows 
the  operator  to  form  the  end  into  a  point  should  the  nature 
of  the  defect  or  diseased  part  make  this  desirable. 

Among  the  defects  and  diseases  which  readily  yield  to 
this  treatment  may  be  mentioned  the  various  forms  of 
naevi,  warts,  lupus,  erythematosus  rodent  ulcers,  stubborn 
cases  of  keratosis  palmaris,  indurated  eczema,  adenoma 
sebaceum,  multiply  neuro-fibromata,  cheloid,  epithelioma, 
and  various  other  cutaneous  affections  where  other  meth- 
ods of  treatment  has  failed. 

The  technique  of  the  operation  is  very  simple  for  the 
treatment  of  epithelioma,  ulcers,  and  other  diseases  cover- 
ing a  large  area.  It  is  generally  preferred  to  treat  only 
a  part  of  the  diseased  surface  at  one  time.  The  instru- 
ment holding  the  carbon  dioxide  cone  has  a  diameter  from 
one-eighth  to  one-sixteenth  inch ;  this  can  be  regulated  to 
suit  the  operator. 

Instruments  of  a  larger  diameter  permit  the  formation 
and  compression  of  crystal  cones  iip  to  one  and  three- 
sixteenth  inches  in  diameter.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the 
cone  can  be  made  practically  as  large  as  the  area  of  ordi- 
nary defects  or  diseases  to  be  operated  upon.  Most  oper- 
ators prefer  the  cones  of  small  or  medium  caliber  and 
treat  the  diseased  surface  in  sections.  As  soon  as  the 
carbon  dioxide  has  been  suitably  compressed  and  formed 
it  may  be  either  left  in  the  instrument  or  it  may  be  re- 
moved therefrom  and  handled  by  means  of  a  small  piece 
of  chamois  skin  or  gloves.  In  fact  it  has  been  found  that 
carbon  dioxide  snow  in  loose  crystals  produces  a  more 
rapid  freezing  action  than  the  compressed  ice.  This  offers 
a  great  advantage  in  many  cases. 

For  the  removal  of  facial  blemishes  or  malignant 
growths  the  crayon  of  carbon  dioxide  is  placed  against 


DERMATOLOGY.  317 

the  surface  to  be  treated  and  sufficient  pressure  made  to 
cause,  within  a  second  or  two,  a  moderate  depression  of 
the  frozen  area  below  the  level  of  the  skin.  This  depends, 
however,  on  the  structure  of  the  treated  area.  Callous 
places  or  warts,  for  instance,  are  not  easily  depressed,  and 
it  is  advisable  to  increase  the  pressure  on  such  growths. 

The  physiological  effects  upon  the  frozen  area  vary 
according  to  the  time  of  exposure  from  a  simple  erj^thema 
to  necrosis.  A  bulla  will  form,  as  a  rule,  after  five  or  ten 
seconds  of  deep  freezing  when  the  epidermis  is  solid. 
Raw  surfaces  respond  with  free  serous  exudation.  The 
surrounding  tissues  are  usually  involved  and  become  more 
or  less  oedematous. 

Notwithstanding  this  very  energetic  freezing  process 
the  final  results  as  far  as  the  cosmetic  condition  of  the  skin 
is  concerned  is  always  satisfactory  and  thi;  resulting  scar, 
if  it  is  at  all  permissible  to  speak  of  as  a  scar,  is  perfectly 
smooth.  Although  the  therapeutic  application  of  carbon 
dioxide  is  in  its  infancy  I  have  every  reason  to  believe  that 
its  future  possibilities  are  almost  beyond  comprehension. 


318  VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 


Vibratory  Massage 

Among  many  other  means  of  mechanical  therapeutics 
vibratory  massage  is  creating  widespread  interest  with 
the  medical  profession;  while  vibratory  massage  may  be 
associated  as  being  closely  allied  to  the  Swedish  method 
of  manual  massage  and  osteopathy,  as  it  involves  many  of 
the  principles  upon  which  these  methods  are  based.  It 
has  an  independent  field  of  therapeutic  application ;  the 
fundamental  principles  upon  which  it  is  based,  which  was 
originated  by  Dr.  Pilgrim,  is  as  follows:  Vibration  in- 
creases the  volume  of  blood  and  lymph  flow  to  a  given 
area  or  organ ;  it  increases  nutrition  by  stimulating  secre.-' 
tion;  it  improves  the  respiratory  process  and  functions; 
it  improves  muscular  and  general  metabolism,  and  in- 
creases the  production  of  bodily  heat;  it  stimulates  the 
excretory  organs  and  assists  elimination ;  it  tends  to  soften 
and  relieve  muscular  contractions;  it  relieves  engorge- 
ments and  congestion;  it  facilitates  the  removal  through 
the  natural  channels  of  the  lymphatics  of  tumors,  exudates 
and  other  products  of  inflammation,  relieving  varicosities 
and  dissipating  eruptions. 

Like  osteopathy  the  greatest  field  of  the  therapeutic 
application  of  vibratory  massage  is  through  the  spinal 
nerve  centers,  and  the  physician  should  first  become 
familiar  with  the  distribution  of  the  cerebro-spinal  and 
sympathetic  nervous  system,  recognizing  these  two  great 
systems  of  nerve  force  we  find  the  cerebro-spinal  system 
controlling  sensations  and  motion,  and  the  sympathetic 
system  governing  the  vital  automatic  processes  of  the  in- 
ternal organs,  that  is  the  circulation,  digestion,  secretion, 
absorption  and  excretion. 

These  two  systems  of  nerves  are  intimately  connected 
by  branches  which  are  called  rami  communicantes,  and 
the  point  of  connection  is  between  the  inter-spinous  pro- 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 


319 


cesses  of  the  transverse  vertebrae.  It  is  at  these  points 
all  along  the  spinal  column  that  osteopathy  and  vibratory 
massage  has  its  greatest  field  of  action.  In  all  diseased 
conditions  of  the  internal  organs  these  connecting  points 
become  irritated ;  hence  by  making  a  digital  examination 
along  both  sides  of  the  spine  these  tender  spots  are  easily 
identified  and  it  means  that  there  is  disease  or  irritation 
in  the  organ  or  part  supplied  by  these  nerves.  Vibration 
applied  to  these  tender  points  stimulates  the  nerves  to  a 
new  activity  and  either  sedates  or  inhibits  and  relieves, 
or  a  cure  is  the  result. 


This  is  an  illustration  ot  the  Premier  Vibrator  operated  by 
electric  light  current. 

It  is  the  best  vibrator  to  use  "when  your  house  is  fitted  with 
electric  lights.  All  you  have  to  do  is  to  screw  the  attachment  plug- 
at  the  end  of  the  cord  into  the  most  convenient  socket. 

It  can  be  used  on  direct  currents  from  100  to  120  volts;  and  on 
alternating  currents  of  60  cycles,   100  to  120  volts. 

This  Vibrator  mav  be  obtained  from  The  Maltbie  Chemical  Co., 
Newark,  N.  J.     Price  $25.00. 

Vibratory  massage  has  three  principal  degrees  of 
therapeutic  action,  namely,  stimulation,  sedation  and  in- 
hibitation.  These  are  supplied  with  a  motive  force  known 
as  a  vibrator  and  different  styles  of  appliances  which 
come  in  contact  with  the  body,  called  vibratodes  or  ap- 
plicators ;  the  result  desired  will  depend  upon  the  amount 
of  pressure,  length  of  stroke,  and  length  of  treatment,  to 


320 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 


any  special  area.  Stimulation  is  produced  by  a  short 
stroke  and  light  pressure  for  an  average  of  from  seven  to 
ten  seconds.  Sedation  is  obtained  by  a  short  stroke  and 
a  medium  pressure,  while  inhibition  is  the  result  of  a 
long  stroke  and  heavy  pressure,  the  latter  is  always  used 
in  urgent  cases  for  the  relief  of  pain,  attacks  of  asthma, 
etc.  It  is  also  well  to  remember  that  deep-seated  nerves 
always  require  the  long  stroke,  while  the  superficial  nerves 


This  iUustration  shows  the  Vibrator  as  operated  by  six  dry 
batteries. 

Advantagre  of  this  style  is  that  the  vibrator  can  be  used  any- 
where regardless  of  whether  an  electric  current  is  available  or  not. 

One  set  of  dry  batteries  for  ordinary  use  will  last  a  long-  time. 

New  batteries  car  be  obtained  in  any  locality,  as  they  are 
standard  size  as  used  for  automobile  ignition  and  should  cost  not 
to  exceed  25  cents  each. 

only  require  the  short  stroke.  This  brings  us  to  the  con- 
sideration of  a  vibrator.  There  are  many  vibrators  on  the 
market,  with  varying  degrees  of  efficiency.  The  principal 
point  to  be  considered  in  selecting  a  vibrator  is  as  follows : 
See  that  it  is  well  equipped  with  vibratodes  for  the  treat- 
ment of  different  areas :  be  sure  that  it  localizes  its  stroke 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 


321 


and  that  it  can  be  changed  from  a  light  to  a  heavy  stroke 
quickly;  also  be  sure  that  it  has  a  lateral  stroke  for  the 
treatment  of  cavities,  and  also  a  rotary  stroke. 

In  speaking  of  vibratodes  we  refer  to  them  as  soft, 
hard,  etc.  The  accompanying  cut  illustrates  the  principal 
style  of  vibratodes  in  present  use. 


No.  1. 


No.   2. 


No.  3. 


No.  4. 


No.  1.  Cup  applicator.  Made  of  soft  rubber,  cone  shaped, 
used  for  facial   applications,   especially   around   nose   and   eyes. 

No.  2.  Cup  applicator.  Made  of  soft  rubber,  with  serrated 
edges  for  scalp  massage 

No.  3.  Cup  applicator.  Made  of  soft  rubber.  Used  for  the 
face  and  more  sensitive  portions  of  the  body. 

No.  4.  Ball  shaped  applicator.  Made  of  ebonized  wood. 
Used  for  back,  limbs  ana  less  sensitive  parts. 


No. 


No.  7. 


No.   8. 


No.  5.  Soft  toothed  applicator.  Made  of  soft  rubber  and 
intended  for  the  face  and  neck. 

No.  7.  Hard  toothed  applicator.  Made  of  rubber,  somewhat 
harder  than  the  fine  toothed  applicator.  Used  on  the  back,  limbs, 
etc. . 

No.  8.  Combination  applicator.  Consists  of  a  metal  disc  with 
sponge  electrode  attached  so  that  combined  message  and  magnetic 
treatment  can  be  given  at  the  same  time 


No.   10. 


No.     9.     Curved  applicator.     Made  of  hard  rubber  and  designed 
for  the  throat  and  other  curved  surfaces. 
No,  10.     Rectal  applicator, 


322 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 


No.   11. 


No.   13. 


No.  11.  Cushion  applicator.  Made  of  soft  rubber  and  used 
wherever  desired  but   generally   for  face   and   neck. 

No.  12.  Disc  applicator.  Made  of  corrugated  hard  rubber  for 
body  massage. 

No.   13.     Heart  applicator. .  Made  of  hard  rubber  concave. 


No. 


No.  15 


No.  14.  Spinal  applicator.  Made  of  tvi^o  rubber  fingers  at- 
tached to  metal  cross  piece.  Fingers  are  separated  sufficiently  to 
space  the  spine. 

No.  15.  Muscle  applicatoi.  Hard  rubber.  Convex  shape. 
Used  as  a  roller  applicator  for  the  muscles. 

No.  16.     Combination  prostatic  applicator  and  electrode. 


Reginal  Technique. 

When  we  expect  to  obtain  results  in  treating  certain 
organs  by  vibratory  massage  we  must  locate  in  the  spinal 
cord  the  central  points  where  the  nerves  convey  and  re- 
ceive impressions.  To  illustrate :  If  you  were  treating  a 
patient  with  acute  gastritis  he  would  complain  of  pain  in 
the  stomach.  By  examining  the  spinal  column  you  would 
probably  find  tender  spots  between  the  inter-spineus 
spaces  of  the  sixth,  seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  dorsal  verte- 
bra. This  is  due  to  an  irritation  of  the  afferant  nerves, 
and  by  applying  vibratory  massage  from  the  second  to 
the  ninth  dorsal,  inclusive,  to  the  extent  of  inhibitation, 
immediate  relief  will  follow.  The  same  is  true  with  all 
the  other  internal  organs.  Mechanical  therapeutics  has 
given  much  study  to  these  points  and  the  following  is  the 
general  accepted  guide  in  treating  these  diseased  organs. 
In  examining  the  spinal  column  you  will  observe  the  prom- 
ment  spinous  process  of  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra. 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGE.  323 

This  is  used  as  a  landmark  to  count  from  in  locating  the 
centers  where  treatment  is  required.  The  following  table 
will  point  out  the  vasomotor  centers  and  also  where  pain 
or  tenderness  will  be  found  in  the  spinal  column. 

Head  and  Neck. — For  pain  in  these  locations,  vibration 
should  be  applied  from  the  third  cervical  to  the  fifth  dor- 
sal, inclusive. 

Arms. — Vibrate  from  the  third  to  the  seventh  dorsal, 
inclusive. 

Heart. — Vibrate  from  the  third  cervical  to  the  fifth 
dorsal,  inclusive,  and  tender  spots  may  be  located  at  the 
first,  second  and  third  dorsal. 

Lungs. — Vibrate  from  the  third  to  the  seventh  dorsal ; 
tenderness  may  be  located  from  the  first  to  the  fiiih  dorsal, 
inclusive. 

Stomach. — Vibrate  from  the  second  to  the  ninth  dorsal ; 
tenderness  from  the  sixth  to  the  ninth  dorsal. 

Spleen. — Vibrate  from  the  third  dorsal  to  the  first 
lumbar,  inclusive,  especially  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh, 
eighth  and  ninth  dorsal  on  the  left  side  sensitiveness  will 
be  detected;  on  the  left  side  from  the  fiith  to  the  ninth 
dorsal  vertebra. 

Liver. — Vibrate  from  the  third  to  the  eleventh  dorsal, 
especially  from  the  fifth  to  the  ninth  on  the  right  side. 
Tenderness  will  be  found  from  the  seventh  to  the  tenth 
on  the  right  side. 

Pancreas. — Vibrate  from  the  fifth  dorsal  to  the  first 
lumbar,  inclusive. 

Kidney  and  Ureters. — Vibrate  from  the  fourth  dorsal 
to  the  fourth  lumbar.  Tenderness  will  be  located  from 
the  tenth  dorsal  to  the  first  lumbar,  inclusive. 

Bladder. — ^A^ibrate  from  the  eleventh  dorsal  to  the 
fourth  sacral,  inclusive,  and  look  for  tenderness  over  this 
area. 

Prostate. — Vibrate  from  the  first  lumbar  to  the  fifth 
sacral;  look  for  tenderness  from  the  tenth  dorsal  to  the 
third  sacral. 

Uterus  and  Vagina. — Vibrate  the  lumbar  nerves  and 
also  look  for  pain  or  tenderness  at  this  region. 


324  VIBRATORS   MASSAGE. 

External  Genitals. — Vibrate  from  the  twelfth  dorsal  to 
the  fourth  sacral ;  tenderness  over  the  same  region. 

Intestines. — Vibrate  from  the  sixth  dorsal  to  the  first 
lumbar,  inclusive;  tenderness  from  the  ninth  to  the 
twelfth  dorsal. 

Colon  and  Rectum. — Vibrate  the  sacral  nerves  and  look 
for  tenderness  at  the  second,  third  and  fourth  vertebra. 

Anus. — Vibrate  from  the  twelfth  dorsal  to  the  fourth 
sacral ;  tenderness  over  same  area. 

Legs. — Vibrate  from  the  eleventh  dorsal  to  the  third 
lumbar,  inclusive. 

Skin  of  the  Body. — Vibrate  from  the  first  dorsal  to  the 
fourth  lumbar,  inclusive. 

Testis  Epididymis  and  Ovary. — Vibrate  from  the 
eighth  dorsal  to  the  fourth  sacral ;  tenderness  will  be 
found  from  the  tenth  dorsal  to  the  first  lumbar. 

"While  the  foregoing  outlines  the  vasomotor  centers  and 
the  vesceral  afferant  nerve  fibres  of  the  spinal  ganglia  in 
man  there  are  many  other  points  requiring  vibratory  treat- 
ment in  order  to  successfully  combat  with  disease,  always 
keeping  in  mind,  however,  these  special  points  in  the 
spinal  column,  which  are  used  in  connection  with  other 
treatment.  To  illustrate :  In  the  treatment  for  constipa- 
tion, the  nerve  centers  in  the  spinal  column  should  be 
treated  from  the  fifth  dorsal  down  to  the  coccyx,  using 
the  ball  applicator  on  both  sides  of  the  spinal  column  and 
just  sufficient  pressure  made  to  produce  stimulation,  which 
will  create  a  peristaltic  movement  of  the  bowels.  Always 
bearing  in  mind  that  if  the  massage  is  carried  too  far,  to 
the  extent  of  inhibition,  it  will  produce  constipation  in- 
stead of  relieving  it — stimulation  will  relieve  ths  symp- 
tom, inhibition  will  produce  it,  therefore  use  the  light  or 
medium  stroke  for  eight  or  ten  seconds,  and  repeat  the 
operation  two  or  three  times.  The  patient  should  now  be 
placed  upon  his  back  with  his  knees  drawn  up  to  relax  the 
abdominal  muscles,  and  the  region  of  the  liver  massaged 
with  a  flat  or  brush  applicator.  The  colon  should  now  be 
thoroughly  massaged;  start  at  the  cecum  and  follow  the 
course  of  the  bowel  to  the  rectum,  using  deep  pressure  and 
a  rotary  stroke.     This  course  should  be  repeated  two  or 


VIBRATORY  MASSAGR.  325 

three  times  and  finally  the  rectal  applicator  is  inserted 
into  the  rectum,  with  the  patient  in  Sim's  position,  and 
the  medium  rotary  stroke  used;  the  applicator  is  pressed 
firmly  against  the  rectum.  This  treatment  should  last 
from  twenty  to  sixty  seconds  until  the  sphincter  muscles 
are  thoroughly  relaxed,  as  a  rule  a  desire  to  evacuate  the 
bowels  will  immediately  folloAV  this  rectal  treatment.  To 
permanently  cure  these  obstinate  cases,  the  patient  should 
be  treated  at  least  three  times  a  week  at  first,  while  later 
only  one  treatment  a  week  will  be  sufficient  until  entirely 
cured. 

As  a  general  rule  pain  in  different  parts  of  the  body 
can  be  immediately  relieved  by  treating  the  spinal  nerve 
centers,  and  vibrating  directly  over  the  painful  parts. 
This  is  especially  so  in  headaches,  neuralgia,  rheumatism, 
etc. 

The  lymphatic  glands  is  one  of  the  greatest  fields  for 
the  use  of  vibratory  massage.  These  vessels  are  divided 
into  two  sets,  the  deep  seated  and  superficial.  These 
vessels  arise  between  the  lymph  spaces  of  the  capillaries 
and  are  found  everywhere  except  the  hair,  nails,  cuticle 
and  cartilages.  By  applying  stimulating  massage  with  a 
brush  applicator  to  the  axilla  groin  and  other  parts  of 
the  body,  where  these  glands  are  abundant,  we  aid  drain- 
age to  these  regions  or  cause  absorption  of  exudates. 

Nerve  trunks,  ganglia  and  plexus  are  important  points 
requiring  vibratory  treatment.  In  massaging  large  nerve 
trunks,  such  as  the  sciatic,  vibration  should  be  directed 
from  the  terminus  toward  the  centers  in  the  spinal  column. 

The  solar  plexus  is  best  influenced  b}^  vibrating  up- 
wards and  downwards  about  two  and  one-half  inches  on 
both  sides  of  the  umbilicus,  commencing  at  the  rib  line 
and  extending  to  about  one  inch  below  the  umbilicus. 

Nearly  all  forms  of  frontal  headache  is  relieved  by 
vibrating  the  supra-orbital  nerve  at  the  notches  above  the 
orbital  cavity. 

The  pneumogastric  nerve  is  best  reached  along  the 
anterior  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle  by 
stimulating  or  inhibiting  this  nerve  at  this  point  will  have 


326  VIBRATORY  MASSAGE. 

the  desired  result  upon  all  the  organs  supplied  by  this 
nerve.  Always  remember,  however,  that  prolonged  vibra- 
tion will  lessen  the  heart  beat,  and  cause  fainting,  which 
should  be  avoided. 

In  abdominal  vibration  the  patient  should  be  placed 
upon  his  back,  Avith  his  knees  drawn  up  to  relax  the  ab- 
dominal muscles,  the  flat  disc  or  brush  is  best  employed 
with  a  lateral  or  rotary  stroke.  The  entire  course  of  the 
colon  should  be  massaged  in  rather  a  spiral  direction,  and 
other  parts  of  the  bowels  treated  in  the  same  way. 

Vibratory  massage  will  always  hold  a  permanent  place 
as  a  therapeutic  measure  and  it  is  pleasing  to  note  that 
the  very  physicians  who  formerly  ridiculed  this  means 
of  treating  disease  are  the  most  staunch  advocates  of  its 
use  at  the  present  time. 


THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST.  327 


The  Dispensing  Specialist 

When  physicians  commence  to  awaken  to  the  fact  that 
oftentimes  pharmacists  can  be  counted  as  one  of  his  great- 
est competitors,  and  that  pharmacy  of  the  old  school  has 
degenerated  into  a  sort  of  semi-free  dispensary^  he  will 
commence  to  dispense  his  own  medicines,  and  the  time  is 
fast  approaching  when  the  physician  will  abandon  his 
former  custom  of  sitting  at  his  desk  with  his  pen  and  pre- 
scription pad  at  hand,  ready  to  deplete  his  own  purse  for 
the  benefit  of  some  brother  pharmacist,  who  in  return 
many  times  would  not  hesitate  to  counter  prescribe  for 
the  same  patient,  if  opportunity  presented  itself,  and  thus 
rob  the  physician  of  his  vocation  and  income. 

There  are  many  reasons  why  physicians  should  dis- 
pense his  own  remedies;  the  most  important  are  as  fol- 
lows :  it  allows  him  to  become  acquainted  with  the  tools 
of  his  profession,  and  it  also  allows  him  to  keep  within  his 
professional  domain;  a  larger  financial  income,  than  he 
would  receive  from  prescription  writing.  Hundreds  of 
dollars  are  thrown  into  the  hands  of  the  pharmacists 
every  year  which  should  have  fallen  into  the  purse  of  the 
physician,  and  many  physicians  little  realize  what  it 
means  to  send  a  prescription  to  an  unscrupulous  phar- 
macist, who  not  only  receives  the  revenue  from  continually 
refilling  the  prescriptions,  but  by  becoming  familiarly 
acquainted  with  patients  often  quizzes  him  regarding  his 
ailments,  and  when  another  patient  with  similar  ailments 
asks  the  pharmacist  to  prescribe  for  him  he  will  prescribe 
from  this  same  prescription.  We  therefore  find  that  the 
pharmacist  prizes  his  prescription  files  more  than  any 
other  thing  in  his  armamentorium. 

At  the  present  age,  when  compressed  tablets,  pills, 
tablet  triturates,  alkaloidal  granules,  fiuid  extracts,  and 
specific  tinctures,  etc.,  are  so  accessible  to  the  physician, 
the  art  of  dispensing  is  an  easy  and  accurate  procedure 


328  THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST. 

compared  with  former  years,  and  our  many  reliable  phar- 
maceutical manufacturing  and  chemical  companies  can 
supply  their  products  in  nearly  every  form  the  physician 
may  desire,  which  he  can  dispense  in  their  original  form 
or  compound  into  stock  preparations  with  little  or  no 
trouble.  The  only  equipment  required  would  be  a  glass 
graduate  mortar  and  pestle,  a  glass  funnel,  a  percolator, 
and  filtering  paper.  The  following  stock  preparations  are 
in  daily  use  with  many  physicians  and  will  be  found 
superior  to  many  similar  preparations  found  in  the  drug 
stores. 

Elixir  of  Buchu,  Juniper  and  Potassium  Acetate. 

F.  E.  buchu 12  dr. 

F.  E.  juniper  berries 4  dr. 

Potassium  Acetate 192  gr. 

Alcohol 1  oz. 

Simple  syrup   1  oz. 

Simple  elixir 12  oz. 

Mix.  Allow  to  stand  24  hours  and  filter  through  tal- 
cum. Each  fluid  dram  contains  1%  grains  of  potassium 
acetate,  and  represents  about  5%  grains  of  buchu,  and  2 
grains  of  juniper  berries. 


Elixir  of  Celery  Compound. 

F.  E.  celery  seed 1  oz. 

F.  E.  cocoa 1  oz. 

F.  E.  kola 1  oz. 

F.  E.  of  black  haw 1  oz. 

Alcohol  2  oz. 

Aromatic  elixir,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Mix  the  alcohol  with  four  fluid  ounces  of  aromatic 
elixir;  to  this  add  the  fluid  extract  of  celery  in  several 
portions,  shaking  after  each  addition,  and  afterwards  the 
other  fluid  extracts ;  finally  add  the  remainder  of  the 
elixir,  allow  the  mixture  to  stand  24  hours,  and  filter. 


THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST.  320 

Elixir  of  Four  Chlorides. 

Mercuric  chloride  2  gr. 

Solution  of  arsenic 5%  dr. 

Tinct.  ferric  chloride 2  oz. 

Hydrochloric  acid,  diluted 11  dr. 

Syrup  of  ginger •. 4  oz. 

Water  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Mix,  dissolve,  and  filter  if  necessary. 

Each  fluidram  contains  about  1-40  grain  of  arsenious 
acid  (as  so-called  ''chloride  of  arsenic),  1-64  grain  of  mer- 
curic chloride,  about  %  grain  of  ferric  chloride,  and  about 
5  minims  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid. 

Elixir  of  Helonias,  Compound. 

F.  E.  false  unicorn  (helonias  dioica) 2  oz. 

F.  E.  Mitchella 4  oz. 

F.  E.  blue  cohosh 2  oz. 

F.  E.  crampbark 2  oz. 

Purified  talcum %  oz. 

Aromatic  elixir,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Mix  and  filter. 

Each  fluidram  represents.  14  grains  of  michella,  and 
7  grains  each  of  helonias,  blue  cohosh  and  crampbark. 

Elixir  of  Hypophosphites. 

Calcium  hypophosphite 384  gr. 

Sodium  hypophosphite 128  gr. 

Potassium  hypophosphite 128  gr. 

Citric   acid 30  gr. 

Water   4  oz. 

Glycerin  4  dr. 

Compound  spirit  of  cardamon 4  dr. 

Aromatic  elixir,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Dissolve  the  hypophosphites  and  the  citric  acid  in  the 
water;  then  add  the  glycerin  compound  spirit  and  the 
aromatic  elixir.    Filter  if  necessary. 

Each  fluidram  contains  3  grains  of  calcium  hypo- 
phosphite and  1  grain  each  of  sodium  and  potassium  hypo- 
phosphite. 


330  THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST. 

Elixir  of  Hypophosphites  of  Iron  and  Quinine. 

Iron  hypophosphite 128  gr. 

Potassium  citrate 128  gr. 

Quinine  sulphate 128  gr. 

Calcium  hypophosphite 30  gr. 

Spirit  of  orange 2  dr. 

Spirit  orange  flower  water 1  oz. 

Sugar 5  oz. 

Alcohol 

Distilled  water ;  of  each  sufficient. 

Dissolve  the  iron  hypophosphite  with  the  aid  of  the 
potassium  citrate  in  the  orange  flower  water,  and  enough 
water  to  make  the  solution  measure  6%  fluid  ounces,  and 
in  this  dissolve  the  sugar.  Triturate  the  quinine  sulphate 
with  5  fluid  ounces  of  alcohol,  add  a  solution  of  the  cal- 
cium hypophosphite  in  4  fluidrams  of  water,  and  shake 
the  mixture  occasionally  during  1  hour;  filter,  and  wash 
the  filter  with  enough  alcohol  to  make  6%  fluid  ounces. 
Add  this  solution  to  the  spirit  of  orange,  mix  this  with  the 
iron  solution  and  sugar  solution  previously  prepared,  and 
filter  the  whole. 

Each  fluidram  contains  1  grain  each  of  the  hypo- 
phosphites  of  iron  and  quinine. 

Elixir  of  Six  Iodides. 

Arsenic   iodide , 1  gr. 

Mercuric  iodide 1  gr. 

Manganese  iodide 13  gr. 

Sodium  iodide 128  gr. 

Potassium  iodide. 128  gr. 

Solution  of  iron  iodide,  N.  F 15  m. 

Sodium  hypophosphite sufficient 

Simple  elixir,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Add  the  six  iodides  to  the  elixir,  dissolve  by  agitation, 
add  a  few  grains  of  sodium  hypophosphite,  or  sufficient  to 
decolorize  the  liquid,  and  filter. 

Each  fluidram  contains  1-128  grain  each  of  arsenic 
and  mercury  iodides,  1-12  grain  of  ferrous  iodide,  1-10 
grain  of  manganese  iodide,  and  1  grain  each  of  sodium 
and  potassium  iodides. 


THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST.  331 

Elixir  of  Long  Life. 

Aloes    200  gr. 

Rhubarb    35  gr. 

Gentian   35  gr. 

Zedoary 35  gr. 

Spanish  saffron 35  gr. 

Water   84  oz. 

Alcohol  12  oz. 

Mix  the  drugs  in  coarse  powder  with  the  two  liquids, 
macerate  for  3  daj^s,  agitating  frequently;  express  and 
filter.  Sometimes  35  grains  of  agaric  is  added  to  the  other 
drugs,  and  the  menstruum  generally  employed  is  diluted 
alcohol. 


Elixir  of  Orange. 

Bitter  orange  peel,  cut 1600  gr. 

Cinnamon,  bruised 320  gr. 

Potassium  carbonate 80  gr. 

E.  gentian 160  gr. 

E.  wormwood 160  gr. 

E.  Buckbean 160  gr. 

E.    Cascarilla 160  gr. 

Sherry  wine,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Macerate  the  orange  peel,  cinnamon,  and  potassium 
carbonate  with  the  16  fluid  ounces  of  sherry  wine  for  8 
days,  agitating  occasionally ;  express  the  liquid  portion  in 
the  latter,  dissolve  the  extracts,  filter,  and  add  enough 
sherry  wine  through  the  filter  to  make  the  filtrate  measure 
16  fluid  ounces. — Germ.  Pharm. 

The  National  Formulary  recognizes  what  is  identically 
the  same  preparation  under  the  title  '  'Compound  Wine  of 
Orange."  In  the  latter  no  extracts  are  used,  but  the  drugs 
themselves  are  mixed  with  the  orange  peel,  cinnamon  and 
potassium  carbonate,  the  whole  being  extracted  by  perco- 
lation. 


332  THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST. 

Elixir  of  Pepsin,  Quinine  and  Strychnine. 

Strychnine  sulphate 1%  gr. 

Distilled  water 4  dr. 

Elixir  of  pepsin  and  quinine 15%  oz. 

Dissolve  the  alkaloidal  salt  in  the  water  and  add  the 
elixir.  Each  fluidram  contains  1-100  grain  of  strychnine 
sulphate,  nearly  14  grain  of  quinine  sulphate,  and  nearly 
1  grain  of  pepsin. 

Elixir  of  Phosphorus,  Quinine  and  Strychnine. 

Elixir  of  phosphorous 8  oz. 

Quinine  hydrochlorate 32  gr. 

Strychnine   sulphate li/4  gr. 

Distilled  water 4  dr. 

Tincture  of  cudbear 2  dr. 

Simple  elixir,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Dissolve  the  quinine  in  7  fluid  ounces  of  simple  elixir, 
and  the  strychnine  salt  in  the  water ;  mix  the  two  solutions 
and  then  add  the  other  ingredients. 

Each  fluidram  contains  1-100  gr.  of  strychnine  sul- 
phate, %  grain  of  quinine  sulphate  and  1-100  grain  of 
phosphorus. 

Elixir  Pulmonic. 

Pure  E.  licorice,  U.  S.  P .300  gr. 

F.  E.  squill 128  min. 

F.  E.  senega 128  min. 

F.  E.  henbane  leaves 128  min. 

F.   E.   ipecac 64  min. 

Morphine  sulphate   8  gr. 

Distilled  water    4  dr. 

Tinct.  cacao 4  oz. 

Tincture  of  cherries,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Dissolve  the  morphine  in  the  water,  add  the  licorice 
extract,  mix  well,  add  the  remaining  ingredients,  and 
filter. 

Each  fluidram  contains  1-16  grain  of  morphine  sul- 
phate. 


THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST.  333 

Elixir  of  Rhubarb  and  Potassium. 

(Neutralizing  Elixir.) 

Rhubarb    320  gr. 

Golden   seal 160  gr. 

Cinnamon    160  gr. 

Potassium  bicarbonate    320  gr. 

Spirit  of  peppermint 1  dr. 

Simple  syrup   2  oz. 

Diluted  alcohol, 

Simple  elixir — of  each  sufficient. 

Reduce  the  three  drugs  to  moderately  coarse  powder, 
extract  them  in  the  usual  way  by  percolation  with  diluted 
alcohol  until  6  fluid  ounces  of  percolate  are  obtained.  In 
this  percolate  dissolve  the  potassium  bicarbonate,  add  the 
spirit  of  peppermint,  syrup,  and  enough  elixir  to  make  16 
fluid  ounces  of  product,  and  filter. 

This  preparation  represents  the  well-known  syrup  of 
rhubarb  and  potassium  in  the  elixir  form. 

Emulsion  of  Cod  Liver  Oil  with  Creosote  and 
Hypophosphites. 

Cod  liver  oil 8  oz. 

Creosote,  pure   1%  dr. 

Acacia  powder 2%  oz. 

Glycerin    1  oz. 

Syrup  of  orange 4  dr. 

Calcium  hypophosphite   128  gr. 

Sodium  hypophosphite    128  gr. 

Oil  of  wintergreen %  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras -1/2  dr. 

Oil  of  cinnamon y^  dr. 

Distilled  water,  enough  to  make 16  oz. 

Mix  the  cod  liver  oil,  creosote,  and  essential  oils  with 
the  acacia  in  a  dry  mortar;  dissolve  the  hypophosphites 
in  3  fluid  ounces  of  warm  water,  pour  the  solution  all  at 
once  into  the  mixture  of  oils,  creosote  and  acacia,  and 
stir  briskly  in  one  direction  with  the  pestle  until  emulsifi- 
cation  takes  place ;  then  add  the  glycerin,  syrup  and  water 
enough  to  make  16  fluid  ounces,  and  strain  through  a 
cloth. 


334  THE  DISPENSING  SPECIALIST. 

Solution,  Antiseptic,  Seiler's. 

Sodium  bicarbonate   240  gr. 

Borax    * 240  gr. 

Sodium  benzoate  10  gr. 

Sodium  salicylate   10  gr. 

Eucalyptol   5  min. 

Thymol    5  gr. 

Menthol 21/2  gr. 

Oil  of  wintergreen 8  drops 

Glycerin   4i^  oz. 

Alcohol 1  oz. 

Distilled  water,  sufficient  to  make 8  pints 

Dissolve  the  salts  in  64  fluid  ounces  of  water  by  the  aid 
of  heat,  also  the  eucalj^ptol,  thymol,  menthol,  and  the  oil 
in  the  alcohol,  mix  the  two  solutions,  add  the  glycerin  and 
the  remainder  of  the  water,  allow  to  stand  for  24  hours, 
and  filter. 

Solution,  Antiseptic,  Lister's. 

(Lister's  Antiseptic  Fluid.) 

Benzoic  acid 64  gr. 

Borax 64  gr. 

Boric  acid 128  gr. 

Thymol 20  gr. 

Oil  of  eucalyptus 5  drops 

Oil  of  wintergreen 5  drops 

Oil  of  peppermint 3  drops 

Oil  of  thyme  (white) 1  drop 

F.  E.  of  wild  indigo 20  drops 

Alcohol 6  oz. 

Distilled  water — sufficient. 

Dissolve  the  two  acids  and  borax  by  the  aid  of  heat  in 
8  fluid  ounces  of  water,  also  dissolve  the  thymol  and  oils 
in  the  alcohol,  mix  the  two  solutions,  agitating  frequently 
during  mixing,  add  the  fluid  extract,  and  then  enough 
water  to  make  16  fluid  ounces ;  set  aside  for  24  hours,  and 
filter  through  purified  talcum. 


SECRET  PRESCRIPTION  WRITING.  335 


Secret  Prescription  Writing 

Very  often  we  find  physicians  who  wish  to  have 
their  prescriptions  filled  at  a  certain  drug  store,  either 
because  they  think  they  have  better  drugs  or  else  be- 
cause they  receive  a  percentage  on  prescriptions  or  per- 
haps they  have  an  interest  in  the  store.  This  has  caused 
different  secret  systems  of  prescription  writing  to  be  in- 
troduced. The  following  very  simple  method  has  been 
used  in  some  places  and  is  a  very  convenient  way  to  write 
prescriptions. 

By  the  use  of  this  system  all  medical  ingredients  are 
divided  into  grains,  minims,  and  drachms.  If  the  drug 
is  a  solid,  it  is  designated  either  as  grains  or  drachms,  if 
a  liquid,  either  minims  or  drachms.  Grains  and  minims 
are  distinguished  from  drachms  by  the  position  of  the 
period.  If  the  period  appears  at  the  right  of  the  number, 
it  either  means  grains  or  minims  (1.  one  grain  or  minim)  ; 
if  at  the  left  of  the  number,  it  signifies  drachms  (.1  one 
drachm).  To  illustrate,  the  following  prescription  will 
give  the  symbols  of  both  ways  of  writing  the  same  pre- 
scription : 

^     Strychnine  nitrate   %.  equals  ^/^  gr. 

Tinct.  capsicum 20.  equals  20  min, 

F.  E.  cinchona  com 6  equals     6  dr. 

Simple  elixir  . .  .q.  s.  ad.   .32  equals     4  oz. 

M.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  hour  as  a  ''bracer"  for 
debauch. 

For  writing  prescriptions  in  this  way  you  should  have 
special  printed  prescription  blanks  directing  the  patient 
to  the  pharmacy  where  it  is  to  be  filled  or  tell  the  patient 
that  he  can  get  it  filled  only  at  that  certain  store. 

To  the  pharmacist  who  is  not  familiar  with  this  way 
of  "writing  prescriptions  it  is  rather  puzzling  and  some 
will  refuse  to  fill  the  prescriptions  altogether,  while  oth- 
ers will  attempt  to  guess  it  out,  which  might  act  to  the 
disadvantage  of  the  prescriber. 


J 


336  NOSTEUMS. 


The  Nostrum  Specialist 

Nostrum  venders  should  not  be  classed  under  the  title 
of  specialists,  but  most  nostrums  have  a  specialist  at  their 
helm,  who  is  exercising  great  energy  for  the  sale  of  his 
preparations.  The  amount  of  money  spent  in  advertising 
the  so-called  patent  medicines  will  reach  into  the  millions 
every  year,  and  the  methods  of  advertisers  has  created 
quite  a  rivalry,  and  we  often  see  one  attack  another 
through  printer's  ink. 

There  has  been  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  nostrums 
offered  for  sale,  and  while  many  of  them  have  only  be- 
come popular  in  certain  localities,  others  have  gained  a 
national  or  international  reputation,  depending  somewhat 
upon  the  amount  of  money,  energy  and  cleverness  dis- 
played in  advertising  them.  It  is  the  author's  belief  that 
any  preparation  with  a  reasonable  degree  of  merit  can  be 
sold  if  it  is  placed  before  the  public  in  the  right  light, 
and  the  amount  of  popularity  gained  will  depend  alto- 
gether upon  the  ''man  behind  the  gun."  To  illustrate 
the  great  and  small,  I  will  give  some  instances  which 
have  come  to  my  notice. 

ESTABLISHING    THE     SALE     OF     NOSTRUMS     IN 

SMALL  COMMUNITIES. 

Several  years  ago  I  had  a  friend  who  was  conducting 
a  drug  store  in  a  small  city.  One  day  we  entered  into  a 
discussion  regarding  the  profit  made  in  patent  medicines. 
I  argued  that  any  meritorious  preparation  could  be  manu- 
factured at  about  one-third  the  cost  of  nostrums  and 
would  find  a  ready  sale,  if  the  same  amount  of  money 
was  expended  in  advertising;  he  decided  to  test  the  pro- 
ject and  made  up  a  quantity  of  King's  Consumption  Cure, 
after  the  formula  given  on  another  page.  The  prepara- 
tion was  identical  with  King's  Consumption  Cure,  except 


NOSTKUMS.  337 

that  he  added  more  caramel  to  give  it  a  deeper  color. 
This  was  cartooned  and  labeled  nicely  and  placed  upon 
the  market  under  the  name  of  Halwood's  Cough  Cure. 
By  keeping  his  advertisement  persistently  before  the 
public,  he  has  created  a  great  demand  for  the  preparation, 
which  today  is  bringing  him  a  greater  profit  than  all  the 
rest  of  his  drug  business.  Although  the  preparation  is 
only  known  in  one  county,  there  is  no  doubt  that  if  he 
would  exercise  more  energy  and  use  more  capital,  he 
would  create  a  demand  for  the  preparation  throughout 
the  state,  or  perhaps  the  United  States,  and  it  would  gain 
the  same  popularity  as  the  original;  but  he  is  contented 
with  his  lot.  One  county  satisfied  his  ambition.  This  is 
given  to  show  how  the  sale  of  a  nostrum  can  be  limited 
or  expanded  according  to  the  ambition  of  the  proprietor. 
There  are  several  other  ways  in  which  patent  medi- 
cines have  been  brought  before  the  public.  Most  of  the 
Indian  remedies  have  been  introduced  through  Indian 
medicine  companies,  who  travel  from  town  to  to^vn ;  pitch 
their  tents  on  some  public  thoroughfare  and  give  an  In- 
dian show.  The  presiding  professor  tells  the  story  of 
the  skill  the  Indians  possess  in  selecting  remedies  for  the 
sick  and  suffering(?).  The  New  Idea  gives  the  following 
regarding  a  company  that  visited  this  city  a  few  years 
ago  for  the  introduction  and  sale  of 

HARTLEY'S  SOUTH  AMERICA  CURE. 

''During  the  summer  of  the  present  year  a  man  call- 
ing himself  Prof.  Hartley  occupied  a  vacant  lot  in  Detroit, 
with  a  large  tent,  lighted  by  electric  light,  wherein  he 
had  immense  audiences  every  evening  during  his  stay 
which  lasted  some  two  months.  The  professor  gave  a 
short  lecture  upon  a  South  American  cure,  which  he  stat- 
ed to  be  composed  of  roots,  herbs,  seeds,  barks,  and  flow- 
ers growing  exclusively  in  South  America,  and  used  for 
centuries  by  the  Araucanians,  a  tribe  of  people  who  in- 
habit the  western  slope  of  the  Andes,  in  the  southern  part 
of  Chili.  During  his  lecture  the  professor  managed  to  give 
the  audience  to  understand  that  this  wonderful  medicine 
performed  more  cures  of  indigestion,  dyspepsia,  catarrh, 


338  NOSTRUMS. 

rhe-Qmatism,  liver  complaints,  and  kidney  diseases,  than 
any  other  medicine  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  Being  curi- 
ous to  know  something  more  concerning  the  internal  con- 
stitution of  this  South  American  Cure,  we  purchased  a 
bottle,  and  subjected  it  to  an  analysis,  according  to  which 
we  find  that  it  consists  of  fluid  extract  of  rhubarb,  8 
parts ;  fluid  licorice  and  anise,  each  2  parts ;  fluid  capsi- 
cum 1-3  part ;  fluid  aloes,  1-6  part,  alcohol,  6  parts ;  water 
enough  to  make  32  parts,  to  which  a  small  percentage  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  is  added,  about  ten  grains  to  the 
ounce.  How  is  this  for  a  South  American  cure,  which 
country  does  not  furnish  to  commerce  one  ingredient  in 
the  nostrum?  It  is  asserted  that  60,000  bottles  were  sold 
in  Detroit  in  a  few  weeks  that  this  so-called  professor  held 
forth." 

Other  medicine  firms  depend  exclusively  upon  news- 
papers, circulars,  and  sampling,  free  prescriptions,  etc. 
The  following  will  give  you  an  idea  of  the  way  the  free 
prescription  fake  schemes  are  worked: 

DR.  CHURCHILL'S  PRESCRIPTIONS. 

The  "Churchill  Prescriptions"  are  being  sent  out 
"free."  As  this  particular  form  of  the  "sands  of  life" 
kind  of  philanthropy  will  be  new  to  some  readers,  we  will 
copy  literally,  as  a  sample,  one  of  the  prescriptions,  which 
is  for  "nervous  debility,"  etc. 

^     Pareira  brava    %  oz. 

Hydrastic  C  %  oz. 

Peruvian  bark  calisaya %  oz. 

Bromide  potassium %  oz. 

Carbonate  lithia   1  dr. 

The  "mode  of  preparing"  is  given  as  follows: 
"Put  one-quarter  ounce  pareira  brava  to  one  ounce 
of  boiling  water ;  let  it  stand  for  two  hours ;  then  add  of 
finely  powdered  hydrastic  C,  one  ounce;  mix  well  and  re- 
duce to  the  consistency  of  syrup  by  evaporation.  Put  one 
ounce  Peruvian  bark  calisaya  to  two  ounces  of  boiling 
water ;  let  it  boil  five  minutes ;  then  filter  and  add  one  and 
one-half  ounces  bromide  potassium.     Wash  two  drachms 


NOSTRUMS.  339 

in  the  salts  of  carbonate  lithia  in  proper  vessels,  and  add 
all  the  ingredients  together,  and  heat  on  a  slow  fire  in  a 
close  covered  vessel  to  100  degrees  specific  gravity;  re- 
move it  to  a  mortar,  pulverize  well,  and  triturate.  Divide 
the  whole  mixture  into  fifteen  powders." 

The  reader  is  warned  in  the  customary  fashion  against 
"unprincipled  druggists"  who  undertake  to  prepare  the 
"prescriptions"  as  "best  they  can,"  and  is  invited  to 
send  to  the  advertiser  for  the  "remedies." 

The  difference  between  these  prescriptions  and  the 
"Blodgetti"  and  ''Arabain  sea- grass"  operations  is,  that 
the  former  direct  nothing  but  medicines  that  really  exist, 
but  cannot  be  "compounded"  according  to  the  absurd 
directions,  which  appear  very  learned  to  the  average 
reader. 

The  only  course  left  open  to  a  conscientious  pharma- 
cist who  is  asked  to  prepare  such  a  prescription,  is  to 
inform  the  customer  of  its  exact  nature,  and  to  "back 
up"  his  statements  by  the  Circular,  in  which  he  will  find 
all  such  schemes  explained  as  they  arise.  As  people  seem 
to  take  more  kindly  to  what  they  see  in  print  than  to 
what  is  told  them  by  a  familiar  acquaintance,  this  plan 
has  been  found  to  work  well;  the  pharmacist  sustaining 
his  reputation  for  knowledge  and  ability. 

CORRASSA  COMPOUND. 

Another  free  recipe  for  the  permanent  cure  of  sper- 
matorrhoea, seminal  weakness,  involuntary  emissions,  im- 
potence, etc. : 

!^     Extract  of  corrassa  apimis 8  dr. 

Extract  of  salarmo  unbellifera 4  dr. 

Powdered  alkermes  latifolia   3  dr. 

Extract  of  carsadoc  herbalis 6  dr. 

Mix  well  together  in  a  mortar,  then  put  the  mixture 
in  a  box  and  keep  it  covered,  or  wrap  it  in  paper  and 
cover  with  tinfoil  to  exclude  the  air.  For  a  dose,  take 
about  one-half  a  teaspoonful  of  the  mixture,  and  moisten 
it  with  a  little  cold  water  in  a  glass  or  cup,  then  add  about 
two  tablespoonfuls  of  cold  water,  or  just  enough  to  en- 


340  NOSTEUMS. 

able  you  to  take  it  down  easily.  Take  the  medicine  at 
night  before  going  to  bed,  and  in  the  morning  before 
eating.  If  you  wish  to  sweeten  it  you  may  add  as  much 
sugar  or  syrup  to  each  dose  as  may  suit  your  taste.  The 
circular  continues  as  follows : 

"The  above  named  herbs,  so  remarkable  for  their 
healing  qualities,  are  found  in  the  great  valleys  of  the  Am- 
azon and  through  most  of  the  valleys  of  the  South  Ameri- 
can mountains.  Their  wonderful  medicinal  properties  are 
known  to  the  Indian  medicine  men,  and  also  to  some  of 
the  learned  missionaries  from  Europe,  who  reside  in  South 
America. 

This  particular  combination  of  remedies  is  called  the 
Corrassa  Compound,  taking  its  name  from  the  first  of  the 
four  medicines  which  compose  the  recipe  when  it  is  ready 
for  use. 

The  Corrassa  Compound  acts  particularly  on  the 
membranes  which  line  the  urinary  and  genital  organs, 
allaying  irritation,  curing  the  unhealthy  discharges,  and 
imparting  a  healthy  tone  to  the  nerves  and  tissues  which 
compose  these  parts.  Its  tonic  properties  give  strength 
to  the  weak  and  incompetent,  while  its  soothing  proper- 
ties keep  down  over-excitement  of  the  sexual  organs.  In 
gonorrhoea  or  gleet  this  medicine  cures  almost  like  magic. 
It  is  also  highly  beneficial  for  females  who  suffer  from 
leucorrhoea  or  whites. 

This  remedy  from  South  America  (the  land  of  medi- 
cines) is  entirely  a  product  of  the  vegetable  world.  No 
deleterious  ingredients  enter  into  its  composition;  no  in- 
jury to  the  constitution  can  possibly  occur  from  its  use, 
and  no  other  remedy  will  so  effectually  eradicate  mercury 
and  other  mineral  poisons  from  the  body.  On  the  human 
system  it  acts  like  a  charm.  It  improves  the  digestion, 
purifies  the  blood,  gives  tone  to  the  nerves,  prevents  the 
tendency  to  consumption,  imparts  to  the  skin  a  fresh 
bloom,  and  gives  to  the  countenance  an  animated  and  bril- 
liant expression.  The  good  effects  of  this  medicine  in 
my  own  case  you  will  find  related  in  the  following  cir- 
cular, which  you  will  please  read."  (Extract  from  accom- 
panying circular.) 


NOSTRUMS  341 


( i- 


Following  this  the  Rev.  Jos.  T.  Inman  tells  a  plain- 
tive story  of  how  he  suffered  from  the  effects  of  his  youth- 
ful indiscretions ;  how  he  tried  all  the  best  physicians  in 
America  and  Europe ;  how  at  last  his  friends  managed  to 
transport  him  to  the  good  ship  Reindeer,  R.  I.  Marsh, 
captain,  to  Para,  South  America,  to  spend  his  last  hours 
as  a  missionary  among  the  heathen.  While  there  he  de- 
voted his  "spare  time  to  the  study  of  medicinal  plants," 
and  while  doing  so,  "first  learned  the  virtues  of  the  Cor- 
rassa  Compound,"  and  also  made  the  acquaintance  of  a 
"learned  and  venerable  physician  named  Ferandez  Colina, 
a  native  of  Spain,  who  had  studied  in  Paris,  and  had  trav- 
eled extensively  through  South  America." 

All  of  this  is  intended  to  frighten  and  obtain  money 
from  the  hoped-for  victim.  No  such  drugs  as  are  given 
above  being  in  existence,  the  dupe  is  expected  to  purchase 
them  from  the  "Reverend"  Inman. 

This  wonderful  ( ?)  preparation  having  been  analyzed 
by  Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons,  of  Detroit,  was  found  to  consist  of : 

^     Gentian    15      per  cent. 

Licorice    15      per  cent. 

Sugar   50      per  cent. 

Sodium  bicarb   17%  per  cent. 

Cochineal    2%  per  cent. 

All  in  fine  powder.  — (New  Idea.) 

THE  RAPID    METHOD    OF    CREATING    A    LARGE 

DEMAND  FOR  NOSTRUMS. 

One  of  the  most  novel  and  profitable  ways  of  intro- 
ducing patent  medicines  was  told  me  by  a  druggist,  who 
was  formerly  proprietor  of  a  drug  store  in  northern 
Michigan,  and  I  think  the  story  will  be  sufficiently  inter- 
esting to  repeat  here,  from  the  fact  that  the  company  is 
now  located  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  is  among  the  largest 
of  patent  medicine  advertisers,  as  it  spends  several  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars  every  year  in  advertising.  This 
company  had  three  preparations  for  which  it  wished 
to  create  a  rapid  demand,  and  its  method  was  to  send  an 


342  NOSTRUMS. 

advance  agent  to  various  given  points,  to  contract  with 
some  local  druggist  to  place  so  many  gross  of  each  kind 
of  medicine  in  his  store  for  sale.  The  druggist  was  not 
to  pay  for  the  medicines  until  they  were  entirely  disposed 
of,  when  he  was  expected  to  pay  the  regular  wholesale 
price.  After  making  the  contract  with  only  one  store  in 
each  place,  the  advance  agent  immediately  commenced  to 
circularize  the  entire  population  not  only  of  the  city,  but 
of  the  country  for  many  miles  around.  The  circulars  con- 
veyed the  information  that  a  certain  specialist  of  wonder- 
ful skill  and  ability  would  visit  that  city  for  the  purpose 
of  healing  the  afflicted.  The  physician  was  billed  as  a 
philanthropist  of  the  highest  character,  and  under  no  con- 
sideration would  he  accept  any  remuneration  for  his  ser- 
vices, his  skill  being  absolutely  free  and  at  the  command 
of  the  sick  and  suffering. 

THE  SPECIALIST  ARRIVED. 

As  early  as  six  o'clock  in  the  morning  the  hotel  par- 
lors were  packed  to  their  fullest  capacity.  Each  patient 
was  handed  a  card  giving  instructions  how  to  approach 
the  doctor,  a  part  of  the  advice  being  to  "ask  the  doctor 
no  questions,  as  he  can  tell  your  ailments  better  than  you 
can  describe  them  yourself.  Each  patient  will  be  allowed 
only  five  minutes'  consultation,"  etc.  When  the  patient 
was  admitted  to  the  consultation  room  he  was  given  a 
seat  and  the  doctor  then  proceeded  to  describe  his  ail- 
ments in  very  much  the  same  manner  outlined  in  the  chap- 
ter on  the  Observing  Specialist.  The  doctor  then  dictated 
a  prescription  to  his  stenographer,  which  consisted  prin- 
cipally of  fictitious  names  of  pharmaceutical  products, 
handed  it  to  the  patient  and  dismissed  him. 

THE    DOCTOR'S     UNDERSTANDING    WITH      THE 

DRUGGIST. 

It  was  understood  between  the  physician  and  druggist 
that  any  prescription  he  sent  him,  containing  a  sixteen- 
ounce  mixture  would  be  the  preparation  he  left  at  the 
store,  containing  the  same  amount  of  medicine  (which  is 


NOSTRUMS.  343 

supposed  to  be  a  mild  cinchona  tonic.)  The  twelve  and 
fourteen-ounce  mixtures  were  also  identified  in  the  same 
way.  The  physician  did  not  always  confine  his  prescribing 
to  the  stereotyped  preparations  at  the  store,  but  often  ad- 
ded a  little  nux  vomica  or  other  medicines  he  thought  the 
patient  required.  The  druggist  supplied  the  doctor  with 
prescription  blanks,  with  the  name  and  address  of  his 
store,  which  was  supposed  to  be  the  only  store  in  the  city 
where  the  prescription  could  be  compounded.  The  phy- 
sician instructed  the  druggist  to  remove  the  original  labels 
the  preparation  contained,  and  replace  them  with  the  reg- 
ular druggist  label  with  Sig.  The  gentleman  who  conduc- 
ted the  store  told  me  that  the  financial  receipts  for  the 
prescriptions  that  day  amounted  to  several  hundred  dol- 
lars, but  they  did  not  end  there,  they  continued  to  fill  the 
same  prescriptions  for  several  years  afterwards,  and  thus 
created  a  demand  for  the  nostrums  which  I  suppose  are 
still  supplied  by  the  same  company. 

This  method  has  proven  to  be  one  of  the  most  success- 
ful methods  of  introducing  nostrums  that  the  author  has 
any  knowledge  of,  for  today  the  company  is  rated  at  over 
a  million  dollars,  and  it  did  not  take  the  doctor  and  his 
staff  over  two  years  to  visit  most  of  the  principal  cities  of 
the  United  States,  and  thus  cover  the  entire  country. 


THE  COST  OF  NOSTRUMS. 

In  the  preceding  paragraphs  we  have  outlined  some 
of  the  ways  of  promoting  the  sale  of  nostrums.  We  will 
now  discuss  the  cost  of  nostrums.  My  attention  was  first 
called  to  this  subject  by  an  article  which  appeared  in  the 
Indiana  Pharmacist,  in  which  it  said : 

"Why  should  you  pay  $1.90  a  dozen  for  Bull's  Cough 
Syrup,  when  you  can  put  up  a  better  article  containing  no 
opium,  giving  three  times  the  quantity  for  the  same 
money,  at  a  cost  of  46  cents  a  dozen? 


344  NOSTEUMS 

Here  is  a  formula  for  a  most  excellent  cough  syrup  : 

1^     Fl.  ext.  ipecac. 2  oz.  38  cents. 

Chloroform  %  oz.    2  cents. 

Tinct.  white  pine 8  oz.  14  cents. 

Water  28  oz. 

Sugar 56  oz.  25  cents. 

Magnesia   carb 2  oz.    3  cents. 

Tinct.  gelsemium   1  oz.    2  cents. 

Total 84  cents. 

This  makes  five  pints  of  the  finished  product,  which 
put  up  in  three  ounce  ball-neck  panels,  holding  2% 
ounces,  would  make  3  1-6  dozen  bottles.  The  cost  of  the 
bottles  would  be  50  cents,  and  the  labels,  wrappers,  etc., 
would  cost  not  more  than  10  cents,  making  a  total  cost  of 
$1.44  for  three  and  one-sixth  dozen  syrup,  or  about  46 
cents  a  dozen,  as  against  $1.90  a  dozen  for  Bull's. 

Take  the  subject  of  bitters.  None  of  the  patients  can 
be  bought  for  less  than  $7.00  a  dozen,  and  from  that  up 
to  $8.50.  They  retail  for  $1.00  where  "cutting"  is  not 
known.    Take  the  following  formula : 

^     Cinchona  bark,  red 8  oz.  30  cents. 

Gentian  root  8  oz,    5  cents. 

Columbo  root   8  oz.  10  cents. 

Juniper  berries 8  oz.    3  cents. 

Glycerine   8  oz.    9  cents. 

Alcohol  1  part. 

Water 3  parts. 

To  make  one  gallon  of  finished  product. 

Have  the  drugs  ground  to  a  coarse  powder,  pack  in 
a  percolator,  pour  on  menstruum  until  the  top  of  the  drug 
is  evenly  covered.  When  the  percolate  begins  to  drop,  in- 
sert a  cork  in  the  percolator,  cover  the  top,  and  allow  the 
contents  to  macerate  48  hours.  Then  proceed  to  obtain 
7l^  pints  of  percolate,  to  which  add  the  glycerine.  Flavor 
with  oil  of  winterpreen. 

This  makes  eight  pints  of  finished  product,  which 
put  up  in  pint  bottles,  sells  for  $1.00  a  bottle.    The  bottles 


NOSTRUMS.  345 

cost  25  cents,  and  the  labels  and  wrappers  not  to  exceed 
10  cents,  making  a  total  cost  of  $1.50  for  eight  bottles,  or 
$2.25  for  a  dozen,  as  against  $7.00  to  $8.00  for  the  regular 
nostrum. 

For  a  blood  purifier  that  will  "do  the  work  every 
time:" 

ly     Fl.  ext.  sarsaparilla 8  oz.  50  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  stillingia 8  oz.  25  cents. 

FL  ext.  yellow  dock 8  oz.  25  cents. 

Podophyllin 24  gr.    3  cents. 

Aqua 2  pt. 

Elix.  simplex 2  pt.  23  cents. 

Alcohol 2  pt.  55  cents. 

Iodide  potash   1  oz.  18  cents. 

Mix  and  filter.  Put  up  in  paneled  14-ounce  bottles. 
This  ^vill  give  nine  bottles  to  the  gallon.  The  bottles  will 
cost  26  cents,  label  and  wrappers  10  cents,  making  a  total 
eost  of  $2.35  for  nine  bottles,  or  $3,13  a  dozen,  as  against 
$7.00  to  $8.50  a  dozen  for  the  much-vaunted  nostrums  that 
are  generally  only  a  solution  of  epsom  salts,  colored  and 
flavored. 

For  a  kidney  cure,  one  that  invariably  brings  back 
the  customer,  recommends  itself  and  makes  business  brisk : 

^     Fl.  ext.  buchu 8  oz.    35  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  pareira  brava 4  oz.    20  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  stone-root 4  oz.    20  cents! 

Acetate  potass  4  oz.    15  cents. 

Holland  gin,  best 8  oz.    20  cents. 

Simple  elixir,  to  make 1  gal.  72  cents. 

Mix.  Filter  and  put  up  in  bottles  holding  eight 
ounces,  plain  or  paneled,  as  best  suits.  The  bottles  will 
cost  44  cents,  and  the  labels  and  wrappers  10  cents,  mak- 
a  total  cost  of  $2.35  for  16  bottles,  or  $1.77  a  dozen.  This 
can  be  sold  for  50  cents  a  bottle,  and  will  afford  a  much 
better  per  cent,  and  larger  profits  than  Warner's  nostrum 
and  do  the  patient  some  good. 


346  NOSTRUMS. 

For  a  liniment  for  general  purposes,  that  will  relieve 
pain  and  soreness,  giving  much  better  satisfaction  than  St. 
Jacob's  oil: 

^     Soap  liniment 5  pt.  $1.00 

Aqua  ammonia  2  pt.      .12 

Tinct.  opium  . . 1  pt.      .60 

After  reading  the  above  article  it  occurred  to  me 
that  physicians  might  need  a  little  of  the  same  advice, 
when  we  stop  to  consider  the  number  of  pharmaceutical 
preparations,  which  are  offered  to  the  medical  profession 
at  an  enormous  advance  in  price,  and  the  only  defense 
their  manufacturers  can  offer,  isi  that  their  products  are 
"chemically  pure,"  which  is  no  doubt  true,  but  when  we 
have  access  to  products  from  the  laboratories  of  Parke, 
Davis  &  Co.,  Merck's  and  many  others,  why  should  we 
pay  many  times  the  original  cost  to  have  some  pharma- 
ceutical manufacturing  company  place  these  chemical 
products  in  an  aromatic  vehicle?  This  is  well  illustrated 
in  the  preparation  Bromidia,  Peacock's  Bromides,  San- 
metto  and  others.  I  would  suggest  why  pay  one-dollar  for 
a  four-ounce  bottle  of  Bromidia  when  you  can  get  the 
identical  preparation  in  purity  and  therapeutical  value  in 
the  following  formula : 

BROMIDIA. 

1^  Chloral  hydrate  (Merck's) ...  .1  oz.  11  cents. 
Potassium  Brom.  (Merck's)..  .1  oz.  Scents. 
Fl.  ext.  cannabis  ind.  (P. 

D.  &  Co.) 4min. 

Fl.  ext.  hyoscyamus  (P.    . 

D.  &  Co 4min. 

Caramel q.  s.  color. 

Aromatic  elix q.  s.  4  oz.    4  cents. 

The  above  makes  an  excellent  preparation  and  only 
represents  one  of  the  many  stock  preparations  which  a 
physician  could  prepare  and  have  in  his  dispensing  case  at 
little  expense. 

Perhaps  no  greater  illustration  can  be  made  in  the 
way  chemical  products  have  been  sold  to  physicians,  at 


NOSTRUMS.  347 

fancy  prices,  than  in  the  different  ways  acetanilid  has 
been  introduced.  The  cheapness  of  this  remedy  (fifty 
cents  a  pound)  makes  it  a  very  profitable  preparation  to 
compound  with  other  remedies,  and  dispose  of  under  a 
''coined  name."  Dr.  Potter's  Materia  Medica  gives  the 
following  regarding  some  of  the  preparations  this  drug  is 
supposed  to  largely  enter: 

AMMONOL. 

A  proprietary  antipyretic  and  analgesic,  claimed  to 
possess  unusual  stimulating  and  expectorant  properties 
due  to  the  loosely  combined  ammonia  in  its  composition. 
Beringer  concludes  that  it  is  merely  an  admixture  of: 

^     Acetanilid 2  parts. 

Sodium  bicarbonate   1  part. 

Ammonium  carbonate 1  part. 

With  a  minute  quantity  of  the  dye  mentanil — yellow. 
A  similar  mixture  is  used  at  the  Philadelphia  HospitaJ 
under  the  name  ammoniated  acetanilid,  which  consists  or : 

^     Acetanilid 2%  gr. 

Sodium  bicarbonate  1%  gr. 

Ammonium  carbonate 1  gr. 

This  for  a  minimum  dose.    Dose  of  ammonol  or  am- 
monol  salicylate  gr.  v-xx. 

ANTIKAMNIA. 

Is  a  proprietary  preparation  widely  advertised  as  an 
antipyretic  and  analgesic.  Analysis  of  several  samples 
have  been  made  by  different  chemists,  all  of  which  agree 
in  finding  the  chief  ingredients  to  be  acetanilid  and  sod- 
ium bicarbonate  in  varying  proportions.  By  some  obser- 
vers caffeine  was  detected,  also  tartaric  acid,  etc.  The 
preparation  is  formulated  by  the  latest  analysis  as  a  mix- 
ture of  :• 

^     Acetanilid    70  parts. 

Sodium  bicarbonate  • 20  parts. 

Caffeine 10  parts. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv,  in  powder  or  tablets. 
Since  the  passage  of  the  Pure  Pood  and  Drugs  Law 
acetphenetidin  has  been  substituted  for  acetanilid. 


S48  NOSTEtJMS. 


ANTIKOL. 


^     Acetanilid 75  parts. 

Sodium  bicarbonate  17i/^  parts. 

Tartaric  acid 7%  parts. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv.  (Squibb.) 

ANTINERVIN. 

^     Acetanilid 2  parts. 

Salicylic  acid 1  part. 

Ammonium  bromide   1  part. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv.  (Eitsert.) 

EXODYNE. 

^     Acetanilid 90  parts. 

Sodium  salicylate  5  parts. 

Sodium  bicarbonate   5  parts. 

The  name  sufficiently  states  its  claim  to  medicinal 
virtue.    Dose,  gr.  iij-x. 

FEBRINOL. 

So  called  by  its  proprietors,  is  a  mixture  of  acetanilid 
and  other  inert  substances,  advertised  at  one-half  the  price 
of  similar  coal-tar  preparations. 

PHENOLID. 

^     Acetanilid 58  parts. 

Sodium  salicylate 43  parts. 

And  competes  with  the  above  as  a  panacea.  Dose, 
gr.  v-xv. 

I  am  not  aiming  to  do  an  injustice  to  the  manufactur- 
ers of  the  different  non-secret  preparations,  which  are  of- 
fered the  medical  profession,  but  I  only  wish  to  point  out 
the  large  revenues  they  receive  for  adding  an  aromatic 
vehicle  and  favorably  impressing  the  profession  that  their 
preparations  offer  special  advantages,  because  they  are 
chemically  pure  and  pharmaceutically  correct. 


NOSTRUMS  349 

PHYSICIANS  AND  NOSTRUMS. 

Many  physicians  are,  generally  speaking,  no  different 
from  the  lait}^,  and  often  entertain  some  of  the  mysteries 
which  hover  around  the  healing  art,  and  place  more  value 
upon  a  remedy  of  which  they  know  little  of  the  contents, 
than  they  do  on  their  own  knowledge  of  medicine.  The 
principal  thing  they  are  seeking  is  "results,"  and  with 
this  end  in  view  prescribe  nostrums,  with  the  same  grace 
and  dignity  that  a  grandmother  will  goose-oil. 

I  have  seen  many  physicians  prescribe  such  nostrums 
as  Hive  Syrup,  Castoria,  Trask's  Ointment  and  others  of 
a  similar  character,  when  superior  treatments  Avere  at  their 
command.  This  practice  has  become  as  profound  a  habit 
with  some  physicians  as  tobacco  has  with  others  on  the 
other  hand  the  medical  journals  contain  advertisements  of 
several  preparations  which  are  nostrums  in  the  broadest 
sense  of  the  term.  To  illustrate.  Mica j all's  Uterine  Wa- 
fers, vfhich  are  sold  at  fancy  prices,  do  not  compare,  in  re- 
sults, with  those  which  can  be  obtained  from  the  use  of 
the  extra-uterine  application,  given  on  another  page. 

If  the  practice  of  medicine  is  the  exercise  of  medical 
art,  and  embraces  all  that  pertains  to  the  knowledge  of 
medicine,  my  plea  is  to  broaden  our  knowledge  to  the  ex- 
tent that  we  may  prescribe  knowingly,  intelligently  and 
specifically  in  each  case,  and  abandon  as  far  as  possible 
"shot  gun  therapeutics." 

THE  FORMULAE  OF  NOSTRUMS. 

It  is  the  author's  belief  that  most  physicians  will  ap- 
preciate a  collection  of  the  formulae  of  the  most  prominent 
secret  nostrums,  and  for  several  years  I  have  been  ex- 
tracting these  formula  from  medical  journals,  books, 
newspapers,  etc.,  and  in  addition  to  the  formulae  already 
given  throughout  this  volume,  I  will  add  several  more. 
Preserving  these  formula  in  a  convenient  form  for  ready 
reference,  affords  many  advantages,  as  patients  will  often 
ask  physicians  regarding  the  contents  of  a  certain  patent 
medicine,  and  by  referring  to  this  collection,  he  can  not 
only  supply  them  with  the    information^  but    encourage 


350 


NOSTRUMS. 


them  to  abandon  their  use  for  a  more  thorough  course  of 
treatment,  as  their  case  may  require. 

In  cases  of  poisoning  from  patent  medicines,  which 
is  not  of  infrequent  occurrence,  this  allows  the  physician 
to  select  the  antidote.  It  also  gives  your  patient  to  under- 
stand that  you  are  familiar  with  the  ingredients  these 
preparations  contain,  and  you  cannot  recommend  their 
use,  because  you  can  furnish  a  more  specific  course  of 
treatment.  Although  some  of  these  medicines  have  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  merit,  many  of  them  are  of  little  or  no  val- 
ue, as  their  formuh^  will  indicate.  Out  of  curiosity  I  have 
had  several  of  these  formulae  compounded  and  compared 
them  with  the  original,  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  there 
was  a  resemblance,  and  if  they  could  be  prescribed  with 
equal  therapeutical  results,  and  I  have  been  surprised  at 
the  success  obtained  in  many  cases. 

I,  in  no  way  wish  to  be  held  responsible  for  the  cor- 
rectness of  all  these  formulse.  The  author's  name  is  ap- 
pended in  each  case,  when  known. 


ACTINA. 
Prof.  Flavel  B.  Tiffany,  of  the 
University  Medical  College,  this 
city,  says  the  extensively  adver- 
tised "Actina"  has  this  composi- 
tion: 
R     Menthol    crystals    1  dr. 

Alcohol    y2  dr. 

Ether    sulp 1  dr. 

Oil    mustard 2  dr. 

Spong-e  sufficient  to  make  1  oz. 

ALLEN'S    LUNG    BALSAM. 
■R     Tinct.     sanguinaria 8  oz. 

Tinct.    lobelia 8  oz. 

Tinct.     opium 4  oz. 

Tinct.    capsicum    1%  oz. 

Essence    sassafras     1  oz. 

Essence    anise    1  oz. 

New    Orleans    molasses.  .^/^  gal. 
Bring   the   syrup   to   a  boil,    and 
add  cautiously  the  other  ingred- 
ients.— (Kilner.) 
AMICK'S    CONSUMPTION    CURE. 

The  Amick  advertisements  ap- 
peared shortly  after  the  publica- 
tion of  Dr.  N.  B.  Shade's  paper  in 
this  and  other  journals.  Amick 
copied  Shade's  language,  speak- 
ing of  the  "chemical"  cure,  etc., 
and  I  believe  adopted  Shade's 
method  of  treatment.  These  are 
fully  described  by  Shade,  and 
consist  of  the  use  of  calomel,  iod- 
oform, guaiacol,  etc.~(Dr.  Waugh 
in  Times  and  Register.) 


ARABIAN   BALSAM. 

■R    Oleum    gossypium    15  oz. 

Oleum   origani    1  oz. 

Oleum    terebinth    4  dr. 

Mix — (S.  W.   Rogers.) 

ASEPTIN. 

"R    Borax    2  parts 

Alum    1  part 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist). 

ATHLOPROHOS. 

"R    Acetate    of    potash 1  dr. 

Salicylate  of  soda  490  gr. 

Sugar    4  oz. 

Caramel    3  drops 

Water   14  fl.oz. 

Mix.  (New  Idea.) 

ATKINSON'S   INFANT   PRESER- 
VATIVE. 

Ji    Carbonate   magnesia   — 6  dr. 

White  sugar  2%  oz. 

Oil    anise    20  drops 

Comp.  spirits  ammonia  2V^  dr. 

Rectified   spirits    21/^  dr. 

Tinct.   opium 1  dr. 

Syrup    saffron    1  oz. 

Caraway     water     enough 
to    make    1  pint 

Mix.  Use  as  an  antacid,  ano- 
dyne and  hypnotic— (Pharm. 
Record.) 


NOSTEUMS. 


351 


AUGSBURG  ESSENCE  OP  LIFE. 

R    Rad.    rhei 1  oz. 

My  rrhae    2  oz. 

Rad.  gentian  2  oz. 

Croci    opt V^  oz. 

Camphor    1/4  oz. 

Rad.   zedoar   1  oz. 

Rad.   angelica    21/^  oz. 

Castor  V^  oz. 

Aloes,    socot 2  oz. 

Sp.    vini.    rect 2  pts. 

Aqua    2  pts. 

Mix.    Digest  five  days  and  filter. 
Dose — Teaspoonful  twice  a  day. 
—(Medical  World.) 

AYER'S  AGUE   CURE. 

This  is  said  to  be  a  syrupy  tinc- 
ture of  cinchona  with  aromatics. 
Each  bottle  holds  6  fluid  ounces, 
and  each  fluid  ounce  was  found 
to  contain  3.2  grains  of  amor- 
phous cinchona,  alkaloids,  3 
grains  cinchonine,  0.9  cinchoni- 
dine,  0.8  quinine,  and  1  grain 
quinidine. 

AYER'S    VITA    NUOVA. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles  published  in 
the  Druggists'  Circular  a 
lengthy  article  on  Hubbard- 
Ayer  prepartions,  and  calls  at- 
tention particularly  to  the  pres- 
ence of  cocaine  in  the  Vita  Nuo- 
va.  We  have  recently  examin- 
ed this  preparation  also  and  find 
it  to  contain  notable  quantites 
cocaine  easily  detected  by  the 
organo-leptic  test,  and  also 
about  IQVz  per  cent.,  by  volume 
of    alcohol. — Boston   Herald. 

AYERS'     CHERRY     PECTORAL.. 

"R    Acetate    of    morphia 3  gr. 

Tincture  of  bloodroot 2  dr. 

Wine    antimony    3  dr. 

Wine   ipecac   3  dr. 

Syrup    wild    cherry 3  oz. 

Mix. 

— (Pac.   Med.   and   Surg.   Journal.) 

AYER'S    PILLS. 

Consist  of  Colocynth,  Gamboge 
and  Aloes,  coated  with  Starch 
and    Sugar, 

AYER'S    SARSAPARILLA. 

■R    Fluid     extract    sarsapa- 

rilla      3  oz. 

Fluid    extract    stillingia  3  oz. 

Fluid       extract       yellow 
dock     2  oz. 

Fluid    extract    may    ap- 
ple      2  oz. 

Sugar    1  oz. 

Iodide   Potassium   ..; 90  gr. 

Iodide    iron 10  gr. 

Mix.  —(Chicago  Druggist.) 


BAREEL'S     INDIAN     LINIMENT. 

R    Tr.  capsicum    1  dr. 

Oil  origanum    ^^  oz. 

Oil  sassafras    V^  oz. 

Oil  pennyroyal    ^/^  oz. 

Oil  hemlock y2  oz. 

Alcohol      1  qt. 

Mix.  —(New   Idea.) 

BARKER'S    BONE    AND    NERVE 
LINIMENT. 

For   man   or   beast. 

R    Camphor     70  gr. 

Oil    of    tar i^  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme   1  dr. 

Oil   of   turpentine    2  dr. 

Franklin  oil  (black  oil, 
lubricating  oil)  suffici- 
ent to  make  2  oz. 

Mix,  —(New   Idea.) 

BATEMAN'S  PECTORAL  DROPS 

R    Tinct.     of     opium V/z  oz. 

Tinct.     of     opium     ben- 

zoated     20  oz. 

Tinct.  of  Canada  castor. 5  oz. 

Cochineal,    ground    1  oz. 

Mix.  Dose,  for  adults,  20  to  30 
drops,  morning  and  evening.  Not 
to  be  given  to  children  under  10 
years  of  age.  — (Hager.) 

BECKER'S    EYE    SALVE. 

R   Calmine   V/z  dr. 

Tutty    11/2  dr. 

Red  oxide  of  mercury... 6  dr. 

Camphor  in  powder  1  dr. 

Almond    oil    1  dr. 

White   wax    l^/^  oz. 

Fresh  butter   8  oz. 

Reduce  the  mineral  substances 
to  a  very  fine  powder  and  incor- 
porate with  the  oil,  in  which  the 
camphor  has  been  dissolved  with 
the  wax  and  butter,  previously 
melted    together. 

— (Kilner's   Modern   Pharmacy.) 

BENSON'S    SKIN   CURE. 

This  secret  nostrum  consists  of 
two  preparations,  one  for  inter- 
nal use  and  one  for  external  ap- 
plication. 

A — Internal. — It  consists,  ac- 
cording to  our  examination,  of 
clover  blossoms  720  grains,  yel- 
low-dock root  90  grains,  gentian 
root  120  grains,  boiled  (one  hour) 
with  one  pint  of  water.  Cool, 
transfer  to  a  closed  vessel,  and 
add  one  ounce  of  alcohol  in 
which  has  previously  been  dis- 
solved oil  of  rosemary,  oil  of 
thyme  each  one  minim;  let  it 
stand  over  night,  strain  next 
morning;  make  up  to  one  pint 
with    wafer    sufficient. 


352 


NOSTRUMS. 


B— External  Application  —  This 
solution  consists,  according  to 
our  examination,  of  acetate  of 
lead  2  grains,  acetate  of  copper 
1  grain,  acetate  of  zinc  15  grains, 
benzoated  water  12  fluid  ounces; 
mix.  The  benzoated  water  is 
readily  prepared  by  agitating 
half  an  ounce  of  tincture  of  ben- 
zoin with  12  ounces  of  ^varm  "wa- 
ter, allowing  it  to  cool  and  set- 
tle; then  filter.  It  is  warranted 
to  cure  all  the  skin  diseases  de- 
scribed in  the  medical  diction- 
aries. —  (New    Idea.) 


BEGG'S  FEVER  AND  AGUE 
PILLS. 

Each  pill  contains  one  grain  of 
quinia  sulphate,  one-half  grain 
cinchona  sulphate,  rhubarb  one 
grain,  with  a  little  flavoring. 
These  pills  are  put  up  in  a  half- 
ounce  plain  flint  vial;  they  are 
uncoated,  32  pills  in  a  bottle,  bal- 
ance of  space  filled  with  powder- 
ed licorice  root.  A  small  slip 
w^ith  title,  uses,  and  directions 
surrounds  the  bottle,  and  a  red 
lead  wrapper,  type  set,  sur- 
rounds the  whole.  This  is  an  ex- 
cellent ague   cure.     — (New  Idea.) 

BIG   G  INJECTION. 

An  examination  made  in  our 
laboratory  shows  the  presence  of 
boric  acid,  or  borax  and  berber- 
ine,  the  yellow  alkaloid  of  hy- 
drastis.  No  zinc  sulphate  or  oth- 
er astringent  was  found.  No 
quantitative  estimates  were 
made. 


BLAIR'S    GOUT    AND    RHEUMA- 
TIC   PILLS. 

Are  composed  of  acetic  extract 
of  colchicum  and  extract  of  hy- 
oscyamus. 


BOSCHEE'S      GERMAN      SYRUP. 

■R    Oil    of  tar    1  dr. 

Fluid    extract    ipecac 4  dr. 

Fluid         extract         wild 

cherry     6  dr. 

Tincture     of     opium 4  dr. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia.. 3  dr. 

Water    6  oz. 

White   sugar    10  oz. 

Triturate  the  magnesia,  first, 
with  the  oil  of  tar;  then  with  a 
mixture  of  the  fluid  extracts 
and  water,  filter  and  form  a 
solution  with  the  sugar,  by  agi- 
tation,   without   heat. 

—(Medical    World.) 

BRADYCROTINE. 

A  compound  closely  resembling, 
it    may    be    made    by    the    follow- 
ing  formula: 
■R    Caffeine    (alkaloid)    5  gr. 

Potassium    bromide    20  gr. 

Sodium   bromide    20  gr. 

Simple    syrup    2  dr. 

Alcohol     2  dr. 

Port    wine    sufficient    to 
make     2  oz. 

Caramel    sufficient   to    color. 
Mix.  —(Druggists'  Circular.) 

BROWN'S      MALE-FERN      VER- 
MIFUGE. 

■R    Fl.    ext.    male    fern 3  oz. 

Oil    wintergreen    1  min. 

Simple    syrup    5  oz. 

Mix.  — (New   Idea.) 

BRANDBRETH'S     PILLS. 

■R    Extract    colocynth    20  gr. 

Aloes,    Socotrine    2  dr. 

Gamboge     1  dr. 

Castile    soap    %  dr. 

Oil    peppermint     2  min. 

Oil    cinnamon    1  min. 

Powdered     arable    and 
alcohol,    of    each q.    s. 

Mix  and  make  80  pills.  Dose:  1 
to  3,    as  directed. 

—  (Dr.  D.  S.  Clark.) 


BOERHAVER'S    BITTERS. 

R    Alcohol,  90  per  cent.  140  parts 

Sugar     76  parts 

Aloes     10  parts 

Cinnamon     23  parts 

Galangal     23  parts 

Zedoary    23  parts 

Angelica    23  parts 

Cloves    23  parts 

Gentian     23  parts 

Quassia,    cut    23  parts 

Water    200  parts 

Mix.  — (Hager.) 


BROMO-CHLORALUM. 

Kilner    gives    the    following: 
TJ    Alum,    coarse    powder  —  lib. 

Boiling   water    2  pts. 

Aqua   ammonia    q.   s. 

Muriatic    acid    q.    s. 

Bromine      ^/^  oz. 

Water    q.    s.    V^    gal. 

BARNES'    FROST    BALSAM. 

]R^    Copaiba      ^/^  oz. 

Oil    turpentine   ^  oz, 


NOSTEUMS. 


353 


BROWN'S    BRONCHIAIj 

TROCHES. 

Said  to  be  like  the  original  for- 
mula: 

R    Powdered    ext.    of    lic- 
orice      1  lb. 

Powdered   sugar    IV2  lb. 

Powdered   cubebs    Vilh. 

Powdered    gum    arable,  .'l^  lb. 

Ext.    conium   1  oz. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

BROWN'S    IRON    BITTERS. 

Are    said      to    contain     in    each 
fluid    drachm: 
R    Iron     1  gr. 

Calisaya   bark    2  gr. 

Phosphorus     1-200  gr. 

Coca     1  gr. 

Viburnum    prunifolium.  .1  gr. 

BRODIE'S   LINIMENT    FOR 
ASTHMA. 

R    Oil    of   stillingia    4  dr. 

Oil   of   caieput    2  dr. 

Oil    of    lobelia    1  dr. 

Alcohol    1  oz. 

Mix.  Bathe  the  chest  and  throat 
three   times   a   day. 

BRONCHILLINE. 
R    Mullein     64  gr. 

Hoarhound    64  gr. 

Senega     64  gr. 

Ipecac    64  gr. 

Sanguinaria      64  gr. 

White    pine     64  gr. 

Wild    cherry    256  gr. 

Chloroform      64  min. 

Sugar     14  oz.  av. 

Alcohol    8  oz. 

Tar  water    (U.    S.   P.).... 8  oz. 
Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

BRODIE'S    LINIMENT. 

R    Sulphuric    acid    1  dr. 

Olive    oil    1  oz. 

Turpentine     1  oz. 

Add  the  acid  gradually  to  the 
oil.  stirring  in  a  mortar;  after- 
ward add   the  turpentine. 

BUCKLE N'S  ARNICA  SALVE. 
R    Extract   arnica    1  oz. 

Resin    cerate    8  oz. 

Vaseline     2  oz. 

Raisins,    seedless     8  oz. 

Fine    cut    tobacco %  oz. 

Water q.    s. 

Boil  the  raisins  and  tobacco  in 
one  pint  of  water  until  the 
strength  is  extracted;  express 
the  liquid  and  evaporate  to  four 
ounces.  Soften  the  extract  of  ar- 
nica with  a  little  hot  water  and 
m'ix  the  liquid  with  it;  add  this 
to  the  resin  cerate  and  vaseline 
previously  warmed  and  mix 
thoroughly. 
—  (Kilner's    Modern    Pharmacy.) 


BUCKLER'S    CROUP    MIXTURE. 

R    Tartar   emetic   2  gr 

Pluv.    ipecac    .40  gr 

Syrup    of    squills    2  oz" 

Mix.     Dose:     Teaspoonful   every 

10  minutes   until   emesis   occurs. 

BULL'S   BLOOD   SYRUP. 

R    Iodide  of  potash   12  dr. 

Red  iodide  of  mercury. .2  gr. 

Tinct.   of  poke  root 3  dr 

Comp.     syrup     of     still- 

^.ingia    6  oz. 

Simple   syrup,   to   make..l  pt. 

Mix.  —(National  Druggist.) 

BULL'S    COUGH    SYRUP. 

We    have    no    reason    to   believe 

that  it  contains  anything  else  of 

medicinal    consequence    than    the 

morphia   and   sugar-house   syrup. 

—(New   Idea.) 

CALIFORNIA   LINIMENT. 

R    Tinct.    myrrh    1  oz. 

Tinct.    capsicum    1  oz. 

Sweet   spirits   nitre 1  oz 

Sulph.     ether     1  oz. 

Chloroform    1^  oz. 

Tinct.    arnica    1  oz. 

Oil    spearmint    2  dr. 

Oil   wintergreen   2  dr 

Oil   lobelia   1  dr. 

Aqua   ammonia    ^  oz 

Alcohol    1  qt. 

CARTER'S   LITTLE   LIVER 
PILLS. 

R    Podophyllin     11^  gr 

Aloes 31^  gr 

Mucilage  of  acacia   q    s. 

Mix;     divide   into     12    pills     and 
coat  with  sugar. 

—(New  Idea). 

CARBOLIC   SMOKE   BALLS. 

Upon  examination,  made  in  our 
laboratory  by  H.  W.  Snow,  it 
was  found  to  consist  of  glycyr- 
rhiza  and  flour  (identified  by  mi- 
croscopical examination  and 
physical  properties)  and  one  of 
the  veratrums.  probably  white 
hellebore  identified  (by  means  of 
the  alkaloid  jervine,  which  was 
separated  and  identified.)  The 
smoky  body  is  some  tar  product, 
not  easy  to  say  just  which.  It 
is  this  latter  and  the  white  hel- 
lebore which  it  contains  that 
cause  it  to  yield  a  temporary  re- 
lief; permanent  relief  we  do  not 
believe  it  can  afford.  No  quanti- 
tative estimates  were  attempted. 
—(New   Idea.) 


354 


NOSTEUMS. 


CARBOLATE     OP     IODINE     IN- 
HALANT. 

R  Comp.  tinct.  of  iodine  180  min. 

Carbolic   acid,    No.   1...48  min. 

Glycerine    1  dr. 

Water     5  dr. 

Mix  and  expose  to  the  sunlight 
until  the  mixture  is  entirely  col- 
orless. —  (National  Druggist.) 


CASTORIA. 
The     following     formula,     from 
the  Indiana  Pharmacist,   is  given 
as    approximating    this    prepara- 
tion: 
R   Senna      4  dr. 

Manna    1  oz. 

Rochelle   salts    1  oz. 

Fennel,    bruised    1%  dr. 

Boiling  water   8  oz. 

Sugar    8  oz. 

Oil     of     wintergreen q.s. 

Pour  the  water  on  the  ingredi- 
ents. Cover  and  macerate  until 
cool;  strain  and  add  the  sugar, 
dissolve  by  agitation  and  add  oil 
of   wintergreen    to   flavor. 

CATANI'S   SPECIFIC. 

Catani's  specific  for  uric  acid  is 
a  mixture  of: 

"R   Carbonate   of   lithium. 1  part 
Carbonate    of    sodium. 2  parts 
Citrate  of  potassium.. 4  parts 
All   in    powdered   form. 

—  (Pharm.    Post.) 

CAZEAUX'S    NIPPLE    OINT- 
MENT. 

■R   White   wax    4^/^  oz. 

Oil   of    sweet    almonds.. %  oz. 

Clarified  honey   ^/^  oz. 

Balsam  Peru    2l^  oz. 

Mix.  — (Kilner.) 

CHAMBERLAIN'S   RELIEF. 

R  Tinct.  capsicum   (about)  1  oz. 

Spts.  camphor    (about) ..%  oz. 

Tinct.  guaiac  (about) ...%  oz. 

Color   tinct.   to   make 2  oz. 

Mix.  —(The  Drug  Mill.) 

CENTAUR   LINIMENT. 

This  widely  advertised  nostrum 
comes  in  two  forms,  "For  Man" 
and  "For  Beast." 

For  Man. 

R  Oil   pennyroyal    V2  oz. 

Oil   thyme   %  oz. 

Oil   turpentine    %  oz. 

Soap     130  gr. 

Caustic  soda   10  gr. 

Water   to   make    1  pt. 


For    Beast. 

■R   Oil    spearmint    1  dr. 

Oil    mustard    15  min. 

Oil    turpentine    %,  oz. 

Oil    amber     (crude) ^/^  oz. 

Black    oil    V2  oz. 

Soap     130  gr. 

Caustic  soda   10  gr. 

Water  to  make  1  pt. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

CHAMBERLAIN'S  COLIC.  CHOL- 
ERA   AND    DIARRHOEA 
REMEDY. 

TJ   Tinct.  capsicum   20  dr. 

Tinct.  camphor   16  dr. 

Tinct.  guaiacum    12  dr. 

Mix.  —(Medical  World.) 

CHILD'S   COUGH   MIXTURE. 

IR    Svr.  Squills  2  dr. 

Wine    ipecac     1  dr. 

Tinct.     camphor    comp... 1  dr. 

Simple    Syrup    4  dr. 

Water     3  oz. 

CHLORODYNE. 

The  following  is  a  mixture  re- 
sembling   Brown's,    and    I    think 
fully    as    good: 
■R    Chloroform    1  dr. 

Morphia    5  gr. 

Ether   y2  dr. 

Oil  peppermint  4  min. 

Dil.    hydrocyanic   acid 1  dr. 

Tinct.    capsicum    1  dr. 

Molasses   ,  .10  dr. 

Ext.   licorice   15  gr. 

Mix. 

CHLORALUM. 

"R    Aluminum    chloride    — 20  oz. 
Sulph.  of  lime..%-oz.  per  gal. 
Mix.  —(New   Idea.) 

CLARK'S  BLOOD  MIXTURE. 

"R    Iodide    of    potassium  —  64  gr. 

Chloric    ether    4  dr. 

Liquor   potash 30  min. 

Water     TV2  oz. 

Caramel   to   color. 
The    chloric    ether    is    made    by 
dissolving  one  part  by  weight  of 
chloroform  in  19  parts  by  volume 
of   alcohol. 

CLEARY'S     ASTHMA     POWDER. 

R   Pulv.   stramonium 

leaves     30  parts 

Pulv.   belladonna 

leaves     30  parts 

Pulv.    saltpetre    5  parts 

Pulv.    opium    2  parts 

Mix.     A   little    to    be    burned    and 
fumes   inhaled. 

—  (Chemist  and  Druggist.) 


NOSTRUMS. 


355 


COALINE   HEADACHE   POW- 
DERS. 

We  would  suggest  antipyrine, 
3  grains,  cane  sugar  in  powdered 
form,  15  grains,  to  each  powder. 
One  powder  to  be  dissolved  in  a 
teaspoonful  of  water  and  taken 
as  a  dose,  to  be  repeated  in  three- 
quarters  of  an  hour. 

—(New    Idea.) 

COE'S  DYSPEPSIA  CURE. 

R   Powdered    rhubarb    2  dr. 

Fluid    ext.    of    gentian..  .3  dr. 

Peppermint  water   7V^  oz. 

Bicarbonate   of   sodium. .6  dr. 
Mix.     Dose:   A  teaspoonful   half 
hour  before   meals. 

—  (The    Drug   Mill.) 

COKE'S  DANDRUFF  CURE. 
This  preparation  is  said  to  be  a 
solution  containing  large  quan- 
tities of  resorcin,  which  renders 
it  a  valuable  antiseptic  in  para- 
sitic  conditions    of   the    scalp. 

COMBE'S    ASPERIENT. 

■R    Sulphate  of  magnes    35  parts 

Roasted    co3ee 40  parts 

Boiling   water 500  parts 

Mix.       Boil     for     two     minutes, 

sweeten      to     taste     with     white 

sugar.     Dose:    One    wine-glassful 

in    the   morning. 

COOK'S        ELECTRO-MAGNETIC 
LINIMENT. 

"R   Alcohol     1  gal. 

Oil  amber 8  oz. 

Gum    camphor    8  oz. 

Castile   soap    (fine)    2  oz. 

Beef's    gall    4  oz. 

Aqua   ammonia    12  oz. 

Mix.  — (Kilner.) 

COBB'S    PILLS. 

P    Extract  of  hyoscyamus  %  dr. 

Extract  of  conium  i/^  dr. 

Extract   of    colocynth..  .11  gr. 
Extract  of  nux  vomica.. 4  gr. 
Mix.    Divide  into  30  pills. 

CRAM'S    FLUID    LIGHTNING. 

Mr.  I.  L.  Fulton  (Western  Drug- 
gist) gives  the  following  formu- 
la, which  "Was  represented  to  him 
as  being  the  original  from  which 
Cram's  Fluid  Lightning  is  pre- 
pared: 
Ji   Oil   mustard   2  dr. 

Oil   cajeput    2  dr. 

Oil    cloves    2  dr. 

Sassafras     2  dr.  , 

Ether    1  oz. 

Tinct.   opium   IV^  oz. 

Alcohol    20  oz. 

Mix  and  filter. 


CUTICURA  OINTMENT. 
The  much  advertised  "Cutlcura 
Ointment"  has  been  found  to 
consist  of  a  base  of  petroleum 
jelly,  colored  green,  perfumed 
with  oil  of  bergamont  and  con- 
taining two  per  cent,  of  carbolic 
acid.        —(Northwestern  Lancet.) 

CUTICURA  RESOLVENT. 

R   Aloes,    Socot    1  dr. 

Rhubarb   powdered   1  dr. 

Iodide   potass    36  gr. 

Whiskey     l  pt. 

Macerate   over  night  and   filter. 
— (St.  Louis  Druggist.) 

DELLENBAUGH'S     COUGH 
CURB. 

R   Picrate  of  ammon   2  gr. 

Chloride  of  ammon  1  dr. 

Extract   of  licorice   1  dr. 

Water     3  oz. 

DERBY'S    LINIMENT. 

R   Linseed  oil    1  gal. 

Aqua   ammonia    4  oz. 

Tinct.    capsicum    1  oz. 

Oil    origanum    1  oz. 

Mix.  —(Kilner.) 

DESHLER'S    SALVE. 

R   Resin     12  oz. 

Suet    12  oz. 

Yellow   wax    12  oz. 

•    Turpentine    6  oz. 

Linseed   oil    7  oz. 

DOW'S  WHITE  LIQUID  PHYSIC. 

R   Sodium    sulphate    8  oz. 

Dissolve  in  water 24  oz. 

Then    add   nitro-muriate 

acid     2  oz. 

Powdered   alum    68  gr. 

Mix.  The  dose  is  a  table- 
spoonful  in  water.  A  cooling 
purgative. 

ECLECTIC      STILLINGIA      LINI- 
MENT FOR  CROUP. 

■R   Oil   stillingia   8  dr. 

Oil   cajeput   4  dr. 

Oil   lobelia  2  dr. 

Alcohol    16  dr. 

Mix.  In  addition  it  is  sometimes 
given  internally  in  one  drop 
doses. 

EDISON'S   POLYFORM. 

"R   Chloroform    2  oz. 

Chloral   hydrate    2  oz. 

Alcohol    1%  oz. 

Gum  camphor  1  oz. 

Ether    1  oz. 

Morphine   sulphate    6  gr. 

Oil   of  peppermint   2  dr. 

Mix.  — (Druggist'    Circular.) 


356 


NOSTEUMS. 


EDWARD'S    ALTERATIVE    AND 
TONIC    BITTERS. 

^    Fluid  extract  of  hops... 16  oz. 

Fluid     extract     of     red 
cinchona     8  oz. 

Fluid    extract    sarsapa- 
rilla    6  oz. 

Fluid   extract   hydrastis.6  oz. 

Fluid  extract  podophyl- 
lum     4  oz. 

Oil  of  wintergreen    6  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras   3  dr. 

Oil    of    peppermint 2  dr. 

Oil    of    lemon    2  dr. 

Sugar 6  lb. 

Alcohol     2  gal. 

Water,        enough        to 

make    12  gal. 

Mix.       —(Myers  Bros.'  Druggist.) 

EGYPTIAN    EYE    SALVE. 

■R   White    rosin     6  dr. 

Burgundy   pitch    30  gr. 

Beeswax     30  gr. 

Mutton    tallow    30  gr. 

Venice    turpentine    30  gr. 

Balsam    fir    30  gr. 

Spread  on  thin  leather  or  cloth 
and   apply    to   affected   part. 

ELEPIZONE. 

Jl   Magnesii   bromidi   3  dr. 

Sodii    bromidi    3  dr. 

Aquae     V2  oz. 

01.    cassiae    2  mm. 

Syr.  simplex  sufficient  to 

make   4  oz. 

Ammonical     sol.     carmine     to 
color.  —(New  Idea.) 

ELIXIR   lODO-BROMIDE    OF 
CALCIUM    COMPOUND. 

TJ   Bromide   of   calcium  —  256  gr. 

Iodide  of  sodium   256  gr. 

Chloride  of  magne- 
sium      25*1  gr... 

Iodide  of  potassium. ..  .256  gr. 

Comp.  fl.  ext.  of  sar- 
saparilla    2  oz. 

Comp.  fl.  ext.  of  still- 
ingia    2  oz. 

Elixir   of   orange    4  oz. 

Sugar     4oz. 

Water  to  make  16  oz. 

Dissolve  the  salts  in  the  water, 
add  the  sugar  and  to  this  syrup 
add  the  fluid  extracts,  previously 
mixed  with  the  elixir  of  orange. 
After  standing  two  days,  filter, 
adding  water  to  make  the  meas- 
ure 16  fluid  ounces. 


ELIXIR  PINUS  COMP. 
It  is  evident  that  this  elixir  is 
modeled  on  the  Syrup  of  White 
Pine  Comp.  (White  Pine  Expect- 
orant), introduced  some  years 
ago  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Halherg.  On 
the  basis  of  the  claimed  formula 
of  the  elixir  we  would  offer  the 
following  formula: 
R   Fl.  ext.  white  pine  bark  6  dr. 

Fl.      ext.     balm     gilead 
buds    5  dr. 

Fl.   ext.    spikenard    5  dr. 

Fl.    ext.   wild   cherry    .  AV2  oz. 

Fl.    ext.    ipecac    40  min. 

Sanguinaria    nitrate 2  gr. 

Chloroform    64  min. 

Morphia    acetate    8  gr. 

Ammonium    chloride    ...64  gr. 

Spirits   of   orange    (1   in 
8)     30  min. 

Spirits    coriander    (1    in 
8)     10  min. 

Spirits  of  anise   10  min. 

Alcohol    3  oz. 

Simple  syrup   4  oz. 

Water   to    make    1  pt. 

This  elixir  should  be  allowed 
to  stand  four  or  five  days  before 
filtering.  — (New    Idea.) 

ELIXIR  THION   COMPOUND. 

■R   Pow^dered    rhubarb    5  oz. 

Powdered  golden  seal 5  oz. 

Sodium    hypophosphite  100  gr. 
Sodium  sulpho-carbol- 

ate     40  gr. 

Alcohol    5  pts. 

Water     40  pts. 

Dissolve  the  salts  in  the  water 
and  alcohol  and  "with  this  men- 
struum percolate  the  powdered 
rhubarb  and  golden  seal.  Flavor 
with    peppermint. 

—  (Indian   Medical   Journal.) 

ELLIMAN'S    ROYAL    EMBROCA- 
TION. 
■R   Oil    turpentine    %  oz. 

Oil   thyme   %  oz. 

Oil   amber   (crude) 1^  oz. 

Soap     130  gr. 

Caustic   soda    10  gr. 

Water  svifficient  1  pt. 

To  be  prepared  in  the  same 
manner  as  Mexican  Mustang  Lin- 
iment. —(New   Idea.) 

ELY'S    CREAM    BALM. 

■R   Vaseline    1  oz. 

Thymol    3  gr. 

Carb.    bismuth    15  gr. 

Oil   wintergreen    2  min. 

Mix.  —(New   Idea.) 

ENO'S    FRUIT    SALT. 

"R    Soda     bicarbonate... 16^  parts 

Tartaric     acid 150  parts 

Rochelle     salt 110  parts 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 


NOSTEUMS. 


357 


ESPEY'S  CREAM. 

R   Cydonium    lYz  dr. 

Ac.   boric   4  gr. 

Glycerine     2  oz. 

Alcoliol     3  oz. 

Carbolic   acid    10  gr. 

Cologne    water    2  dr. 

Rose  water  q.  .s.  ad  1  pt. 

Dissolve  the  boric  acid  in  four 
ounces  of  rose  water,  macerate 
cydonium  in  solution  for  three 
hours,  press  through  straining 
cloth,  add  glycerine,  alcohol,  co- 
logne and  sufficient  rose  water 
to  make  one  pint.  Lastly  add  the 
carbolic  acid  and  shake  well. — 
(Druggist    Circular.) 

FAHNESTOCK'S    VERMIFUGE. 

■R   Castor  oil  48  parts 

Oil  worm-seed   48  parts 

Oil   anise    24  parts 

Oil    turpentine    1  part 

Tinct.  myrrh   3  parts 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

FALKE'S  SULPHOLINE  CREAM 

R   Very  thick  mucilage 

of  quince  seeds 300  parts 

Glycerine    40  parts 

Sulpho-carbolate    of 

sodium    20  parts 

Mix.  —(New  Idea). 

LINDSEY'S    PAIN    CURE. 

This  is  said  to  be  an  excellent 
application  for  pain  of  any  kind; 
or  in  any  place,  and  especially 
for  neuralgia  and  inflammatory 
rheumatism. 

■R  Alcohol    4  oz. 

Ethereal    oil    of   wine 4  dr. 

No.    six    4  oz. 

Spirits    of    camphor    4  oz. 

Oil   hemlock    2  oz. 

Oil    cinnamon    1  dr. 

Oil   sassafras   1  oz. 

Oil   cloves    4  dr. 

Ether     2  oz. 

Chloroform    2  oz. 

Sweet    spirits    of    nitre.. 4  oz. 

Chloral   hydrate    2  oz. 

Lard   oil    4  oz. 

Oil  cedar   4  oz. 

Oil  origanum   1  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen   2  dr. 

Mix.  It  may  be  taken  internal- 
ly in  doses  of  5  to  60  drops.  The 
number  six  is  tincture  of  capsi- 
cum and  myrrh,  made  double 
strength.  The  spirits  of  camphor 
is  also  made  double  strength  by 
the  aid  of   chloroform. 

— (Dr.  McCann.) 


FEBRILINE. 
Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles  declares  in  the 
Druggists'  Circular,  May,  1889, 
that  he  has  investigated  a  pre- 
paration sold  under  the  name 
"Febriline  or  Tasteless  Syrup  of 
Amorphous  Quinine  (Lyon's)  by 
the  Paris  Medicine  Co.,  of  Paris, 
Tenn.,  and  finds  it  contains  no 
quinine  at  all.  Instead  of  qui- 
nine, quinidine  is  used,  another 
alkaloid  of  cinchona  bark.  Its 
lack  of  bitterness  renders  it  con- 
venient for  administration  to 
children,  and  its  imperfect  solu- 
bility is  not  disadvantageous 
when  a  slow  or  tonic  action  is 
alone  desired. 

FELLOW'S        HYPOPHOSPHITE. 

yi   Glucose    lib. 

Simple    syrup    1  pt. 

Hypophosphite       cal- 
cium      128  gr. 

Hypophosphite     potas- 
sium     48  gr. 

Sulphate    iron    48  gr. 

Sulphate   magnese   32  gr. 

Sulphate    quinine    14  gr. 

Sulphate    strychnine 2  gr. 

Water q.  s.  ad  2  pt. 

Mix. 

—  (I.  B.  Lyons,  Therapeutic  Ga- 
zette.) 

FIRWEIN. 

Dr.  Lewis,  of  Belvidere,  gives 
the  following  formula  for  Fir- 
wein: 

■R   Solution     bromide,     iod- 
ine   and    phosphorus. . .1  oz. 
Fir      bark       (in      coarse 

powder)      1  oz. 

White  pine  bark   (coarse 

powder)      ^/^  oz. 

Tamarac     bark     (coarse 

powder)    ^/^  oz. 

Dilute   alcohol    16  oz. 

Sugar      4  oz. 

Percolate  the  barks  with  the 
dilute  alcohol  until  13  fluid 
ounces  are  obtained;  remove  the 
tannin;  add  the  solution  brom- 
ine, iodine,  and  phosphorus.  Dis- 
solve the  sugar;  allow  to  stand 
24  hours   and   filter. 

The  solution  of  bromine,  iodine 
and  phosphorus   is  made   thus: 

R   Phosphorus     ...lOgr. 

Iodine     170  gr. 

Bromine     170  gr. 

Alcohol      1  oz. 

Glycerine     sufficient     to 

make     8  oz. 

Dissolve  the  iodine  in  the  alco- 
hol, then  add  the  glycerine,  then 
bromine  and  lastly  the  phos- 
phorus gradually  in  fine  shav- 
ings. Use  great  care  in  adding 
the  phosphorus.  One  ounce  of 
this  for  the  above  Firwein. 

— (New  Idea.) 


358 


NOSTKUMS, 


FLEURY'S       TASTELESS       CAS- 
CARINE. 

Examination  proves  it  to  be 
subnitrate  of  bismuth  and  calo- 
mel, triturated  through  powder- 
ed cane  sugar. 

—(New  Idea.) 

FLAGG'S  RELIEF. 

R  Oil  of  cloves,   about 1  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras,   about.. 2  dr. 
Spirits        of        camphor, 
about    11/^  dr. 

Mix.  —(J.    J.    Pierson,    Ph.    C.) 

FORD'S   BALSAM   OF   HOAR- 
HOUND. 

R  Hoarhound    herb    3l^  lb. 

Licorice    root    31/^  lb. 

Water    8  pt. 

Infuse  for  12  hours,  then  strain 
off  six  pints.     To  these  add: 

Camphor    10  dr. 

Opium    1  oz. 

Benzoin     1  oz. 

Dried   squills   2  oz. 

Oil   of  anise  seed   1  oz. 

Alcohol    12  pt. 

Macerate  for  one  week  an^d 
then  add  3%  pounds  of  honey. 

—(New    Idea.) 

FOSGATE'S    ANODYNE    COR- 
DIAL. 

■R  Fluid  extract  rhubarb... 5  dr. 
Fluid  extract  rhatany...2  dr. 
Fluid    extract    ginger. .6  min. 

Paregoric    1  dr. 

Simple    syrup    1  dr. 

Dilute   alcohol   5  dr. 

— (New  Idea.) 

FROSTILLA. 

R  Quince    seeds    60  gr. 

Hot   water   21  oz. 

Glycerine    6  oz. 

Deodorized  alcohol    5  oz. 

Mix.  — (Druggist  Circular.) 

FREEMAN'S    VERMIFUGE    OIL. 

■R   Oil   of  worm-seed i/^  oz. 

Oil  of  turpentine   2  dr. 

Castor    oil    V/z  oz. 

Pink  root   %  oz. 

Hydrastin     10  gr. 

Syrup    of    peppermint... %  oz. 

Dose  for  a  child  10  years  old,  a 
teaspoonful  three  times  a  day, 
one  hour  after  each  meal.  If  it 
purges  too  freely,  give  it  less  of- 
ten. 


GADBERRY'S    MIXTURE. 

Gadberry's  Mixture  is  used  to 
a  great  extent  in  the  Mississippi 
Valley    to    control    malaria. 

Liquor   tersulphate    iron. 3  dr. 

Liquor  arseniate   pot- 
ash     90  min. 

Saltpetre    2  dr. 

Sulph.    quinine    2  dr. 

Water   to   make    2  oz. 

Mix.      —(Bulletin   of   Pharmacy.) 

GARGLING    OIL. 

R   Crude    petroleum    13  oz. 

Ammonia    water    6  oz. 

Soft   soap    16  oz. 

Benzine     16  oz. 

Crude    oil    amber 2  oz. 

Tincture  iodine   1  oz. 

Water    5  pts. 

Mix  the  petroleum  and  soap, 
add  the  ammonia  water,  oil  of 
amber,  and  tincture  of  iodine  and 
mix  thoroughly.  Then  add  the 
benzine  and  finally  the  water. 
— (Salmon's  Pharmaceutical  Com- 
pendium.) 

GARFIELD   TEA. 

Our  examination  showed  it  to 
contain  chiefly  senna  leaves  and 
crushed  couch-grass.  There  are 
perhaps  small  amounts  of  other 
drugs  present;  but  if  so  they  are 
relatively   of   little   importance. 

— (New   Idea.) 

GILE'S    IODIDE     OF    AMMONIA 
LINIMENT. 

R  Iodine     1  dr. 

Camphor    1  oz. 

Oil    of   rosemary    ^/^  oz. 

Oil  of  lavender  ^/^  oz. 

Aqua   ammonia    4  oz. 

Alcohol 2  pts. 

Dissolve  the  iodine  in  the  alco- 
hol; add  the  camphor  and  then 
the  oils;  then  add  water  of  am- 
monia enough  to  remove  the 
dark   color  of  the  mixture. 

— (Kilner.) 

GOLDEN    EYE    WATER. 

R   Sulphate  of   hydrastia...2  gr. 
Distilled  water   1  oz. 

GENUINE   WHITE   OIL  LINI- 
MENT. 

R   Ammonia    carbonate. 19  parts 

Camphor    20  parts 

Oil   turpentine   21  parts 

Oil   origanum    20  parts 

Castile    soap    19  parts 

Water  to  make   (by 
weight)    300  parts 


NOSTRUMS. 


359 


GOOCHE'S  MEXICAN  COUGH 
SYRUP. 

]i   Fluid         extract         wild 

cherry    2  dr. 

Glycerine    6  dr. 

Simple    syrup    2  dr. 

Syrup    of    tar,    sufficient 

to    make    3  oz. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

GOOD  SAMARITAN  COUGH 
SYRUP. 

R    Morphia  murlat   1  gr. 

Aq.    lauro-cerasi    1  dr. 

Syrupi     2  oz. 

Mix.     One   dr.  to  two   drs.,   once 
or   twice   daily. 

GOOD     SAMARITAN    LINIMENT. 

R   Oil  of  sassafras   1  oz. 

Oil   of  hemlock   1  oz. 

Spirits    of    turpentine 1  oz. 

Tinct.  of  capsicum 1  oz. 

Tinct.    of   opium    1  oz. 

Tinct.   of   myrrh   4  oz. 

Oil   of   origanum    2  oz. 

Oil  of  wintergreen   4  dr. 

Gum  camphor  2  oz. 

Chlorform     li/^  oz. 

Alcohol    4  pts. 

Mix.  — (Kilner.) 

GOMBAULT'S  CAUSTIC  BAL- 
SAM. 

R  Croton    oil    4  dr. 

Cotton-seed   oil   2  oz. 

Oil   of   camphor   1  dr. 

Oil  of  turpentine   2  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme   y2  dr. 

Kerosene   4  dr. 

Sulphuric  acid   20  min. 

To  the  mixture  of  croton  and 
cotton-seed  oils  add  the  sulphu- 
ric acid,  stirring  continually,  then 
add  the  other  constitutents.  Af- 
ter standing  a  few  days  it  re- 
sembles the  original  preparation 
fairly  well. 

—  ("Western    Druggist.) 

GUNN'S  RHEUMATIC  LINI- 
MENT. 

R   Linseed    oil    1  oz. 

Oil   cedar   1  oz. 

Oil  amber 1  oz. 

Take  gum  camphor  ^  ounce; 
rub  in  a  mortar  with  alcohol  or 
sulphuric  acid  till  pulverized,  and 
while   still   damp   add 

Olive    oil    %  oz. 

Turpentine     %  oz. 

Laudanum    %  oz. 

After  which  add  the  first  three 
oils. 


GRANDMOTHER'S  OWN 
COUGH    REMEDY. 
]^   Liquid    tar    5  gr. 

Fluid  ext.   hemlock 1  dr. 

Powdered   white   sugar.. 2  oz. 
And  add 

Alcohol    %  oz. 

Water     lYz  oz. 

Molasses     3  oz. 

Fluid    ext.    ipecac 8  min. 

Mix  well  and  add  finally 

Chloroform    1  dr. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

GRAY'S   SPECIFIC   PILLS. 

"R     Asafetida    2  gr. 

Camphor    1  gr. 

Lupulin    Vs  gr. 

The  specific  action  is  in  the  di- 
rection  of  an   aphrodisiac. 

— (Western  Druggist.) 

GREEN'S  AUGUST  FLOWER. 
R   Rhubarb     360  gr. 

Golden   seal    90  gr. 

Cape    aloes    16  gr. 

Peppermint   leaves    120  gr. 

Carb.  of  potash  120  gr. 

Capsicum    5  gr. 

Sugar    5  oz. 

Alcohol    3  oz. 

Water   10  oz. 

Ess.  of  peppermint  ...20  min. 
Powder  the  drugs  and  macerate 
with  the  mixed  alcohol  and  wa- 
ter for  several  days;  filter  and 
add  enough  alcohol  to  make  the 
product   measure    one   pint. 

—  (New   Idea.) 

GREEN    MOUNTAIN    SALVE. 

R    Resin    5  lb. 

Burgundy  pitch  %  lb. 

Beeswax   %  lb. 

Mutton  tallow   %  lb. 

Oil    of    hemlock    1  oz. 

Balsam    fir    1  oz. 

Oil  origanum  1  oz. 

Oil   of    red   cedar 1  oz. 

Venice    turpentine    1  oz. 

Oil  wormwood   %  oz. 

Verdigris    (powdered) 1  oz. 

Melt  the  first  articles  together, 
and  add  the  oils;  having  rubbed 
up  the  verdigris  with  a  little  oil, 
put  it  in  with  the  other  articles, 
stirring  well;  then  put  into  cold 
water  and  work  until  cold 
enough   to   roll. 

GREEN  WONDER  OIL. 
R   Terebinth  venet   4  oz. 

Zinc  sulphat  15  gr. 

Cupri    acetat    V/z  oz. 

Bals.   Peru   1  dr. 

01.    olivae    1  lb. 

Ol.  lini   1  lb. 

Boil  the  oils;  when  warm  add 
the  turpentine  and  zinc;  when 
almost  cold  add  the  other  ingred- 
ients and  stir  well.  For  scalds, 
burns,   wounds,    and   piles. 


360 


NOSTEtJMS. 


GREAT  LONDON  LINIMENT. 

■R   Acetate    of    morphia 10  gr. 

Chloroform    1  oz. 

Olive  oil   1  oz. 

Water  of  ammonia  1  oz. 

GRIMAULT'S  INJECTION  OF 
MATICO. 

A  satisfactory  and  valuable 
substitute  could  be  made  by  dis- 
tilling- about  Vz  to  1  fluid  drachm 
of  fluid  extract  of  eucalyptus 
g-lobulus,  w^ith  water  sufficient 
to  obtain  5  fluid  ounces  of  distil- 
late, and  then  in  this  dissolve  4 
grains  of  sulphate  of  copper. 

—(New  Idea.) 

HAINE'S  GOLDEN  SPECIFIC 
FOR   OPIUM   HABIT. 
R   Bayberry       root       bark, 

powdered     16  oz. 

Ginger,   powdered    8  oz. 

Capsicum,   powdered    — 1  oz. 
Mix.  —(Western   Druggist.) 

DR.  B.  W.  HAIR'S  ASTHMA 
CURE. 

Ji   Wine   of   tar   14  oz. 

Iodide    of   potassium    ....220  gr. 
Make    a    solution.      Shake    well 
before   taking.     The   wine   of   tar 
to  be  used  in  the  above  must  be 
made  as  follows: 

Ji   Common  pine  tar   2  dr. 

Sherry    wine    2  pts. 

Pine   sawdust   V2  oz. 

Mix  the  tar  with  the  sawdust  so 
as  to  form  a  sort  of  powder; 
then  macerate  it  for  a  week  with 
the  wine  and  filter  through  pa- 
per. —(Dr.   Palmer.) 

HALLO  WAY'S  PILLS. 

R  Aloes   2  dr. 

Rhubarb     1  dr. 

Capsicum    20  gr. 

Saffron     5  gr. 

Sulphate  of  soda  5  gr. 

Make  100   pills. 

HALL'S    CATARRH    CURE. 
R   Gentian   root 1%  oz. 

Bitter  orange  peel  5  dr. 

Cardamon  seeds  100  gr. 

Potassium    iodide    1  oz. 

Dilute  alcohol  sufficient 

Macerate  the  crude  drugs  in  12 
ounces  of  dilute  alcohol  for  48 
hours,  then  transfer  to  a  perco- 
lator and  allow  to  percolate 
slowly.  When  the  liquid  has 
ceased  to  percolate,  pass  enough 
menstruum  through  the  percola- 
tor to  make  the  finished  product 
measure  16  ounces.  In  this  dis- 
solve the  potassium  iodide. 

—(New  Idea.) 


HAMLET'S   AGUE    PILLS. 

R    Sulph.    quinine    2  dr. 

Powd.  myrrh   1  dr. 

Powd.   capsicum   1  dr. 

Mix   and   make   sixty   pills. 

HAMLIN'S  WIZARD  OIL. 

R    Alcohol    1  pt. 

Gum  camphor  1  oz. 

Oil    sassafras     Vz  oz. 

Tinct.   myrrh    ^/^  oz. 

Tinct.    capsicum    ^/4  oz. 

Chloroform    i/^  oz. 

—(Dr.  Douglas  in  Medical 
World.) 

HAMBURG  BREAST  TEA. 

It  is  said  that  a  preparation 
similar  to  this  may  be  made  by 
mixing: 

"R    Marshmallow    flowers 8  oz. 

Licorice   root   3  oz. 

Coltsfoot    4  oz. 

Mullein  flowers   2  oz. 

Anise  seed   2  oz. 

HAMBURG  DROPS. 

■R    Powdered      socotrine- 

aloes    IVz  oz. 

American  saffron  Vz  oz. 

Tincture  of  myrrh   16  oz. 

Macerate  for  fourteen  days  and 
filter   through  paper. 

HANSON'S  MAGIC   CORN   CURE. 

"R   Simple   cerate   1  oz. 

Salicylic   acid    1  dr. 

Mix  intimately. 

— (Indiana  Pharmacist.) 

HUNTER'S    RED    DROPS. 

R   Corrosive  sublimate  — 10  gr. 

Muriatic  acid   12  drops 

Rub  in  a  glass  mortar  and  grad- 
ually  add: 

Compound      spirits      of 

lavender  1  oz. 

Dose— Five  to  twenty  drops  in 
wine,  or  spirits  and  water.  A 
powerful  alterative  in  syphilitic 
diseases. 

KOHLER'S     ONE    NIGHT     CORN 
CURE. 

This  is  claimed  to  consist  of 
lard  containing  25  per  cent,  of 
salicylic    acid. 

—(Western  Druggist.) 


NOSTRUMS. 


361 


HARLEM    OIL. 

U    Flowers    of    sulphur 2  oz. 

Linseed  oil   lib. 

Oil   of  amber   ' 2  oz. 

Oil  of  turpentine  ..sufficient 
Boil  the  sulphur  and  linseed  oil 
on  a  gentle  fire  until  the  sul- 
phur is  dissolved;  then  withdraw 
from  the  fire,  and  when  the  mix- 
ture has  somewhat  cooled,  add 
the  oil  of  amber  and  enough  oil 
of  turpentine  to  bring  the  pre- 
paration to  the  consistence  of 
molasses.  —(National  Druggist.) 
HARDY'S    OINTMENT. 

R    Beef    tallow    17  gr. 

Castor  oil    6  dr. 

Gallic    acid     30  gr. 

Essence  vanilla  sufficient  to 
flavor. 

HARTER'S  WILD  CHERRY  BIT- 
TERS. 

■R   Wild    cherry    bark    8  oz. 

Yellow   cinchona  bark...l  oz. 

Orange  peel  ' 2  oz. 

Cardamon   seed   1  oz. 

Asarum    canadense    ^/^  oz. 

Alcohol  dilute  6  pts. 

Honey    ' 1  pt. 

Syrup    1  pt. 

Percolate  the  drugs,  in  moder- 
ately fine  pow^der,  with  the  dil- 
ute alcohol,  and  when  six  pints 
are  obtained  add  the  honey  and 
syrup. 

HELMBOLD'S  JELLY  OF  GLYC- 
ERINE AND  ROSES. 
Our  examination  shows  the  fol- 
lowing to  be  the  formula  for  the 
above: 

Ji   Tragacanth    ' 1  dr. 

Triple  ext.  of  rose 6  drops 

Glycerine   2  oz. 

Water   4  oz. 

— (New  Idea.) 
HEISKEL'S   TETTER  OINT- 
MENT. 
Heiskell's   Tetter   Ointment,    ac- 
cording to  the  Western  Druggist, 
is    said    to    be    simply    cerate    of 
subacetate   of  lead. 

HIND'S  HONEY  AND  ALMOND 
CREAM. 
According  to  Mr.  Geo.  H.  Rose, 
this  preparation  maj'  be  practic- 
ally duplicated  by  the  following 
formula: 

■R    Ointment   of   rose   wa- 
ter    5  parts 

Oil  of  sweet  almonds  5  parts 

Glycerine    5  parts 

Boric   acid   5  parts 

Solution  of  soda,  U.  S. 

P 12  parts 

Mucilage     of     quince 

seed  (2  drs.  to  1  pt.)  25  parts 
Water     sufficient     to 

make   200  parts 

Oil  of  bitter  almond,  and  oil  of 
rose,  of  each  sufficient  to  per- 
fume. 


HINKLEY'S     BONE     LINIMENT. 
R    Oil    of    wormwood    40  min. 

Oil  of  hemlock  2  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme   2  dr. 

Oil  of  turpentine  4  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  capsicum 1  dr. 

Alcohol   to   make 4  oz. 

HIMROD'S  ASTHMA  REMEDY. 
Dr.  Geo.  Covert,  of  Clinton, 
Wis.,  in  a  recent  article,  says  in 
regard  to  this  preparation:  "A 
one-time  school-mate  and  friend 
of  mine  cured  himself  of  asthma 
with  his  own  remedy.  He  went  to 
Europe,  introduced  his  asthma 
remedy  to  the  notice  of  Kaiser 
William,  who  used  it  with  benefit 
and  gave  it  his  royal  commend- 
ation. Our  friend's  fortune  was 
made,  and  Himrod's  Asthma 
Remedy  is  still  on  the  market." 
R   Powdered  lobelia  2  oz. 

Powdered   stramonium 
leaves .2  oz. 

Powdered  nitrate   pot- 
ash    2  oz. 

Powdered  black  tea 2  oz. 

Sift  well  and  mix. 

HOLMES'  LIVER  PILLS. 

R    Colocyntli    pulp    1  oz. 

Gamboge    i  oz. 

Scammony  l  oz. 

Barb,    aloes    2  oz. 

Castile  soap   ^/^  oz. 

Oil    peppermint    2  fl.  dr. 

Water sufficient 

Make  into  three-grain  pills,  of 
which  from  two  to  three  are  an 
average  cathartic.  These  pills 
formerly  had  a  big  reputation  in 
Pittsburg,  Pa. 

HOLLOWAY'S  OINTMENT. 

The  formula  for  this  prepara- 
tion is  said  to  be: 

"R    Yellow  wax  10  parts 

White  wax   10  parts 

Turpentine    25  parts 

Lard  50  parts 

Sweet   oil    75  parts 

HELMBOLD'S    BUCHU. 

■R    Short  buchu   9  oz. 

Uva  ursi  4^  oz. 

Licorice  root   10  dr. 

Macerate  in  9  pints  of  boiling 
water,   strain,  and  add: 

Caramel    2  oz. 

Molasses  8  oz. 

Mix  well,  and  add: 

Fluid   extract  cubeb 5  oz. 

Alcohol     2  pt. 

Oil    peppermint     1  oz. 

Water       sufficient       to 

make    12  pt. 

— (Lillard's  Prac.  Hints  and 
Formulas.) 


362 


NOSTRUMS. 


HOP   BITTERS. 

The  following-  is  said  to  be  the 
formula: 

R   Tinct.   of   hops   ^/^  oz. 

Tinct.   of  buchu 3  dr. 

Tinct.  of  senega  3  dr. 

Podophyllin       (dis.       in 

spirits   of  wine) 10  gr. 

Tinct.    of    cochineal.. 20  drops 
Distilled    water    suffi- 
cient  to   make  1  pint 

Mix.  —(Medical   World.) 

HOSTETTER'S    BITTERS. 

R   Sugar    2  lb. 

Calamus    root    2  lb. 

Orange  peel   2  1b. 

Peruvian    bark    2  lb. 

Gentian   root    2  lb. 

Columbo   root    2  1b. 

Rhubarb     8  oz. 

Cinnamon    4  oz. 

Cloves     2  oz. 

Dilute    alcohol    4  gal. 

Mix.         —(The  Medical  Bulletin.) 

INJECTION   BROU. 

A  preparation  which  is  sub- 
stantially the  same,  may  be 
made   by   the   following  formula: 

R   Tinct.  catechu  (1  in  16).. 1  dr. 

Cocaine   muriate    10  gr. 

Lead   acetate    10  gr. 

Zinc,    sulphate    10  gr. 

Water    6%  oz. 

Alcohol    14  oz. 

Dissolve  the  mineral  salts  each 
in  1/4  ounce  of  water  and  mix 
them.  Dilute  the  tinct.  catechu 
with  4  fluid  ounces  of  water; 
add  the  minerals  and  then  the 
solution  of  cocaine  muriate  in 
an  ounce  of  water;  lastly  the 
alcohol  and  water  to  make  W2 
fluid  ounces.  The  color  of  In- 
jection Brou  may  be  fairly  well 
simulated  by  using  a  small 
amount   of   magenta. 

—(New   Idea.) 

JACKSON'S  COUGH  SYRUP. 

The  following  is  the  formula 
recommended  by  Prof.  .1.  U. 
Lloyd  to  be  followed  as  a  stand- 
ard for  the  above  preparation, 
which  also  goes  by  the  name  of 
"Compound  Syrup  of  Morphine:.. 

■R   Fl.  ext.  ipecac   %  oz. 

Fl.   ext.   senega   3  oz. 

Fl.    ext.    rhubarb    4  dr. 

Sulphate  morphine   8  gr. 

Oil    sassafras    22  min. 

Syrup,    to    make    32  oz. 

Mix.  —(American    Druggist.) 


JAYNE'S    ALTERATIVE. 
■R   Tartar    emetic    4  gr. 

Spirits   of   camphor   1  dr. 

Fluid    ext.    of   Ipecac. ..4  min. 

Laudanum    2  dr. 

Tinct.    of    lobelia    1  dr. 

Syrup   of    tolu    12  dr. 

Tinct.    digitalis    1  dr. 

Syrup  of  squills   2  oz. 

Mix.  —(National  Druggist.) 

JAYNES  EXPECTORANT. 

The  following  is   given   In  New 
Idea   as   approximating  this   pre- 
paration: 
R    Syrup    squills    2  oz. 

Tinct.    tolu    11/2  oz. 

Tinct.   camphor   1  dr.    , 

Tinct.    Digitalis    1  dr. 

Tinct.    opium    2  dr. 

Wine    ipecac    2  dr. 

Antimon.    and   pot.    tart. 2  gr. 

KEATING'S   COUGH  LOZENGES 

R    Lactucarium    T^^  gr. 

Ipecac    3%  gr. 

Squills     .- 3  gr. 

Ext.   Licorice    3  dr. 

Mucil    tragacanth    q.  s. 

Mix  and  divide  into  lozenges 
each   containing  19   gr. 

KENDALL'S   SPAVIN  CURE. 

The  following  formula  makes  a 
preparation       substantially   •    the 
same     as     the     proprietary     lini- 
ment: 
"R   Turpentine     1  oz. 

Alcohol     2  oz. 

Camphor    240  gr. 

Iodine     25  gr. 

Petroleum  oil   (heavy) ..%  dr.. 

Oil    of   rosemary    1  dr. 

In  the  mixed  oils  (without  fil- 
tering) dissolve  the  camphor  and 
the    iodine.  — (New   Idea.) 

KENNEDY'S  MEDICAL  DISCOV- 
ERY. 

"R   Sneezewort    1  oz. 

Bitter    root    4  dr. 

Mix  and  add: 

Boiling  water 8  oz. 

Proof   spirits    10  oz. 

Licorice    root    4  dr. 

Macerate  for  48  hours,  then  add: 

White   sugar    4  oz. 

Tinct.    gaultheria    1  oz. 

—(King's  American  Dispensa- 
tory.) 

KELLOGG'S   RED  DROPS. 

"R   Spirit   of    camphor 2  oz. 

Spirits  of  origanum   — %  oz. 

Oil    of    sassafras    Vi  oz. 

Oil  of  turpentine  V2  oz. 

Color   tincture    (about)  ..4  oz. 
Mix.  -(Pharmacist  and  Chemist.) 


NOSTRUMS. 


363 


KENNKLE'S  VEGETABLE 
WORM    SYRUP: 
According    to    our    examination 
each    bottle   contains: 

R     Santonin      27  gr. 

Oil  sassafras  1  min. 

Alcohol    2  oz. 

Fl.   ext.    pink    root 2  oz. 

Fl.    ext.    dandelion %  oz. 

Fl.   ext.   golden   seal ^  oz. 

Molasses    Vz  oz. 

The  santonin  in  a  finely  tri- 
turated  condition. 

— (New  Idea.) 

KEPHALGINE. 
This  remedy  for  headache,  con- 
sists  of: 

"R.   Antipyrine     5  parts 

Roasted    coffee    5  parts 

Caffeine    2  parts 

Salicylate   of   sodium.. 2  parts 
Mix.    — (Amer.    Journal    of   Phar.) 

KICKAPOO    INDIAN    OIL. 

■R    Camphor     ^/^  oz. 

Oil    turpentine    1  dr. 

Oil   peppermint    V2  dr. 

Oil    winterg-reen    %  dr. 

Tinct.    capsicum    y2  oz. 

Alcohol,      sufficient     to 

make     1  pt. 

Mix.  — (New    idea.) 

KING'S   NEW   DISCOVERT. 
The  following  is  said  to  repre- 
sent   its    composition: 
■R    Sulp.    morphia    8  gr. 

Fl.    ext.    ipecac    ^/2  dr. 

Chloroform     60  min. 

Tinct.   white   pine 2  oz. 

Water     7  oz. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia. %  oz. 

Sugar    14  oz. 

Rub  the  magnesia  with  one 
ounce  of  the  sugar  in  a  mortar, 
and  triturate  with  the  tincture 
of  white  pine  and  the  fluid  ex- 
tract of  ipecac;  gradually  add 
the  water,  and  triturate  with  the 
mixture  in  the  mortar.  Filter 
and  dissolve  the  morphia  sul- 
phate in  the  filtrate;  mix  the 
chloroform  with  the  rest  of  the 
sugar  in  a  bottle  and  add  the 
liquid  above.  Keep  in  a  tight 
vessel.  — (New   Idea.) 

KITCHELL'S    LINIMENT. 

■R   Water  ammonia   1  part 

Water    3  parts 

Caramel    q.   s.   color 

Mix.  —    (Western   Druggist.) 

KING'S      ROYAL     GERMETEUR. 

■R    Sulphuric   acid    2  oz. 

Water  (saturated  with 
sulphureted  hydro- 
gen)      1  oz. 

Hydrant    or    well    water 

to    make ..1  gal. 

Mix.  —(Dixie    Doctor.) 


KLINE'S  NERVE  RESTORER. 

P    Bromide   of    ammonia 3  dr. 

Bromide    of    potassium.  .3  dr. 

Bicarb,  of  potassium 80  gr. 

Tinct.    columbo    6  dr. 

Water     6  oz. 

Mix.  Dose:  Teaspoonful  thrice 
daily   in   water. 

—(Dr.    Wade    in   Med.    World.) 

KREYDER'S   AGUE   PILLS. 

■R    Sulph.    quinia    20  gr. 

Dover's    powder    .10  gr. 

Sub.   carb.   iron   10  gr. 

Mix  with  mucilage  of  acacia 
and  form  20  pills.  Dose:  Two 
each  hour,  commencing  five 
hours  before  the  chill  should  set 
in.  Then  take  one  night  and 
morning   until   all   are   taken. 

LALLEMAND'S   SPECIFIC. 

■R   Sulph.    quinia    1  dr. 

Sulph.    cinchona 1  dr. 

Ex.    colocynth    4  dr. 

Wine   colchicum   seeds...8oz. 

Tinct.   verat,    viride    1  oz. 

Dilute   alcohol    8  oz. 

Sherry  wine    31  oz. 

Mix.     Dose:     One   teaspoonful. 

—  (National  Druggist.) 

LANGELL'S   ASTHMA   REMEDY. 

RPowd.    belladonna 

leaves     1  part 

Powd.  nitrate  of  pot- 
ash       10  parts 

LAUBACH'S  ECLECTIC  LINI- 
MENT. 

R   Oil  of  turpentine  60  parts 

Tine,  arnica  flowers. 120  parts 
Stronger  water   of 

ammonia   120  parts 

Soap    liniment    900  parts 

Oil  of  sassafras   6  parts 

Oil  of  thyme  2  parts 

Alcohol     240  parts 

Total  parts    (by  meas- 
ure)     1448 

— (New  Idea.) 

LAVARRE'S    SURE    CURE. 

■R   Fl.  ext.  poke  berries.. 80  min. 

Fl.   ext    sassafras 40  min. 

Liquid  nmmonia,  caus- 
tic     5  min. 

Sodium  bromide  20  gr. 

Alcohol    V2  oz. 

Oil  of  peppermint  1  min. 

Powdered    cochineal 4  gr. 

White   sugar    3  dr. 

Water        (enough       to 
make)     4  oz. 

Mix.  —(New    Idea.) 


364 


NOSTEUMS. 


LAVILLE'S    GOUT    CURE. 
This   patent  preparation   is  said 
to    have    the    following    composi- 
tion: 
R    Quinine     7.7  gr. 

Cinchonine   9.3  gr. 

Colocynthin     3.8  gr. 

Lime    salts     7.6  gr. 

Coloring  matter   4.6  gr. 

Alcohol    SVs  dr. 

Water    1%  dr. 

Port  wine    1234.0  dr. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

LEE'S   LITHONTRIPTIC. 
f^   Powdered    castile    soap..2oz. 

Carbonate   of  potassium. 4  dr. 

Nitrate    of    potassium 2  dr. 

Powdered    gum    arable. .  .5  dr. 

Oil   of   juniper    2  dr. 

Mix.  — (.Druggists'    Circular.) 

LEE'S    GRAVEL    REMEDY. 

R   Sapo.    Venet    4  oz. 

Sal.     nitre    pulv 4  oz. 

Oil    juniper    4  oz. 

Gum  arable   pulv    1  oz. 

Sal.    absynth    1  oz. 

LEE'S  ANTI-BILIOUS  PILLS. 

R   Calomel    30  gr. 

Jalap     60  gr. 

Gamboge     12  gr. 

Tartar  emetic  3  gr. 

Beat  into  a  mass  and  make  into 
24  pills,  mix  with  gum  arable  or 
extract  of  dandelion.  Dose:  3  to 
5  pills   as   a  purgative. 

But  substituting  podophyllin  in 
the  place  of  calomel  (same  quan- 
tity) it  makes  a  safer  and  better 
pill  for  common  use.  Dose:  2 
to  3  pills. 

LIEBIG'S    CORN    CURE. 
The  following  formula  for  Lie- 
big's  Corn  Cure  is  said  to  be  very 
effective: 
Pi  Ext.  of  cannabis  in- 

dica    5  parts 

Salicylic    acid    30  parts 

Collodion     240  parts 

Mix  until  dissolved.  Apply  with 
a  camel-hair  pencil  four  consec- 
utive nights  and  mornings  to 
form  a  thick  coating.  The  col- 
lodion protects  the  corn  from  ir- 
ritation and  rubbing,  while  the 
extract  of  cannabis  indiea  acts 
as  an  anodyne,  and  the  salicylic 
acid  dissolves  and  disintegrates 
the   corn. 

LITTLE   HOP  PILLS. 

R   Podophyllin    3  gr. 

Ext.    colocynth    6  gr. 

Oil   of   peppermint    1  min. 

Ext.   rhubarb    Sufficient 

Mix,  divide  into  12  pills  and 
coat   heavily   with   sugar. 

—(New    Idea.) 


LINIMENT   FOR  MAN  AND 
BEAST. 

R    Powdered  mj'^rrh    1  oz. 

Powdered    aloes    1  oz. 

Balsam   fir    1  oz. 

Alcohol    8  oz. 


Mix. 


-(National   Druggist.) 


LIQUID    CARBONIS    DETER- 
GENS. 

R    Quillaya  saponari   (soap 

bark)    4  lb. 

Alcohol    (65   per  cent.) .  .2  gal. 
Macerate   and   filter. 
Tinct,    (as   above) — 100  parts 
Coal  tar  50  parts 

Mix.  After  eight  days,  filter. 
Used  externally  in  skin  diseases. 

LIQUID    COURT    PLASTER. 

If  soluble  gun  cotton  is  dissolv- 
ed in  acetone  in  the  proportion 
of  about  1  dram  by  weight  of 
the  former  to  35  or  40  drams  by 
volume  of  the  latter,  and  half  a 
dram  each  of  castor  oil  and  gly- 
cerine be  added,  a  colorless,  elas- 
tic and  flexible  film  will  form  on 
the  skin  wherever  it  is  applied. 
Unlike  ordinary  collodion  it  will 
not  be  likely  to  dry  and  peel  off. 

LOCOCK'S  PULMONIC  WAFERS. 

"R     Sugar    10  dr. 

Starch     10  dr. 

Gum    arable    5  dr. 

Lactucarium    75  gr. 

Equal  parts  each  of  vinegar  of 
squills,  Oxymel  of  squills,  Wine 
of  ipecac. 

The  last  three  are  to  be  mixed 
and  evaporated  to  one-sixth  the 
original  bulk  and  added  to  the 
powders  in  quantity  sufficient  to 
make  a  mass  of  proper  eonsist- 
ance.  This  is  to  be  divided  into 
lozenges  of  seven  and  one-half 
grains   each. 

LOWNDES'  MAGIC  CREAM. 

■R   Hydrarg,   ammoniat    ...Ipart 
Zinc    oxide    3  parts 

Must  be  thoroughly  incorporat- 
ed in  powder:  sufficient  glycer- 
ine and  lard  then  added  to  make 
a  stiff  cream.  For  application 
to  venereal  ulcers. 


NOSTEUMS. 


365 


LYDIA      PINKHAM'S      VEGE- 
TABLE   COMPOUND. 
R    Cramp   bark    4  oz. 

Partridge  berry  vine  4  oz. 

Popular    bark    2  oz. 

Uni(;orn    root    2  oz. 

Cassia     2  oz. 

Beth    root    IV^  oz. 

Sug-ar    114  lb. 

Alcohol    1  pt. 

Water,  a  sufficient  quantity 
The  drugs  should  all  be  reduc- 
ed to  a  moderately  coarse  pow- 
der; pour  on  boiling  water,  let 
stand  until  cold,  then  percolate 
with  water  until  percolate  meas- 
ures one  pint,  add  the  sugar, 
bring  to  a  boil,  remove  from  the 
fire,  and  when  cold  add  the  alco- 
hol   and    strain. 

Dose:  One  or  two  teaspoonfuls 
of  this  may  be  taken  three  or 
four   times   a  day. 

LOW'S     MAGNETIC     LINIMENT. 
The  following  formula  furnish- 
es  a   liniment  nearly   identical   in 
contents,   character,   and   color: 

R    Oil    of    turpentine 99  parts 

Tinct.  of  capsicum.  .120  parts 
Spirits  of  camphor.. 960  parts 
Stronger   water   of 

ammonia    90  parts 

Alcohol   (sp.   gr.  820)  .180  parts 

Oil  of  sassafras   6  parts 

Fluid  ext.,  of  sassa- 
fras     ' 40  parts 

Total   (parts  by 

weight)     148S 

— (New  Idea.) 

LYON'S   KATHAIRON. 
The  follow^ing  formula  v^'^ill  ex- 
actly duplicate  the   original: 

"[^    Castor  oil  1  oz. 

Tinct.   cantharides 1  dr. 

Oil  of  bergamot 20  min. 

Stronger  water  of  am- 
monia      1  min. 

Alcohol,    sufficient  to 

make  3  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

MARMOLA. 
This   wonderful   remedy   for   re- 
ducing   fat    is    said    to    be    made 
from    the    following    formula: 
"R  Powdered  thyroids 

13  lb.,  14  oz.,  100  gr. 
Powd.  ext.   bladder  wrack 

18  lb.,  8  oz.,  100  gr. 
Powd.   ext.   poke  root 

9  lb.,  4  oz.,  50  gr. 
Phenolphthalein 

6  lb.,  15  oz.,  371/2  gr. 

Oleo    ginger 4  oz..  232  gr. 

Sugar    72  lb.,  4  oz. 

Chalk .55  lb.,  8  oz..  300  gr. 

Burnt    umber 4  lb.,  8  oz. 

Oils    sassafras    and   wintergreen 
q.    s.     Flavor,   mix,    compress   into 
tablets   weighing  9  grains   each. 
Sig.:  A  tablet  six  times  a  day. 


MARSHALL'S  PILLS. 
R    Compound  ext.  colo- 

cynth    eo  gr. 

Mass  mercury  60  gr. 

Powd.   aloes    CO  gr. 

Powd.   Soap    (0  gr. 

Powd.    rhubarb    60  gr. 

Mix  and  make  into  60  pills. 
— (Pharmaceutical    Record.) 

MAYER'S    OINTMENT. 

R    Olive    oil    21/2  lb. 

White  turpentine   ^/^  lb. 

Beeswax     4  oz. 

Unsalted     butter 4  oz. 

Mix.      — (Pharmaceutical  Era.) 

McLEAN'S   STRENGTHENING 
CORDIAL. 
R    Gentian     root 8  oz. 

Columbo    root    8  oz. 

Orange    peel    2  oz. 

Coriander  seed   1  oz. 

Cardamom    seed    %  oz. 

Serpentaria     1  oz. 

Whisky    7  pts. 

Glycerine     1  pt. 

Grind  the  drugs  to  coarse  pow^- 
der,  moisten  with  "whisky,  pack 
in  the  percolator,  percolate  with 
the  whisky,  forcing  out  the  last 
with  water,  and  in  the  percolate 
mix   the   glycerine. 

MEIBOM'S.     RECTORIAL..    BAL- 
SAM. 

R    Benzoin     10  parts 

Dragon's   blood    10  parts 

Opium    10  parts 

Bals.     Peru 10  parts 

Spermaceti     5  parts. 

Butter     10  parts 

Sw^eet   oil   of   al- 
monds      50  parts 

Oil  of  turpentine   100  parts 

Acetic  acid 2  parts 

Digest  for  some  days,  frequent- 
ly shaking,  and  strain  through 
linen.  To  be  rubbed  on  the  breast 
once  or  twice  daily,  in  doses  of 
10  to  15  drops,  for  coughs  and  ca- 
tarrh. 

METZ'S   BALSAM. 
Metz's    Balsam,    which    is    quite 
popular   in    some    sections    of    the 
country,  it  is  said  is  prepared  as 
follows: 

R    Linseed    oil '. 180  parts 

Olive     oil 180  parts 

Oil  of  laurel  berries.  .30  parts 
Turpentine     (oleo-resin) 

eo  parts 

Melt  by  a  gentle  heat  and  add: 

Powdered    aloes    8  parts 

Powdered  verdigris. .  .12  parts 
Powdered  white  vitrol  6  parts. . 
Pour  into   a  bottle   and   add: 

Oil    of   juniper    15  parts 

Oil    of    cloves 4parts 

Mix  by  shaking.  It  is  used  as 
a  dressing  for  ulcers,  boils, 
wounds,  etc. 

—(National   Druggist.) 


366 


NOSTEUMS 


MEXICAN  MUSTANG  LINIMENT 

R    Oil     turpentine ^/^  dr. 

Oil    thyme    ^/^  dr. 

Oil    amber,    crude ^/^  dr. 

Black    oil    1  dr. 

Kerosene   oil    3  dr. 

Water    3  oz.  2  dr. 

Soap    35  g-r. 

Caustic    potash 3  gr. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

MILLER'S    GOLDEN    OIL. 

According-    to    New    Idea,      this 
consists  mainly  of: 
"R    Essential  oil  of  laven- 
der     30  min. 

Essential    oil    eucalyp- 
tus      20  min. 

Essential  oil  of  sassa- 
fras      20  min. 

Oil   of   turpentine   1  min. 

Cotton-seed    oil    7  dr. 

MITCHELL'S  EYE   SALVE. 

R    Saxoline,   snow  white.. 350  gr. 

White    wax 130  gr. 

Oxide    of    zinc 45  gr. 

Oxide    of    mercury 5  gr. 

Oil    of    lavender 10  min. 

Melt  the  wax  and  saxoline  to- 
gether and  stir  constantly  while 
cooling.  As  soon  as  the  mass  be- 
gin to  solidify  incorporate  the 
oxides   and  oil  of  lavender. 

— (New  Idea.) 

MORRISON'S    PILLS. 

J^    Powdered    colocyntli 3  gr. 

Powdered     gamboge 6  gr. 

Powdered     aloes 9  gr. 

Cream  of  tartar 12  gr. 

Also  syrup  enough  for  12  pills. 
Serious  results  are  often  produc- 
ed by  large  doses  of  these  pills. 

MICAJAH'S  MEDICATED  UTER- 
INE  WAFERS. 

The  Medical  Summary  gives  the 
following  formula  as  one  practic- 
ally duplicating-  this  preparation, 
which  is  so  extensively  used  by 
the  medical  profession: 
1^    Mercury    bichloride    ..1-16  gr. 

Zinc    sulphate    5  gr. 

Bismuth    subnitrate    15  gr. 

Acacia     5  gr. 

Carbolic  acid 3  gr! 

Water     q.  s'. 

MOREHEAD'S     MAGNETIC 
PLASTER. 

Is  said  to  be  composed  of  tar 
and  extract  of  belladonna,  of 
each  equal  parts. 


MOUNTAIN  ROSE. 
This  remedy  is  similar  to  Viavi 
and  is  said  to  have  been  invented 
by  the  same  Dr.  Springsteen. 
Mountain  Rose  comes  in  six- 
teenth-grain round  tablets,  which 
are  applied  with  a  placer.  These 
tablets  are  said  to  contain  je- 
quirity,  calendula,  hydrastis,  bor- 
ic acid  and   slippery   elm. 

MOXIE. 

This  "Moxie,"  despite  the  won- 
derful tale  of  its  discovery,  and 
although  so  "wholly  unknown  to 
botanists,"  is,  w^e  presume  to  say, 
a  plant  otherwise  termed  avena 
sativa.  The  great  "Nerve  Food" 
is  a  decoction  of  oats,  made  into 
a  syrup  and  flavored  with  sassa- 
fras  and   wintergreen. 

— (Western    Druggist.) 

MOTHER     SIEGEL'S     SYRUP. 
J^    Cone,   decoction   of   aloes 

(1  to  4)   60  min. 

Borax     1.3  gm. 

Capsicum,  powdered   .0.13  gm. 
Gentian,     powdered...    2.3  gm. 

Sassafras    oil    0.3  gm. 

Wintergreen     oil 0.12  gm. 

Rectified     spirits 7.5  gm. 

Fluid  extract  dande- 
lion     7.5  gm. 

Syrup    125  gm. 

MURRAY'S      INFALLIBLE     SYS- 
TEM   TONIC,    M.    I.    S    .T. 
Our    examination    proved    it    to 
be: 

R    Aloes     50  gr. 

Cinnamon,     pulv 25  gr. 

Glycyrrhiza  root,  pulv.. 25  gr. 

Water     sufficient 

Make  into  a  pill  mass  with  a 
little  water,  and  divide  into  50 
parts.  Press  into  gelatine  cap- 
sules for  use.  —(New  Idea.) 
NERVURA  NERVE  TONIC. 
Smile-ax  writes  to  the  Drug- 
gists' Circular  that  he  is  inform- 
ed from  a  reliable  source  that  Dr. 
Green's  Nervura  so  much  adver- 
tised is  composed  about  as  fol- 
lows: 

R    Coca    tincture 4  oz; 

Damiana   tincture    4  oz. 

Calisaya    tincture    4  oz. 

While  by  no  means  a  "won- 
derful discovery,"  still  if  made 
from  the  best  materials,  it  would 
afford  a  handsome  profit  to  the 
manufacturer. 

NUMBER  THIRTEEN. 

R    Ol.   santal   alb.   opt 2  dr. 

Tinct.     cubebs %  oz. 

Spts.   lavender   comp %  oz. 

Spts.    nit.    dulc V2  oz. 

01.    Cassia    opt ^L^"'"' 

Syr.     acacia T^-,^^' 

Mix.  Dose:  A  teaspoonful  be- 
fore meals. 


NOSTRUMS. 


367 


OCULINE  OR  "THE  BRILLIANT 
EYE.' 

This  is  a  collyrium  advertised 
by  a  New  York  firm.  It  is  guar- 
anteed to  cure  every  description 
of  eye  disease,  and  to  impart  a 
beautiful  and  lasting  brilliancy 
to   the   organ   of   vision. 

Examined  by  Dr.  Fr.  Hoffman, 
it  has  been  found  to  consist  of 
water  containing  1  per  cent,  of 
boric  acid  and  5  per  cent  of  gly- 
cerin.        — (Pharm  Rundschau.) 

OIL  OF  JOY. 

R    Alcohol     4pts. 

Gum    camphor %  oz. 

Oil  of  sassafras  1  oz. 

Oil  of  Cedar 1  oz. 

Tinct.    of    guaic 1  oz. 

Tinct.    of    capsicum 2  oz. 

Water    of   ammonia 4  oz. 

Chloroform    3  oz. 

OIL   OF   GLADNESS. 

R    Oil  of  marjoram   1  dr. 

Oil    of    peppermint 1  dr. 

Oil    of    horsemint 1  dr. 

Ether    2  dr. 

Tinct.    of    capsicum 4  dr. 

Tinct.    of   opium    1  dr. 

Tinct.   of   red   sanders 1  dr. 

Alcohol,   sufficient  to 

make     8  oz. 

Mix.     —(Druggists'    Circular.) 

ORANGE  BLOSSOM. 
This  takes  the  form  of  a  sup- 
pository for  female  disease,  each 
supository  weighing  about  31 
grains.  The  New  Idea  gives  the 
constituents    as    follows: 

R    Zinc    sulphate    1  dr. 

Alum    15  gr. 

Cocoa    butter 3  dr. 

White    wax    %  dr. 

Oil   sweet  almonds l^/^  dr. 

Ext.    henbane 1  gr. 

Make  suppositories  of  above 
weight. 

OSGOOD'S   CHOLAGOGUE   OR 
CELEBATED  AGUE  CURE. 

R    Sulph.    quinine 2  dr. 

Fluid   ext.    leptandra 2  dr. 

Saturated   tinct.   stillin- 

gia     4  oz. 

Fluid    ext.   podophyllin..  .3  dr. 

Oil    of    sassafras ...lOmin. 

Oil   of   wintergreen    ...lOmin. 
New  Orleans  molasses 

sufficient   to   make    8  oz. 

Mix.  Dose:  One  to  two  tea- 
spoonfuls. 

OZONE    UTERINE    WAFERS. 

The  Boston  Journal  of  Health 
says  that  these  wafers  consist  of 
powdered  jequirity  in  capsules. 


PAINE'S    CELERY     COMPOUND. 

R    Celery   seed   2  oz. 

Red    cinchona    1  oz. 

Orange   peel    ^A  oz. 

Coriander  seed   ^A  oz. 

Lemon    peel    ^4  oz. 

Hydrochloric    acid 15  drops 

Alcohol     5  oz. 

Glycerine    3  oz. 

Water    4  oz. 

Syrup     4  oz. 

Grind  the  solids  to  No.  40  pow- 
der, mix  the  acid  and  the  water, 
add  the  glycerine  and  alcohol, 
and  in  the  menstruum  so  prepar- 
ed macerate  the  power  for  24 
hours;  then  percolate,  adding 
enough  water  and  alcohol  in  the 
proportion  to  make  12  fluid 
ounces.  Finally  add  the  syrup 
and  if  necessary  filter.  Make  32 
pints. 

— (Boston  Herald.) 

PARSON'S    PURGATIVE     PILLS. 

R    Aloes     igr. 

Calomel     V->  gr. 

Powd.    coloynth    ^/I  gr! 

Gamboge    %  gr. 

Soap    1/2  gr! 

Mandrake    root    V2  gr. 

Oil    peppermint    ^/^  gr. 

PEEKSKILL'S     COUGH     SYRUP. 

R    Syrup  of  tolu   5  oz. 

Syrup    of    ipecac 1  oz. 

Paregoric    4  oz. 

Syrup    of  wild    cherry 1  oz. 

Mix.  —(Medical  World.) 

PERUNA. 

R    Copaiba     6  dr. 

Cubebs    2  dr. 

Calisaya  bark,  ground.. 2  oz. 
Stone   root    (Collinsonia) 

ground  2  oz. 

Corydalis  (Turkey  Corn) 

ground  2  oz. 

Deodorized     alcohol 1  pt. 

Add  all  the  ingredients  to  the 
alcohol.  Let  stand  one  week 
Shake  the  bottle  frequently  and 
finally  strain  through  several 
thicknesses  of  muslin  or  filter 
through  filtering  paper,  which 
may  be  obtained  at  any  drug 
store. 

PALMER'S    COSMETIC    LOTION. 

It  is  said  to  be  a  weak  (one  per 
cent.)  solution  of  sulpho-carbol- 
ate  of  zinc  in  glycerine  and  rose 
water. 


368 


NOSTRUMS. 


PATERSON'S  EMULSION  OF 
PUMPKIN    SEEDS. 

Patterson's  Emulsion  of  Pump- 
kin Seeds  is  said  to  be  a  good 
emulsion  for  expelling  tape- 
worms. 

Take  two  ounces  of  pumpkin 
seeds,  peel  and  pound  to  a  paste 
with  sugar,  tlien  add  by  degrees 
eight  fluid  ounces  of  water,  the 
whole  to  be  taken  in  two  or  three 
draughts  at  short  intervals. 

PERRY    DAVIS'    PAIN    KILLER. 
Ji_    Gum    myrrh    2141b. 

Capsicum     10  oz. 

Gum    opium 8  oz. 

Gum    benzoin    6  oz. 

Gum  guaiac   3  oz. 

Gum   camphor   10  oz. 

Alcohol     5  gal. 

PHENOL  SODIQUE. 

■R    Carbolic   acid    188  gr. 

Caustic  soda   31  gr. 

Distilled   water    4  oz. 

PLEIS'    FIT    POWDERS. 
1^    Bromide   of   potassium.  .15  gr. 

Powdered    gentian    5  gr. 

Mix.     Make   one   powder. 

—  (The  Drug  Mill.) 

PERRY'S      COMPOUND      SARSA- 
PARILLA  BLOOD  PURIFIER. 

f^    Turkey-corn   root     > 2  1b. 

Stillingia  root    2  1b. 

Sarsaparilla   root    2  1b. 

Yellow-dock  root   2  1b. 

Sassafras   bark   lib. 

Simple    syrup    2  gal. 

Diluted    alcohol     32  pt. 

Iodide  of  Potassa 2  1b. 

Water     sufficient 

Percolate   roots   and   bark   with 
diluted    alcohol,    add    syrup,    then 
iodide     of    potassa.      Dissolve    in 
water  to  make  six  gallons. 
Mix. 

— (Kilner's  Modern  Pharm.) 

PETTIT'S    EYE    SALVE. 
The    formula    for    this    old    and 
popular  remedy  Is  as  follows: 

"R    OTive  oil   4  dr. 

Spermaceti    1%  dr. 

"White    wax    i/^  dr. 

Melt  together,  and  add  gradual- 
ly under  trituration  in  a  warm 
mortar,  to  the  following  in  fine 
powder,    and    thoroughly    mix: 

White    precipitate    20  gr. 

Oxide    zinc    30  gr. 

Acid    benzoic    2  gr. 

Morphine    sulph %  gr. 

Oil   rosemary    %  gr. 

Finally  stir  until  cool,  and  pre- 
serve  in   a   -well   covered  vessel. 
—  (Western  Druggist.) 
—(New  Idea). 


PIERCE'S       FAVORITE         PRE- 
SCRIPTION. 
R    Savin     150  gr. 

Cinchona     150  gr. 

Agaric    75  gr. 

Cinnamon    75  gr. 

Water  sufficient  to  make 

a    decoction    of    8  oz. 

To  this  add: 

Acacia     150  gr. 

Sugar     75  gr. 

Tinct.    digitalis    ^/^  dr. 

Opium    1/^  dr. 

Oil    Anise    8  min. 

Dissolve  the  gum  and  sugar  in 
the  strained  decoction,  then  add 
Alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces,  in  which 
the  oil  has  previously  been  dis- 
solved. — (Hager.) 

PIERCE'S       GOLDEN     MEDICAL 

DISCOVERY. 
R    Fluid   extract  of   cin- 
chona      16  oz. 

Fluid  extract   of   colum- 

bo     4  oz. 

Fluid    extract   of   guaia- 

cuin    8  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  licorice  4  oz. 

Tincture    of    opium    1  oz. 

Podophyllin    (resinoid)  120  gr. 

Glycerine     6  pt. 

Alcohol    sufficient 

Dissolve  "the  podophylin  in  the 
alcohol,  and  add  the  rest  of  the 
ingredients.  Mix  them.  Dose:  A 
tablespoonful. 

—  (The  Drug  Mill). 
PLATT'S    CHLORIDES. 
Piatt's  Chlorides  we  found  to  be 
approximately  as  follows: 
T^  Magnesium    chloride.  ..l^/^  parts 

Potassium    chloride Imparts 

Sodium    chloride ]i^  parts 

Zinc,   chloride TV2  parts 

Aluminum    chloride 7i/^  parts 

Water,  sufficient  quan- 
tity     100  parts 

Mix.  — (New  Idea). 

POPE'S  CURE  FOR  NEURALGIA. 
R  Iodide    of    potash 4  dr. 

Extract   of   conium 1  dr. 

Comp.    tinct.    of   cinchona.  .2  oz. 

Syrup    of    sarsaparilla 4  oz. 

Mix.  Teaspoonful  three  times 
a  day.— (National  Druggist.) 

POWELL'S    BALM    OF    ANISE 
SEED. 

This  patent  preparation  is 
merely  a  modification  of  "Para- 
goric  Elixir,"  without  the  per- 
ceptible presence  of  camphor,  but 
with  the  addition  of  a  small 
quantity  of  extract  of  licorice, 
and  the  faintest  presence  of  rhu- 
barb. 

The  medicine  is  distinctly  acid, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  benzoic 
acid,  and  when  water  is  added  it 
becomes  turbid  and  inilky,  from 
anise  seed  oil  being  one  of  the 
principal   constituents. 


NOSTRUMS. 


36S) 


PROCTOR'S  VERMIFUGE. 

}i     Santonin    16  gr. 

Fluid   ext.   of  senna   2  oz. 

Fluid  ext.  of  pink-root 2  oz. 

Dose  for  a  child  two  years  old. 
one  teaspoonful  night  and  morn- 
ing' until  purging  takes  place. 
Used  to  expel  stomach  worms 
from   children. 

PISO'S   CURE    FOR    CONSUMP- 
TION. 

"R  Tinct.  tolu  V2  oz. 

Fl.   ext.   lobelia 2  dr. 

Fl.    ext.    cannabis   indica...2  dr. 

Chloroform   1  dr. 

Sulph.    morphia    4  gr. 

Tartar   emetic   4  gr. 

Ess.   mentha  viridis 10  min. 

Water    8  oz. 

Sugar   14  oz. 

Mix  the  fluid  extracts,  tincture 
tolu,  chloroform  and  essence  of 
spearmint,  and  shake  with  the 
sugar  in  a  bottle.  Dissolve  ■w'ith 
the  morphine  and  tartar  emetic 
in  hot  water,  then  add  the  water 
to  the  sugar  in  a  bottle.  Dose: 
One    teaspoonful.       — (New   Idea.) 

PRICE'S   PILE    OINTMENT. 
"R  English    calomel    1  oz. 

Powdered  opium  i<|  oz. 

Pure   carbonate   of  lead lib. 

Oxide   of   zinc lib. 

Olive   oil    2  lbs. 

Fresh  lard  (without  salt)  2  lbs. 
Mix  by  trituration  in  w^edge- 
wood  mortar.  It  was  put  up  in 
fwo-ounce  gallipots,  tied  over 
with  a  bit  of  bladder,  and  vras 
sold  readily  at  $1.  the  principal 
purchasers  being  river  and  flat- 
boat  men. 

QUICK  STOPS  FOR  HEAD- 
ACHES. 
Besides  camphor,  it  contains  a 
little  over  1%  grains  of  cocaine  to 
the  bottle;  that  is  about  ^i  grain 
of  the  alkaloidal  salt  to  the  dose. 
The  greenish  color  is  evidently 
due  to  some  greenish  fluid  ex- 
tract, and  underneath  the  cam- 
phor there  is  an  odor  suggestive 
of  henbane,  though  -we  failed  to 
isolate  any  alkaloid  having  de- 
cided mydriatic  qualities.  The 
cocaine  dilated  the  pupil  slightly. 
but  the  dilation  was  attributed  to 
the  cocaine  itself,  which  is  re- 
ported to  sometimes  have  this 
effect.  —(New  Idea.) 

-     RAD  WAT'S  PILLS. 

R  Aloes     4  parts 

.Jalap    2  parts 

Ginger    2  parts 

Myrrh    2  parts 

Make  into  a  mass  with  mucil- 
age and  divide  into  2-grain  pills. 
of  which  about  four  dozen  are 
put  into  each  box.        — (Cooley). 


RADWAY'S  READY  RELIEF. 

■R  Soap   liniment,    about l^/^  oz. 

Tinct.   capsicum,   about ^/^  oz. 

Water  of  ammonia,  about  V2  oz. 

Alcohol,   about    V^  oz. 

Mix.  —(J.  J.  Pierson,  Ph.  C.) 


DR. 


RADWAY'S     RENOVATING 
RESOLVENT. 


Ji  Potassium  Iodide  2.5  grm 

Concentrated   sarsaparilla 

decoction     15  grm 

Bitter    almond    water 10  grm 

Syrup    30  grm 

Parrish's    simple    elixir.  .90  grm 

Distilled   water 250  grm 

Caramel   sufficient   to   color. 

Mix.  — (H.  B.  Parsons). 

RADAM'S  MICROBE  KILLER. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles,  in  the  Drug- 
gists' Circular,  gives  the  follow- 
ing formula  for  the  preparation: 
R  Sulphuric    acid    (strong) ..  .4  dr. 

Hj-drochloric    acid 1  dr. 

Red  wine   (about) 1  oz. 

Well   w^ater   1  gal. 

RANSOM'S     HIVE     SYRUP     AND 
TOLU. 

"R  Fluid  ext.   squills 2  dr. 

Fluid   ext.    senega 2  dr. 

Soluble  essence   tolu 2  dr. 

Tartar    emetic 4  gr. 

White    sugar 4  oz. 

Water   to   make 4  oz. 

It  is  readily  prepared  by  rub- 
bing the  tartar  emetic  and  sugar 
well  together,  adding  the  fluid 
extract  and  essence  of  tolu,  and 
then  enouerh  xrafor  to  make,  after 
short  slight  heating  and  strain- 
ing, four  fluid  ounces.  Each  fluid 
ounce  of  the  syrup  contains  1 
grain  of  tartar  emetic. 

— (New  Idea). 

REAVE 'S    EMBROCATION. 

"R  Olive  oil 1^/^  oz. 

Aq.    ammonia 1  oz. 

Goulard's    extract   of   lead.l  oz. 
Oil    origanum 2  oz. 

RECAMIER    CREAM. 

R  Rice    flour 48  oz. 

Zinc   oxide 60  oz. 

Glycerine    640  oz. 

Cocoa     butter 48  oz. 

Lard    48  oz. 

Mercuric   chloride    4  oz. 

RECAMIER    BALM. 

R  Zinc  oxide  5  lbs. 

Glycerine    2    dr. 

Alcohol    2  oz. 

Mercuric    chloride    4  oz. 

Distilled   water   64  qts. 

—  (Boston  Herald). 


370 


NOSTRUMS. 


RED  STAR  COUGH  CURE. 

We  purchased  a  bottle  of  it  and 
have  submitted  it  to  examination, 
and  find  that  it  is  a  syrup  prep- 
aration of  wild  cherry  bark,  witli 
a  little  tar  and  slight  trace  of 
chloroform  or  chloric  ether,  with 
possibly  a  little  bitter  almond 
added.  It  is  put  up  in  a  green 
panel  bottle  containing'  full  three 
fluid  ounces.  It  is  a  clear  red- 
dish-brown syrup,  of  thick  sub- 
stance, iias  a  very  faint  acid  re- 
action; but  has  pronounced  bit- 
ter-almond flavor,  and  tarry  taste 
and    odor.  —(New   Idea). 

REE'S    CHOLERA    MIXTURE. 

■R   Spts.   chloroform    12  oz. 

Spts.    lavender,    comp 12  oz. 

Vin.   opium    3  oz. 

Oil    of    cloves 40  min. 

REVALENTA   ARABICA   FOOD. 

Consists  solely  of  lentils  ground 
up  into  a  fine  powder. 

—  (Stokes,  in  Hygiene). 

REX  MAGNUS. 

According  to    Science,    the   com- 
position   is    roughly    indicated   by 
the    following   formula: 
R  Boric   acid    33%  per  ct. 

Borax   33i^  per  ct. 

Chloride  of  potassivim  15  per  ct. 

Water    18  per  ct. 

RIPAN'S  STOMACHIC  TABLETS. 

These  widely  advertised  Stom- 
achic tablets  are  said  to  derive 
their  name  from  the  first  letter 
of  the  name  of  the  ingredients 
they  contain,  which  spells  R-I- 
P-A-N-S.  Each  tablet  containing 
the  following: 
"R  Rhubarb,    powd 2  gr. 

Ipecac,    powd 1-20  gr. 

Peppermint    %  min. 

Aloes    Vi  gr. 

Nux  vomica %  gr. 

Sodium  bicarb 5  gr. 

Dose:  One  or  two  tablets  after 
each   meal. 

The  above  combination  offers  a 
splendid  tonic-digestant  of  known 
power  and  activity.  The  chief 
aim  in  dyspepsias  is,  not  to  per- 
form the  act  that  is  lacking,  but 
to  stimulate  the  organs  to  per- 
form this  for  themselves.  Thus, 
this  combination  tends  to  stimvi- 
late  all  the  secretions  of  the 
prima  vitae  and  enable  each  and 
every  organ  connected  ^vith  the 
digestive  and  assimilative  pro- 
cesses   to    functionate. 


Where  digestive  ferments — pep- 
sin and  pancreatin  and  their  de- 
riatives — are  employed,  it  is  witli 
the  expectation  that  they  will 
artificially  and  mechanically  per- 
form the  offices  that  belong  to  the 
digestive  organs,  leaving  the  lat- 
ter no  labor  Ijut  that  of  assimila- 
tion. The  result  is  a  putrefaction 
process  that,  theoretically,  re- 
duces proteids  to  an  assimilable 
form.  Stomachic  Tablets,  on  the 
contrary,  stimulate  the  organs 
themselves  to  normal  activity, 
whereby  digestion  becomes  a 
physiological  instead  of  forced 
and  mechanical  act,  and  ensures. 
witli  a  reasonable  degree  of  cer- 
tainty, the  desired  assimilative 
function. 

—  (Western  Druggist.) 

RICHMOND'S    SAMARITAN 
NERVINE. 

According   to   our  analysis,   this 
wonderful   agent   has   the  follow- 
ing formula: 
R  Potass,  bromide  1  oz. 

Sugar   1  oz. 

Caramel  20  min. 

Water    .^. 5  oz. 

Dissolve    and    add    oil 

cassia    10  min. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea). 

ROCHE'S     HERBAL     EMBROCA- 
TION. 

R     Digest   asafetida    2i^  parts 

with 

Olive    oil    60  parts 

for  some  hours;  decant 
and  mix  solution  vi^ith — 

Oil   caraway    2  parts 

Oil  turpentine  2  parts 

And  add  a  few  drops  of  oil 
gaultheria. 

ROGERS'      ANTI-NEURALGIC 
PILLS. 

■R    Asafetida   10  gr. 

Ext.   valerian   10  gr. 

Galbanum    10  gr. 

Castoreum    10  gr. 

Mix.  Make  10  pills.  Dose:  Three 
or  four  pills  a  day. 

—  (Country  Doctor.) 

ROGERS'  EXCELSIOR  CORN 
CURE. 

1^  Fluid  ext.  cannabis  indica  1  dr. 

Sulph.  morphine    20  gr. 

Salicylic  acid  10  gr. 

Collodion  to  make 2  oz. 

Mix   well.     Pare   the   corn   down 
thin,   applj-    till   a   coat  forms;    do 
so    twice    or    more,    and    you    can 
pick   the    corn   out. 
—  (Dr.  Sullivan  in  Medical  World). 


NOSTRUMS. 


371 


RUSSIA   SALVE. 

A  formula  for  a  preparation 
said  to  resemble  this  preparation 
is  given  in  the  Druggrists'  Cir- 
cular: 

R  Wliite  pine  pitch 2  lbs. 

Beeswax    1  lb. 

Temper  it  with  olive  oil  to  the 
proper  consistence.  The  "pitch" 
and  wax  are,  of  course,  to  be 
melted  before  the  "tempering" 
process  begins. 

RUSSELL'S     BOTANIC     KING. 

As  Dr.  Russell  states  on  the 
label,  of  a  mixture  of  powdered 
extracts  of  dandelion,  mandrake, 
buchu,  yellow  dock,  and  peruvian 
bark,  each  10  parts;  aloes,  50 
parts.  —(New  Idea). 

SAGE'S    CATARRH  REMEDY. 

■R  Powdered  hj^drastis  cana- 
densis      1  oz. 

Powdered  borax   10  gr 

Salt    10  gr. 

Ferro-cj^anuret    of    iron;    suffi- 
cient  to    color. 

Mix. 
The  above  is  the  formula  of  Dr. 

Sage,     and     sold    by    him     to     Dr. 

Pierce,  of  New  York,  for  $500.    The 

formula  was   given   to   me   by  Dr. 

Sage  himself,  while   on  a  visit  to 

relatives    in    Switzerland    county, 

Indiana,   two   years   ago. 

—(Dr.  Hewitt  in  Medical  World). 

SAUL'S  CATARRH  REMEDY. 

R  Comp.  tinct.  benzoin 2  oz 

Tinct.  tolu  2  oz! 

Chloroform  1  dr. 

Sulphuric  ether   1  dr. 

Aromatic  spts.  of  ammonia  1  oz. 

Oil  of  tar 1  dr. 

Rectified  spirits   5  oz. 

Mix.  Use  with  Cutler's  inhaler. 
—(Dr.  Brucker  in  Med.  World). 

SANFORD'S  RADICAL  CURE 
FOR  CATARRH. 

Consists,  according  to  an  anlysis 
made  by  Prof.  A.  B.  Lyons,  of  a 
distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel, 
containing  a  little  alcohol  and 
glycerine,  perhaps  as  much  a^  5 
per  cent,  of  the  latter,  and  be- 
tween 10  and  15  per  cent,  of  the 
former  (no  exact  determinations 
attempted),  also  an  important 
constituent  —  morphine— quantitv 
not   estimated. 

The  "solvent"  consists  mostlv 
of  nitre  and  bicarbonate  of  soda, 
with  a  small  quantity  of  the  vel- 
low  powder,  insoluble  or  sparing- 
ly soluble  in  water— probably  a 
vegetable  powder. 

—  (New  Idea^. 


SCHENCKS  PULMONIC  SYRUP. 
The  following  formula  for 
Schenck's  Pulmonic  Syrup  was 
given  to  me  by  an  old  lady  sev- 
eral years  ago,  who  professed  to 
know  all  about  the  late  Dr. 
Schenck  when  he  commenced: 
R  Wormwood   ^/^  oz. 

Catnip    1^  oz. 

Tansy  1/2  oz. 

Hyssop    14  oz 

Hoarhound    %  oz' 

Hops 1/2  oz. 

Chamomile    ^  oz. 

Comf rey    :^  oz. 

Senega    1^  oz. 

Elecampane i^  oz. 

Boil  with  sufficient  water  to 
make,  after  straining,  one  quart; 
then    add: 

gum  arable  li^  oz. 

Liquorice    1%  oz. 

Then  one  good-sizea  Indian  tur- 
nip, and  finally  add: 

Sugar   3  lb. 

Brandy    :^  pt. 

Juice  of  two   lemons. 
— (H.  M.  Wilder,  in  Pharmaceu- 
tical Record)'. 

SCOTCH  OATS  ESSENCE. 
Recent  analysis  assert  that  a 
certain  nostrum,  "Scotch  Oats 
Essence,"  widely  advertised  as  a 
wonderfcrl  nerve, tonic,  containing 
neither  alcohol  nor  other  harm- 
ful ingredients,  is.  in  fact,  loaded 
with  35  per  cent,  alcohol  and  with 
two  grains  of  morphine  to  each 
bottle.        —(Western  Druggist). 

SEELEY'S    PILE    OINTMENT. 

R  Sulph.   morphia    3  gr. 

Tanin  45  gr 

Pine  tar  72  gr. 

White  wax  72  gr' 

Benzoated    lard    "766  gr.' 

SEVEN  BARKS. 
■R  Extract   of   hydrangea lib 

Extract  of   poke   root 12  lb. 

Extract  of  Culver's  root.. 12  lb. 

Extract   of  dandelion 12  lb. 

Extract    of    lady-slipper.  .12  lb. 

Extract    of    colocynth 12  1b. 

Extract    of    bloodroot 6  1b 

Extract   of   blue   flag 6  lb. 

Extract   of    stone-root. ..  .6%  lb 

Extract  of  golden  seal....7J^  lb! 

Extract  of  mandrake 24  1b 

Extract  of  black  cohosh.. 24  lb 

Extract    of    butternut 48  lb. 

Spirits  of  sea  salt 14%  lb. 

Aloes   10  lb. 

Borate   of  sodium 15  1b. 

Infusion  of  capsicum iVz  lb. 

Powdered   sassafras 11  lb. 

Ginger   - q  ib 

Sugar-house  syrup 40  gal. 

Water,  sufficient  to  make  98  gal 
Mix. 

— (H  .Greeley,  in  National  Drug- 
gist). 


372 


NOSTRUMS. 


SENCKENBERG'S     MIGRANE 
PASTILLES. 

■R  Metliozine    (antipyrine) .  .41^  gr. 

Antifebrin   71/2  gr. 

Rhubarb    %  gr. 

Calamus    1-3  gr. 

Cinchona V2  gr. 

Mix.  — (Pharm.  Cent.). 

SEA-SHORE   DIPHTHERIA  AND 
SORE    THROAT    SPECIFIC. 

The      following      formula      will 
make    a    preparation    practically 
identical    with    the    original: 
"R  Sol.  of  chloride  of  iron.. 18  min. 

Zinc,    chloride    2  gr. 

Magnesia    chloride 2  gr. 

Sodium    chloride 4  gr. 

Chloride    of   potassium 6  gr. 

Water    2  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea). 

SEVEN    SEALS,    OR    GOLDEN 
WONDER. 

■R  Ether     4  parts 

Chloroform    6  parts 

Camphor     4  parts 

Oil  of  peppermint 2  parts 

Tinct.   of  capsicum 35  parts 

Alcohol  (90  per  cent.).. 50  parts 
These  proportions  are  approxi- 
mate. This  preparation  is  recom- 
mended for  "  cholera-morbus. 
rheumatism,  wart,  corns  and  all 
diseases." 

—(National  Druggist). 

SEQUAH'S    OIL. 

A  mixture  of  two-thirds  Tur- 
pentine and  one-third  Fish  Oil. 
scented  with  a  few  drops  of  Oil 
-of  Camphor. 

—(Stokes,  in  Hygiene). 

SEQUAH'S    PRAIRIE     FLOWER. 

Has   to    the    ounce — 

■R  Aloes    521/^  gr. 

Carbonate   of   soda 17i^  gr. 

Water     362  gr. 

And  a  few  drops  of  the  Tincture 
of    Capsicum    and    Myrrh. 

—  (Stokes,  in  Hygiene). 

SHILOH'S  CONSUMPTION  CURE. 

■R  Muriate   of  morphine 3  gr. 

Muriate  acid  3  min. 

Fl.   ext.   of  henbane 2  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  ginger 3  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  wild  cherry 3  dr. 

Diluted   alcohol    3  dr. 

Chloroform  1  dr. 

Essence   peppermint   30  min. 

Syrup   of  tar 3  oz. 

Simple   syrup   enough  to 

make  8  oz. 

Mix,  —(New  Idea). 


SIROP    GIBERT. 
Is  a  favorite  French  anti-syph- 
ilitic remedy,  and  has  the  follow- 
ing composition: 

"R  Biniodide  of  mercury 2  gr. 

Iodide    of   potassium 100  gr. 

Simple   syrup    6  oz. 

Mix.      Dose:    Two    teaspoonfuls 
given   after  meals,   three   times   a 
day. 
ST.  JOHN  LONG'S  LINIMENT. 

]^  Yolks  of  eggs 8 

Oil   of   turpentine 24  oz. 

Acetic  acid   16  oz. 

Water    24  oz. 

Mix. 

—  (Philadelphia  Medical  Times). 

ST.    JOHN'S    LINIMENT. 
According    to    Eclectic    Medical 
Advocate,      this      preparation      is 
composed  of: 

■R  Turpentine    7  oz. 

Sweet  oil   3  oz. 

Tincture   arnica   4  oz. 

Oil  origanum    1  oz. 

Oil  hemlock   1  oz. 

Oil  juniper  1  oz. 

Oil    amber    2  oz. 

Laudanum   2  oz. 

Spirits   ammonia   %  oz. 

Camphor   V2  oz. 

ST.  JACOB'S  OIL. 

R  Gum   camphor    1  oz. 

Chloral  hydrate  1  oz. 

Chloroform     1  oz. 

Sulph.   ether    1  oz, 

Tinct.   opium    ^/^  oz. 

Oil  origanum    %  oz. 

Oil  sassafras  V2  oz. 

Alcohol    V2  gal. 

Mix.  — (Medical  World). 

SIMMON'S   LIVER   REGULATOR. 

R  Hepatica   1  oz. 

Leptandra    1  oz. 

Serpentaria    1  oz. 

Senna   IV2  oz. 

Mix.  Put  the  ingredients  into 
2y2  pints  of  boiling  water.  Let 
stand  19  hours,  then  strain.  Add 
1/^  pint  of  good  whisky. 

— (New  Remedies). 

SKINNER'S    DANDRUFF    MIX- 
TURE. 

■R  Chloral  hydrate  1  part 

Glycerine  4  parts 

Bay    rum    16  parts 

Mix.         (National  Druggist). 

SMEDLEY'S   FEVER   POWDERS. 

■R  Camphor  gum    V2  oz. 

Gum   myrrh   V2  oz. 

Blood-root  1  oz. 

Lobelia    (seeds,    pods,    and 

leaves)    2  oz. 

All    pulverized    fine    and    well 

mixed. 

For  colds  and  to  break  a  fever 

in   its  first   stages,  in   powders   of 

ordinary  size.     For  catarrh  in  the 

head,  use  as  a  snuff. 


NOSTRUMS. 


373 


SMITH  BROS.'  COUGH   DROPS. 

R  Average  weight  of  each 

drop   36.5  gr. 

Sugar    (and   g;lucose   in 
small    quantities) 35.5  gr. 

Powdered  charcoal  80  gr. 

Licorice  in  small  quantities. 
And  liighly  flavored  with  oil 
of  sassafras  with  a  little  oil 
of  anise.  — (New  Idea). 

STRONG'S    ARNICA    JELLY. 

The    following   formula   may    be 
taken  as  one  which  will  duplicate 
the   proprietary   article   in   all  es- 
sential particulars: 
R  Glycerine    1  oz. 

Water    1  oz. 

Starch   120  gr. 

Fl.  ext.  arnica 2  dr. 

Sp.  bitter  almonds  (1  to  8)  2  min. 

Carbolic   acid   8  min. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea). 

STORE'S  EXPECTORANT. 

R  Carbonate    ammonia 30  gr. 

Fluid   ext.   squills 1  dr. 

Fluid  ext.  senega 1  dr. 

Paregoric  6  dr. 

Syrup  of  tolu 12  dr. 

Water    10  dr. 

Dissolve  the  carbonate  of  am- 
monia in  the  water  and  add  the 
remaining  ingredients.  Dose:  A 
teaspoonful. 

STEDMAN'S      SOOTHING     POW- 
DERS. 

R  Opium    pulv 3  gr. 

Ipecac   1  gr. 

Milk  sugar  8  gr. 

Rice  flour  12  gr. 

Mix  and  divide  into  eight  pow- 
ders. — (New  Idea). 

STUART'S    DYSPEPSIA    TAB- 
LETS. 
Each  tablet  contains  the  follow- 
ing: 

R  Pepsin  1  gr. 

Soda   bicarb 2  gr. 

Precip.  chalk  3  gr. 

Jamaica  ginger  1  gr. 

Sugar   of    milk 11  gr. 

SW AIM'S    VERMIFUGE. 
■R  Worm-seed  2  oz. 

Valerian    1%  oz. 

Rhubarb    V/2  oz. 

Pink-root  V/z  oz. 

White  agaric   1^  oz. 

Boil  in  sufficient  w^ater  to  yield 
3  quarts  of  decoction,  and  add  the 
following  oils  dissolved  in  a 
quart  of  rectified  spirits: 

Oil  of  tansy 30  drops 

Oil  of  cloves 45  drops 


SWAYNE'S  OINTMENT. 

Its  composition  appears  to  be 
precipitated  sulphur,  2  parts;  tal- 
low, 3  parts;  lard,  3  parts.  It 
states  on  the  label  that  ointment 
cures  tetter,  itch,  salt-rheum, 
scald-head,  piles,  ringworm,  pim- 
ples, blotches,  barber's  itcli,  ulcers 
and   eruptions   of    the   skin. 

— (New  Idea). 

SYRUP  OF  FIGS. 

The  formula  for  syrup  of  figs  is 
as  follows: 
R  Senna  leaves  14  oz. 

Coriander  seed   6  oz. 

Figs    24  oz. 

Tamarind   18  oz. 

Cassia  pulp   18  oz. 

Prunes    12  oz. 

Ext.   licorice   lYz  oz. 

Ess.  peppermint 1^/^  oz. 

Syr.  simp 1  gal. 

The  formula  omits  directions; 
but  probably  a  water  extract 
should  be  made  of  the  drugs,  so 
as  to  measure  about  four  pints, 
and  in  this  dissolve  eight  pounds 
of  sugar  to  make  the  syrup. 

— (Druggists'  Circular). 

DR.  SYKES'S  CATARRH  CURE. 

Mr.  D.  S.  Sager,  chemist,  Brant- 
ford,  Canada,  writes  the  Ameri- 
can Druggist  that  an  analysis 
showed  that  it  consisted  of  be- 
tween 66  and  67  per  cent,  of 
chlorate  of  potassium,  with  pow- 
dered licorice  root,  and  a  small 
amount  of  brown  powder  not 
analyzed.  The  liquid  made  by 
adding  the  pow^der  to  a  stated 
amount  of  water,  filtering  out  the 
sediment,  and  then  flavoring  with 
wintergreen. 

SYRUP  OF  STILLINGIA  COM- 
POUND. 

This  is  an  old  eclectic  remedy 
and  may  be  prepared  as  follows: 
R  Fl.  ext.  stillingia  comp 1  oz, 

Fl.   ext.   corydalis 1  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  blue  flag V2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  elder  flowers ^  oz. 

Fl.   ext.  prince's  pine ^  oz. 

'Fl,  ex.  prickly  ash  berries  i/4  oz. 

Fl.    ext.    coriander %  oz. 

Sugar  14  oz. 

Water    sufficient. 

Mix  the  fluid  extracts  and  add 
water  to  make  6V2  fluid  ounces. 
In  this  dissolve  the  sugar,  using 
as  little  heat  as  possible,  and  add 
water   to   make   one   pint. 


374 


NOSTRUMS. 


TAMAR  INDIEN. 

"R  Tamarind  pulp  450  parts 

Powd.  sugar  40  parts 

Powd.  sugar  of  milk 60  parts 

Glycerine    50  parts 

Mix  and  evaporate  to  the  con- 
sistency of  a  soft  extract,  then 
add — 

Powd.  anise  10  parts 

Essence  lemon   3  parts 

Tartaric    acid    3  parts 

Mix  and  divide  into  100  boluses 
and  roll  in  the  following  mixture: 

Cream   of  tartar 5  parts 

White   sugar    35  parts 

Sugar  of  milk 35  parts 

Tragacanth    2  parts 

Tartaric  acid  2  parts 

Powd.  red  sandal 25  parts 

Dry   and  put  up   in   tin  foil. 

— (American  Druggist). 

TARRANT'S    SELTZER 
APERIENT. 
The    Assistant    State    Geologist 
of     Arkansas     offers     this     hypo- 
thetical combination  for  this  well 
known    article,    which    we    quote 
as  reported  by  J.  J.  Beidelman  to 
Meyer  Bros.,  druggists: 
iR  Bi-carbonate  of  soda  28.25  per  ct. 

Rochelle   salts, 26.04  per  ct. 

Potassium,   soda  tartar. 

Tartaric   acid   free... 30.95  per  ct. 

Sulphate    magnesia.. 12. 89  per  ct. 

Magnesia    28  per  ct. 

Silica   01  per  ct. 

Chloride  of  sodium..    .17  per  ct. 

Total    98.60  per  ct. 

Loss  probably  Tartaric 
acid    1.40  per  ct. 

THIELMAN'S    CHOLERA    MIX- 
TURE. 

■R  Oil   peppermint    4  dr. 

Chloroform     4  dr. 

PI.  ext.  ipecac ;3i/^  dr. 

Fl.    ext.    valerian 1%,  oz. 

Tinct.   opium,   deod 1%  oz. 

Ether   2  oz. 

Alcohol 6  oz. 

Sherry  wine  sufficient  to 

make    16  oz. 

Mix.         — (Western  Druggist). 

THORN'S    COUGH    MIXTURE. 

"R  Hive    syrup    2  oz. 

Paregoric  1  oz. 

Sweet   spts.   nitre 1  oz. 

Mix.  Dose  for  an  adult:  One 
teaspoonful  every  two  or  three 
hours. 

"THAT   LINIMENT." 

Ti  Oil  of  turpentine 1  oz. 

Oil  of  spike r 1  oz. 

Oil   of   origanum 1  oz. 

Barbadoes  tar  2  dr. 

Spirits  of  camphor ^  dr. 


THOMPSON'S  EYE-WATER. 

R  Zinc,  sulphate  20  gr. 

Copper  sulphate   5  gr. 

Tinct.  saffron   2  dr. 

Tinct.    camphor    1  dr. 

Rose-water   8  oz. 

Distilled   water    8  oz. 

Mix   and   filter. 

— (New   Remedies). 

THOMAS'   ELECTRIC   OIL. 

Ti  Gum   camphor   4  dr. 

Oil  gaultheria  4  dr. 

Oil   origanum   4  dr. 

Chloroform    1  oz. 

Tinct.  opium   ...., 1  oz. 

Oil  sassafras  1  oz. 

Oil   hemlock    1  oz. 

Oil  turpentine   1  oz. 

Balsam  fir  .'. 1  oz. 

Tinct.  guaiacum    1  oz. 

Tinct.  catechu  1  oz. 

Alcohol  4  pt. 

Alkanet sufficient  to  color. 

Mix.  —(Medical  World). 

TIP  TOP. 

IJ  Calomel    60  gr. 

Tinct.    iodine    1  oz. 

Oil   sassafras    1  dr. 

Kerosene   oil   3  oz. 

Mix.  Shake  well  before  using. 
This  preparation  is  "tip  top"  in 
some  skin  diseases,  and  does  not 
belie  its  name.  With  a  few  drops 
of  carbolic  acid  added,  it  will 
arrest  or  stop  a  spider  or  any 
other  poisonous  insect  bite  from 
assuming  the  erj^sipelatous  or 
gangrenous  form  that  we  fre- 
quently see  in  course  of  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine. 

— (Dr.   Sturdivant  in  Medical 
Summary). 

TOWNSEND'S  PILLS. 

Have  been  in  considerable  use 
among  physicians  of  our  ac- 
quaintance. The  formula  is  the 
following: 

R  Mass   hydrarg    20  gr. 

Gamboge    20  gr. 

Ext.   aloes    20  gr. 

Zingiber    pulv 20  gr. 

Oil   peppermint    3  drops. 

Mix.     Divide  into  16  pills. 

— (American  Druggist). 

TOLU,  ROCK  AND   RYE. 

R  Good  whisky  1  gal. 

Rock  candy   4  1b. 

Balsam    tolu    2  oz. 

Put  the  whole  into  a  two-gallon 
jug.  Set  in  a  warm  place  and 
agitate  several  times  a  day  until 
the  candy  is  dissolved.  Then 
strain  through  muslin. 


NOSTRUMS. 


375 


TOBIAS    VENETIAN    LINIMENT. 

R  Spirits  of  ammonia 5  parts 

Tinct.  of  capsicum 5  parts 

Camphor   2  parts 

Alcohol    34  parts 

Water   10  parts 

Mix.  — (Hager). 

TRAFTONS    BALM    OF    LIFE. 

R  Iodide   of   potassium  —  80  parts 

Fl.  ext.  of  opium 20  parts 

Fl.   ext  of   senega 50  parts 

Fl.  ext.  of  squills 120  parts 

Alcohol     210  parts 

Water  enough  to  make, 
by  measure  1920  parts 

Filter.  —(New  Idea). 

TRIUMPH    CORN    PLASTERS. 

We  would  suggest  the  follow- 
ing formula  as  a  satisfactory  one 
for  making  a  good  plaster  to  re- 
place the  secret  article.  Make  an 
adhesive  plaster  by  melting  equal 
parts  of  resin  and  balsam  of  fir 
together;  \%'hile  T\-arm  spread  on 
linen,  and  when  cold  cut  into  cir- 
cular discs,  about  the  size  of  a 
nickel,  and  in  the  center  of  each 
place  a  quantity,  about  the  size 
of  a  half  pea,  of  the  following 
mixture: 

R  Resin     3  parts 

Balsam  of  fir 2^/2  parts 

Salicylic    acid    5  parts 

Melt  the  resins  together,  then 
stir   in  the   salicylic   acid. 

— (New  Idea). 

TRASK'S  MAGNETIC    OINT- 
MENT. 

R  Lard    1  oz. 

Raisins    1  oz. 

Fine  cut  tobacco — 1  oz. 

Simmer  well  together.  Then 
strain,  and  press  out  all  from  the 
drugs.  "This  is  a  splendid  rem- 
edy in  all  skin  diseases,  as  salt 
rheum,  tetter,  etc."      — (Kilner). 

TROPIC  FRUIT  LAXATIVE. 

The  following  is  offered  as  be- 
ing a  very  fair  duplicate  of  the 
article: 

R  Jalap,  powdered   5  parts 

Senna,    powdered    5  parts 

Sugar  5  parts 

Tamarind  pulp  (E.  I.).. 30  parts 

Make  into  lozenges  weighing  45 
grains  each,  and  coat  "^ith  choco- 
late and  sugar,  and  wrap  in  tin 
foil.  — (Adam  Sonrath). 


VIAVI  TREATMENT. 

This  treatment  has  been  exten- 
sively advertised  and  sold 
through  agents.  The  treatment 
consists  of  a  suppository  and 
cerate,  the  latter  to  be  applied 
externally  over  the  womb  and 
ovaries.  Tlie  suppositories  are  to 
be  inserted  each  night  at  the 
mouth  of  the  womb.  They  are 
dispensed  in  two-grain  gelatin 
capsules,  filled  with  cocoa  butter, 
in  which  jequirity  is  believed  to 
be  incorporated.  The  cerate  is 
sold  in  oval  tin  boxes  and  con- 
tains a  cheap  oily,  substance 
which  becomes  rancid  in  a  few 
weeks  and  looks  like  a  mixture 
of  tallow,  lard,  boric  acid  and 
coloring  matter.  The  cerate  was, 
no  doubt,  devised  for  the  value 
which  may  be  derived  from  the 
massage  treatment  while  it  was 
being  applied. 

WALKER'S  VEGETABLE   VINE- 
GAR   BITTERS. 

R  Aloes    Socotrin    2  dr. 

Guaiaci    Resinae    4  dr. 

Sassafras  Mucil   1  oz. 

Aceti     2  dr. 

Aquae  q.  s. 

Coque,  et  ft.  dococtum.  add  19 
ounces  deinde  cola,  et  addantur — 

Sodii  Sulphatis   1  oz. 

Acaciae    2  dr. 

Spt.  Anisi,  10  p.  c 2  dr. 

Alcoholis    1  oz. 

Mix.     Dose:    Two   teaspoonfuls. 
— (Eberbach). 

WASHBURNE'S   SALICYLIC  A. 

A    preparation    bearing    a    close 
resemblance  to  Salicj'lica  maj'  be 
made     by     the     following     simple 
prescription: 
R  Salicylate   of  soda 4  dr. 

Make   24   powders. 

—  (Druggists'    Circular). 

WARNER'S    SAFE    CURE. 

In  Germany  each  maker  of  pat- 
ents must  furnish  the  govern- 
ment with  the  formula  for  the 
patent  he  makes.  This  is  the  one 
furnished  by  Warner  for  "Safe. 
Kidney,  and  Liver  Cure:" 
R  Ext.    of    lycopus    Virg. 

(the   herb)    308  gr. 

Ext.    of   hepatica    (the 

herb)    232  gr. 

Ext.  of  gaultheria  7%  gr. 

Potassium    nitrate    39  gr. 

Alcohol    (90   deg.) 2^^  oz. 

Glycerine   10  dr. 

Water  sufficient  to  make  1  pt. 
—(Formulary    and    Druggists' 
Magazine). 


376 


NOSTRUMS. 


WATT'S   ANTI-RHEUMATIC 

PILLS. 

Said  to   be  as  follows: 
R  Powd.  aloes  4  dr. 

Powd.    gamboge    4  dr. 

Powd.    hellebore    2  dr. 

Powd.  guaiac   ^^  dr. 

Calomel   Vz  dr. 

Precip.   sulphide   of  anti- 
mony     15  gr. 

Oil  of  cloves ^/^  dr. 

Soap    1  dr. 

Spirits   of   camphor. .  .sufficient. 
Mix.    Make  into  five-grain  pills. 

WAYNE'S    DIURETIC    ELIXIR. 

R  Potass,  acetate  3  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  buchu   3  oz, 

Fl.   ext.   juniper V/z  oz. 

WEIDEMEYER'S    CATARRH 
CURE. 

We  examined  in  1880  and  found 
it  to  be  composed  almost  entirely 
of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  costing 
less  than  one-tenth  of  one  cent 
for  the  contents  of  a  box,  which 
retails  for  $1.50.       —(New  Idea). 

WHEELOCK'S    COUGH 
MIXTURE. 

R  Sulph.  ether  3  dr. 

Tinct.  hyoscyamus  1  oz. 

Syr.  wild  cherry 1  oz. 

Syr.  tolu   1  oz. 

Water   to   make 4  oz. 

Mix.      —(Pharmaceutical  Era). 

WHITE'S  ELIXIR. 

The  following  is  the  formula  of 
"White's    Elixir,"    a   nostrum    ex- 
tensively    sold     throughout    Ver- 
mont for  lung  complaints: 
R  Antimonii  et  potassii  tart  32  gr. 

Tinct  opii  2  dr. 

Tinct.    camphorae    2  dr. 

Tinct.    anisi   2  dr. 

Alcoholis    dil 3  oz. 

Syrupi  simplicis  10  oz. 

Aquae  to  make 1  pt. 

Mix. 
—  (Dr.   Ladue   in   Medical   World). 

WILLIAM'S     PINK     PILLS     FOR 
PALE    PEOPLE. 

■R  Sulphate   of   iron 240  gr. 

Carbonate  of  potassium. 140  gr. 

Sugar    48  gr. 

Tragacanth    16  gr. 

Strychnine    l^/^  gr. 

Arsenic    IV^  gr. 

Glycerine   10  min. 

Water   q.   s. 

To  make  mass  mix  and  divide 
into  90  pills  and  coat  with  pink 
sugar. 


WILSON'S  LIGHTNING  LINI- 
MENT. 

R  Oil  of  cedar 3  oz. 

Oil    of    sassafras 3  oz. 

Tinct.   of   opium 3  oz. 

Tinct.    of    guaiac 3  oz. 

Tinct.    of  capsicum 3  oz. 

Aqua  ammonia  4  oz. 

Spirits   of   camphor    4  oz. 

Spirit    of    turpentine 4  oz. 

Chloroform     3  oz. 

Alcohol    1  gal. 

Mix.       —(Druggists'  Circular). 

WINSLOW'S   SOOTHING    SYRUP. 

R  Morphia  suplh i^  gr. 

Sodii  carbon  1  gr. 

Simp,  syrup   IV^  oz. 

Aqua     1^  oz. 

Spirit  foeniculi  1  dr. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea). 

WOLCOTT'S    PAIN    PAINT. 

I  have  made  an  article  closely 
resembling  this,  and  answering 
the  same  purpose,   by  taking: 

R  Oil  of  peppermint 1  to  2  dr. 

Dried   mint  leaves,  finely 
pulv 1  to  2  dr. 

Moisten  the  leaves  with  the  oil, 
enclose  in  lead  wrappers  (to  pre- 
vent evaporation),  leave  enclosed 
a  few  days,  then  dissolve  in  four 
ounces  of  alcohol;  add  12  ounces 
of  water,  shake  and  filter. 
—(Dr.  CruU,  in  Medical  World). 


WOODFORD'S   SANITARY 
LOTION. 

A  preparation  which  is  substan- 
tially the  same  in  every  respect 
may  be  made  from  the  following 
formula: 

R  Sodium  hydrate  3  dr. 

Sulphur    5  dr. 

Water  to  make 1  pt. 

Dissolve  the  sodium  hydrate  in 
4  or  5  ounces  of  water  and  add 
sulphur,  and  boil  until  the  prep- 
aration assumes  a  reddish-brown 
color,  which  will  require  probably 
15  or  20  minutes.  It  may  now  be 
diluted  to  one  pint  and  sulphur- 
eted  hydrogen  passed  through  it 
for  a  few  minutes,  and  then  fil- 
tered. —(New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS. 


377 


WISTAR'S     BALSAM     OF     WILD 
CHERRY. 

The  following  formula  makes  a 
preparation  which  is  substantial- 
ly the  same  as  the  proprietary 
article: 

R  PI.  ext.  wild  cherry 1  oz. 

PI.  ext.  ipecac 2  dr. 

PI.  ext.  squills 2  dr. 

Tinct.  opium  1  dr. 

Tartar  emetic   2  gr. 

Sugar  house   syruD 3  oz. 

Alcohol    6  dr. 

Sp.  anise   (1  in  8) 20  min. 

Tinct.   cudbear  comp. 
(N.   P.)    2  dr. 

Water  sufficient  to   make  8  oz. 
Mix.  —(New  Idea). 

WITCH-HAZEL  OINTMENT 

"R  Tinct.  hammamelis  12  dr. 

Lanoleum   6  dr. 

Petrolatum     16  oz. 

Mix.  Lanoleum  is  here  used  in 
place  of  the  copyrighted  term 
lanolin.        — (Medical  Standard). 


YELLOW    PAMILY   DROPS. 

U  Opium    2  oz. 

Sapo   venet   lib. 

Croci  opt  21/^  oz. 

Sp.   rosemarini   2  1b. 

Mix.    Digest  for  a  week  and  add 

Ol.   rosemarini   2  oz. 

Ol.    origani    2  oz. 

Camphor   2  oz 

Mix  well. 

For    spirit   rosemarini    take— 

Rosemarini   3  oz. 

Alcohol,  sufficient  to  make  2  lb. 
The  above,  with  the  Ausburg 
Essence  of  Life  and  Green  Won- 
der Oil,  are  famous  old  formulae 
used  for  a  century  and  longer  in 
Pennsylvania.  They  came  to  me 
by  chance  in  a  curious  old  book 
of  prescriptions,  which  belonged 
to  one  of  the  Fahnestock  family. 
The  Yellow  Family  Drops  are 
still  used  to  break  up  colds,  and 
are  an  efficient  remedy. 

-(Prof.    Waugh,    in   Medical 
World). 


INDEX.  379 


Index. 


Alopicia     265 

Amenorrhoea 189 

Arsenic    72 

Asthma     18 

Baths    40 

Bust,  to  develop   288 

Cancer  paste  74 

Cathartic  candy   21 

Cocaine  habit   Ill 

CoUoma     68 

Consumption  cure 19 

Dermatology    239-315 

Dye,   hair    . 24-271 

Dysmenorrhoea    191 

Encephaloma    65 

Enuresis    21 

Epilepsy   20 

Epithelioma   66 

Fissure    94 

Fistula   92 

Free  prescription   scheme    26 

Galega 290 

Gleet    171 

Gonorrhoea    171 

Hair  dyes 24-271 

Hall's  hygienic  treatment   299 

Heart  disease    20 

Hydrophobia,   treatment   of    291 

Impotence,  female   198 


380  INDEX. 

Impotency    163 

Keeley  treatment  140 

Liquid  air    315 

Maple  sj^rnp,  artificial 25 

Massage    54 

vibratory    318 

Melanoma    68 

Mineral  waters   59 

Obesity   22 

Opium    habit    Ill 

Osteopathy    54 

Physical  culture  54 

Polypus  of  rectum   96 

Pruritus    •   96 

Rheumatism   cure    19 

Sarcoma    63 

Scirrhus , » 64 

Specialist,  the  7 

alcohol 99 

balneotherapeutic    40 

beauty 276 

cancer    62 

dental 201 

dispensing    327 

drug    , 99 

ethical 32 

eye    22 

f  eatural    239 

genito-urinary    158 

goiter    262 

gynaecological    174 

hair    264 

hernia    l^*^ 

hypnotic 227 

itinerant   9 

local   advertising    14 


INDEX.  381 

Specialists — Cont  'd. 

mail  order   16 

nostrum    336 

observing"    , 27 

office    34 

optical 301 

rectal    81 

special   disease    15 

stammering    295 

tape  worm  293 

Spermatorrhoea    161 

Sterility    195 

Stomach  diseases   20 

Syphilis 172 

Tobacco  habit 124 

Tumors,  treatment  of 69 

Vibratory  massage    318 

Waters,  mineral   59 


The  MALTBIE  GHEMIGIIL  GO. 

^harmaceuticat  Chemists 
NEWARK  ^  NEW  JERSEY 


Manufacture    a    Complete    Line    of 

Pharmaceutical 
Preparations /or 
PHYSICIANS 

of    the    very    highest    quality 


Plain  and  Coated  Tablets 
Elixirs,  Syrups,  Ointments 
Fluid  Extradls,  Tincflures,  etc. 


383 


MALTBIE'S 
PRACTICAL 
PHARMACY 


EVERY  physician  needs  a  book  on 
pharmacy .    Here  is  THE  book. 

It  is  impoFtant  that  physicians 
become  familiar  with  the  contents  of 
this  book. 

Perhaps  some  things  have  been 
omitted  that  should  be  included,  but  it 
is  certain  that  nothing  has  been  in» 
eluded  that  could  be  safely  omitted. 

Part  One  treats  of  weights  and  measures,  the  various 
pharmacal  process,  such  as  percolation,  etc. 

Part  Two  treats  of  the  various  galenical  preparations, 
such  as  tinctures,  syrups,  liquors,  etc. 

Part  Three  treats  of  acids,  alkaloids,  oils,  vegetable 
drugs,  etc. 

Incompatibility  is  treated  very  fully. 


Contains  all  the  preparations  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopeia,  with 
in^rudtions  for  manufadture  of  the 
ones  that  can  be  easily  made 


434  Pages 


Price,  $3.00 


Printed  on  Good  Paper  and  Nicely  Bound  in  Cloth 


Physicians  Drug  News  Co. 

'Publishers       ^        NEWARK,  N.  J. 


IIC46 


C83 
1911 


Covey 


The   sec 


rets   of  speoiaUs^ 


